欲界善法的分别解说巴利
Kāmāvacarakusalapadabhājanīyaṃ
1 现在,为了把按照已安立的论母所摄集的诸法,按分类的方式显示出来,就开始解说“哪些法是善”这一句的分别。其中,先通过“当欲界善心生起时”这一段显示了欲界善,而对它的解说,有法决定分、摄分、空分这三大分。在这三者当中,法决定分又按说示和解说分为两种。其中,说示分有提问、时解说、法说示、摄受这四个部分。其中,“哪些法是善”这一句叫提问;“当欲界……时……在那个时候”这一句叫时解说;“有触……有不散乱”这一句叫法说示;“或者,在那个时候还有其他任何依缘而生起的非色法,这些法是善”这一句叫摄受。巴利
1. Idāni yathānikkhittāya mātikāya saṅgahite dhamme pabhedato dassetuṃ katame dhammā kusalāti idaṃ padabhājanīyaṃ āraddhaṃ. Tattha yadetaṃ yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotīti paṭhamaṃ kāmāvacarakusalaṃ dassitaṃ, tassa tāva niddese dhammavavatthānavāro saṅgahavāro suññatavāroti tayo mahāvārā honti. Tesu dhammavavatthānavāro uddesaniddesavasena dvidhā ṭhito. Tesu uddesavārassa pucchā, samayaniddeso, dhammuddeso, appanāti cattāro paricchedā. Tesu ‘katame dhammā kusalā’ti ayaṃ pucchā nāma. ‘Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ…pe… tasmiṃ samaye’ti ayaṃ samayaniddeso nāma. ‘Phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hotī’ti ayaṃ dhammuddeso nāma. ‘Ye vā pana tasmiṃ samaye aññepi atthi paṭiccasamuppannā arūpino dhammā ime dhammā kusalā’ti ayaṃ appanā nāma.
这样,对于由四个部分组成的说示分,其中第一个提问部分里,“哪些法是善”这一问,属于想要解说而提出的问题。提问共有五种:未见而求明了的提问、已见而求印证的提问、为断除疑惑的提问、表示认同的提问、想要解说而提出的提问。它们之间的差别如下——巴利
Evaṃ catūhi paricchedehi ṭhitassa uddesavārassa yvāyaṃ paṭhamo pucchāparicchedo, tattha ‘katame dhammā kusalā’ti ayaṃ kathetukamyatāpucchā. Pañcavidhāhi pucchā – adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā, vimaticchedanāpucchā, anumatipucchā, kathetukamyatāpucchāti. Tāsaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ –
什么是“未见而求阐明”的提问?按照事物的本性,某个特征还没有被知道,还没有被看见,没有被衡量,没有被审察,没有变得清楚,没有被阐明。为了知道它、看见它、衡量它、审察它、让它变得清楚、让它得到阐明,而提出问题。这就是“未见而求阐明”的提问。巴利
Katamā adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ aññātaṃ hoti, adiṭṭhaṃ atulitaṃ atīritaṃ avibhūtaṃ avibhāvitaṃ. Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya tulanāya tīraṇāya vibhūtatthāya vibhāvanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati. Ayaṃ adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā (mahāni. 150; cūḷani. puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 12).
什么是“已见印证问”?对于事物的本性特征,他已经知道、已经见到、已经衡量、已经审察、已经明了、已经显发,于是他为了和其他有智慧的人相互印证而提问。这就是“已见印证问”。巴利
Katamā diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ ñātaṃ hoti, diṭṭhaṃ tulitaṃ tīritaṃ vibhūtaṃ vibhāvitaṃ, so aññehi paṇḍitehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati. Ayaṃ diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā (mahāni. 150; cūḷani. puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 12).
什么是断疑之问?他本性上就陷在疑惑里,陷入犹豫,心生两端:“是这样吗?不是这样吗?到底是什么?怎么会这样?”他为了断除疑惑而提问。这就是断疑之问。巴利
Katamā vimaticchedanāpucchā? Pakatiyā saṃsayapakkhando hoti, vimatipakkhando dveḷhakajāto – ‘evaṃ nu kho, nanu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’ti. So vimaticchedanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati. Ayaṃ vimaticchedanāpucchā (mahāni. 150; cūḷani. puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 12).
什么是认可问?世尊为了让比丘们认可而提问:“比丘们,你们怎么看?色是常的还是无常的?”“无常的,尊者。”“那么,无常的东西是苦还是乐?”“是苦,尊者。”“那么,这个无常、苦、会变坏的东西,适合被这样看待吗——‘这是我的,这就是我,这是我的自我’?”“不是的,尊者。”这就是认可问。巴利
Katamā anumatipucchā? Bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā pañhaṃ pucchati – ‘taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’ti? ‘Aniccaṃ, bhante’. ‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’ti? ‘Dukkhaṃ, bhante’ . ‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti? ‘Nohetaṃ, bhante’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.79; mahāva. 21). Ayaṃ anumatipucchā.
什么是想说法而问?世尊因为想对比丘们说法而提问,比如:“比丘们,有四种念处。是哪四种?”这就是想说法而问。巴利
Katamā kathetukamyatāpucchā? Bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ kathetukamyatāya pañhaṃ pucchati. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, satipaṭṭhānā. Katame cattāro’’ti (dī. ni. 2.373)? Ayaṃ kathetukamyatāpucchāti.
在这里,诸佛没有前三种提问。为什么呢?因为对诸佛来说,在过去、未来、现在三世之中,没有任何有为法或超越三世的无为法是他们未曾见过、未曾知道、未曾明了、未曾衡量、未曾审察、未曾显现、未曾辨明的。因此,他们没有“未见明了”的提问。而世尊以自身智慧所证悟的,不需要与任何沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天共同印证。因此,他没有“已见共同印证”的提问。又因为他已无疑惑、已度疑网、于一切法断除疑惑,所以他没有“断疑”的提问。然而,世尊有其余两种提问。其中,应当知道这就是“欲说之问”。巴利
Tattha buddhānaṃ purimā tisso pucchā natthi. Kasmā? Buddhānañhi tīsu addhāsu kiñci saṅkhataṃ, addhāvimuttaṃ vā asaṅkhataṃ, adiṭṭhaṃ anaññātaṃ ajotitaṃ atulitaṃ atīritaṃ avibhūtaṃ avibhāvitaṃ nāma natthi. Tena tesaṃ adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā natthi. Yaṃ pana bhagavatā attano ñāṇena paṭividdhaṃ, tassa aññena samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā saddhiṃ saṃsandanakiccaṃ natthi. Tenassa diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā natthi. Yasmā panesa akathaṃkathī tiṇṇavicikiccho sabbadhammesu vihatasaṃsayo, tenassa vimaticchedanāpucchā natthi. Itarā dve pana pucchā bhagavato atthi. Tāsu ayaṃ kathetukamyatāpucchāti veditabbā.
这里,用“哪些”这个词来询问应当解说的法。因为如果只说“善法”这个说法,就无法知道“它们是什么、在做什么”。但一旦说出“哪些”,那些被问到的法就清楚了。所以说“用‘哪些’这个词来询问应当解说的法”。而用“善法”这两个词,则指出了所问的法。它们的含义前面已经说明过了。巴利
Tattha ‘katame’tipadena niddisitabbadhamme pucchati. ‘Dhammā kusalā’ti hi vacanamattena ‘kiṃ katā kiṃ vā karontī’ti na sakkā ñātuṃ. ‘Katame’ti vutte pana tesaṃ puṭṭhabhāvo paññāyati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘katametipadena niddisitabbadhamme pucchatī’ti. ‘Dhammā kusalā’tipadadvayena pucchāya puṭṭhadhamme dasseti. Tesaṃ attho heṭṭhā pakāsitova.
那么,为什么这里不像在论母中那样说“善法”,而是采用“法善”这样的词序呢?这是为了先说明诸法是按分类来开示的,并显示出它们具有分类。因为在这部阿毗达摩中,应当开示的正是诸法,而这些法依善等分类而有种种差别。所以,这里应当开示的就是“法”,这不是通俗说法的开示。而且它们应当依多种分类来开示,不是仅仅作为“法”而已。因为依分类来开示,能带来破除密集的分别智。像这样,先说明了诸法是依分类来开示的,现在为了指出依那种分类应当开示的法,应当知道就采用了“哪些法是善”这样的词序。因为把具有分类的事物显示出来之后,再显示分类才合适,也才容易理解。巴利
Kasmā panettha mātikāyaṃ viya ‘kusalā dhammā’ti avatvā ‘dhammā kusalā’ti padānukkamo katoti? Pabhedato dhammānaṃ desanaṃ dīpetvā pabhedavantadassanatthaṃ. Imasmiñhi abhidhamme dhammāva desetabbā. Te ca kusalādīhi pabhedehi anekappabhedā. Tasmā dhammāyeva idha desetabbā . Nāyaṃ vohāradesanā. Te ca anekappabhedato desetabbā, na dhammamattato. Pabhedato hi desanā ghanavinibbhogapaṭisambhidāñāṇāvahā hotīti ‘kusalā dhammā’ti evaṃ pabhedato dhammānaṃ desanaṃ dīpetvā, idāni ye tena pabhedena desetabbā dhammā te dassetuṃ, ayaṃ ‘katame dhammā kusalā’ti padānukkamo katoti veditabbo. Pabhedavantesu hi dassitesu pabhedo dassiyamāno yujjati suviññeyyo ca hotīti.
现在,关于“在任何时候,欲界善心”这一说法。在这里——巴利
Idāni yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittanti. Ettha –
牟尼在适当的时机指出心,又以心指出适当的时机。
限定之后,为了按差别把那里的诸法显示出来。巴利
Samaye niddisi cittaṃ, cittena samayaṃ muni; Niyametvāna dīpetuṃ, dhamme tattha pabhedato.
世尊在开示“于某时,欲界善心”时,是以“时”来指示心。为什么呢?因为先用这个被“时”所限定的心,到最后再以“于彼时”这样限定“时”,于是,即使“时”有种种差别,当心于某时生起,触就在那同一时生起,受也在那同一时生起——意思就是:在心如此被限定的那个“时”,要让人通达触、受等这些法,它们依相续、聚集、作用、所缘、密集而极难分辨。巴利
‘Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ citta’nti hi niddisanto bhagavā samaye cittaṃ niddisi. Kiṃkāraṇā? Tena samayaniyamitena cittena pariyosāne ‘tasmiṃ samaye’ti evaṃ samayaṃ niyametvāna, atha vijjamānepi samayanānatte yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ tasmiṃyeva samaye phasso hoti, vedanā hotīti evaṃ tasmiṃ cittaniyamite samaye ete santatisamūhakiccārammaṇaghanavasena duranubodhappabhede phassavedanādayo dhamme bodhetunti attho.
现在对“yasmiṃ samaye”等词依次作逐词解释。“yasmiṃ”是以不定的方式指出处所格。“samaye”是说明那个不确定所指的对象。到这里,就已经以不确定的方式指出了“时”。其中,“samaya”这个词——巴利
Idāni ‘yasmiṃ samaye’tiādīsu ayamanupubbapadavaṇṇanā. Yasminti aniyamato bhummaniddeso. Samayeti aniyamaniddiṭṭhaparidīpanaṃ. Ettāvatā aniyamato samayo niddiṭṭho hoti. Tattha samayasaddo –
在结合、刹那、时节、聚集、因和诸见中;
在获得、断除和通达中也能看到。巴利
Samavāye khaṇe kāle, samūhe hetu diṭṭhisu; Paṭilābhe pahāne ca, paṭivedhe ca dissati.
同样地,对于“也许我们明天也能前去,趁着时机和因缘”(《长部》1.447)这类说法,“samaya”的意思是“结合”。对于“比丘们,只有一个刹那、一个时机,适合修梵行”(《增支部》8.29)这类说法,意思是“刹那”。对于“热时、酷热时”(《波逸提》358)这类说法,意思是“时节”。对于“林中大集会”这类说法,意思是“聚集”。对于“跋陀利,你也没有通达这个因缘——世尊住在舍卫城,世尊也会知道我:‘有个叫跋陀利的比丘,在大师教法中,于学处没有圆满行持。’跋陀利,这也是你没有通达的因缘”(《中部》2.135)这类说法,意思是“因”。对于“那时,游方者优伽诃摩那·萨摩那蒙地迦子,住在宣扬时论的廷杜迦衣园中,居于末利迦园的一间独屋”(《中部》2.260)这类说法,意思是“见”。巴利
Tathā hissa ‘‘appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāma kālañca samayañca upādāyā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447) evamādīsu samavāyo attho. ‘‘Ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.29) khaṇo. ‘‘Uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo’’tiādīsu (pāci. 358) kālo. ‘‘Mahāsamayo pavanasmi’’ntiādīsu samūho. ‘‘Samayopi kho te, bhaddāli, appaṭividdho ahosi – bhagavā kho sāvatthiyaṃ viharati, bhagavāpi maṃ jānissati ‘bhaddāli nāma bhikkhu satthusāsane sikkhāya aparipūrakārī’ti. Ayampi kho te, bhaddāli, samayo appaṭividdho ahosī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.135) hetu. ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.260) diṭṭhi.
在今生能得到的利益,以及来世的利益,
因为通达了(现世与来世的)利益,这位坚定的人就被称为智者。巴利
‘‘Diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho, yo cattho samparāyiko; Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.129) –
在“等”这类语境里,是“获得”的意思。在“他以正确止灭慢而终结了苦”(《中部》1.28)这类语境里,是“断除”的意思。在“苦有逼迫义、有为义、热恼义、变易义、通达义”(《无碍解道》2.8)这类语境里,是“通达”的意思。就这样,在许多语境中——巴利
Ādīsu paṭilābho. ‘‘Sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.28) pahānaṃ. ‘‘Dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho abhisamayaṭṭho’’tiādīsu (paṭi. ma. 2.8) paṭivedho. Evamanekesu samayesu –
聚合、刹那、时节,还有聚集和因,
这五种时也是在此应由智者认知的。巴利
Samavāyo khaṇo kālo, samūho hetuyeva ca; Ete pañcapi viññeyyā, samayā idha viññunā.
在“于某时,欲界善”这一关于善的论题中,智者应当了知:在那九种时里,有合会等五种时。巴利
‘Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusala’nti imasmiñhi kusalādhikāre tesu navasu samayesu ete samavāyādayo pañca samayā paṇḍitena veditabbā.
在这两者当中,诸缘的聚合就是“合会”;而“刹那”则是
唯有第九种应被了知,或四种轮亦是。巴利
Tesu paccayasāmaggī, samavāyo khaṇo pana; Ekova navamo ñeyyo, cakkāni caturopi vā.
凡是这种以能产生共同果报而成立的诸缘和合,在这里就应当知道是“聚合”。然而,像“诸比丘,只有一个刹那、一个时机,适合修梵行”这样所说的,则应知道那第九个刹那才是唯一刹那。或者,这里所说的“诸比丘,有这四轮,具足这四轮的天与人才能运转四轮”——也就是“住在适宜的地方、亲近善人、自己发正确的愿、过去曾修福德”这四轮——把这些合在一起,以“机会”这个意思,就应当知道是“刹那”。因为它们就是善法生起的机会。巴利
Yā hi esā sādhāraṇaphalanipphādakattena saṇṭhitā paccayānaṃ sāmaggī, sā idha samavāyoti ñātabbā. ‘‘Ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’ti (a. ni. 8.29) evaṃ vutto pana navamova khaṇo eko khaṇoti veditabbo. Yāni vā panetāni ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattatī’’ti – ettha ‘patirūpadesavāso, sappurisūpanissayo, attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā’ti (a. ni. 4.31) cattāri cakkāni vuttāni, etāni vā ekajjhaṃ katvā okāsaṭṭhena khaṇoti veditabbāni. Tāni hi kusaluppattiyā okāsabhūtāni.
这样了解了和合与时机之后,在其余那些当中——巴利
Evaṃ samavāyañca khaṇañca ñatvā itaresu –
依靠这个那个而施设,时间只是约定俗成的说法。
触等诸法的堆聚,被阐明为“聚集”。巴利
Taṃ taṃ upādāya paññatto, kālo vohāramattako; Puñjo phassādidhammānaṃ, samūhoti vibhāvito.
“心的时候、色的时候”等等,是依着法来施设的;“过去、未来”等等,是依着法的流转来施设的;“种子的时候、萌芽的时候”等等,是依着法的次第来施设的;“生的时候、老的时候”等等,是依着法的特征来施设的;“感受的时候、认知的时候”等等,是依着法的作用来施设的;“沐浴的时候、喝水的时候”等等,是依着有情的活动来施设的;“走的时候、站的时候”等等,是依着威仪姿态来施设的;“上午、傍晚、白天、夜晚”等等,是依着日月等的运转来施设的;“半月、一个月”等等,是依着昼夜等累积计算出来的时间来施设的——像这样,依靠各种不同的依据而施设出来的,就叫作“时间”。不过应当知道,这个“时间”因为从自性上来说根本不存在,所以纯粹只是施设而已。而这里所说的触、受等诸法的堆聚,则被阐明为“聚集”。像这样了解了时间和聚集之后,另外那个——巴利
‘Cittakālo rūpakālo’tiādinā hi nayena dhamme vā, ‘atīto anāgato’tiādinā nayena dhammavuttiṃ vā, ‘bījakālo aṅkurakālo’ti ādinā nayena dhammapaṭipāṭiṃ vā, ‘uppādakālo jarākālo’tiādinā nayena dhammalakkhaṇaṃ vā, ‘vediyanakālo sañjānanakālo’tiādinā nayena dhammakiccaṃ vā, ‘nhānakālo pānakālo’tiādinā nayena sattakiccaṃ vā, ‘gamanakālo ṭhānakālo’tiādinā nayena iriyāpathaṃ vā, ‘pubbaṇho sāyanho divā rattī’tiādinā nayena candimasūriyādiparivattanaṃ vā, ‘aḍḍhamāso māso’tiādinā nayena ahorattādisaṅkhātaṃ kālasañcayaṃ vāti – evaṃ taṃ taṃ upādāya paññatto kālo nāma. So panesa sabhāvato avijjamānattā paññattimattako evāti veditabbo. Yo panesa phassavedanādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ puñjo, so idha samūhoti vibhāvito. Evaṃ kālasamūhepi ñatvā itaro pana –
这里的“因”就是指缘,或者依它的门来说。
应当了知多种状态,或依诸缘之力。巴利
Hetūti paccayovettha, tassa dvāravasena vā; Anekabhāvo viññeyyo, paccayānaṃ vasena vā.
在这里,缘本身就是因。应当知道,由于门的不同,或者由于诸缘的不同,它会有多种形态。怎么理解呢?在眼门等门中生起的眼识等,是以眼、色、光、作意等为缘的;而在《大论》中,则按照“因缘、所缘缘”等方式,宣说了二十四缘。其中,除了异熟缘和后生缘之外,其余的确实都是善法的缘。所有这些,在这里都称为因。应当知道,这个因就是这样依门或依缘而有多样性。同样应当知道,合会等五种意义,在这里都被“时”这个词所涵盖。巴利
Ettha hi paccayova hetu nāma, tassa dvārānaṃ vā paccayānaṃ vā vasena anekabhāvo veditabbo. Kathaṃ? Cakkhudvārādīsu hi uppajjamānānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ cakkhurūpaālokamanasikārādayo paccayā, mahāpakaraṇe ca ‘‘hetupaccayo ārammaṇapaccayo’’tiādinā nayena catuvīsati paccayā vuttā. Tesu ṭhapetvā vipākapaccayañca pacchājātapaccayañca, sesā kusaladhammānaṃ paccayā hontiyeva. Te sabbepi idha hetūti adhippetā. Evamassa iminā dvāravasena vā paccayavasena vā anekabhāvo veditabbo . Evamete samavāyādayo pañca atthā idha samayasaddena pariggahitāti veditabbā.
为什么对其中任何一个都不单独选取,而要总括全部呢?这是为了说明每一种各有不同的特殊含义。因为在这里,被称为“集合”的“时”,显示的是由多种原因共同起作用。这样一来,单一原因的主张就被否定了。而所谓“集合”,在产生共同结果时,是彼此相互依赖的。因此,这也说明了“并没有一个唯一的作者”这个道理。因为如果原因是独立自存的,那就不应该还要依赖其他原因。这样,通过说明没有任何单一的原因,就否定了“苦乐是自己造的”等说法。巴利
‘Kasmā pana etesu yaṃkiñci ekaṃ apariggahetvā sabbesaṃ pariggaho kato’ti? ‘Tena tena tassa tassa atthavisesassa dīpanato. Etesu hi samavāyasaṅkhāto samayo anekahetuto vuttiṃ dīpeti. Tena ekakāraṇavādo paṭisedhito hoti. Samavāyo ca nāma sādhāraṇaphalanipphādane aññamaññāpekkho hoti. Tasmā ‘eko kattā nāma natthī’ti imampi atthaṃ dīpeti. Sabhāvena hi kāraṇe sati kāraṇantarāpekkhā ayuttāti. Evaṃ ekassa kassaci kāraṇassa abhāvadīpanena ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’’ntiādi paṭisedhitaṃ hoti.
在这里,可能会有人说:“前面说‘由多种因而生起’,这个说法并不合理。”为什么不合理呢?因为如果诸因不和合,它们就不成其为因;即使它们和合了,也仍然不成其为因。就像一个人瞎了看不见,一百个瞎子也还是看不见。
回答说:并非不合理。因为所谓“和合”,是指诸因共同产生一个结果时所处的状态,而不是许多事物的简单凑在一起。而且,瞎子们并没有一个共同的结果叫做“看见”。为什么?因为即使有一百个瞎子,也还是没有看见这件事。但眼根等所产生的结果才是它们共同的结果,因为眼根等存在时,这个结果就存在。再者,即使在不和合的状态下,那些不成其为因的法,在和合时也就成立为因了。这一点应当这样理解:在不和合时,由于没有结果,所以不成其为因;在和合时,由于有结果,所以成为因。因为当眼根等有欠缺时,眼识等就不存在;当眼根等不欠缺时,眼识等就存在——这是世间人都能亲眼见到的事实。
以上便是以“集会”这一名称所说明的含义。巴利
Tattha siyā – ‘yaṃ vuttaṃ anekahetuto vuttiṃ dīpetī’ti, taṃ na yuttaṃ. ‘Kiṃkāraṇā’ ?‘Asāmaggiyaṃ ahetūnaṃ sāmaggiyampi ahetubhāvāpattito’. ‘Na hi ekasmiṃ andhe daṭṭhuṃ asakkonte andhasataṃ passatī’ti. ‘No na yuttaṃ; sādhāraṇaphalanipphādakattena hi ṭhitabhāvo sāmaggī; na anekesaṃ samodhānamattaṃ. Na ca andhānaṃ dassanaṃ nāma sādhāraṇaphalaṃ’. ‘Kasmā’?‘Andhasate satipi tassa abhāvato. Cakkhādīnaṃ pana taṃ sādhāraṇaphalaṃ, tesaṃ bhāve bhāvato. Asāmaggiyaṃ ahetūnampi ca sāmaggiyaṃ hetubhāvo siddho. Svāyaṃ asāmaggiyaṃ phalābhāvena, sāmaggiyañcassa bhāvena, veditabbo. Cakkhādīnañhi vekalle cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ abhāvo, avekalle ca bhāvo, paccakkhasiddho lokassā’ti. Ayaṃ tāva samavāyasaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
那么,避开八难而被称为第九时机的那个时机,以及以住在合适的地方等为基础、被称为“四轮”的时机——从“处所”意义上说的时机——如果没有生而为人、佛陀出世、正法住世等这些条件的聚合,就不会存在。而生而为人等这些条件,按照盲龟浮木等譬喻(《中部》3.252)所说,是极其难以得到的。因此,由于时机极其难得,那依赖于时机、能帮助出世间法的善法就更加难得。这样一来,在这些含义中,被称为“时机”的“时”,就说明了善法生起的难得。这样说明,也就遮止了那种放逸的生活方式:已经得到了难得时机的人,如果不修习那依赖于时机的善法,就是在白白浪费这个时机。这就是从“时机”这个含义所说明的意思。巴利
Yo panesa aṭṭhahi akkhaṇehi parivajjito navamo khaṇo, patirūpadesavāsādiko ca catucakkasaṅkhāto okāsaṭṭhena khaṇo vutto, so manussattabuddhuppādasaddhammaṭṭhitiādikaṃ khaṇasāmaggiṃ vinā natthi. Manussattādīnañca kāṇakacchapopamādīhi (ma. ni. 3.252) dullabhabhāvo. Iti khaṇassa dullabhattā suṭṭhutaraṃ khaṇāyattaṃ lokuttaradhammānaṃ upakārabhūtaṃ kusalaṃ dullabhameva . Evametesu khaṇasaṅkhāto samayo kusaluppattiyā dullabhabhāvaṃ dīpeti. Evaṃ dīpentena anena adhigatakhaṇānaṃ khaṇāyattasseva tassa kusalassa ananuṭṭhānena moghakhaṇaṃ kurumānānaṃ pamādavihāro paṭisedhito hoti. Ayaṃ khaṇasaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
那么,这个善心生起的时间,其实极其短暂。它的极其短暂,应当依据这部经的义注来理解:“比丘们,就像那个人的速度,就像日月运行的速度,就像那些在日月前面奔跑的天神的速度,寿行灭尽比这还要快。”(相应部 2.228)因为在那个义注里,先说色命根的时间有多短:只要现起的色法还在持续,就有十六个心生起又坏灭。所以,由于这些心的时间如此短暂,根本找不到合适的比喻。因此经中说:“比丘们,这确实不容易用比喻来说明,心是多么轻快地转动。”(增支部 1.48)这样,以这些心的时间计量所说的“时”,就表明了善心生起的时间极其短暂。而这样表明之后,由于时间极其短暂,这个心就像闪电的光明中解脱出来的箭一样,极难洞察,所以对此的彻见应当付出极大的精勤和恭敬——这就是给出的教诫。以上是以时间计量所说的“时”的含义。巴利
Yo panetassa kusalacittassa pavattikālo nāma hoti, so atiparitto. Sā cassa atiparittatā ‘‘yathā ca, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa javo, yathā ca candimasūriyānaṃ javo, yathā ca yā devatā candimasūriyānaṃ purato dhāvanti tāsaṃ devatānaṃ javo, tato sīghataraṃ āyusaṅkhārā khīyantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.228) – imassa suttassa aṭṭhakathāvasena veditabbā. Tatra hi so rūpajīvitindriyassa tāva parittako kālo vutto. Yāva paṭuppannaṃ rūpaṃ tiṭṭhati tāva soḷasa cittāni uppajjitvā bhijjanti. Iti tesaṃ kālaparittatāya upamāpi natthi. Tenevāha – ‘‘yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, upamāpi na sukarā yāva lahuparivattaṃ citta’’nti (a. ni. 1.48). Evametesu kālasaṅkhāto samayo kusalacittappavattikālassa atiparittataṃ dīpeti. Evaṃ dīpentena cānena atiparittakālatāya, vijjulatobhāsena muttāvuṇanaṃ viya, duppaṭivijjhamidaṃ cittaṃ, tasmā etassa paṭivedhe mahāussāho ca ādaro ca kattabboti ovādo dinno hoti. Ayaṃ kālasaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
不过,被称为“合集”的时,是在说明众多事物同时生起。因为触等诸法的聚集,被称为“集”。而在那个集合中生起的心,是与那些法一起生起的,因此就说明了众多事物同时生起。这样说明的时候,也就否定了只有一个法单独生起的情况。这就是以“合集”这个时所要表达的含义。巴利
Samūhasaṅkhāto pana samayo anekesaṃ sahuppattiṃ dīpeti. Phassādīnañhi dhammānaṃ puñjo samūhoti vutto. Tasmiñca uppajjamānaṃ cittaṃ saha tehi dhammehi uppajjatīti anekesaṃ sahuppatti dīpitā. Evaṃ dīpentena cānena ekasseva dhammassa uppatti paṭisedhitā hoti. Ayaṃ samūhasaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
不过,被称为“因”的时机,是在说明依他而转的性质。因为“于某时”这个词,它的意思是“当某个因存在时,[某法]生起”,所以,从“因存在时才生起”这一点,就说明了依他而转。由如此阐明且以此,也就否定了“诸法能自己主宰自己”这种我慢。这就是以“因”这个说法所表达的时机之义。巴利
Hetusaṅkhāto pana samayo parāyattavuttitaṃ dīpeti. ‘Yasmiṃ samaye’ti hi padassa yasmā ‘yasmiṃ hetumhi sati’ uppannaṃ hotīti ayamattho, tasmā ‘hetumhi sati’ pavattito parāyattavuttitā dīpitā. Evaṃ dīpentena cānena dhammānaṃ savasavattitābhimāno paṭisedhito hoti. Ayaṃ hetusaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
在这里,“于某时”这个说法,如果按“时间”来理解,意思就是“在某段时间”;如果按“集合”来理解,意思就是“在某个集合中”。如果按“刹那、和合、因缘”来理解,意思就是“当某个刹那存在时,当某种和合存在时,当某个因缘存在时,欲界的善心生起;就在那个刹那存在时,触等(心所)也生起”——应当这样理解这个意思。因为这里所讨论的“时”,既可以说是时间,也可以说是集合。所谓“其中所说的诸法”,在这里是依“所讨论的对象”而用处格(于……之中)。而对于被称为“刹那、和合、因缘”的“时”,诸法的存在是依它的存在而显示出来的,所以这里是依“存在与存在之相”而用处格。巴利
Tattha ‘yasmiṃ samaye’ti kālasaṅkhātassa samayassa vasena ‘yasmiṃ kāle’ti attho; samūhasaṅkhātassa ‘yasmiṃ samūhe’ti. Khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātānaṃ ‘yasmiṃ khaṇe sati, yāya sāmaggiyā sati, yamhi hetumhi sati’ kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃyeva sati ‘phassādayopī’ti ayamattho veditabbo. Adhikaraṇañhi kālasaṅkhāto samūhasaṅkhāto ca samayo. Tattha vuttadhammānanti adhikaraṇavasenettha bhummaṃ. Khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātassa ca samayassa bhāvena tesaṃ bhāvo lakkhīyatīti bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇavasenettha bhummaṃ.
所谓“欲界”,就是属于按“哪些法是欲界法?下从无间地狱开始,上到他化自在天为界限”这种方式所说的欲界法。这里面的词义是这样:总的来说,欲有两种——事物欲和烦恼欲。其中,烦恼欲实际上就是欲贪;事物欲则指三地轮回。在这里,烦恼欲是因为它去欲求,所以叫“欲”;另一种则是因为被欲求,所以叫“欲”。而这两种欲以活动的方式所行处,就是四恶趣、人间和六欲天,共十一种处所。欲在这里活动,所以叫“欲界”,就像“有刀剑者活动的地方”一样。比如,某个地方有持刀剑的人活动,即使那里也有其他两足、四足众生在走动,但因为以持刀剑者为标志,就只称为“有刀剑者活动的地方”;同样,即使也有色界等众生在那里活动,但因为以欲界众生为标志,这个地方就只称为“欲界”。而这个界,就像“色有”称为“色”一样,省略后一部分,只叫“欲”。这样,这个心在这由十一种处所构成的欲中活动,所以是欲界心。巴利
Kāmāvacaranti ‘‘katame dhammā kāmāvacarā? Heṭṭhato avīcinirayaṃ uparito paranimmitavasavattiṃ pariyantaṃ katvā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1287) nayena vuttesu kāmāvacaradhammesu pariyāpannaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – uddānato dve kāmā, vatthukāmo ca kilesakāmo ca. Tattha kilesakāmo atthato chandarāgova vatthukāmo tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ. Kilesakāmo cettha kāmetīti kāmo; itaro pana kāmiyatīti kāmo. Yasmiṃ pana padese duvidhopeso kāmo pavattivasena avacarati, so catunnaṃ apāyānaṃ, manussānaṃ, channañca devalokānaṃ vasena ekādasavidho padeso. Kāmo ettha avacaratīti kāmāvacaro, sasatthāvacaro viya. Yathā hi yasmiṃ padese sasatthā purisā avacaranti, so vijjamānesupi aññesu dvipadacatuppadesu avacarantesu, tesaṃ abhilakkhitattā ‘sasatthāvacaro’tveva vuccati, evaṃ vijjamānesupi aññesu rūpāvacarādīsu tattha avacarantesu, tesaṃ abhilakkhitattā ayaṃ padeso ‘kāmāvacaro’tveva vuccati. Svāyaṃ yathā rūpabhavo rūpaṃ, evaṃ uttarapadalopaṃ katvā ‘kāmo’tveva vuccati. Evamidaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ ekādasapadesasaṅkhāte kāme avacaratīti kāmāvacaraṃ.
虽然它也会在色界和无色界中活动,但就像一头因为曾在战场上活动而得到“战象”这个名字的大象,即使走在城里也仍然被称为“战象”;又像陆生和水生的动物,即使站在既不是陆地也不是水中的地方,也仍然被称为“陆生动物”“水生动物”;同样,应当知道,这个心即使在其他地方活动,也仍然是欲界心。或者,从所缘的角度来说,欲在这里活动,所以是欲界心。诚然,这个欲也会在色界和无色界中活动,但就像因为会叫而称为“犊”,因为躺在大地上而称为“水牛”——并不是所有会叫的众生或所有躺在大地上的众生都得到这个名字——这里也应当这样理解。再者,因为它使结生发生在称为欲有的欲中,所以也是欲界心。巴利
Kiñcāpi hi etaṃ rūpārūpabhavesupi avacarati, yathā pana saṅgāme avacaraṇato saṅgāmāvacaroti laddhanāmako nāgo nagare carantopi ‘saṅgāmāvacaro’tveva vuccati, thalajalacarā ca pāṇā athale ajale ca ṭhitāpi ‘thalacarā jalacarā’tveva vuccanti, evamidaṃ aññattha avacarantampi kāmāvacaramevāti veditabbaṃ. Ārammaṇakaraṇavasena vā ettha kāmo avacaratītipi kāmāvacaraṃ. Kāmañcesa rūpārūpāvacaresupi avacarati, yathā pana vadatīti ‘vaccho’, mahiyaṃ setīti ‘mahiṃso’ti vutte, na sattā yattakā vadanti, mahiyaṃ vā senti sabbesaṃ taṃ nāmaṃ hoti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Apica kāmabhavasaṅkhāte kāme paṭisandhiṃ avacāretītipi kāmāvacaraṃ.
善:以“舍离被厌弃者”等含义而称为善。另外,从无病、无过失、由善巧所生这三个含义来说,也是善。正如“尊者是否安康?”这里,在色身方面,以没有病痛、没有疾病、没有疾患的无病之义而说为善;同样,在无色法方面,也应当以没有烦恼病、没有烦恼疾、没有烦恼患的无病之义了知为善。又因为远离烦恼过失、烦恼过恶、烦恼热恼,所以从无过失之义来说是善。善巧称为慧;因为从善巧而生,所以从由善巧所生之义来说是善。巴利
Kusalanti kucchitānaṃ salanādīhi atthehi kusalaṃ. Apica ārogyaṭṭhena anavajjaṭṭhena kosallasambhūtaṭṭhena ca kusalaṃ. Yatheva hi ‘kacci nu bhoto kusala’nti (jā. 1.15.146; 2.20.129) rūpakāye anāturatāya agelaññena nibyādhitāya ārogyaṭṭhena kusalaṃ vuttaṃ, evaṃ arūpadhammepi kilesāturatāya kilesagelaññassa ca kilesabyādhino abhāvena ārogyaṭṭhena kusalaṃ veditabbaṃ. Kilesavajjassa pana kilesadosassa kilesadarathassa ca abhāvā anavajjaṭṭhena kusalaṃ. Kosallaṃ vuccati paññā; kosallato sambhūtattā kosallasambhūtaṭṭhena kusalaṃ.
“与智相应”的就先这样吧;那么“与智不相应”的又怎么说呢?它也是依照惯用语而称为善。就像不用棕榈叶、而用席草等做成的扇子,因为跟棕榈扇相似,依照惯用语还是叫它“棕榈扇”;同样,“与智不相应”的也应知道就是善。不过从究竟义来说,“与智相应”的以无病之义、无过失之义、从善巧所生之义这三种意义而得到“善”的名称;“与智不相应”的则只以其中两种意义得名。这样一来,无论依《本生经》的方式、依《巴希提迦经》的方式,还是依阿毗达摩的方式所说的善,这一切在此心中都以这三种意义而成立。巴利
‘Ñāṇasampayuttaṃ’ tāva evaṃ hotu; ñāṇavippayuttaṃ kathanti. Tampi ruḷhīsaddena kusalameva. Yathā hi tālapaṇṇehi akatvā kilañjādīhi katampi taṃsarikkhattā ruḷhīsaddena tālavaṇṭantveva vuccati, evaṃ ‘ñāṇavippayutta’mpi kusalantveva veditabbaṃ. Nippariyāyena pana ‘ñāṇasampayuttaṃ’ ārogyaṭṭhena anavajjaṭṭhena kosallasambhūtaṭṭhenāti tividhenapi kusalanti nāmaṃ labhati, ñāṇavippayuttaṃ duvidheneva. Iti yañca jātakapariyāyena yañca bāhitikasuttapariyāyena yañca abhidhammapariyāyena kusalaṃ kathitaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ tīhipi atthehi imasmiṃ citte labbhati.
这个善,从相、味、现起、足处等方面来说,是以无过失、乐异熟为相,以摧毁不善为味,以清净为现起,以如理作意为足处。或者,因为它与有过失的法相反,所以善就是以无过失为相,以自性清净为味,以可爱的异熟为现起,以如前所说的为足处。因为在相、味等当中,那些法的自性或共性就叫作相;作用或成就就叫作味;显现的方式或结果就叫作现起;近因就叫作足处。因此,无论在哪里解说相、味、现起、足处,都应当依照这个方式来了知它们之间的差别。巴利
Tadetaṃ lakkhaṇādivasena anavajjasukhavipākalakkhaṇaṃ, akusalaviddhaṃsanarasaṃ, vodānapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, yonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Avajjapaṭipakkhattā vā anavajjalakkhaṇameva kusalaṃ, vodānabhāvarasaṃ, iṭṭhavipākapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, yathāvuttapadaṭṭhānameva. Lakkhaṇādīsu hi tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sabhāvo vā sāmaññaṃ vā lakkhaṇaṃ nāma. Kiccaṃ vā sampatti vā raso nāma. Upaṭṭhānākāro vā phalaṃ vā paccupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Āsannakāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Iti yattha yattha lakkhaṇādīni vakkhāma tattha tattha imināva nayena tesaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
心:能思虑所缘,所以叫心;意思是了知。又因为“心”这个词是通于一切心的通称,所以这里说的世间善心、不善心、唯作心,是依速行路的方式积集自己的相续,所以叫心。异熟心是由业和烦恼积集而成的,所以叫心。再者,一切心都随各自相应而具有种种差别,所以叫心;由于能造作种种差别,所以叫心——这里应当这样理解其含义。其中,有贪的心、有嗔的心、有痴的心各不相同;欲界心、色界心等也各不相同;以色为所缘的心、以声等为所缘的心也各不相同;在以色为所缘的心里,缘青色的心、缘黄色等的心又各不相同;以声等为所缘的心里也是同样的道理。在这一切心里,又有劣的、中等的、胜的差别;在劣等心里,还有欲增上、精进增上、心增上、观增上的差别。因此应当知道,此心依这些相应、界、所缘、劣中胜、增上的不同而具有种种差别。虽然这里并不是只有一种心这样,但一切心都含摄在其中,所以其中任何一种,都可以依种种差别而称为心。这样,先依种种差别来解释心。巴利
Cittanti ārammaṇaṃ cintetīti cittaṃ; vijānātīti attho. Yasmā vā ‘citta’nti sabbacittasādhāraṇo esa saddo, tasmā yadettha lokiyakusalākusalakiriyacittaṃ, taṃ javanavīthivasena attano santānaṃ cinotīti cittaṃ. Vipākaṃ kammakilesehi citanti cittaṃ. Apica sabbampi yathānurūpato cittatāya cittaṃ. Cittakaraṇatāya cittanti evampettha attho veditabbo. Tattha yasmā aññadeva sarāgaṃ cittaṃ, aññaṃ sadosaṃ , aññaṃ samohaṃ; aññaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ, aññaṃ rūpāvacarādibhedaṃ; aññaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ saddādiārammaṇaṃ; rūpārammaṇesu cāpi aññaṃ nīlārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ pītādiārammaṇaṃ; saddādiārammaṇesupi eseva nayo; sabbesupi cetesu aññaṃ hīnaṃ aññaṃ majjhimaṃ aññaṃ paṇītaṃ; hīnādīsupi aññaṃ chandādhipateyyaṃ, aññaṃ vīriyādhipateyyaṃ aññaṃ cittādhipateyyaṃ, aññaṃ vīmaṃsādhipateyyaṃ, tasmā assa imesaṃ sampayuttabhūmiārammaṇahīnamajjhimapaṇītādhipatīnaṃ vasena cittatā veditabbā. Kāmañcettha ekameva evaṃ cittaṃ na hoti, cittānaṃ pana antogadhattā etesu yaṃkiñci ekampi cittatāya cittanti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Evaṃ tāva cittatāya cittaṃ.
“心的造作性”是什么意思呢?在世间,除了绘画作业之外,再也没有别的什么可以叫做“画”了。而在那绘画之中,所谓的“行作”本身就是极其殊胜的画。那些做绘画的人——也就是画师们——心里生起这样的想法:“这里应该画成这样。”随着这个心想,就生起了执笔、勾线、上色、提亮、描线等种种完成图像的绘画作业。于是,在那个叫做“行作”的画上,就成就了某种奇妙的图像。接着又想:“这个图像上面应该有这个,下面应该有这个,两边应该有这个。”按照所想的次第,就完成了其余的画像。这样一来,世间无论什么样的奇妙技艺,全都是靠心做出来的。因此,由于这种造作的奇妙性,成就每一种画的那个心,也同样就是心。又因为所想的一切并不能毫无遗漏地全部实现,所以心比那所造出来的东西更加是心。因此世尊说:巴利
Kathaṃ cittakaraṇatāyāti? Lokasmiñhi cittakammato uttari aññaṃ cittaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmimpi caraṇaṃ nāma cittaṃ aticittameva hoti. Taṃ karontānaṃ cittakārānaṃ ‘evaṃvidhāni ettha rūpāni kātabbānī’ti cittasaññā uppajjati. Tāya cittasaññāya lekhāgahanarañjanaujjotanavattanādinipphādikā cittakiriyā uppajjanti, tato caraṇasaṅkhāte citte aññataraṃ vicittarūpaṃ nipphajjati. Tato ‘imassa rūpassa upari idaṃ hotu, heṭṭhā idaṃ, ubhayapasse ida’nti cintetvā yathācintitena kamena sesacittarūpanipphādanaṃ hoti, evaṃ yaṃkiñci loke vicittaṃ sippajātaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ citteneva kariyati, evaṃ imāya karaṇavicittatāya tassa tassa cittassa nipphādakaṃ cittampi tatheva cittaṃ hoti. Yathācintitassa vā anavasesassa anipphajjanato tatopi cittameva cittataraṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
比丘们,你们见过那叫作“行作”的心吗?
是的,尊者。
比丘们,那叫作“行作”的心,也是由心本身想出来的。可是比丘们,比起那“行作”的心,心本身还要更加是心。巴利
‘‘Diṭṭhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, caraṇaṃ nāma cittanti? ‘Evaṃ, bhante’. Tampi kho, bhikkhave, caraṇaṃ nāma cittaṃ citteneva cintitaṃ. Tenapi kho, bhikkhave, caraṇena cittena cittaṃyeva cittatara’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.100).
同样地,在天、人、地狱、畜生这些趣中,那属于内在的、有业、性别、想、言说等种种差别的心,也是唯由心所造作的。以身业等种种差别所转起的布施、持戒、伤害、谄曲等善不善业,就是由心所生起的种种业。正因为业的种种差别,在那些趣中,才有了手、脚、耳、腹、颈、脸等形态各异的种种性别特征。因为性别特征不同,依照所执取的形态,生起“这是女人,这是男人”的想,就有了种种想的差别。因为想的差别,随顺于想而说“女人”或“男人”,就有了种种言说的差别。又因为言说的差别,人们造作“我将成为女人,我将成为男人,我将成为刹帝利,我将成为婆罗门”这样能引生各种有身的业,所以从言说的差别而有业的差别。而这种业的差别,在产生所希求的生存时,因为是依趣而令生起的,所以从业的差别而有趣的差别。也正因为业的差别,那些有情在各自的趣中,才有无足、二足等差别;在各自的投生中,才有高下等差别;在各自的有身中,才有金色、丑陋等差别;在世间法中,才有得、不得等差别。因此应当知道,这一切在天、人、地狱、畜生等趣中,具有业、性别、想、言说等种种差别的内在心,都是唯由心所造作的。这个道理应当依据这部未收入结集经典的经文来理解。因为这样说:巴利
Tathā yadetaṃ devamanussanirayatiracchānabhedāsu gatīsu kammaliṅgasaññāvohārādibhedaṃ ajjhattikaṃ cittaṃ tampi cittakatameva. Kāyakammādibhedañhi dānasīlavihiṃsāsāṭheyyādinayappavattaṃ kusalākusalakammaṃ cittanipphāditaṃ kammanānattaṃ. Kammanānatteneva ca tāsu tāsu gatīsu hatthapādakaṇṇaudaragīvāmukhādisaṇṭhānabhinnaṃ liṅganānattaṃ. Liṅganānattato yathāgahitasaṇṭhānavasena ‘ayaṃ itthī ayaṃ puriso’ti uppajjamānāya saññāya saññānānattaṃ. Saññānānattato saññānurūpena ‘itthī’ti vā ‘puriso’ti vā voharantānaṃ vohāranānattaṃ. Vohāranānattavasena pana yasmā ‘itthī bhavissāmi puriso bhavissāmi, khattiyo bhavissāmi brāhmaṇo bhavissāmī’ti evaṃ tassa tassa attabhāvassa janakaṃ kammaṃ karīyati, tasmā vohāranānattato kammanānattaṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ kammanānattaṃ yathāpatthitaṃ bhavaṃ nibbattentaṃ yasmā gativasena nibbatteti tasmā kammanānattato gatinānattaṃ. Kammanānatteneva ca tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tassā tassā gatiyā apādakadvipādakāditā, tassā tassā upapattiyā uccanīcāditā, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ attabhāve suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāditā, lokadhammesu lābhālābhāditā ca paññāyati. Tasmā sabbametaṃ devamanussanirayatiracchānabhedāsu gatīsu kammaliṅgasaññāvohārādibhedaṃ ajjhattikaṃ cittaṃ citteneva katanti veditabbaṃ. Svāyamattho imassa saṅgītianāruḷhassa suttassa vasena veditabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ –
业的种种差别、分类、安立,决定了性别的种种差别、分类、安立;性别的种种差别、分类、安立,决定了想的种种差别、分类、安立;想的种种差别、分类、安立,决定了言说的种种差别、分类、安立;言说的种种差别、分类、安立,又决定了业的种种差别、分类、安立。因为业的差别,众生的趣向就显现出差别——无足的、两足的、四足的、多足的,有色的、无色的,有想的、无想的、非想非非想的。因为业的差别,众生的投生就显现出差别——高与低、劣与胜、善趣与恶趣。因为业的差别,众生的身体就显现出差别——金色与丑色、好生与恶生、端正与丑陋。因为业的差别,众生的世间法就显现出差别——得与失、称与讥、毁与誉、乐与苦。巴利
‘‘Kammanānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānavasena liṅganānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānaṃ bhavati, liṅganānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānavasena saññānānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānaṃ bhavati, saññānānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānavasena vohāranānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānaṃ bhavati, vohāranānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānavasena kammanānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānaṃ bhavati. Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ gatiyā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati – apadā dvipadā catuppadā bahuppadā, rūpino arūpino, saññino asaññino nevasaññīnāsaññino. Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ upapattiyā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati – uccanīcatā hīnapaṇītatā sugataduggatatā. Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ attabhāve nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati – suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇatā sujātadujjātatā susaṇṭhitadussaṇṭhitatā. Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ lokadhamme nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati – lābhālābhe yasāyase nindāpasaṃsāyaṃ sukhadukkhe’’ti.
另外还有一种说法:巴利
Aparampi vuttaṃ –
性别认知由业与性征而生起。
由想而行至分别,即“这是女人”或“这是男人”。
世间随着业运转,众生也随着业运转。
众生被业所系缚,就像行走中的车被车轴拴住一样。
靠业得到名声和称赞,
因为业,人会遭受损失、被杀和捆绑;
看清了业的种种差别,
为什么你说世间没有业?巴利
Kammato liṅgato ceva, liṅgasaññā pavattare; Saññāto bhedaṃ gacchanti, itthāyaṃ purisoti vā. ‘‘Kammunā vattate loko, kammunā vattate pajā; Kammanibandhanā sattā, rathassāṇīva yāyato’’. (ma. ni. 2.460; su. ni. 659); Kammena kittiṃ labhate pasaṃsaṃ, Kammena jāniñca vadhañca bandhaṃ; Taṃ kammanānākaraṇaṃ viditvā, Kasmā vade natthi kammanti loke. (kathā. 785);
青年,众生都是业的所有者,是业的继承者,以业为根源,以业为亲属,以业为依靠;正是业把众生区分开来,让他们有高下优劣之别。巴利
‘‘Kammassakā māṇava sattā kammadāyādā kammayonī kammabandhū kammapaṭisaraṇā; kammaṃ satte vibhajati yadidaṃ hīnappaṇītatāyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.289).
就这样,从这种能造作的心性来看,也应该知道心就是心。因为所有这些各种各样的东西,确实都是心造作出来的。可是,对于没有得到机会的心,或者缺少其他条件的心,由于它没有某些心的造作,所以比起所说的“由心造作的内在的心”,心本身还要更加是心。因此世尊说:巴利
Evaṃ imāya karaṇacittatāyapi cittassa cittatā veditabbā. Sabbānipi hi etāni vicitrāni citteneva katāni. Aladdhokāsassa pana cittassa yaṃ vā pana avasesapaccayavikalaṃ tassa ekaccacittakaraṇābhāvato yadetaṃ cittena kataṃ ajjhattikaṃ cittaṃ vuttaṃ, tatopi cittameva cittataraṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
比丘们,我看不到还有别的哪一类众生,心像畜生道众生这样……比丘们,跟那些畜生道众生相比,心本身还是更心。巴利
‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā… tehipi kho, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatehi pāṇehi cittaṃyeva cittatara’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.100).
“已生起”在这里,按照现在存在的、已经过去的、已经作好机会的、已经获得地的等不同情况,可以分为很多种。
其中,凡是具足生、老、灭的,就叫作“现在已生”。
领受了所缘的味道之后才灭去的善与不善,叫作“已受用已去”。
没有经历生、住、灭三个阶段就灭去的,叫作“已存在已去”。
其余的有为法,也叫作“已存在已去之已生”。
就像“凡是他先前所作的业”等经文所说的那样,业虽然属于过去,但它排开了别的果报,为自己的果报腾出了位置而住立,所以叫“已作机会已生”;同样,果报虽然还没有生起,但在这样腾出的位置中必定会生起,所以也叫“已作机会已生”。
在各个地中还没有被断除的不善,叫作“得地已生”。
在这里,应当知道“地”和“得地”的差别。地,就是作为观照所缘的三界五蕴。得地,就是指在这些蕴当中可能生起的烦恼类。因为由于那些烦恼,地才被称为获得,所以叫“得地”。
在这四种“已生”当中,这里指的是“现在已生”。巴利
Uppannaṃ hotīti ettha vattamānabhūtāpagatokāsakatabhūmiladdhavasena uppannaṃ nāma anekappabhedaṃ. Tattha sabbampi uppādajarābhaṅgasamaṅgīsaṅkhātaṃ vattamānuppannaṃ nāma. Ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavitvā niruddhaṃ, anubhūtāpagatasaṅkhātaṃ kusalākusalaṃ , uppādādittayaṃ anuppatvā niruddhaṃ, bhūtāpagatasaṅkhātaṃ, sesasaṅkhatañca bhūtāpagatuppannaṃ nāma. ‘‘Yānissa tāni pubbe katāni kammānī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.248) evamādinā nayena vuttaṃ kammaṃ atītampi samānaṃ, aññaṃ vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassokāsaṃ katvā ṭhitattā, tathā katokāsañca vipākaṃ anuppannampi samānaṃ evaṃ kate okāse ekantena uppajjanato okāsakatuppannaṃ nāma. Tāsu tāsu bhūmīsu asamūhataṃ akusalaṃ bhūmiladdhuppannaṃ nāma. Ettha ca bhūmiyā bhūmiladdhassa ca nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Bhūmīti vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā tebhūmakā pañcakkhandhā. Bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma tesu khandhesu uppattārahaṃ kilesajātaṃ. Tena hesā bhūmi laddhā nāma hoti, tasmā bhūmiladdhanti vuccati. Evametesu catūsu uppannesu idha ‘vattamānuppannaṃ’ adhippetaṃ.
这里解释一下它的词义:从过去向上、朝向生起等而落,所以叫“已生”。“已生”这个词,在过去、已获得、已生起、未被镇伏、未被断除、经历三刹那等多种含义中都能见到。比如“诸比丘,那时拘留孙世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者出现于世”,这里是指过去。“阿难尊者有多余的衣已生”,这里是指已获得。“诸比丘,譬如已生的大云,大风在中途就让它消失”,这里是指已生起。“已生的欲行心难以驱除”“对已生、已生的恶不善法,当场让其中途消失”,这里是指未被镇伏。“修习、多修习圣八支道的人,对已生、已生的恶不善法,当场让其中途消失”,这里是指未被断除。“正在生起的就是已生吗?是的”,这里是指经历三刹那。在这里也应当理解为经历三刹那。所以“已生”就是经历三刹那的、是现在的、是当前的。这是简要的含义。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – pubbantato uddhaṃ uppādādiabhimukhaṃ pannanti uppannaṃ. ‘Uppanna’-saddo panesa atīte paṭiladdhe samuṭṭhite avikkhambhite asamucchinne khaṇattayagateti anekesu atthesu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.143) ettha atīte āgato. ‘‘Āyasmato ānandassa atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’ti (pārā. 461) ettha paṭiladdhe. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uppannaṃ mahāmeghaṃ tamenaṃ mahāvāto antarāyeva antaradhāpetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.157) ettha samuṭṭhite. ‘‘Uppannaṃ gamiyacittaṃ duppaṭivinodanīyaṃ (a. ni. 5.160; pari. 325); uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpetī’’ti (pārā. 165) ettha avikkhambhite. ‘‘Ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvento bahulīkaronto uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antarāyeva antaradhāpetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.156-157) ettha asamucchinne. ‘‘Uppajjamānaṃ uppannanti? Āmantā’’ti (yama. 2.cittayamaka.81) ettha khaṇattayagate. Svāyamidhāpi khaṇattayagateva daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā ‘uppannaṃ hotī’ti ettha khaṇattayagataṃ hoti, vattamānaṃ hoti, paccuppannaṃ hotīti. Ayaṃ saṅkhepattho.
“心已生起”,这只是以心为导首的教示方式而已。但心并不是单独生起的。因此,就像有人说“国王来了”,并不是说国王丢下随从独自一人来,而是可以知道他是和国王的随从一起来的;同样,这里也应该知道,心是和五十多种善法一起生起的。不过,从“先行”的意义上,才说“心已生起”。巴利
Cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotīti cetaṃ desanāsīsameva. Na pana cittaṃ ekakameva uppajjati. Tasmā yathā rājā āgatoti vutte na parisaṃ pahāya ekakova āgato, rājaparisāya pana saddhiṃyeva āgatoti paññāyati , evamidampi paropaṇṇāsakusaladhammehi saddhiṃyeva uppannanti veditabbaṃ. Pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena pana ‘‘cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti’’cceva vuttaṃ.
对于世间法来说,心是最重要的,心是主力,心是先行者。对于出世间法来说,慧是最重要的,慧是主力,慧是先行者。正因为这样,世尊在讲到律藏教法时,提问的方式不是问“你是何种触的、何种受的、何种想的、何种思的”,而是把心作为重点来问:“比丘,你是什么心?”当对方回答“世尊,我没有盗心”时,世尊也不说“没有盗触就无犯”等等,而是直接说:“比丘,没有盗心就无犯。”巴利
Lokiyadhammañhi patvā cittaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ cittaṃ dhuraṃ cittaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ hoti. Lokuttaradhammaṃ patvā paññā jeṭṭhikā paññā dhurā paññā pubbaṅgamā. Teneva bhagavā vinayapariyāyaṃ patvā pañhaṃ pucchanto ‘kiṃphassosi, kiṃvedanosi, kiṃsaññosi, kiṃcetanosī’ti apucchitvā ‘‘kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū’’ti cittameva dhuraṃ katvā pucchati. ‘‘Atheyyacitto ahaṃ bhagavā’’ti ca vutte ‘anāpatti atheyyaphassassā’tiādīni avatvā ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu atheyyacittassā’’ti vadati.
不只是律藏的教法,世尊在宣说其他世间教法时,也是以心为核心来说的。就像经中所说:比丘们,凡是那些不善的、属于不善范畴的、归于不善一方的法,这一切都以意为先导,意在这些法中最先生起。巴利
Na kevalañca vinayapariyāyaṃ, aññampi lokiyadesanaṃ desento cittameva dhuraṃ katvā deseti. Yathāha – ‘‘ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā akusalā akusalabhāgiyā akusalapakkhikā sabbete manopubbaṅgamā. Mano tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭhamaṃ uppajjati’’ (a. ni. 1.56).
诸法以意为先导,以意为最上,由意所成;
若以染污心,或语或造作;
于是痛苦追随他,如同车轮追随拉车者的足。
诸法以心为先导,以心为最胜,由心所成;
如果一个人用清净的心,去说话或做事;
从那以后,快乐就会跟着他,就像影子一样寸步不离。
世间被心引导,被心拖拽;
一切全都跟随这一颗心转。巴利
‘‘Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā; Manasā ce paduṭṭhena, bhāsati vā karoti vā; Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, cakkaṃva vahato padaṃ. ‘‘Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā; Manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā; Tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinī’’. (dha. pa. 1,2); ‘‘Cittena nīyati loko, cittena parikassati; Cittassa ekadhammassa, sabbeva vasamanvagū’’. (saṃ. ni. 1.62);
比丘们,众生因为心的杂染而杂染,因为心的清净而清净。巴利
‘‘Cittasaṃkilesā, bhikkhave, sattā saṃkilissanti cittavodānā visujjhanti’’ (saṃ. ni. 3.100);
比丘们,这个心是光明的,但它被外来的烦恼杂染所污染。巴利
‘‘Pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ, tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ’’ (a. ni. 1.49);
居士,心没有守护好的时候,身业也没有守护好,语业也没有守护好,意业也没有守护好;居士,心守护好的时候……(中略)……居士,心被嗔害占据的时候……(中略)……居士,心不被嗔害占据的时候……(中略)……居士,心有漏泄的时候……(中略)……居士,心没有漏泄的时候,身业也没有漏泄,语业也没有漏泄,意业也没有漏泄。巴利
‘‘Citte , gahapati, arakkhite kāyakammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, manokammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti; citte, gahapati, rakkhite…pe… citte, gahapati, byāpanne…pe… citte, gahapati, abyāpanne…pe… citte, gahapati, avassute…pe… citte, gahapati, anavassute kāyakammampi anavassutaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi anavassutaṃ hoti, manokammampi anavassutaṃ hotī’’ti (a. ni. 3.110).
如此,达到世间法时,应当知道心是最重要的,心是主导,心是先行者。不过,在这些经中,并不是只取一部或两部,而是为了守护经典,应当知道一切经都被取用了。巴利
Evaṃ lokiyadhammaṃ patvā cittaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ hoti, cittaṃ dhuraṃ hoti, cittaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Imesu pana suttesu ekaṃ vā dve vā aggahetvā suttānurakkhaṇatthāya sabbānipi gahitānīti veditabbāni.
问出世间法时,他并不问“你证得了什么触、什么受、什么想、什么思、什么心”,而是问:“比丘,你证得了什么慧?你是证得了第一道慧,还是第二……第三……第四道慧?”他是把慧放在首位、把慧当作主导来问的。以慧为最上的一切善法不会退失。那么慧有什么作用呢?(中部1.451)“诸比丘,有智慧的圣弟子,依此而信得以确立,依此而精进得以确立,依此而念得以确立,依此而定得以确立。”(相应部5.515)像这样的经文应当在这里参阅。因此应当知道:证得出世间法时,慧是最上的,慧是主导的,慧是先行者。不过,这是世俗的教导。所以,以心为主导来教导时,他说“心生起了”。巴利
Lokuttaradhammaṃ pucchanto pana ‘kataraphassaṃ adhigatosi, kataravedanaṃ katarasaññaṃ kataracetanaṃ kataracitta’nti apucchitvā, ‘katarapaññaṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu adhigato’si, ‘kiṃ paṭhamaṃ maggapaññaṃ, udāhu dutiyaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ…pe… catutthaṃ maggapaññaṃ adhigato’ti paññaṃ jeṭṭhikaṃ paññaṃ dhuraṃ katvā pucchati. Paññuttarā sabbe kusalā dhammā na parihāyanti. Paññā pana kimatthiyā (ma. ni. 1.451)? ‘‘Paññavato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa tadanvayā saddhā saṇṭhāti, tadanvayaṃ vīriyaṃ saṇṭhāti, tadanvayā sati saṇṭhāti, tadanvayo samādhi saṇṭhātī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.515) evamādīni panettha suttāni daṭṭhabbāni. Iti lokuttaradhammaṃ patvā paññā jeṭṭhikā hoti paññā dhurā paññā pubbaṅgamāti veditabbā. Ayaṃ pana lokiyadesanā. Tasmā cittaṃ dhuraṃ katvā desento ‘‘cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’ti āha.
“与喜俱”是指与被称为甜美乐受的喜一起,达到同生起等的状态。而“俱”这个词,出现在以下几种含义中:彼性、混杂、依止、所缘、相应。其中,“那种导致再有、与喜贪俱的渴爱”(《分别论》203)中,应理解为彼性,意思是成为喜贪。“诸比丘,那种与懈怠俱、与懈怠相应的审察”(《相应部》5.832)中,应理解为混杂,意思是与间歇生起的懈怠相混杂。“修习与骨想俱的念觉支”(《相应部》5.238)中,应理解为依止,意思是依止骨想、通过修习骨想而获得。“获得与色俱或与无色俱的等至”(《人施设论》3-5)中,应理解为所缘,意思是以色、无色为所缘。“此乐与此喜俱、俱生、相应、相合”(《分别论》578)中,应理解为相应。在本句里,取的也正是这个含义。因为这里说的“与喜俱”,就是指与喜相应。巴利
Somanassasahagatanti sātamadhuravedayitasaṅkhātena somanassena saha ekuppādādibhāvaṃ gataṃ. Ayaṃ pana ‘sahagata’-saddo tabbhāve vokiṇṇe nissaye ārammaṇe saṃsaṭṭheti imesu atthesu dissati. Tattha ‘‘yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā’’ti (vibha. 203) tabbhāve veditabbo; nandirāgabhūtāti attho. ‘‘Yā, bhikkhave, vīmaṃsā kosajjasahagatā kosajjasampayuttā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.832) vokiṇṇe veditabbo; antarantarā uppajjamānena kosajjena vokiṇṇāti ayamettha attho. ‘‘Aṭṭhikasaññāsahagataṃ satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.238) nissaye veditabbo; aṭṭhikasaññaṃ nissāya aṭṭhikasaññaṃ bhāvetvā paṭiladdhanti attho. ‘‘Lābhī hoti rūpasahagatānaṃ vā samāpattīnaṃ arūpasahagatānaṃ vā’’ti (pu. pa. 3-5) ārammaṇe; veditabbo rūpārūpārammaṇānanti attho. ‘‘Idaṃ sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagataṃ hoti sahajātaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayutta’’nti (vibha. 578) saṃsaṭṭhe. Imasmimpi pade ayamevattho adhippeto. Somanassasaṃsaṭṭhañhi idha somanassasahagatanti vuttaṃ.
“相杂”这个词也有许多含义,比如同类、染污、朋友交往、俱生。它在“除去瘦马壮马,把相配的马套在一起”(本生经2.22.70)中,是同类的意思。在“你们这些女尊者是否与染污相杂而住?”(波逸提727)中,是染污的意思。在“他与在家者交往而住”(相应部3.3)中,是朋友交往的意思。在“此乐与此喜俱、俱生、相杂、相应”中,是俱生的意思。这里取的也是俱生义。其中,“俱”不可能不是俱生、不是相杂、不是相应。但俱生可以是相杂、相应的,也可以不是。因为色法和非色法一起生起时,色与非色是俱生,但不是相杂,也不是相应;同样,非色与色也是如此;色与色也是如此;而非色与非色则必定是俱、俱生、相杂、相应的。正是针对这一点,才说“喜俱”。巴利
‘Saṃsaṭṭha’-saddopi cesa sadise avassute mittasanthave sahajāteti bahūsu atthesu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘kise thūle vivajjetvā saṃsaṭṭhā yojitā hayā’’ti (jā. 2.22.70) ettha sadise āgato. ‘‘Saṃsaṭṭhāva tumhe ayye viharathā’’ti (pāci. 727) avassute. ‘‘Gihi saṃsaṭṭho viharatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.3) mittasanthave. ‘‘Idaṃ sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagataṃ hoti sahajātaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayutta’’nti sahajāte. Idhāpi sahajāte adhippeto. Tattha ‘sahagataṃ’ asahajātaṃ asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ asampayuttaṃ nāma natthi. Sahajātaṃ pana saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayuttaṃ hotipi, na hotipi . Rūpārūpadhammesu hi ekato jātesu rūpaṃ arūpena sahajātaṃ hoti, na saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, na sampayuttaṃ; tathā arūpaṃ rūpena; rūpañca rūpena; arūpaṃ pana arūpena saddhiṃ niyamatova sahagataṃ sahajātaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayuttameva hotīti. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘somanassasahagata’nti.
与智相应,是指与智慧相结合;这里的含义是,以同生等种种方式平等地相应。这里如果有什么需要说明的,在论母注释的受三法部分已经按照所说的方式讲过了。因此,应当以同生、同灭、同依处、同所缘这个特征来了知这就是相应。这是最殊胜的说明。不过在无色界中,即使没有同依处,也仍然可以得到相应。巴利
Ñāṇasampayuttanti ñāṇena sampayuttaṃ, samaṃ ekuppādādippakārehi yuttanti attho. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ siyā taṃ mātikāvaṇṇanāya vedanāttike vuttanayameva. Tasmā ekuppādā ekanirodhā ekavatthukā ekārammaṇāti iminā lakkhaṇenetaṃ sampayuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaniddeso cesa. Arūpe pana vināpi ekavatthukabhāvaṃ sampayogo labbhati.
到这里为止,说了什么?在欲界善心里,说的是喜俱、三因、与智相应、无行的广大心。因为当问“哪些法是善”这个没有限定的问题时,它包含了四地的善法。但通过“欲界善心生起”这句话,就排除了三地的善法,只取了八种欲界善心。通过“喜俱”这句话,又从其中舍去四种舍俱,只取四种喜俱。通过“与智相应”这句话,再从中舍去两种不与智相应,只取两种与智相应。至于无行性,则并没有明确地取。虽然没有明确取,但因为后面有“有行”的说法,所以这里即使没说“无行”,也应该知道是无行。正自觉者从一开始就是为了分别显示这广大心,先确定下来才展开这个教导,因此应当知道这里已经作了这样的判定。巴利
Ettāvatā kiṃ kathitaṃ? Kāmāvacarakusalesu somanassasahagataṃ tihetukaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ kathitaṃ. ‘‘Katame dhammā kusalā’’ti hi aniyamitapucchāya catubhūmakakusalaṃ gahitaṃ. ‘Kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’ti vacanena pana tebhūmakaṃ kusalaṃ pariccajitvā, aṭṭhavidhaṃ kāmāvacarakusalameva gahitaṃ. ‘Somanassasahagata’nti vacanena tato catubbidhaṃ upekkhāsahagataṃ pariccajitvā catubbidhaṃ somanassasahagatameva gahitaṃ. ‘Ñāṇasampayutta’nti vacanena tato duvidhaṃ ñāṇavippayuttaṃ pariccajitvā dve ñāṇasampayuttāneva gahitāni. Asaṅkhārikabhāvo pana anābhaṭṭhatāyeva na gahito. Kiñcāpi na gahito, parato pana ‘sasaṅkhārenā’ti vacanato idha ‘asaṅkhārenā’ti avuttepi asaṅkhārikabhāvo veditabbo. Sammāsambuddho hi āditova idaṃ mahācittaṃ bhājetvā dassetuṃ niyametvāva imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhīti evamettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ.
现在,为了从所缘的角度说明这个心,经文接着说“以色为所缘”等等。世尊在说明非色法时,有时依所依处来说明,有时依所缘来说明,有时依所依处和所缘一起来说明,有时依自性来说明。比如在“眼触……乃至……意触;眼触所生的受……乃至……意触所生的受;眼识……乃至……意识”这类经文中,非色法就是依所依处来说明的。在“色想……乃至……法想;色思……乃至……法思”这类经文中,是依所缘来说明的。在“缘眼与色而生眼识,三者相合为触……乃至……缘意与法而生意识,三者相合为触”这类经文中,是依所依处和所缘一起来说明的。在“诸比丘,无明缘行,行缘识”这类经文中,是依自性来说明非色法的。而在这里,世尊是依所缘来说明,所以经文说“以色为所缘”等等。巴利
Idāni tameva cittaṃ ārammaṇato dassetuṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ vātiādimāha. Bhagavā hi arūpadhammaṃ dassento vatthunā vā dasseti, ārammaṇena vā, vatthārammaṇehi vā, sarasabhāvena vā. ‘‘Cakkhusamphasso…pe… manosamphasso; cakkhusamphassajā vedanā…pe… manosamphassajā vedanā; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇa’’ntiādīsu hi vatthunā arūpadhammā dassitā. ‘‘Rūpasaññā…pe… dhammasaññā, rūpasañcetanā…pe… dhammasañcetanā’’tiādīsu ārammaṇena. ‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso…pe… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.60) vatthārammaṇehi. ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā , bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.1) sarasabhāvena arūpadhammā dassitā. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ārammaṇena dassento ‘rūpārammaṇaṃ’ vātiādimāha.
在这里,由四种原因产生的、属于过去未来现在的色,就是色的所缘。由两种原因产生的、属于过去未来现在的声,就是声的所缘。由四种原因产生的、属于过去未来现在的香,就是香的所缘。由四种原因产生的、属于过去未来现在的味,就是味的所缘。由四种原因产生的、属于过去未来现在的触,就是触的所缘。由一种原因、两种原因、三种原因、四种原因产生的,以及不从任何原因产生的、属于过去未来现在的心与心所,同样还有不可说的(涅槃),以及前面所说的其余那些被称为心之领域的法,就是法的所缘。不过,那些主张没有出现在根门范围内的色等也是法所缘的人,应当用这段经文来驳斥。对此确实说过:巴利
Tattha catusamuṭṭhānaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ rūpameva rūpārammaṇaṃ. Dvisamuṭṭhāno atītānāgatapaccuppanno saddova saddārammaṇaṃ. Catusamuṭṭhāno atītānāgatapaccuppanno gandhova gandhārammaṇaṃ. Catusamuṭṭhāno atītānāgatapaccuppanno rasova rasārammaṇaṃ. Catusamuṭṭhānaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ phoṭṭhabbameva phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ. Ekasamuṭṭhānā dvisamuṭṭhānā tisamuṭṭhānā catusamuṭṭhānā nakutocisamuṭṭhānā atītānāgatapaccuppannā cittacetasikā, tathā navattabbā ca, vuttāvasesā cittagocarasaṅkhātā dhammāyeva dhammārammaṇaṃ. Ye pana anāpāthagatā rūpādayopi dhammārammaṇamicceva vadanti te iminā suttena paṭikkhipitabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
贤友,这五根各有不同的所缘、不同的行境,它们彼此不互相领受对方的行境和所缘;意是它们的归宿,意领受它们的行境和所缘。巴利
‘‘Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ nānāvisayānaṃ nānāgocarānaṃ na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhontānaṃ mano paṭisaraṇaṃ mano nesaṃ gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.455).
对于这些来说,色所缘等就叫作它们的行境。即使它们被意所体验,也仍然只是色所缘等,这个道理就成立了。天眼智等以色等为所缘,这个道理也同样成立。因为只有未进入根门范围的色所缘等,才是天眼智等的所缘,而它们并不会成为法所缘。应当依照前面所说的方式,了知所缘的区分。巴利
Etesañhi rūpārammaṇādīni gocaravisayo nāma. Tāni manena paccanubhaviyamānānipi rūpārammaṇādīniyevāti ayamattho siddho hoti. Dibbacakkhuñāṇādīnañca rūpādiārammaṇattāpi ayamattho siddhoyeva hoti. Anāpāthagatāneva hi rūpārammaṇādīni dibbacakkhuādīnaṃ ārammaṇāni, na ca tāni dhammārammaṇāni bhavantīti vuttanayeneva ārammaṇavavatthānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在这里,每一个所缘都同时出现在两个门里。因为色所缘撞击眼净色之后,就在那一刹那也出现在意门,意思是它成为有分波动的缘。声、香、味、触所缘也是这样。就像一只鸟从空中飞来,停在树梢上时,既碰到了树枝,它的影子也同时落在地面上。碰触树枝和影子映现,不是一前一后,而是在同一刹那发生。同样,现在存在的色等对眼净色等的撞击,以及因为能令有分波动而出现在意门,也不是一前一后,而是在同一刹那发生。之后,有分被截断,在眼门等生起的转向等心,直到确定心为止,紧接着,在这些所缘当中的某一个上,这个大心就生起了。巴利
Tattha ekekaṃ ārammaṇaṃ dvīsu dvīsu dvāresu āpāthamāgacchati. Rūpārammaṇañhi cakkhupasādaṃ ghaṭṭetvā taṅkhaṇaññeva manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati; bhavaṅgacalanassa paccayo hotīti attho. Saddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbārammaṇesupi eseva nayo. Yathā hi sakuṇo ākāsenāgantvā rukkhagge nilīyamānova rukkhasākhañca ghaṭṭeti, chāyā cassa pathaviyaṃ paṭihaññati sākhāghaṭṭanachāyāpharaṇāni apubbaṃ acarimaṃ ekakkhaṇeyeva bhavanti, evaṃ paccuppannarūpādīnaṃ cakkhupasādādighaṭṭanañca bhavaṅgacalanasamatthatāya manodvāre āpāthagamanañca apubbaṃ acarimaṃ ekakkhaṇeyeva hoti. Tato bhavaṅgaṃ vicchinditvā cakkhudvārādīsu uppannānaṃ āvajjanādīnaṃ voṭṭhabbanapariyosānānaṃ anantarā tesaṃ ārammaṇānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ idaṃ mahācittaṃ uppajjati.
不过,在纯粹的意门里,并没有撞击净色的作用。这些所缘只是按照平时所见、所闻、所嗅、所尝、所触的方式出现在面前。怎么理解呢?比如这里有一座大塔,做了粉刷,用雌黄、雄黄等各种颜色装饰得色彩斑斓,悬挂起种种旗帜和幡盖,系上花环,四周环绕着灯串,以极其可爱的光彩照耀着,庄严又齐备。他右绕这座大塔之后,在十六处足台的地方以五体投地的方式礼拜,然后合掌仰望,生起以佛为所缘的喜悦,就那样站着。他这样看过塔之后,生起了以佛为所缘的喜悦。后来,不管他走到哪里,在夜间住处或白天住处坐下来作意时,那座庄严齐备的大塔就好像出现在眼门前面一样,就好像正在右绕礼塔的时候一样。这样,就是按照所见的方式,色所缘出现在面前。巴利
Suddhamanodvāre pana pasādaghaṭṭanakiccaṃ natthi. Pakatiyā diṭṭhasutaghāyitasāyitaphuṭṭhavaseneva etāni ārammaṇāni āpāthamāgacchanti. Kathaṃ? Idhekacco katasudhākammaṃ haritālamanosilādivaṇṇavicittaṃ paggahitanānappakāradhajapaṭākaṃ mālādāmavinaddhaṃ dīpamālāparikkhittaṃ atimanoramāya siriyā virocamānaṃ alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ mahācetiyaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā soḷasasu pādapiṭṭhikāsu pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā añjaliṃ paggayha ullokento buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ gahetvā tiṭṭhati. Tassa evaṃ cetiyaṃ passitvā buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ nibbattetvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci gatassa rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānesu nisinnassa āvajjamānassa alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ mahācetiyaṃ cakkhudvāre āpāthamāgatasadisameva hoti, padakkhiṇaṃ katvā cetiyavandanakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ tāva diṭṭhavasena rūpārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati.
听闻说法者以悦耳的声音说法,或诵经者以嗓音诵经之后,后来无论坐在哪里作意时,那说法或诵经就好像来到耳门前一样,就好像在赞叹称善、聆听的时候一样。这样,通过所闻的方式,声音所缘呈现出来。巴利
Madhurena pana sarena dhammakathikassa vā dhammaṃ kathentassa, sarabhāṇakassa vā sarena bhaṇantassa saddaṃ sutvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci nisīditvā āvajjamānassa dhammakathā vā sarabhaññaṃ vā sotadvāre āpāthamāgataṃ viya hoti, sādhukāraṃ datvā suṇanakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ sutavasena saddārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati.
不过,当人拿到有香味的东西或花鬘,在座位前或佛塔前,以缘取香气的心作了供养,后来无论坐在哪里,只要一作意,那香气所缘就好像出现在鼻门前一样,就好像正在供养的时候一样。如此,通过嗅的方式,香气所缘呈现出来。巴利
Sugandhaṃ pana gandhaṃ vā mālaṃ vā labhitvā āsane vā cetiye vā gandhārammaṇena cittena pūjaṃ katvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci nisīditvā āvajjamānassa taṃ gandhārammaṇaṃ ghānadvāre āpāthamāgataṃ viya hoti, pūjākaraṇakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ ghāyitavasena gandhārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati.
不过,当他和同梵行者一起分享并吃过精美的嚼食或啖食之后,后来不管在哪里得到像稗子之类的粗劣食物,只要他这样作意:“我曾在某个时候和同梵行者一起分享并吃过精美的食物”,那个味所缘就会像出现在舌门前面一样,就好像正在吃的时候一样。就是这样,通过尝的方式,味所缘出现在面前。巴利
Paṇītaṃ pana khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitvā paribhuñjitvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci kudrūsakādibhojanaṃ labhitvā ‘asukakāle paṇītaṃ bhojanaṃ sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitvā paribhutta’nti āvajjamānassa taṃ rasārammaṇaṃ jivhādvāre āpāthamāgataṃ viya hoti, paribhuñjanakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ sāyitavasena rasārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati.
不过,如果一个人享用过柔软舒适、触感好的床或椅子、垫褥、被盖,后来无论在什么地方睡在硬邦邦的卧处,心里作意“我以前曾在某个时候享用过柔软的床、椅子、垫褥、被盖”,那时那个触所缘就好像呈现在身门一样,就好像正在感受舒适触感的时候一样。就是这样,通过所触的方式,触所缘呈现出来。像这样,在纯粹的意门中,并没有撞击净色的作用。应当了知:这些所缘只是按照平常所见、所闻、所嗅、所尝、所触的方式而呈现。巴利
Mudukaṃ pana sukhasamphassaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā attharaṇapāpuraṇaṃ vā paribhuñjitvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci dukkhaseyyaṃ kappetvā ‘asukakāle me mudukaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ attharaṇapāvuraṇaṃ paribhutta’nti āvajjamānassa taṃ phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ kāyadvāre āpāthamāgataṃ viya hoti. Sukhasamphassaṃ vedayitakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ phuṭṭhavasena phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati. Evaṃ suddhamanodvāre pasādaghaṭṭanakiccaṃ natthi. Pakatiyā diṭṭhasutaghāyitasāyitaphuṭṭhavaseneva etāni ārammaṇāni āpāthamāgacchantīti veditabbāni.
现在,按照平常所见等的方式,说明它们如何呈现于意门,这是另一种不在注释书中的方法。首先应当知道,所见、所闻、两者关联这些类别。其中,“所见”是指先前通过五门所领受的。“所闻”是指并非亲眼看见,而是通过传闻领受的色等对象。与这两者都有关联的,称为“两者关联”。应当知道,这些也是依于所见等而呈现于意门的。其中,依于“所见”而呈现的方式,已经在前面的五种方法中说过了。巴利
Idāni pakatiyā diṭṭhādīnaṃ vasena āpāthagamane ayamaparopi aṭṭhakathāmuttako nayo hoti. Diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ ubhayasambandhanti ime tāva diṭṭhādayo veditabbā. Tattha ‘diṭṭhaṃ’ nāma pañcadvāravasena gahitapubbaṃ. ‘Suta’nti paccakkhato adisvā anussavavasena gahitā rūpādayova. Tehi dvīhipi sambandhaṃ ‘ubhayasambandhaṃ’ nāma. Iti imesampi diṭṭhādīnaṃ vasena etāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchantīti veditabbāni. Tattha diṭṭhavasena tāva āpāthagamanaṃ heṭṭhā pañcahi nayehi vuttameva.
另外还有一类人,只是听到别人说:“由世尊的福德威力所感得的这样的色相,极其悦耳的声音,在某处某些花有极其可意的香气,某些果实有极其甜美的味道,某些衣服等有极其舒适的触感。”对这个人来说,虽然没有眼净色等直接接触,仅仅凭着听闻,那些色、声等所缘就已经出现在意门了。这时他的心,或者因为对那色、声的清净信心而运作,或者因为想要布施给圣者们香等而运作,或者因为随喜别人布施而运作。这样,通过听闻,这些所缘就出现在意门。巴利
Ekacco pana suṇāti – ‘bhagavato puññātisayanibbattaṃ evarūpaṃ nāma rūpaṃ, atimadhuro saddo, kismiñci padese kesañci pupphānaṃ atimanuñño gandho, kesañci phalānaṃ atimadhuro raso, kesañci pāvuraṇādīnaṃ atisukho samphasso’ti. Tassa, cakkhupasādādighaṭṭanaṃ vinā, sutamattāneva tāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchanti. Athassa taṃ cittaṃ tasmiṃ rūpe vā sadde vā pasādavasena gandhādīsu ariyānaṃ dātukāmatāvasena aññehi dinnesu anumodanāvasena vā pavattati. Evaṃ sutavasena etāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchanti.
另外,对于前面所说的色等对象,它们是曾经见过的或曾经听过的。这个人会这样想:“这样的色,在未来将要出现的佛陀身上也会具备。”等等。这样一来,不需要眼净色等根门的直接接触,仅仅凭着见过和听过的关联,那些对象就出现在意门中。然后,他的心就像前面所说的那样,以其中某一种对象为所缘,这个大心就生起了。如此,由于见和闻两方面的关联,这些对象就出现在意门中。巴利
Aparena pana yathāvuttāni rūpādīni diṭṭhāni vā sutāni vā honti. Tassa ‘īdisaṃ rūpaṃ āyatiṃ uppajjanakabuddhassāpi bhavissatī’tiādinā nayena cakkhupasādādighaṭṭanaṃ vinā diṭṭhasutasambandheneva tāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchanti. Athassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tesu aññatarārammaṇaṃ idaṃ mahācittaṃ pavattati. Evaṃ ubhayasambandhavasena etāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchanti.
这也只是简略的说法而已。不过,按照信、喜好、行相、思惟、见、审察、忍可等的不同,这些所缘在意门中呈现的详细情况,还是应当了知。然而,因为这样呈现于意门的所缘,有真实的,也有不真实的,所以这个规则没有被义注采纳。应当知道,每一种所缘的速行,都在两种门中生起。因为以色为所缘的速行,既在眼门中生起,也在意门中生起;以声等为所缘的,也是如此。巴利
Idampi ca mukhamattameva. Saddhāruciākāraparivitakkadiṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiādīnaṃ pana vasena vitthārato etesaṃ manodvāre āpāthagamanaṃ veditabbameva. Yasmā pana evaṃ āpāthaṃ āgacchantāni bhūtānipi honti abhūtānipi, tasmā ayaṃ nayo aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na gahito. Evaṃ ekekārammaṇaṃ javanaṃ dvīsu dvīsu dvāresu uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Rūpārammaṇañhi javanaṃ cakkhudvārepi uppajjati manodvārepi. Saddādiārammaṇesupi eseva nayo.
在这里,在意门生起、以色为所缘的速行,有布施所成、持戒所成、修行所成三种。其中每一种,又各有身业、语业、意业三种。对声、香、味、触、法所缘,也是同样的道理。巴利
Tattha manodvāre uppajjamānaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ javanaṃ dānamayaṃ sīlamayaṃ bhāvanāmayanti tividhaṃ hoti . Tesu ekekaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammanti tividhameva hoti. Saddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbadhammārammaṇesupi eseva nayo.
在这里,先拿色作为所缘来说:这个生起的大善心,是以青、黄、红、白等颜色中,属于花、布、界等某一类的、被称为“净相”的可爱、可喜、可意、能引起贪染的颜色为所缘而生起的。难道这可爱所缘不是贪欲的所依吗?为什么这个心称为善呢?这是因为决定、转向、惯行、如理作意这几种方式。因为,对于已经决定“我只应该行善”,把心安立在行善上,从不善的活动中退出来而只转向行善,由于反复去做而以善的惯行而惯行,并且以住在合适的地方、亲近善知识、听闻正法、宿世所积福德等为亲依止缘,又依如理作意而转起的人,以这些决定、转向、惯行、如理作意的方式,这个心就生成为善。巴利
Tattha rūpaṃ tāva ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjamānaṃ etaṃ mahākusalacittaṃ nīlapītalohitodātavaṇṇesu pupphavatthadhātūsu aññataraṃ subhanimittasaṅkhātaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ rajanīyaṃ vaṇṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjati. Nanu cetaṃ iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ lobhassa vatthu? Kathaṃ etaṃ cittaṃ kusalaṃ nāma jātanti? Niyamitavasena pariṇāmitavasena samudācāravasena ābhujitavasenāti. Yassa hi ‘kusalameva mayā kattabba’nti kusalakaraṇe cittaṃ niyamitaṃ hoti, akusalappavattito nivattetvā kusalakaraṇeyeva pariṇāmitaṃ, abhiṇhakaraṇena kusalasamudācāreneva samudācaritaṃ, patirūpadesavāsasappurisūpanissayasaddhammasavanapubbekatapuññatādīhi ca upanissayehi yoniso ca ābhogo pavattati, tassa iminā niyamitavasena pariṇāmitavasena samudācāravasena ābhujitavasena ca kusalaṃ nāma jātaṃ hoti.
在这里,应当依所缘来了知喜俱性。因为这种心是在可意所缘中生起的,所以成为喜俱。信多等,也正是这里的原因。因为对无信者和邪见者来说,即使看见如来色身这种绝对可意的所缘,也不会生起喜悦。而那些看不到善行功德的人,即使被别人劝着去行善,在行善时也不会生起喜悦。因此,信多、见清净、见功德,就是这里的原因。这样,在这里就应当了知喜俱性。此外,有十一种法能促成喜觉支的生起:佛随念、法随念、僧随念、戒随念、舍随念、天随念、寂止随念、避开粗恶的人、亲近柔和的人、省思能生净信的经典、以及倾心于此。依靠这些原因,也应当了知这里的喜俱性。这些的详细解释,将在《觉支分别》中说明。巴利
Ārammaṇavasena panettha somanassasahagatabhāvo veditabbo. Iṭṭhārammaṇasmiñhi uppannattā etaṃ somanassasahagataṃ jātaṃ. Saddhābahulatādīnipettha kāraṇāniyeva. Assaddhānañhi micchādiṭṭhīnañca ekantaiṭṭhārammaṇabhūtaṃ tathāgatarūpampi disvā somanassaṃ nuppajjati. Ye ca kusalappavattiyaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ na passanti tesaṃ parehi ussāhitānaṃ kusalaṃ karontānampi somanassaṃ nuppajjati. Tasmā saddhābahulatā visuddhadiṭṭhitā ānisaṃsadassāvitāti. Evampettha somanassasahagatabhāvo veditabbo. Apica ekādasadhammā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti – buddhānussati dhammānussati saṅghānussati sīlānussati cāgānussati devatānussati upasamānussati lūkhapuggalaparivajjanatā siniddhapuggalasevanatā pasādanīyasuttantapaccavekkhaṇatā tadadhimuttatāti . Imehipi kāraṇehettha somanassasahagatabhāvo veditabbo. Imesaṃ pana vitthāro bojjhaṅgavibhaṅge (vibha. aṭṭha. 367 bojjhaṅgapabbavaṇṇanā, 468-469) āvi bhavissati.
在这里,应当依据四种原因来理解“与智相应”:由业、由投生、由根成熟、由烦恼远离。
如果有人为他人说法,教人学习没有过失的技艺、职业和知识,恭敬地供养说法师并请他说法,或者发愿“愿我未来有智慧”而广行各种布施——依靠这类业,当他生起善心时,这善心就是与智相应的。
或者,有人投生在无瞋害的世间,就像经文所说:“在那里,那些安乐众生的法句自然浮现……比丘们,忆念的生起虽然缓慢,但那个众生很快就会走向殊胜。”以这种方式,依靠投生,所生起的善心也是与智相应的。
同样,对于根已经成熟、智慧达到十岁阶段的人,依靠根的成熟,所生起的善心也是与智相应的。
而对于那些烦恼已被镇伏的人,依靠烦恼的远离,所生起的善心也是与智相应的。
这一点也曾被说过:巴利
Kammato, upapattito, indriyaparipākato, kilesadūrībhāvatoti imehi panettha kāraṇehi ñāṇasampayuttatā veditabbā. Yo hi paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti anavajjāni sippāyatanakammāyatanavijjāṭṭhānāni sikkhāpeti dhammakathikaṃ sakkāraṃ katvā dhammaṃ kathāpeti, ‘āyatiṃ paññavā bhavissāmī’ti patthanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nānappakāraṃ dānaṃ deti, tassa evarūpaṃ kammaṃ upanissāya kusalaṃ uppajjamānaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Abyāpajje loke uppannassa vāpi ‘‘tassa tattha sukhino dhammapadā pilavanti… dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo, atha so satto khippaṃyeva visesagāmī hotī’’ti (a. ni. 4.191) iminā nayena upapattiṃ nissāyapi uppajjamānaṃ kusalaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Tathā indriyaparipākaṃ upagatānaṃ paññādasakappattānaṃ indriyaparipākaṃ nissāyapi kusalaṃ uppajjamānaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Yehi pana kilesā vikkhambhitā tesaṃ kilesadūrībhāvaṃ nissāyapi uppajjamānaṃ kusalaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
智慧确实从修习中生起,不修习则智慧灭尽。巴利
‘‘Yogā ve jāyatī bhūri, ayogā bhūrisaṅkhayo’’ti (dha. pa. 282).
应当从这些方面来理解它与智相应:从业、从投生、从根成熟、从烦恼远离。巴利
Evaṃ kammato upapattito indriyaparipākato kilesadūrībhāvatoti imehi kāraṇehi ñāṇasampayuttatā veditabbā.
另外,有七种法能帮助择法觉支生起:喜欢提问、让所在之处保持整洁、使诸根保持平衡、避开没有智慧的人、亲近有智慧的人、反复观察甚深智慧的运作方式、内心倾向于它。通过这些原因,也应该知道它与智相应。而这些法的详细解释,会在《觉支分别》中说明。巴利
Apica satta dhammā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti – paripucchakatā, vatthuvisadakiriyā, indriyasamattapaṭipādanā, duppaññapuggalaparivajjanā, paññavantapuggalasevanā, gambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇā, tadadhimuttatāti. Imehipi kāraṇehi ñāṇasampayuttatā veditabbā. Imesaṃ pana vitthāro bojjhaṅgavibhaṅge (vibha. aṭṭha. 367 bojjhaṅgapabbavaṇṇanā) āvi bhavissati.
这样,当它和智相应而生起时,由于是无行、不须刻意用力、不靠方便筹度而生起,所以就叫作无行。而当这心以可染的色为所缘生起时,就依三种决定方式生起:或是施所成,或是戒所成,或是修所成。巴利
Evaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ hutvā uppannañcetaṃ asaṅkhārena appayogena anupāyacintanāya uppannattā asaṅkhāraṃ nāma jātaṃ. Tayidaṃ rajanīyavaṇṇārammaṇaṃ hutvā uppajjamānameva tividhena niyamena uppajjati – dānamayaṃ vā hoti, sīlamayaṃ vā, bhāvanāmayaṃ vā.
怎样呢?当人在蓝、黄、红、白等花等物中拿到某一种,按颜色作意“这是我的色施”,用来供养佛宝等时,那时就是施所成。这里有个事例:据说掌库的僧伽蜜多拿到一块镶金的布后,想:“这块布也是金色,正等正觉者也是金色,金色的布正适合金色的身,而且这将成为我们的色施”,于是把它供到大塔上。应当知道,在这种时候就是施所成。而当人拿到同样这样的可施之物后,想:“这是我家的血统、家族传统、家族世系、家族义务”,用来供养佛宝等时,那时就是戒所成。而当人用这样的东西供养三宝后,作意:“这个色会坏灭、会消亡”,并安立坏灭、消亡时,那时就是修所成。巴利
Kathaṃ? Yadā hi nīlapītalohitodātesu pupphādīsu aññataraṃ labhitvā vaṇṇavasena ābhujitvā ‘vaṇṇadānaṃ mayha’nti buddharatanādīni pūjeti, tadā dānamayaṃ hoti. Tatridaṃ vatthu – bhaṇḍāgārikasaṅghamitto kira ekaṃ suvaṇṇakhacitaṃ vatthaṃ labhitvā idampi vatthaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ, sammāsambuddhopi suvaṇṇavaṇṇo, suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ vatthaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇasseva anucchavikaṃ, amhākañca vaṇṇadānaṃ bhavissatīti mahācetiye āropesi. Evarūpe kāle dānamayaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Yadā pana tathārūpameva deyyadhammaṃ labhitvā ‘mayhaṃ kulavaṃso, kulatanti kulappaveṇī esā, kulavattaṃ eta’nti buddharatanādīni pūjeti tadā sīlamayaṃ hoti. Yadā pana tādiseneva vatthunā ratanattayassa pūjaṃ katvā ‘ayaṃ vaṇṇo khayaṃ gacchissati, vayaṃ gacchissatī’ti khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapeti, tadā bhāvanāmayaṃ hoti.
不过,当布施所成的心正在生起时,如果是亲手供养三宝而运作,那时就是身业。如果供养三宝时,也命令儿子、妻子、奴仆、佣人等去供养,那时就是语业。如果针对前面所说的那种现存物品,心里想着“我要作色施”,那时就是意业。依律藏的讲法,必须说出“我要布施、我要做”这样的话,才算构成布施,这是它的判定标准。但依阿毗达摩的讲法,从针对现存物品、心里想着“我要布施”的那一刻起,就已经是善了;之后用身体或言语去做的,只是后来才说到的部分。这样,布施所成就有身、语、意业这三种。巴利
Dānamayaṃ pana hutvā vattamānampi yadā tīṇi ratanāni sahatthena pūjentassa pavattatti, tadā kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā tīṇi ratanāni pūjento puttadāradāsakammakaraporisādayopi āṇāpetvā pūjāpeti tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā tadeva vuttappakāraṃ vijjamānakavatthuṃ ārabbha vaṇṇadānaṃ dassāmīti cinteti tadā manokammaṃ hoti. Vinayapariyāyaṃ patvā hi ‘dassāmi karissāmī’ti vācā bhinnā hotīti (pārā. 659) iminā lakkhaṇena dānaṃ nāma hoti. Abhidhammapariyāyaṃ patvā pana vijjamānakavatthuṃ ārabbha ‘dassāmī’ti manasā cintitakālato paṭṭhāya kusalaṃ hoti. Aparabhāge kāyena vā vācāya vā kattabbaṃ karissatīti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ dānamayaṃ kāyavacīmanokammavaseneva tividhaṃ hoti.
不过,当人得到前面说的那种物品后,因为家族传承等缘故,亲手供养三宝,这时就是戒所成的身业。当人因为家族传承等缘故,让子女、妻子等人去供养,这时就是语业。当人想到“这是我的家族传承、家族传统、家族世袭,这是家族应做的事”,于是对现有的物品动念:“我要把它布施出去”,这时就是意业。这样,戒所成的业按身、语、意业,就有三种。巴利
Yadā pana taṃ vuttappakāraṃ vatthuṃ labhitvā kulavaṃsādivasena sahatthā ratanattayaṃ pūjeti tadā sīlamayaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā kulavaṃsādivaseneva puttadārādayo āṇāpetvā pūjāpeti tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā ‘mayhaṃ kulavaṃso, kulatanti kulappaveṇī esā, kulavattameta’nti vijjamānakavatthuṃ ārabbha ‘vaṇṇadānaṃ dassāmī’ti cinteti tadā manokammaṃ hoti. Evaṃ sīlamayaṃ kāyavacīmanokammavasena tividhaṃ hoti.
当得到上面说的那种物品,先供养三宝,然后在经行时安立起灭尽与坏灭的观照,这时就是修所成的身业。用言语来安立观照时,就是语业。不让身表和语表动起来,只以意来安立观照时,就是意业。这样,修所成者按身、语、意业来分,也有三种。法王就这样把这以色为所缘的善法,按三种福行事之基,用九种业门来分别显示。在声所缘等上面,也是同样的道理。巴利
Yadā pana taṃ vuttappakāraṃ vatthuṃ labhitvā tīṇi ratanāni pūjetvā caṅkamanto khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapeti tadā bhāvanāmayaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti. Vācāya sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa vacīkammaṃ hoti, kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā manasāva sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa manokammaṃ hoti. Evaṃ bhāvanāmayaṃ kāyavacīmanokammavasena tividhaṃ hoti. Evametaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā. Saddārammaṇādīsupi eseva nayo.
在鼓声等声音中,以悦耳的声音为所缘,依照前面所说的方式,这种善法就通过三种决意生起。这里,声音不能像拔芋头根那样把它拔出来,也不能像把一束青莲花拿在手里那样把它放在手上布施;但是,如果让它有所依托来布施,那就叫做声施。因此,当人想着“我要作声施”,用鼓、腰鼓等某种乐器向三宝献供时;当人想着“这是我的声施”,而让人安置鼓等时;当人向说法的比丘布施音声药、油、糖蜜等时;当人宣告闻法、唱诵梵呗、开示法义、作近坐之论、作随喜之论时——在那个时候,就是施所成。当人因为家族传承等原因、因为义务而做这些事时,就是戒所成。当人做完这一切之后,建立起这样的思惟:“这声音即使大到梵天世界那么大,也终将灭尽、终将消逝”,那时候就是修所成。巴利
Bherisaddādīsu hi rajanīyasaddaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tīhi niyamehetaṃ kusalaṃ uppajjati. Tattha saddaṃ kandamūlaṃ viya uppāṭetvā nīluppalahatthakaṃ viya ca hatthe ṭhapetvā dātuṃ nāma na sakkā, savatthukaṃ pana katvā dento saddadānaṃ deti nāma. Tasmā yadā ‘saddadānaṃ dassāmī’ti bherimudiṅgādīsu aññataratūriyena tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ upahāraṃ karoti, ‘saddadānaṃ me’ti bheriādīni ṭhapāpeti, dhammakathikabhikkhūnaṃ sarabhesajjatelaphāṇitādīni deti, dhammasavanaṃ ghoseti, sarabhaññaṃ bhaṇati, dhammakathaṃ katheti, upanisinnakakathaṃ anumodanakathaṃ karoti, tadā dānamayaṃyeva hoti. Yadā etadeva vidhānaṃ kulavaṃsādivasena vattavasena karoti tadā sīlamayaṃ hoti. Yadā sabbampetaṃ katvā ayaṃ ettako saddo brahmalokappamāṇopi hutvā ‘khayaṃ gamissati, vayaṃ gamissatī’ti sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapeti tadā bhāvanāmayaṃ hoti.
在这里,先说布施所成的业:当一个人亲手拿着鼓等乐器去献供,或者为了经常献供而亲手把它们安置好,或者为了宣告“这是我的声施”而前去让人听闻佛法,或者前去讲说佛法、唱诵梵呗,那时候就是身业。当他命令说“去吧,孩子们,为我们的声施向三宝献供”,或者为了宣告“这是我的声施”而命令人在塔院等处“把这面鼓、这面腰鼓放好”,或者自己亲自宣告让人听闻佛法、讲说佛法、唱诵梵呗,那时候就是语业。当他不动身门和语门,只在心里想“我要作声施”,并把现有的物品在心里舍出去,那时候就是意业。巴利
Tattha dānamayaṃ tāva yadā bheriādīni gahetvā sahatthā upahāraṃ karoti, niccupahāratthāya ṭhapentopi sahatthā ṭhapeti, ‘saddadānaṃ me’ti dhammasavanaṃ ghosetuṃ gacchati, dhammakathaṃ sarabhaññaṃ kātuṃ vā gacchati, tadā kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā ‘gacchatha, tātā, amhākaṃ saddadānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ upahāraṃ karothā’ti āṇāpeti, ‘saddadānaṃ me’ti cetiyaṅgaṇesu ‘imaṃ bheriṃ, imaṃ mudiṅgaṃ ṭhapethā’ti āṇāpeti, sayameva dhammasavanaṃ ghoseti, dhammakathaṃ katheti, sarabhaññaṃ bhaṇati, tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā ‘saddadānaṃ dassāmī’ti vijjamānakavatthuṃ manasā pariccajati, tadā manokammaṃ hoti.
以戒为体质的(布施):当有人亲手用鼓等乐器献上供养,心里想着“声音供养是我家的家风、家族传统、家族惯例”,亲手把鼓等乐器安放在塔院等处,亲手把汁液药布施给说法的人,或者为了听法、宣告说法、讲说佛法、唱诵梵呗而带头履行义务前往时,这就是身业。当有人命令说“声音供养是我家的家风、家族传统、家族惯例,孩子们,去吧,去给佛宝等献上供养”,或者自己以家族传承的方式讲说佛法或唱诵梵呗时,这就是语业。当有人不动身、不动口,只在心里想“声音供养是我家的家风,我要做声音供养”,并舍弃现有的物品时,这就是意业。巴利
Sīlamayampi ‘saddadānaṃ nāma mayhaṃ kulavaṃso kulatanti kulappaveṇī’ti bheriādīhi sahatthā upahāraṃ karontassa, bheriādīni sahatthā cetiyaṅgaṇādīsu ṭhapentassa, dhammakathikānaṃ sarabhesajjaṃ sahatthā dadantassa, vattasīsena dhammasavanaghosanadhammakathākathanasarabhaññabhaṇanatthāya ca gacchantassa kāyakammaṃ hoti. ‘Saddadānaṃ nāma amhākaṃ kulavaṃso kulatanti kulappaveṇī, gacchatha , tātā, buddharatanādīnaṃ upahāraṃ karothā’ti āṇāpentassa kulavaṃsavaseneva attanā dhammakathaṃ vā sarabhaññaṃ vā karontassa ca vacīkammaṃ hoti. ‘Saddadānaṃ nāma mayhaṃ kulavaṃso saddadānaṃ dassāmī’ti kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā manasāva vijjamānakavatthuṃ pariccajantassa manokammaṃ hoti.
修所成的也是,当经行者在声音上确立坏灭,那就是身业。如果不发动身门,只用言语去观照,那就是语业。如果身门和语门都不发动,只用心意去观照声处,那就是意业。就这样,法王把以声音为所缘的善,按三种福业事的基础,用九种业门分别开示出来。巴利
Bhāvanāmayampi yadā caṅkamanto sadde khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapeti tadā kāyakammaṃ hoti. Kāyaṅgaṃ pana acopetvā vācāya sammasantassa vacīkammaṃ hoti. Kāyaṅgavācaṅgaṃ acopetvā manasāva saddāyatanaṃ sammasantassa manokammaṃ hoti. Evaṃ saddārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
对于根香等香来说,也是以可染著的香为所缘,依照前面所说的方式,由三种决定生起这种善。其中,当人遇到根香等任何一种香,依香而作意,心想“这是我供养的香”,以此来供养佛宝等,那时就是施所成业。这一切都应按照色供养中所说的方式详细理解。如此,法王将这一以香为所缘的善,依三种福行事的基,以九种业门分别开示。巴利
Mūlagandhādīsupi rajanīyagandhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tīhi niyamehetaṃ kusalaṃ uppajjati. Tattha yadā mūlagandhādīsu yaṃkiñci gandhaṃ labhitvā gandhavasena ābhujitvā ‘gandhadānaṃ mayha’nti buddharatanādīni pūjeti, tadā dānamayaṃ hotīti sabbaṃ vaṇṇadāne vuttanayeneva vitthārato veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ gandhārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
在根味等当中,若以可染著的味为所缘,依照前面所说的方式,由三种决定,这善也会生起。其中,当人在根味等当中得到任何一种可染著的味物,依味而作意,心想“这是我的味供养”,于是布施、舍出,那时就是施所成业。这一切都应依照色供养中所说的方式详细理解。不过在持戒所成业方面,这里有所不同:大注释书中引述了杜塔伽摩尼无畏王等人的事例——他们想到“不先供养僧团而自己享用,不是我们的习惯”,于是先让一万二千位比丘受用,然后自己才享用美味的食物。这就是差别所在。如此,法王将味所缘的善也依三种福行事为基础,以九种业门分别开示。巴利
Mūlarasādīsu pana rajanīyarasaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tīhi niyamehetaṃ kusalaṃ uppajjati. Tattha yadā mūlarasādīsu yaṃkiñci rajanīyaṃ rasavatthuṃ labhitvā rasavasena ābhujitvā ‘rasadānaṃ mayha’nti deti pariccajati, tadā dānamayaṃ hotīti sabbaṃ vaṇṇadāne vuttanayeneva vitthārato veditabbaṃ. Sīlamaye panettha ‘saṅghassa adatvā paribhuñjanaṃ nāma amhākaṃ na āciṇṇa’nti dvādasannaṃ bhikkhusahassānaṃ dāpetvā sādurasaṃ paribhuttassa duṭṭhagāmaṇiabhayarañño vatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vatthūni āgatāni. Ayameva viseso. Evaṃ rasārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
触所缘中,地界、火界、风界这三种大种就是触所缘。但在这里,不按这些来搭配,而应该按床、椅等来搭配。因为当人在床、椅等东西上,碰到任何一种可贪著的触物,以触为对象而作意,想着“这是我的触供养”而施舍出去时,那就是施所成业。这一切都应该像色供养那里所说的那样详细理解。法王就这样把触所缘的善,按三种福行事的基础,用九种业门来分别开示。巴利
Phoṭṭhabbārammaṇepi pathavīdhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātūti tīṇi mahābhūtāni phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ nāma. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne etesaṃ vasena yojanaṃ akatvā mañcapīṭhādivasena kātabbā. Yadā hi mañcapīṭhādīsu yaṃkiñci rajanīyaṃ phoṭṭhabbavatthuṃ labhitvā phoṭṭhabbavasena ābhujitvā ‘phoṭṭhabbadānaṃ mayha’nti deti pariccajati, tadā dānamayaṃ hotīti sabbaṃ vaṇṇadāne vuttanayeneva vitthārato veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ phoṭṭhabbārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
在法所缘中,六内处、三相、三无色蕴、十五种微细色、涅槃与施设——这些法,无论属于法处还是不属于法处,都叫做法所缘。不过在这个地方,不按这些来搭配,而应该按营养物施、饮物施、生命施来搭配。因为在营养物等当中,以能生染着的法所缘作为所缘,按照下文所说的方式,由三种决定,这个善就生起了。巴利
Dhammārammaṇe cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, tīṇi lakkhaṇāni, tayo arūpino khandhā, pannarasa sukhumarūpāni, nibbānapaññattīti ime dhammāyatane pariyāpannā ca, apariyāpannā ca, dhammā dhammārammaṇaṃ nāma. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne etesaṃ vasena yojanaṃ akatvā ojadānapānadānajīvitadānavasena kātabbā. Ojādīsu hi rajanīyaṃ dhammārammaṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tīhi niyamehetaṃ kusalaṃ uppajjati.
在这里,当有人想“这是我的营养布施”,而布施酥油、生酥等;想“这是饮料布施”,而布施八种饮料;想“这是生命布施”,而布施筹食、僧团食等;给生病的比丘送药,安排医生,让人拆掉渔网,让人捣毁陷阱,让人捣毁鸟笼,让人释放被绑缚者,让人敲响禁止杀生的鼓,还为保护生命做其他这一类事情——那时候,这就是布施所成的善业。
当有人以“营养布施、饮料布施、生命布施是我家世、我族姓、我家族传统”的想法,把营养布施等当作应尽的义务来做——那时候,这就是持戒所成的善业。
当他把心放在法所缘上,观照它的坏灭与消逝——那时候,这就是修习所成的善业。巴利
Tattha yadā ‘ojadānaṃ mayha’nti sappinavanītādīni deti, pānadānanti aṭṭha pānāni deti, jīvitadānanti salākabhattasaṅghabhattādīni deti, aphāsukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhesajjaṃ deti, vejjaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpeti, jālaṃ phālāpeti, kumīnaṃ viddhaṃsāpeti, sakuṇapañjaraṃ viddhaṃsāpeti, bandhanamokkhaṃ kārāpeti, māghātabheriṃ carāpeti, aññānipi jīvitaparittāṇatthaṃ evarūpāni kammāni karoti tadā dānamayaṃ hoti. Yadā pana ‘ojadānapānadānajīvitadānāni mayhaṃ kulavaṃso kulatanti kulappaveṇī’ti vattasīsena ojadānādīni pavatteti tadā sīlamayaṃ hoti. Yadā dhammārammaṇasmiṃ khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapeti tadā bhāvanāmayaṃ hoti.
不过,当布施所生的(善行)正在进行时,如果亲手布施营养物、饮品和维持生命的物品,那时就是身业。如果吩咐儿子、妻子等人去布施,那时就是语业。如果既没有动身门也没有动语门,只是以布施营养物、饮品、维持生命之物这种方式,在心里想着“我要布施”现有的物品,那时就是意业。巴利
Dānamayaṃ pana hutvā pavattamānampi yadā ojadānapānadānajīvitadānāni sahatthā deti, tadā kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā puttadārādayo āṇāpetvā dāpeti, tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā ojadānapānadānajīvitadānavasena vijjamānakavatthuṃ ‘dassāmī’ti manasā cinteti, tadā manokammaṃ hoti.
不过,当人按照家族血统等理由,亲手把前面说的那种实际存在的物品布施出去时,那就是持戒所成的身业。当人按照家族血统等理由,吩咐儿子、妻子等人去布施时,那就是语业。当人按照家族血统等理由,只是在心里想着“我要布施”前面说的那种实际存在的物品时,那就是意业。巴利
Yadā pana vuttappakāraṃ vijjamānakavatthuṃ kulavaṃsādivasena sahatthā deti, tadā sīlamayaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā kulavaṃsādivaseneva puttadārādayo āṇāpetvā dāpeti, tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā kulavaṃsādivaseneva vuttappakāraṃ vijjamānakavatthuṃ ‘dassāmī’ti manasāva cinteti, tadā manokammaṃ hoti.
经行之后,对法所缘安立坏灭的人,有修习所成的身业。不发动身门,以言语对法所缘安立坏灭的人,有语业。不发动身门和语门,只以心意对法所缘安立坏灭的人,有意业。如此,修习所成的业按身、语、意业分为三种。法王就这样把法所缘的善,按三种福行事之基,用九种业门加以分别开示。巴利
Caṅkamitvā dhammārammaṇe khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapentassa pana bhāvanāmayaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti. Kāyaṅgaṃ acopetvā vācāya khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapentassa vacīkammaṃ hoti. Kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā manasāva dhammārammaṇe khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapentassa manokammaṃ hoti. Evaṃ bhāvanāmayaṃ kāyavacīmanokammavasena tividhaṃ hoti. Evametaṃ dhammārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
心是这样在种种事物中依种种所缘而显示的。不过,即使在同一个事物里,也照样能依种种所缘而得到。怎么得到呢?在四种资具中,就衣服而言,可以得到六种所缘:新染的衣服的颜色可爱、好看,这是色所缘;穿的时候发出沙沙声,这是声所缘;那上面有黑斑之类的气味,这是香所缘;味所缘则是依受用时尝到的味道来说的;那里有令人舒适的触感,这是触所缘;缘于衣服而生起的乐受,是法所缘。在团食中,味所缘则是直接就能得到的。这样,在四种资具中依种种所缘加以配合之后,就应当知道布施所成等的差别。巴利
Evamidaṃ cittaṃ nānāvatthūsu nānārammaṇavasena dīpitaṃ. Idaṃ pana ekavatthusmimpi nānārammaṇavasena labbhatiyeva. Kathaṃ? Catūsu hi paccayesu cīvare cha ārammaṇāni labbhanti – navarattassa hi cīvarassa vaṇṇo manāpo hoti dassanīyo, idaṃ vaṇṇārammaṇaṃ. Paribhogakāle paṭapaṭasaddaṃ karoti, idaṃ saddārammaṇaṃ. Yo tattha kāḷakacchakādigandho, idaṃ gandhārammaṇaṃ. Rasārammaṇaṃ pana paribhogarasavasena kathitaṃ. Yā tattha sukhasamphassatā, idaṃ phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ. Cīvaraṃ paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā, dhammārammaṇaṃ. Piṇḍapāte rasārammaṇaṃ nippariyāyeneva labbhati. Evaṃ catūsu paccayesu nānārammaṇavasena yojanaṃ katvā dānamayādibhedo veditabbo.
不过,这个心的所缘才是固定的,因为没有所缘就不会生起。门则是不固定的。为什么呢?因为业不固定。当业不固定时,门也同样不固定。巴利
Imassa pana cittassa ārammaṇameva nibaddhaṃ, vinā ārammaṇena anuppajjanato. Dvāraṃ pana anibaddhaṃ. Kasmā? Kammassa anibaddhattā. Kammasmiñhi anibaddhe dvārampi anibaddhameva hoti.
欲界善的门论巴利
Kāmāvacarakusalaṃ dvārakathā
身业门论巴利
Kāyakammadvārakathā
不过,为了说明这个含义,在这里的《大义注》中讲说了“门论”。其中,三业、三业门、五识、五识门、六触、六触门、八不防护、八不防护门、八防护、八防护门、十善业道、十不善业道——这就是所谓“门论”的论母安立。巴利
Imassa panatthassa pakāsanatthaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ dvārakathā kathitā. Tattha tīṇi kammāni, tīṇi kammadvārāni, pañca viññāṇāni, pañca viññāṇadvārāni, cha phassā, cha phassadvārāni, aṭṭha asaṃvarā, aṭṭha asaṃvaradvārāni, aṭṭha saṃvarā, aṭṭha saṃvaradvārāni, dasa kusalakammapathā, dasa akusalakammapathāti, idaṃ ettakaṃ dvārakathāya mātikāṭhapanaṃ nāma.
在这里,虽然最初先讲了三业,但把它们放在一边,先从开头分别解说三种业门。是哪三种?身业门、语业门、意业门。巴利
Tattha kiñcāpi tīṇi kammāni paṭhamaṃ vuttāni, tāni pana ṭhapetvā ādito tāva tīṇi kammadvārāni bhājetvā dassitāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyakammadvāraṃ, vacīkammadvāraṃ, manokammadvāranti.
在这里,身有四种:执取身、食所生身、时节所生身、心所生身。其中,从眼处等一直到命根的八种业所生色,以及唯独由业所生的四界、色、香、味、食素,这八种合称为执取身。同样这八种由食所生的,称为食所生身;八种由时节所生的,称为时节所生身;八种由心所生的,称为心所生身。巴利
Tattha catubbidho kāyo – upādinnako, āhārasamuṭṭhāno, utusamuṭṭhāno, cittasamuṭṭhānoti. Tattha cakkhāyatanādīni jīvitindriyapariyantāni aṭṭha kammasamuṭṭhānarūpānipi, kammasamuṭṭhānāneva catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇo gandho raso ojāti aṭṭha upādinnakakāyo nāma. Tāneva aṭṭha āhārajāni āhārasamuṭṭhānikakāyo nāma. Aṭṭha utujāni utusamuṭṭhānikakāyo nāma. Aṭṭha cittajāni cittasamuṭṭhānikakāyo nāma.
在它们当中,“身业门”并不是指有执取之身的名称,也不是指其他(三种身)的名称。不过,在心等起的八种色法里,有一种表色,这就叫作身业门。针对这一点,论中说:“什么是那色法中的身表?无论是善心、不善心还是无记心,在前行、后退、正视、环视、弯曲、伸展时,身体的坚挺、坚住、坚住性,表、表显、表显性,这就是那色法中的身表。”因为“我要前行、我要后退”的心生起时,就会等起色法。在这当中,地界、水界、火界、风界,以及依靠它们的色、香、味、食素,在这八种色聚里面,由心等起的风界,能依靠自身使俱生的色身坚挺、保持、动摇、前行、后退。巴利
Tesu kāyakammadvāranti neva upādinnakakāyassa nāmaṃ na itaresaṃ. Cittasamuṭṭhānesu pana aṭṭhasu rūpesu ekā viññatti atthi, idaṃ kāyakammadvāraṃ nāma. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ kāyaviññatti? Yā kusalacittassa vā, akusalacittassa vā, abyākatacittassa vā, abhikkamantassa vā paṭikkamantassa vā, ālokentassa vā vilokentassa vā, samiñjentassa vā pasārentassa vā, kāyassa thambhanā santhambhanā santhambhitattaṃ, viññatti viññāpanā viññāpitattaṃ, idaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ kāyaviññattī’’ti (dha. sa. 720). ‘Abhikkamissāmi paṭikkamissāmī’ti hi cittaṃ uppajjamānaṃ rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tattha yā pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu tannissito vaṇṇo gandho raso ojāti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ rūpakalāpānaṃ abbhantare cittasamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu, sā attanā sahajātaṃ rūpakāyaṃ santhambheti sandhāreti cāleti abhikkamāpeti paṭikkamāpeti.
在这当中,在同一个转向心路里,七个速行心中,由第一个速行心等起的风界,能够支撑、维持与自己同时生起的色身,但不能让它前后移动。第二等(第二至第六)速行心等起的风界,情况也一样。然而,由第七个速行心等起的风界,得到前面六个心等起的风界作为支持缘,就能够支撑、维持、移动、令前进、令后退、令前视、令环视、令弯曲、令伸展与自己同时生起的色身。由此,就有了所谓的“行走”,有了所谓的“到来”,有了所谓的“来回行走”。于是便可以说“走了一由旬,走了十由旬”。巴利
Tattha ekāvajjanavīthiyaṃ sattasu javanesu paṭhamacittasamuṭṭhitā vāyodhātu attanā sahajātaṃ rūpakāyaṃ santhambhetuṃ sandhāretuṃ sakkoti, aparāparaṃ pana cāletuṃ na sakkoti. Dutiyādīsupi eseva nayo. Sattamacittena pana samuṭṭhitā vāyodhātu heṭṭhā chahi cittehi samuṭṭhitaṃ vāyodhātuṃ upatthambhanapaccayaṃ labhitvā attanā sahajātaṃ rūpakāyaṃ santhambhetuṃ sandhāretuṃ cāletuṃ abhikkamāpetuṃ paṭikkamāpetuṃ ālokāpetuṃ vilokāpetuṃ sammiñjāpetuṃ pasārāpetuṃ sakkoti. Tena gamanaṃ nāma jāyati, āgamanaṃ nāma jāyati, gamanāgamanaṃ nāma jāyati. ‘Yojanaṃ gato dasayojanaṃ gato’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjāpeti.
就像一辆需要用七组牛来拉的车,第一组套上的牛只能把轭稳住、撑住,却转不动车轮;第二组等也是这样。到了第七组,把牛套好之后,一位熟练的驾车者坐在车辕上,拿起缰绳,从最前面开始用刺棒打牛,这时所有的牛就合成一股力量,既稳住车辕,又转动车轮。于是就能说“这辆车走了十由旬、二十由旬”——应当知道,这个道理就是这样成就的。巴利
Yathā hi sattahi yugehi ākaḍḍhitabbe sakaṭe paṭhamayuge yuttagoṇā yugaṃ tāva santhambhetuṃ sandhāretuṃ sakkonti, cakkaṃ pana napavaṭṭenti; dutiyādīsupi eseva nayo; sattamayuge pana goṇe yojetvā yadā cheko sārathi dhure nisīditvā yottāni ādāya sabbapurimato paṭṭhāya patodalaṭṭhiyā goṇe ākoṭeti, tadā sabbeva ekabalā hutvā dhurañca sandhārenti cakkāni ca pavaṭṭenti. ‘Sakaṭaṃ gahetvā dasayojanaṃ vīsatiyojanaṃ gatā’ti vattabbataṃ āpādenti – evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ.
其中,由心产生的身体并不是表色。不过,确实有一种形态变化,能够作为与心产生的风界俱生的色身的缘,使它坚住、维持、动摇,这就叫作表色。它不像八种色那样是由心产生的。然而,就像无常等诸法具有老死性,因此说“诸比丘,老死是无常、有为”等等那样,同样地,因为由心产生的色具有表显的性质,所以它也被称为由心产生。巴利
Tattha yo cittasamuṭṭhānikakāyo na so viññatti, cittasamuṭṭhānāya pana vāyodhātuyā sahajātaṃ rūpakāyaṃ santhambhetuṃ sandhāretuṃ cāletuṃ paccayo bhavituṃ samattho eko ākāravikāro atthi, ayaṃ viññatti nāma. Sā aṭṭha rūpāni viya na cittasamuṭṭhānā. Yathā pana aniccādibhedānaṃ dhammānaṃ jarāmaraṇattā, ‘‘jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ saṅkhata’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.20) vuttaṃ, evaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ viññattitāya sāpi cittasamuṭṭhānā nāma hoti.
由于它有表显的作用,所以被称为表色。它表显什么呢?表显一种身体的动作。站在眼前的人,把手或脚抬起来,或者摇头、动眉毛,这些手等的形态是眼所识知的。但表色并不是眼所识知的,而只是意所识知的。因为眼睛只是看到随着手的变化等而晃动的色所缘。而表色,则是以意门心去思维之后,才知道“这个人大概是在做这个那个”。巴利
Viññāpanattā panesā viññattīti vuccati. Kiṃ viññāpetīti? Ekaṃ kāyikakaraṇaṃ. Cakkhupathasmiñhi ṭhito hatthaṃ vā pādaṃ vā ukkhipati, sīsaṃ vā bhamukaṃ vā cāleti, ayaṃ hatthādīnaṃ ākāro cakkhuviññeyyo hoti. Viññatti pana na cakkhuviññeyyā manoviññeyyā eva. Cakkhunā hi hatthavikārādivasena vipphandamānaṃ vaṇṇārammaṇameva passati. Viññattiṃ pana manodvārikacittena cintetvā ‘idañcidañca esa kāreti maññe’ti jānāti.
就像在森林里,天气炎热的时候,人们想让人知道某个地方有水,就在树梢上绑棕榈叶之类的东西;在酒铺门口竖起旗帜;或者风吹动高处的树,让它摇晃;水里的鱼游动时,水面上会冒出气泡;大水流过的地方,边缘会留下被冲来的草叶和垃圾。看到棕榈叶、旗帜、树枝摇动、气泡、草叶垃圾之后,虽然眼睛并没有直接看到,但用意识就能知道:这里有水,这里有酒,这棵树是被风吹动的,水里有鱼,洪水已经淹过这么大的范围流过去了。同样,表色也不是眼识所能认知的,只有意识才能认知。因为眼睛看到的,只是随着手部动作等而变化的那种颜色对象。至于表色,则是用意门的心去思量之后,才知道:这个人大概是在让人做这个那个。巴利
Yathā hi araññe nidāghasamaye udakaṭṭhāne manussā ‘imāya saññāya idha udakassa atthibhāvaṃ jānissantī’ti rukkhagge tālapaṇṇādīni bandhāpenti, surāpānadvāre dhajaṃ ussāpenti, uccaṃ vā pana rukkhaṃ vāto paharitvā cāleti, antoudake macche calante upari bubbuḷakāni uṭṭhahanti, mahoghassa gatamaggapariyante tiṇapaṇṇakasaṭaṃ ussāritaṃ hoti. Tattha tālapaṇṇadhajasākhācalanabubbuḷakatiṇapaṇṇakasaṭe disvā yathā cakkhunā adiṭṭhampi ‘ettha udakaṃ bhavissati, surā bhavissati, ayaṃ rukkho vātena pahato bhavissati, antoudake maccho bhavissati, ettakaṃ ṭhānaṃ ajjhottharitvā ogho gato bhavissatī’ti manoviññāṇena jānāti, evameva viññattipi na cakkhuviññeyyā manoviññeyyāva. Cakkhunā hi hatthavikārādivasena vipphandamānaṃ vaṇṇārammaṇameva passati. Viññattiṃ pana manodvārikacittena cintetvā ‘idañcidañca esa kāreti maññe’ti jānāti.
这种表色并不只是从“让人知道”的角度才叫表色。从“可以被认知”的角度来说,也同样是表色。因为这种表色对别人来说,甚至连畜生都能清楚地看出来。比如狗、豺、乌鸦、牛等聚集在各个地方,一旦看见有人拿起棍子或土块,做出要打的样子,它们就知道“这个人想打我们”,于是不管三七二十一,四处逃散。不过,对于隔着墙、篱笆等另一边的他人,也有看不清楚的时候。虽然在那个当下并不明显,但因为对面前的人来说是明显的,所以仍然叫作表色。巴利
Na kevalañcesā viññāpanatova viññatti nāma. Viññeyyatopi pana viññattiyeva nāma. Ayañhi paresaṃ antamaso tiracchānagatānampi pākaṭā hoti. Tattha tattha sannipatitā hi soṇasiṅgālakākagoṇādayo daṇḍaṃ vā leḍḍuṃ vā gahetvā paharaṇākāre dassite ‘ayaṃ no paharitukāmo’ti ñatvā yena vā tena vā palāyanti. Pākārakuṭṭādiantarikassa pana parassa apākaṭakālopi atthi. Kiñcāpi tasmiṃ khaṇe apākaṭā sammukhībhūtānaṃ pana pākaṭattā viññattiyeva nāma hoti.
那么,当心等起之身在动的时候,三因所生的色到底动不动呢?它也一样会动,是跟着那心生色走的。就像水在流动时,落在水里的枯枝、草叶之类的东西也都跟着水走,水动它们就动,水停它们就停——这里的道理也该这样理解。如此,应当知道,在心生起的色法当中,这表色就叫作“身业门”。巴利
Cittasamuṭṭhānike pana kāye calante tisamuṭṭhāniko calati na calatīti? Sopi tatheva calati. Taṃgatiko tadanuvattakova hoti. Yathā hi udake gacchante udake patitāni sukkhadaṇḍakatiṇapaṇṇādīnipi udakagatikāneva bhavanti, tasmiṃ gacchante gacchanti, tiṭṭhante tiṭṭhanti – evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Evamesā cittasamuṭṭhānesu rūpesu viññatti kāyakammadvāraṃ nāmāti veditabbā.
不过,那在那道门中完成的思——众生以之杀生、偷盗、行邪淫,或远离杀生等——这就叫作身业。在承认他宗说法的情况下,应当这样安立:身是门,在那道门中完成的思是身业,属于善或不善。如果不承认他宗说法,就要以“或无记”补足三性后,安立为善或不善或无记。在这里,就像城门只固定在建造它的地方,连一个指节那么大的距离也不前后移动,而大众却从各个城门进进出出;同样,门本身并不移动,业却因为在各道门中生起而说它在活动。因此古德说:巴利
Yā pana tasmiṃ dvāre siddhā cetanā yāya pāṇaṃ hanati, adinnaṃ ādiyati, micchācāraṃ carati, pāṇātipātādīhi viramati, idaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāma. Evaṃ paravādimhi sati kāyo dvāraṃ, tamhi dvāre siddhā cetanā kāyakammaṃ ‘kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā’ti ṭhapetabbaṃ. Paravādimhi pana asati ‘abyākataṃ vā’ti tikaṃ pūretvāva ṭhapetabbaṃ. Tattha yathā nagaradvāraṃ kataṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati, aṅgulamattampi aparāparaṃ na saṅkamati, tena tena pana dvārena mahājano sañcarati, evameva dvāre dvāraṃ na sañcarati, kammaṃ pana tasmiṃ tasmiṃ dvāre uppajjanato carati. Tenāhu porāṇā –
业在诸门中运作,而不是诸门在门之间往来。
因此,诸业依门而互相区分确定。巴利
Dvāre caranti kammāni, na dvārā dvāracārino; Tasmā dvārehi kammāni, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitāti.
在这里,业也能让门得到名称,门也能让业得到名称。就像识等法的生起处,会得到“识门”“触门”“不防护门”“防护门”这样的名称;同样,身业的生起处,就得到“身业门”这个名称。语业门和意业门也是同样的道理。又像住在各种树上的天神,会随着所在的树而得到“木棉树天神”“紫矿树天神”“楝树天神”“扇叶树天神”这些名称;同样,通过身门所造的业,也因为它所依的门而得到“身业”这个名称。语业和意业也是如此。在这里,身是一回事,业是另一回事,但因为是通过身造作的,所以它被称为“身业”。因此,注释师们说——巴利
Tattha kammenāpi dvāraṃ nāmaṃ labhati, dvārenāpi kammaṃ. Yathā hi viññāṇādīnaṃ uppajjanaṭṭhānāni viññāṇadvāraṃ phassadvāraṃ asaṃvaradvāraṃ saṃvaradvāranti nāmaṃ labhanti, evaṃ kāyakammassa uppajjanaṭṭhānaṃ kāyakammadvāranti nāmaṃ labhati. Vacīmanokammadvāresupi eseva nayo. Yathā pana tasmiṃ tasmiṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā simbalidevatā palāsadevatā pucimandadevatā phandanadevatāti tena tena rukkhena nāmaṃ labhati, evameva kāyadvārena kataṃ kammampi kāyakammanti dvārena nāmaṃ labhati. Vacīkammamanokammesupi eseva nayo. Tattha añño kāyo, aññaṃ kammaṃ, kāyena pana katattā taṃ kāyakammanti vuccati. Tenāhu aṭṭhakathācariyā –
如果是以身体造作的业,就称为身业;
身和身业,两者各自被区分开来。
如果是由针所做成的行为,就称为针业;
针和针业,两者各自区分开来。
如果是以斧头所做成的业,就称为斧业;
斧头和斧头所做的工作,两者是各自分开确定的。
如果一个人造了业,就称为人业;
男子和男子业,两者互相被区分开来。巴利
Kāyena ce kataṃ kammaṃ, kāyakammanti vuccati; Kāyo ca kāyakammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā. Sūciyā ce kataṃ kammaṃ, sūcikammanti vuccati; Sūci ca sūcikammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā. Vāsiyā ce kataṃ kammaṃ, vāsikammanti vuccati; Vāsi ca vāsikammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā. Purisena ce kataṃ kammaṃ, purisakammanti vuccati; Puriso ca purisakammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā.
如果通过身体造了业,就称为身业。
身体和身业,是彼此区分开的。巴利
Kāyena ce kataṃ kammaṃ, kāyakammanti vuccati; Kāyo ca kāyakammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitāti.
如果这样,那么无论是从“门”的角度来区分,还是从“业”的角度来区分,都不成立。为什么?因为依据身表色,有“诸业在门中运作”的说法,语业也能生起,所以把它判定为“身业门”就不合理。身业也能在语表色中生起,所以把它判定为“身业”也不合理。并非不合理。为什么?因为多数转起性以及多彼转起性。身业大多数情况下是在身表色中生起,其他业则不是,因此,由于身业大多数情况下转起,彼身表色作为“身业门”的性质就成立了。就像婆罗门村、芒果林、龙林等,因为依婆罗门村等而得名一样,从“门”的角度来区分是合理的。然而,身业主要依身门生起,少量依语门生起。因此,由于主要依身门生起,它作为“身业”的性质就成立了,就像林居者、粗重少女等所行境,因为依林居者等而得名一样。这样,从“业”的角度来区分也是合理的。巴利
Evaṃ sante neva dvāravavatthānaṃ yujjati, na kammavavatthānaṃ. Kathaṃ? Kāyaviññattiyañhi ‘‘dvāre caranti kammānī’’ti vacanato vacīkammampi pavattati, tenassā kāyakammadvāranti vavatthānaṃ na yuttaṃ. Kāyakammañca vacīviññattiyampi pavattati, tenassa kāyakammanti vavatthānaṃ na yujjatī’ti. ‘No na yujjati. Kasmā? Yebhuyyavuttitāya ceva tabbahulavuttitāya ca. Kāyakammameva hi yebhuyyena kāyaviññattiyaṃ pavattati na itarāni, tasmā kāyakammassa yebhuyyena pavattito tassā kāyakammadvārabhāvo siddho. Brāhmaṇagāmaambavananāgavanādīnaṃ brāhmaṇagāmādibhāvo viyāti dvāravavatthānaṃ yujjati. Kāyakammaṃ pana kāyadvāramhiyeva bahulaṃ pavattati appaṃ vacīdvāre . Tasmā kāyadvāre bahulaṃ pavattito etassa kāyakammabhāvo siddho, vanacarakathullakumārikādigocarānaṃ vanacarakādibhāvo viyāti. Evaṃ kammavavatthānampi yujjatī’ti.
语业门论巴利
Vacīkammadvārakathā
在讨论语业门时,按照思、离、声这三种分类,语有三种。其中,世尊说“比丘们,具备四个要素的言语才是善说,不是恶说,没有过失,也不会被智者指责”,这就是思语。而“对四种语恶行的远离、离弃……这称为正语”,这就是离语。“语、言词、言语、发声、音声、音声之业、语、言语的分别”,这就是声语。在这三种当中,所谓语业门,既不是思的名称,也不是离的名称。但是,当声音生起时,有一种表色存在,这就称为语业门。关于这一点,论中说:“什么是语表色?就是属于善心、不善心或无记心的语、言词、言语、发声、音声、音声之业、语、言语的分别,这称为语。依此语而有的表色、令知、令知性,这就是语表色。”巴利
Vacīkammadvārakathāyaṃ pana cetanāviratisaddavasena tividhā vācā nāma. Tattha ‘‘catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti no dubbhāsitā, anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.213); ayaṃ cetanāvācā nāma. Yā ‘‘catūhi vacīduccaritehi ārati virati…pe… ayaṃ vuccati sammāvācā’’ti (vibha. 206), ayaṃ virativācā nāma. ‘‘Vācā girā byappatho udīraṇaṃ ghoso ghosakammaṃ vācā vacībhedo’’ti (dha. sa. 850), ayaṃ saddavācā nāma. Tāsu vacīkammadvāranti neva cetanāya nāmaṃ na viratiyā. Sahasaddā pana ekā viññatti atthi, idaṃ vacīkammadvāraṃ nāma. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ vacīviññatti? Yā kusalacittassa vā akusalacittassa vā abyākatacittassa vā vācā girā byappatho udīraṇaṃ ghoso ghosakammaṃ vācā vacībhedo, ayaṃ vuccati vācā. Yā tāya vācāya viññatti viññāpanā viññāpitattaṃ, idaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ vacīviññattī’’ti (dha. sa. 636).
当人想着“我要说这个,我要说那个”的时候,就会生起一种叫做“寻的扩散声”的声音。这种声音不是耳识所能认知的,而是意识所能认知的——这是《大注》里记载的说法。不过在诸部《义注》里,“寻的扩散声”是指由于寻的扩散而生起的、那些说梦话或喝醉酒的人胡言乱语的声音;“听闻之后”就是指听到了那个声音,也就是当人思虑时,他所发出的那个声音;根据这个,就说了“你的心是这样,你的心是那样”等等,并讲述了许多事例。在《发趣论》里也提到:“心等起的声处,以所缘缘为缘,对耳识有缘力。”所以,并不存在不依靠表色和撞击而生起的、非耳识所能认知的“寻的扩散声”。然而,当“我要说这个,我要说那个”这个心念生起时,它会等起地、水、火、风、色、香、味、食素这八种色法。其中,心等起的地界在生起时,就会撞击执受色。与那地界的聚集撞击同时,声音就生起了。这叫做心等起声,它不是表色。不过,有一种形态上的变化,作为那心等起的地界撞击执受色的缘,这就叫做语表。从这里往后,诸如“它不像八种色法那样是心等起的”等等一切说法,都应当依照前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
‘Idaṃ vakkhāmi etaṃ vakkhāmī’ti hi vitakkayato vitakkavipphārasaddo nāma uppajjati. Ayaṃ na sotaviññeyyo manoviññeyyoti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgato. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘vitakkavipphārasadda’nti vitakkavipphāravasena uppannaṃ vippalapantānaṃ suttappamattādīnaṃ saddaṃ; ‘sutvā’ti taṃ sutvā, yaṃ vitakkayato tassa so saddo uppanno; tassa vasena ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano’ti ādisatīti vatvā vatthūnipi kathitāni. Paṭṭhānepi ‘‘cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ saddāyatanaṃ sotaviññāṇassa ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’’ti āgataṃ. Tasmā vinā viññattighaṭṭanāya uppajjamāno asotaviññeyyo vitakkavipphārasaddo nāma natthi. ‘Idaṃ vakkhāmi etaṃ vakkhāmī’ti uppajjamānaṃ pana cittaṃ pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu vaṇṇo gandho raso ojāti aṭṭha rūpāni samuṭṭhāpeti. Tesaṃ abbhantare cittasamuṭṭhānā pathavīdhātu upādinnakaṃ ghaṭṭayamānāva uppajjati. Tena dhātusaṅghaṭṭanena saheva saddo uppajjatīti. Ayaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānasaddo nāma. Ayaṃ na viññatti. Tassā pana cittasamuṭṭhānāya pathavīdhātuyā upādinnakaghaṭṭanassa paccayabhūto eko ākāravikāro atthi, ayaṃ vacīviññatti nāma. Ito paraṃ sā aṭṭha rūpāni viya na cittasamuṭṭhānātiādi sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
在这里也一样:听到有人喊“提舍、达多、弥德”的声音后,他用意门的心去思量那个表色,然后知道:“我想,这个人是在叫这些人做这做那。”就像身表一样,这种语表对畜生来说也是清楚可见的。畜生听到“来、去”的声音后,也知道“我想,这个人是在叫这个做这个”,于是就过来或走开。至于“是否推动三因等起之身”,在这里并不适用。支持前一心等起色的作用,这里也没有。然而,在那语门中完成的思,借着它说妄语、说离间语、说粗恶语、说杂秽语,或者远离妄语等,这就叫语业。从这里往后,一切业的确定和门的确定,都应当按前面所说的方法来理解。巴利
Idhāpi hi ‘tissa, datta, mittā’ti pakkosantassa saddaṃ sutvā viññattiṃ manodvārikacittena cintetvā ‘idañcidañca esa kāreti maññe’ti jānāti. Kāyaviññatti viya ca ayampi tiracchānagatānampi pākaṭā hoti. ‘Ehi, yāhī’ti hi saddaṃ sutvā tiracchānagatāpi ‘idaṃ nāmesa kāreti maññe’ti ñatvā āgacchanti ceva gacchanti ca. Tisamuṭṭhānikakāyaṃ cāleti na cāletīti, ayaṃ pana vāro idha na labbhati. Purimacittasamuṭṭhānāya upatthambhanakiccampi natthi. Yā pana tasmiṃ vacīdvāre siddhā cetanā, yāya musā katheti, pesuññaṃ katheti, pharusaṃ katheti, samphaṃ palapati, musāvādādīhi viramati, idaṃ vacīkammaṃ nāma. Ito paraṃ sabbaṃ kammavavatthānañca dvāravavatthānañca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
意业门的讨论巴利
Manokammadvārakathā
在讨论意业门时,意按照欲界等类别分为四种。其中,欲界的意有五十四种,色界的意有十五种,无色界的意有十二种,出世间的意有八种,全部加起来共八十九种。在这里,不能说“这种意不是意门”。就像不能说“这种思不是业”一样——因为在《大论》中,即使与五识相应的思也被明确归为业;同样,也不能说“这种意不是意门”。巴利
Manokammadvārakathāyaṃ pana kāmāvacarādivasena catubbidho mano mano nāma. Tattha kāmāvacaro catupaññāsavidho hoti, rūpāvacaro pannarasavidho, arūpāvacaro dvādasavidho, lokuttaro aṭṭhavidhoti sabbopi ekūnanavutividho hoti. Tattha ayaṃ nāma mano manodvāraṃ na hotīti na vattabbo. Yathā hi ayaṃ nāma cetanā kammaṃ na hotīti na vattabbā, antamaso pañcaviññāṇasampayuttāpi hi cetanā mahāpakaraṇe kammantveva niddiṭṭhā, evameva ayaṃ nāma mano manodvāraṃ na hotīti na vattabbo.
这里有人问:所谓业,它到底做什么呢?它努力、造作、聚合成团、思虑、筹划、反复筹划。既然这样,与五识相应的思,它努力什么、造作什么、聚合成什么、思虑什么、筹划什么、反复筹划什么呢?俱生法。因为那与五识相应的思,也对其俱生的相应诸蕴努力、造作、聚合成团、思虑、筹划、反复筹划。那用这种说法又要说明什么呢?这是按总括一切的方式来说的。不过,这里的定论是:三界中的善与不善的意,共二十九种,称为意业门。而在那意门中成就的思,通过它来执取贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,以及无贪、无嗔、正见,这称为意业。从这里往后,一切业的确定和门的确定,都应按照下面所说的方法来理解。这三种称为业门。巴利
Etthāha – kammaṃ nāmetaṃ kiṃ karotīti? Āyūhati, abhisaṅkharoti, piṇḍaṃ karoti, ceteti, kappeti, pakappetīti. Evaṃ sante pañcaviññāṇacetanā kiṃ āyūhati, abhisaṅkharoti, piṇḍaṃ karoti, ceteti, kappeti, pakappetīti?. Sahajātadhamme. Sāpi hi sahajāte sampayuttakkhandhe āyūhati abhisaṅkharoti piṇḍaṃ karoti ceteti kappeti pakappetīti. Kiṃ vā iminā vādena? Sabbasaṅgāhikavasena hetaṃ vuttaṃ. Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ – tebhūmakakusalākusalo ekūnatiṃsavidho mano manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Yā pana tasmiṃ manodvāre siddhā cetanā yāya abhijjhābyāpādamicchādassanāni ceva anabhijjhāabyāpādasammādassanāni ca gaṇhāti, idaṃ manokammaṃ nāma. Ito paraṃ sabbaṃ kammavavatthānañca dvāravavatthānañca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbanti. Imāni tīṇi kammadvārāni nāma.
现在,先把这三种业放在一边,接着要展示这些业门。以这三种业为起点,对其余诸门的论述安立论母,这就是详细的解说。三种业就是身业、语业、意业。那么,什么是业呢?就是思,以及某些与思相应的法。其中,为了说明思就是业,以下这些经是依据:巴利
Idāni yāni tīṇi kammāni ṭhapetvā imāni kammadvārāni dassitāni, tāni ādiṃ katvā avasesassa dvārakathāya mātikāṭhapanassa vitthārakathā hoti. Tīṇi hi kammāni – kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammanti. Kiṃ panetaṃ kammaṃ nāmāti? Cetanā ceva, ekacce ca cetanāsampayuttakā dhammā. Tattha cetanāya kammabhāve imāni suttāni –
比丘们,我说思就是业;有了思之后,便以身、语、意来造业。(增支部6.63;论事539)
阿难,因为有身,以身为缘的思便生起内在的苦与乐;阿难,因为有语,以语为缘的思便生起内在的苦与乐;阿难,因为有意,以意为缘的思便生起内在的苦与乐。(相应部2.25;增支部4.171)
比丘们,有三种身思是不善的身业,带来苦、苦报;比丘们,有四种语思是不善的语业,带来苦、苦报;比丘们,有三种意思是意业,带来苦、苦报。比丘们,有三种身思是善的身业,带来乐、乐报;比丘们,有四种语思是善的语业,带来乐、乐报;比丘们,有三种意思是善的意业,带来乐、乐报。(论事539;增支部10.217略有不同)
阿难,如果这个愚人三弥提被华氏城的遍行者这样问时,能这样回答:华氏城的朋友,造了以身、语、意所造、与思相应的业之后,他感受乐受……乃至……他感受不苦不乐受。阿难,愚人三弥提这样回答时,便是正确地回答了华氏城的遍行者。(中部3.300;论事539)巴利
‘‘Cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi, cetayitvā kammaṃ karoti kāyena vācāya manasā’’ (a. ni. 6.63; kathā. 539). ‘‘Kāye vā hi, ānanda, sati kāyasañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ, vācāya vā, ānanda, sati vacīsañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ; mane vā, ānanda, sati manosañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ’’ (saṃ. ni. 2.25; a. ni. 4.171). ‘‘Tividhā, bhikkhave, kāyasañcetanā akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ, dukkhavipākaṃ; catubbidhā, bhikkhave, vacīsañcetanā…pe… tividhā, bhikkhave, manosañcetanā akusalaṃ manokammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākaṃ tividhā , bhikkhave, kāyasañcetanā kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ sukhudrayaṃ sukhavipākaṃ catubbidhā, bhikkhave, vacīsañcetanā…pe… tividhā, bhikkhave, manosañcetanā, kusalaṃ manokammaṃ sukhudrayaṃ sukhavipākaṃ’’ (kathā. 539; a. ni. 10.217 thokaṃ visadisaṃ). ‘‘Sacāyaṃ, ānanda, samiddhi moghapuriso pāṭaliputtassa paribbājakassa evaṃ puṭṭho evaṃ byākareyya – sañcetaniyaṃ, āvuso pāṭaliputta, kammaṃ katvā kāyena vācāya manasā, sukhavedanīyaṃ sukhaṃ so vedayati…pe… adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ so vedayatīti; evaṃ byākaramāno kho, ānanda, samiddhi moghapuriso pāṭaliputtassa paribbājakassa sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.300; kathā. 539).
这些经首先说明了“思就是业”。而与思相应的诸法之所以是业,则是通过四种业来说明的。正如这样说:巴利
Imāni tāva cetanāya kammabhāve suttāni. Cetanāsampayuttadhammānaṃ pana kammabhāvo kammacatukkena dīpito. Vuttañhetaṃ –
比丘们,有四种业,是我自己以直接智证、亲自作证之后宣说的。是哪四种呢?比丘们,有一种业是黑的,果报也是黑的;比丘们,有一种业是白的,果报也是白的;比丘们,有一种业是黑白的,果报也是黑白的;比丘们,有一种业是非黑非白的,果报也是非黑非白的,能导向业的灭尽。(增支部4.232-233)……比丘们,什么是非黑非白、果报也是非黑非白、能导向业灭尽的业呢?就是这七觉支——念觉支……乃至……舍觉支。比丘们,这叫作非黑非白、果报也是非黑非白、能导向业灭尽的业。(增支部4.238)……比丘们,什么是非黑非白、果报也是非黑非白、能导向业灭尽的业呢?就是这圣八支道——正见……乃至……正定。比丘们,这叫作非黑非白、果报也是非黑非白、能导向业灭尽的业。(增支部4.237)巴利
‘‘Cattārimāni , bhikkhave, kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. Katamāni cattāri? Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ, atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ, atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ, atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati (a. ni. 4.232-233).… Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? Yadidaṃ satta bojjhaṅgā – satisambojjhaṅgo…pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati (a. ni. 4.238).… Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo – seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhi. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.237).
这样,依觉支和道支的分类,这十五法已经用四种业来说明了。此外,连同贪欲、嗔恚、邪见、无贪欲、无嗔恚、正见这六法,应当知道共有二十一种与思相应之法。巴利
Evaṃ ime bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgappabhedato pannarasa dhammā kammacatukkena dīpitā. Abhijjhā, byāpādo, micchādiṭṭhi, anabhijjhā, abyāpādo, sammādiṭṭhīti imehi pana chahi saddhiṃ ekavīsati cetanāsampayuttakā dhammā veditabbā.
在这里,当出世间道被修习时,它包含身业等三种业。如果一个人以身违犯恶戒,那么从那种违犯中防护,就应当理解为身的。如果以语违犯恶戒,那么从那种违犯中防护,就应当理解为语的。因此,正业是身业,正语是语业。把握这两者时,正命因为属于这一方,就已经被把握了。如果以意违犯恶戒,那么从那种违犯中防护,就应当理解为意的。它依见、思惟、精进、念、定而有五种。这五种也叫意业。这样,当出世间道被修习时,它包含三种业。巴利
Tattha lokuttaramaggo bhajāpiyamāno kāyakammādīni tīṇi kammāni bhajati. Yañhi kāyena dussīlyaṃ ajjhācarati, tamhā saṃvaro kāyikoti veditabbo. Yaṃ vācāya dussīlyaṃ ajjhācarati, tamhā saṃvaro vācasikoti veditabbo. Iti sammākammanto kāyakammaṃ, sammāvācā vacīkammaṃ. Etasmiṃ dvaye gahite sammāājīvo tappakkhikattā gahitova hoti. Yaṃ pana manena dussīlyaṃ ajjhācarati, tamhā saṃvaro mānasikoti veditabbo. So diṭṭhisaṅkappavāyāmasatisamādhivasena pañcavidho hoti. Ayaṃ pañcavidhopi manokammaṃ nāma. Evaṃ lokuttaramaggo bhajāpiyamāno tīṇi kammāni bhajati.
在这里,就有所谓的“门之关联”。因为在身门和语门中,存在虽然已经动发、但还没有达到业道的情况;在意门中,也存在虽然已经现行、但还没有达到业道的情况。他们把握这一点之后,就把它归入各自所属的那一门。巴利
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne dvārasaṃsandanaṃ nāma hoti. Kāyavacīdvāresu hi copanaṃ patvā kammapathaṃ appattampi atthi, manodvāre ca samudācāraṃ patvā kammapathaṃ appattampi atthi; taṃ gahetvā taṃtaṃdvārapakkhikameva akaṃsu.
这里的方法是:有人想“我要去猎鹿”,于是准备好弓、上好弓弦、磨快矛、吃饭、穿衣。到这一步,在身门已经算是动发了。他在林中走了一天,连兔子、猫那么大的猎物都没得到。这算是不善的身业吗?不算。为什么?因为还没有达到业道。但应当知道,这只是身恶行。捕鱼等情况中,即使准备得很充分,道理也是一样的。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ nayo – yo ‘migavaṃ gamissāmī’ti dhanuṃ sajjeti, jiyaṃ vaṭṭeti, sattiṃ niseti, bhattaṃ bhuñjati, vatthaṃ paridahati, ettāvatā kāyadvāre copanaṃ pattaṃ hoti. So araññe divasaṃ caritvā antamaso sasabiḷāramattampi na labhati, idaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāma hoti na hotīti? Na hoti. Kasmā? Kammapathaṃ appattatāya. Kevalaṃ pana kāyaduccaritaṃ nāma hotīti veditabbaṃ. Macchaggahaṇādī supayogesupi eseva nayo.
在语门这边也是一样:有人命令说“我要去猎鹿”“你们赶快把弓箭等准备好”,然后就像前面说的那样,在树林里什么都没打到。这时候,虽然在语门已经有了动摇,但因为还没达到业道,所以不算身业。要知道,这只是语恶行。巴利
Vacīdvārepi ‘migavaṃ gamissāmi’ ‘vegena dhanuādīni sajjethā’ti āṇāpetvā purimanayeneva araññe kiñci alabhantassa kiñcāpi vacīdvāre copanaṃ pattaṃ, kammapathaṃ appattatāya pana kāyakammaṃ na hoti. Kevalaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ nāma hotīti veditabbaṃ.
而在意门中,只要以杀心所生的思一旦生起,就已经是业道的分别了。而且这是依于嗔恚,不是依于杀生。因为不善身业是在身门和语门中生起的,不是在意门中生起;不善语业也是这样。但不善意业则在三门中都能生起;善的身业、语业、意业也是如此。巴利
Manodvāre pana vadhakacetanāya uppannamattāya eva kammapathabhedova hoti. So ca kho byāpādavasena na pāṇātipātavasena. Akusalañhi kāyakammaṃ kāyavacīdvāresu samuṭṭhāti, na manodvāre; tathā akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ. Akusalaṃ manokammaṃ pana tīsupi dvāresu samuṭṭhāti; tathā kusalāni kāyavacīmanokammāni.
怎么讲呢?亲手杀生、偷盗、行邪淫的人,他的业就是身业,门也就是身门。这样,不善的身业就从身门生起。与那些心同时生起的贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,要么属于思这一类,要么不算数。但如果是命令别人“去,把某某杀掉”“去,把某某的财物偷来”,那他的业是身业,门却是语门。这样,不善的身业就从语门生起。与那些心同时生起的贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,要么属于思这一类,要么不算数。以上是各位论师共同一致的论义。巴利
Kathaṃ ? Sahatthā hi pāṇaṃ hanantassa adinnaṃ ādiyantassa micchācāraṃ carantassa kammaṃ kāyakammameva hoti. Dvārampi kāyadvārameva hoti. Evaṃ tāva akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi pana cittehi sahajātā abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo cetanāpakkhikā vā bhavanti, abbohārikā vā. ‘Gaccha itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehi, itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā’ti āṇāpentassa pana kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana vacīdvāraṃ. Evaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi pana cittehi sahajātā abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo cetanāpakkhikā vā bhavanti abbohārikā vā. Ettakā ācariyānaṃ samānatthakathā nāma.
诡辩者却说:“不善的身业也能从意门生起。”当被要求“举出一部收录在三藏里的经文”时,他就举出了这部《胞胎经》:巴利
Vitaṇḍavādī panāha – ‘akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ manodvārepi samuṭṭhātī’ti. So ‘tayo saṅgahe āruḷhaṃ suttaṃ āharāhī’ti vutto idaṃ kulumbasuttaṃ nāma āhari –
比丘们,另外还有一种情况:世间有些沙门或婆罗门,有神通、心得自在,他用邪恶的心盯着别人胎里的胎儿,心里想:“但愿这个胎里的胎儿不能平安出生。”比丘们,这样一来,就伤害了家族。巴利
‘‘Puna caparaṃ , bhikkhave, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto aññissā kucchigataṃ gabbhaṃ pāpakena manasā anupekkhako hoti – ‘aho vatāyaṃ kucchigato gabbho na sotthinā abhinikkhameyyā’ti. Evaṃ, bhikkhave, kulumbassa upaghāto hotī’’ti.
他引了这部经之后说:仅仅这样在心里想一想,住在胎里的胎儿就会像水泡一样消散。既然如此,哪里还需要身体的动作或言语的动作呢?这不善的身业,正是在意门中生起的。巴利
Idaṃ suttaṃ āharitvā āha – ‘evaṃ cintitamatteyeva manasā kucchigato gabbho pheṇapiṇḍo viya vilīyati. Ettha kuto kāyaṅgacopanaṃ vā vācaṅgacopanaṃ vā? Manodvārasmiṃyeva pana idaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ samuṭṭhātī’ti.
他们对那个人说:“我们来衡量一下你这部经的含义。”接着就这样衡量:“你是在说用神通伤害他人。神通一共有十种:决意神通、变化神通、意所成神通、智遍满神通、定遍满神通、圣神通、业报生神通、具福者神通、明所成神通,以及在各种情况下由正确加行为缘而成就的神通。你说的是哪一种神通?”“修习所成神通。”“那么,修习所成神通会有伤害他人的业吗?”“是的,有些老师认为会有一次。”他们说:就像想打人的人,把装满水的罐子扔出去,罐子碎了,水也没了;同样,以修习所成神通,会有一次伤害他人的业,但从那以后,这种神通就消失了。于是他们对他说:“以修习所成神通,伤害他人的业既不是一次,也不是两次。”然后问那个前来告知的人:“修习所成神通是善、不善,还是无记?是与乐受相应,与苦受相应,还是与不苦不乐受相应?是有寻有伺,无寻唯伺,还是无寻无伺?是属欲界、色界,还是无色界?”巴利
Tamenaṃ ‘tava suttassa atthaṃ tulayissāmā’ti vatvā evaṃ tulayiṃsu – ‘tvaṃ iddhiyā parūpaghātaṃ vadesi. Iddhi nāma cesā – adhiṭṭhāniddhi, vikubbaniddhi, manomayiddhi, ñāṇavipphāriddhi, samādhivipphāriddhi, ariyiddhi, kammavipākajiddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayiddhi , tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhīti dasavidhā (paṭi. ma. 3.10). Tattha kataraṃ iddhiṃ vadesī’ti? ‘Bhāvanāmaya’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana bhāvanāmayiddhiyā parūpaghātakammaṃ hotī’ti? ‘Āma, ekacce ācariyā ekavāraṃ hotī’ti; vadanti yathā hi paraṃ paharitukāmena udakabharite ghaṭe khitte ghaṭopi bhijjati, udakampi nassati, evameva bhāvanāmayiddhiyā ekavāraṃ parūpaghātakammaṃ hoti. Tato paṭṭhāya pana sā nassatīti. Atha naṃ ‘bhāvanāmayiddhiyā neva ekavāraṃ na dve vāre parūpaghātakammaṃ hotī’ti vatvā taṃ saññattiṃ āgacchantaṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘bhāvanāmayiddhi kiṃ kusalā, akusalā, abyākatā? Sukhāya vedanāya sampayuttā, dukkhāya vedanāya sampayuttā, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya sampayuttā? Savitakkasavicārā, avitakkavicāramattā, avitakkaavicārā? Kāmāvacarā, rūpāvacarā, arūpāvacarā’ti?
对于这个问题,真正懂的人会这样说:修习所成的神通,要么是善的,要么是无记的;它只属于不苦不乐受,只属于无寻无伺,只属于色界。那就该追问他:杀生的思,在善等这些分类里,归到哪一类?懂的人会回答:杀生的思只属于不善,只属于苦受,只属于有寻有伺,只属于欲界。既然这样,你那个问题就既不符合善不善无记这三类,也不符合乐受苦受不苦不乐受这三类,也不符合有寻有伺等这三类,也不符合欲界色界无色界这三类。巴利
Imaṃ pana pañhaṃ yo jānāti so evaṃ vakkhati – ‘bhāvanāmayiddhi kusalā vā hoti, abyākatā vā; adukkhamasukhavedanīyā eva, avitakkaavicārā eva, rūpāvacarā evā’ti. So vattabbo – ‘pāṇātipātacetanā kusalādīsu kataraṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ bhajatī’ti? Jānanto vakkhati – ‘pāṇātipātacetanā akusalā eva, dukkhavedanīyā eva, savitakkasavicārā eva kāmāvacarā evā’ti. ‘Evaṃ sante tava pañho neva kusalattikena sameti, na vedanāttikena , na vitakkattikena, na bhūmantarenā’ti.
“那么,这么长的一部经就没有意义了吗?”“并非没有意义,只是你不懂它的含义。因为在这里‘具有神通、心得自在’当中,所指的并不是修习所成的神通,而是指阿闼婆咒术神通。那种神通在这里是能得到的,就包含在其中。然而那种神通不能离开身门和语门来施行。因为修阿闼婆咒术神通的人,七天里只吃无盐的食物,铺开草料躺在地上,修苦行,到第七天布置好坟场,站在第七步的位置,反复搓手,用口诵咒。这样他们的仪式才成功。所以这种神通也不能离开身门和语门来施行。”在这里应当得出结论:“身业不从意门生起。”巴利
‘Kiṃ pana evaṃ mahantaṃ suttaṃ niratthaka’nti? ‘No niratthakaṃ; tvaṃ panassa atthaṃ na jānāsi. ‘‘Iddhimā cetovasippatto’’ti ettha hi neva bhāvanāmayiddhi adhippetā, āthabbaṇiddhi pana adhippetā. Sā hi ettha labbhamānā labbhati. Sā pana kāyavacīdvārāni muñcitvā kātuṃ na sakkā. Āthabbaṇiddhikā hi sattāhaṃ aloṇakaṃ bhuñjitvā dabbe attharitvā pathaviyaṃ sayamānā tapaṃ caritvā sattame divase susānabhūmiṃ sajjetvā sattame pade ṭhatvā hatthaṃ vaṭṭetvā vaṭṭetvā mukhena vijjaṃ parijappanti. Atha nesaṃ kammaṃ samijjhati. Evaṃ ayampi iddhi kāyavacīdvārāni muñcitvā kātuṃ na sakkāti. ‘Na kāyakammaṃ manodvāre samuṭṭhātī’ti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ.
不过,用手势示意来说妄语等的时候,业是语业,门却是身门。这样,不善的语业也从身门生起。与那些心俱生的贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,或者属于思这一类,或者不算在内。而开口说话之后再说妄语等的时候,业是语业,门也只是语门。这样,不善的语业从语门生起。与那些心俱生的贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,或者属于思这一类,或者不算在内。以上是诸位论师共同一致的论义。巴利
Hatthamuddāya pana musāvādādīni kathentassa kammaṃ vacīkammaṃ, dvāraṃ pana kāyadvāraṃ hoti . Evaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammampi kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi pana cittehi sahajātā abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo cetanāpakkhikā vā bhavanti, abbohārikā vā. Vacībhedaṃ pana katvā musāvādādīni kathentassa kammampi vacīkammaṃ dvārampi vacīdvārameva. Evaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi pana cittehi sahajātā abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo cetanāpakkhikā vā bhavanti abbohārikā vā. Ettakā ācariyānaṃ samānatthakathā nāma.
诡辩者却说:“不善的语业也从意门生起。”当他被要求“举出三藏所收的经文”时,他从布萨犍度中引出了这部经:巴利
Vitaṇḍavādī panāha – ‘akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ manodvārepi samuṭṭhātī’ti. So ‘tayo saṅgahe āruḷhaṃ suttaṃ āharāhī’ti vutto idaṃ uposathakkhandhakato suttaṃ āhari –
如果有比丘在第三次宣告时,明明记得自己有罪,却不发露,就构成故意妄语。巴利
‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṃ anussāviyamāne saramāno santiṃ āpattiṃ nāvikareyya sampajānamusāvādassa hotī’’ti (mahāva. 134).
他引了这部经之后说:像这样,犯了罪却不发露,只是默不作声,就会再犯另一个罪。那么在这里,哪里还有身体的表露或言语的表露呢?这种不善的语业,恰恰是在意门中生起的。巴利
Idaṃ suttaṃ āharitvā āha – ‘evaṃ āpattiṃ anāvikaronto tuṇhībhūtova aññaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati, ettha kuto kāyaṅgacopanaṃ vā vācaṅgacopanaṃ vā? Manodvārasmiṃyeva pana idaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ samuṭṭhātī’ti.
应该对他说:“那么,这部经是义需要引导的(不了义),还是义已确定的(了义)?”他说:“我的这部经是义已确定的。”于是对他说:“不要这样说,我们来衡量一下它的含义。”说完之后,应该这样问他:“故意说妄语的时候,会有什么?”知道的人会说:“故意说妄语是恶作。”然后应该对他说:“律有两个根本——身和语;正等正觉者把一切犯戒都制定在这两个门里,并没有所谓在意门制定犯戒这回事。你自称对律极其熟悉,却在导师没有制定的地方制定犯戒,这是在诽谤正等正觉者,是在打击胜者的法轮。”用这些话压制他之后,应该进一步问:“故意说妄语是从造作生起,还是从非造作生起?”知道的人会说:“从造作生起。”然后应该对他说:“不表露出来的时候,他是在做哪一种造作?”他必定会因为看不到造作而陷入困惑。然后应该用这部经的含义让他明白。这里的意思是:所说的“有故意说妄语”,从犯戒的角度来说是什么?意思是“是哪种犯戒?”“是恶作犯戒。”而且要知道,那并不是依据妄语的特征,而是依据世尊的话,成为语门中由非造作生起的犯戒。经中也这样说:巴利
So vattabbo – ‘kiṃ panetaṃ suttaṃ neyyatthaṃ udāhu nītattha’nti? ‘Nītatthameva mayhaṃ sutta’nti. So ‘mā evaṃ avaca, tulayissāmassa attha’nti vatvā evaṃ pucchitabbo – ‘sampajānamusāvāde kiṃ hotī’ti? Jānanto ‘sampajānamusāvāde dukkaṭaṃ hotī’ti vakkhati. Tato vattabbo ‘vinayassa dve mūlāni – kāyo ca vācā ca; sammāsambuddhena hi sabbāpattiyo imesuyeva dvīsu dvāresu paññattā, manodvāre āpattipaññapanaṃ nāma natthi. Tvaṃ ativiya vinaye pakataññū, yo satthārā apaññatte ṭhāne āpattiṃ paññapesi, sammāsambuddhaṃ abbhācikkhasi, jinacakkaṃ paharasī’tiādivacanehi niggaṇhitvā uttari pañhaṃ pucchitabbo – ‘sampajānamusāvādo kiriyato samuṭṭhāti udāhu akiriyato’ti? Jānanto ‘kiriyato’ti vakkhati. Tato vattabbo – ‘anāvikaronto kataraṃ kiriyaṃ karotī’ti? Addhā hi kiriyaṃ apassanto vighātaṃ āpajjissati. Tato imassa suttassa atthena saññāpetabbo. Ayañhettha attho – yvāyaṃ ‘sampajānamusāvādo hotī’ti vutto, so āpattito kiṃ hoti? ‘Katarāpatti hotī’ti attho. ‘Dukkaṭāpatti hoti’. Sā ca kho na musāvādalakkhaṇena, bhagavato pana vacanena vacīdvāre akiriyasamuṭṭhānā āpatti hotīti veditabbā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
不与任何人交谈,
也不要对他人说这样的话;
可能会犯语方面的过失,而不是身方面的过失,
这些问题是由善巧者们思考出来的。巴利
‘‘Anālapanto manujena kenaci, Vācāgiraṃ no ca pare bhaṇeyya; Āpajjeyya vācasikaṃ na kāyikaṃ, Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (paṭi. 479);
因此,在这里应当得出结论:不善的语业并不是从意门生起的。巴利
Evaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ na manodvāre samuṭṭhātīti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ.
不过,当一个人以带着贪欲的心去驱动身体,做出牵手、抓取之类的动作;以带着嗔恨的心,做出执杖、触摸之类的动作;以带着邪见的心,认为“蹇陀、湿婆等是最殊胜的”,于是向他们礼敬、合掌、铺设坐具、布置场地等,这时候造的就是意业,但门是身门。这样,不善的意业就从身门生起。不过在这里,思是不被计入的。巴利
Yadā pana abhijjhāsahagatena cetasā kāyaṅgaṃ copento hatthaggāhādīni karoti, byāpādasahagatena cetasā daṇḍaparāmāsādīni, micchādiṭṭhisahagatena cetasā ‘khandasivādayo seṭṭhā’ti tesaṃ abhivādanaañjalikammabhūtapīṭhakaparibhaṇḍādīni karoti, tadā kammaṃ manokammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana kāyadvāraṃ. Evaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Cetanā panettha abbohārikā.
不过,当一个人以带着贪求的心发动言语,贪求他人的财物,说“啊,真希望别人的东西能变成我的”;以带着嗔恨的心说“愿这些众生被杀、被绑、被消灭,或者干脆不存在”;以带着邪见的心说“没有布施,没有祭祀”等等——那时候,造的就是意业,但门是语门。这样,不善的意业就从语门生起。不过在这里,思心所并不算关键。巴利
Yadā pana abhijjhāsahagatena cetasā vācaṅgaṃ copento ‘aho vata yaṃ parassa, taṃ mamassā’ti paravittūpakaraṇaṃ abhijjhāyati, byāpādasahagatena cetasā ‘ime sattā haññantu vā, bajjhantu vā, ucchijjantu vā, mā vā ahesu’nti vadati, micchādiṭṭhisahagatena cetasā ‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭha’ntiādīni vadati, tadā kammaṃ manokammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana vacīdvāraṃ. Evaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Cetanā panettha abbohārikā.
不过,当一个人没有发动身体和语言的动作,独自坐在隐蔽处,却生起伴随贪欲、嗔恨、邪见的心时,那时的业就是意业,门也只是意门。这样,不善的意业就从意门生起。而在这个情况下,思以及和思相应的心所法,也都只从意门生起。应当知道,不善的意业就是这样在三种门中生起的。巴利
Yadā pana kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā raho nisinno abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhisahagatāni cittāni uppādeti, tadā kammaṃ manokammaṃ, dvārampi manodvārameva. Evaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ manodvāre samuṭṭhāti. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne cetanāpi cetanāsampayuttakā dhammāpi manodvāreyeva samuṭṭhahanti. Evaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ tīsupi dvāresu samuṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ.
再说,前面提到“同样,善的身业、语业、意业”这句话,这里的道理是这样的:当一个人因为某种原因没办法开口说话,只能用手势来表示自己受持“我远离杀生、远离不与取、远离欲邪行”这些学处时,那时的业就是身业,门也只是身门。这样,善的身业就从身门生起。与那些心俱起的无贪等法,要么属于思这一类,要么不算作正式的业门施设。巴利
Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘tathā kusalāni kāyavacīmanokammānī’ti, tatrāyaṃ nayo – yadā hi kenaci kāraṇena vattuṃ asakkonto ‘pāṇātipātā adinnādānā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviramāmī’ti imāni sikkhāpadāni hatthamuddāya gaṇhāti, tadā kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ dvārampi kāyadvārameva. Evaṃ kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi cittehi sahagatā anabhijjhādayo cetanāpakkhikā vā honti, abbohārikā vā.
当他把同样的学处用言语说出来而受持时,那时业是身业,门则是语门。这样,善的身业就从语门生起。与那些心俱起的无贪等法,或者属于思这一类,或者不算入这种行为。巴利
Yadā pana tāneva sikkhāpadāni vacībhedaṃ katvā gaṇhāti, tadā kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ, dvāraṃ pana vacīdvāraṃ hoti. Evaṃ kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi cittehi sahagatā anabhijjhādayo cetanāpakkhikā vā honti, abbohārikā vā.
当这些学处被授予时,如果他不动身和语,只以意来受持“我远离杀生、远离不与取、远离欲邪行”,那么这时业就是身业,而门则是意门。这样,善的身业就从意门生起。与那些心俱起的无贪等法,或者属于思的范畴,或者是可忽略的。巴利
Yadā pana tesu sikkhāpadesu diyyamānesu kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā manasāva ‘pāṇātipātā adinnādānā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviramāmī’ti gaṇhāti, tadā kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ, dvāraṃ pana manodvāraṃ hoti. Evaṃ kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ manodvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi cittehi sahagatā anabhijjhādayo cetanāpakkhikā vā honti, abbohārikā vā.
关于“远离妄语”等四条学处,应当知道:依照前面所说的方式,当一个人通过身等来受持时,善的语业在三门中生起。在这里也一样,无贪等要么属于思的范畴,要么属于无关的范畴。巴利
‘Musāvādā veramaṇī’ādīni pana cattāri sikkhāpadāni vuttanayeneva kāyādīhi gaṇhantassa kusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ tīsu dvāresu samuṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ. Idhāpi anabhijjhādayo cetanāpakkhikā vā honti, abbohārikā vā.
不过,当与无贪等相应的心带动身门,去做清扫塔院、以香花等供养、礼敬佛塔等事情时,业是意业,而门则是身门。这样,善的意业就从身门生起。但在这里,思是不起作用的。当与无贪相应的心带动语门,离贪而说“愿他人的财物不要成为我的”;当与无嗔相应的心说“愿一切众生无怨、无害、无忧,保持快乐”;当与正见相应的心说“有布施”等话时,业是意业,而门则是语门。这样,善的意业就从语门生起。但在这里,思也是不起作用的。然而,当不带动身门和语门,独自静坐,只以意生起与无贪等相应的心时,业是意业,门也只是意门。这样,善的意业就从意门生起。而在这个情况下,思以及与思相应的诸法,也都只从意门生起。巴利
Anabhijjhādisahagatehi pana cittehi kāyaṅgaṃ copetvā cetiyaṅgaṇasammajjanagandhamālādipūjanacetiyavandanādīni karontassa kammaṃ manokammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana kāyadvāraṃ. Evaṃ kusalaṃ manokammaṃ kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Cetanā panettha abbohārikā. Anabhijjhāsahagatena cittena vācaṅgaṃ copetvā ‘aho vata yaṃ parassa vittūpakaraṇaṃ na taṃ mamassā’ti anabhijjhāyato abyāpādasahagatena cittena ‘sabbe sattā averā abyābajjhā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū’ti vadantassa sammādiṭṭhisahagatena cittena ‘atthi dinna’ntiādīni udāharantassa kammaṃ manokammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana vacīdvāraṃ. Evaṃ kusalaṃ manokammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Cetanā panettha abbohārikā. Kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni pana acopetvā raho nisinnassa manasāva anabhijjhādisahagatāni cittāni uppādentassa kammaṃ manokammaṃ, dvārampi manodvārameva. Evaṃ kusalaṃ manokammaṃ manodvāre samuṭṭhāti. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne cetanāpi cetanāsampayuttakā dhammāpi manodvāreyeva samuṭṭhahanti.
在这里,对于由命令引发的杀生、不与取,如果有人说“业是身业,门也是依业而只是身门”,那他就是在守护业,却破坏了门。对于由手势引发的妄语等,如果有人说“门是身门,业也是依门而只是身业”,那他就是在守护门,却破坏了业。所以,不应该为了守护业而破坏门,也不应该为了守护门而破坏业。应当依照前面所说的方式来了知业和门。能这样解说的人,既不破坏业,也不破坏门。巴利
Tattha āṇattisamuṭṭhitesu pāṇātipātaadinnādānesu kammampi kāyakammaṃ dvārampi kammavaseneva kāyadvāranti vadanto kammaṃ rakkhati, dvāraṃ bhindati nāma. Hatthamuddāya samuṭṭhitesu musāvādādīsu dvārampi kāyadvāraṃ, kammampi dvāravaseneva kāyakammanti vadanto dvāraṃ rakkhati kammaṃ bhindati nāma. Tasmā ‘kammaṃ rakkhāmī’ti dvāraṃ na bhinditabbaṃ, ‘dvāraṃ rakkhāmī’ti kammaṃ na bhinditabbaṃ. Yathāvutteneva pana nayena kammañca dvārañca veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ kathento hi neva kammaṃ na dvāraṃ bhindatīti.
现在来说“五识、五识门”等:眼识、耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识,这五种就是五识。眼识门、耳识门、鼻识门、舌识门、身识门,这五种就是五识门。应当知道,依这五门生起的思,既不是身业,也不是语业,而只是意业。眼触、耳触、鼻触、舌触、身触、意触,这六种就是六触。眼触门、耳触门、鼻触门、舌触门、身触门、意触门,这六种就是六触门。巴利
Idāni ‘pañca viññāṇāni pañcaviññāṇadvārānī’tiādīsu cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ ghānaviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññāṇaṃ kāyaviññāṇanti imāni pañca viññāṇāni nāma. Cakkhuviññāṇadvāraṃ sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyaviññāṇadvāranti imāni pañca viññāṇadvārāni nāma. Imesaṃ pañcannaṃ dvārānaṃ vasena uppannā cetanā neva kāyakammaṃ hoti, na vacīkammaṃ, manokammameva hotīti veditabbā. Cakkhusamphasso sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāya… manosamphassoti ime pana cha samphassā nāma. Cakkhusamphassadvāraṃ sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāya… manosamphassadvāranti imāni cha samphassadvārāni nāma.
眼不防护、耳不防护、鼻不防护、舌不防护、净色身不防护、动摇身不防护、语不防护、意不防护——这八种称为八不防护。从含义上说,它们就是恶戒、失念、无知、不忍耐、懈怠这五种法。在这五种法当中,任何一种都不会在五门心路过程里直到确定心的阶段生起,只在速行的刹那生起。即使是在速行中生起,也称为五门中的不防护。巴利
Cakkhuasaṃvaro sota… ghāna… jivhā… pasādakāya… copanakāyaasaṃvaro vācāasaṃvaro manoasaṃvaroti – ime aṭṭha asaṃvarā nāma. Te atthato ‘dussīlyaṃ muṭṭhassaccaṃ aññāṇaṃ akkhanti kosajja’nti ime pañca dhammā honti. Tesu ekadhammopi pañcadvāre voṭṭhabbanapariyosānesu cittesu nuppajjati, javanakkhaṇeyeva uppajjati. Javane uppannopi pañcadvāre asaṃvaroti vuccati.
与眼识同时生起的触,就叫眼触;思,就叫意业;那个心,就叫意业门。在这里,不存在五种不防护。与领受同时生起的触,就叫意触;思,就叫意业;那个心,就叫意业门。在这里,也没有不防护。在推度和确定阶段,也是同样的道理。然而,与速行同时生起的触,就叫意触;思,就叫意业;那个心,就叫意业门。在这里,不防护就叫眼不防护。在耳门、鼻门、舌门、净色身门,也是同样的道理。当对色等某一所缘,没有意门速行,纯粹通过语门,令名为身门的动摇生起时,与那个心同时生起的触,就叫意触;思,就叫身业;但那个心不可施设,因为动摇已经生起,所以不算作意门。在这里,不防护就叫动摇身不防护。当同样的情况,没有速行,纯粹通过身门,令名为语门的动摇生起时,与那个心同时生起的触,就叫意触;思,就叫语业;但那个心不可施设,因为动摇已经生起,所以不算作意门。在这里,不防护就叫语不防护。当那样的速行心,不通过身门和语门,纯粹只在意门生起时,与那个心同时生起的触,就叫意触;思,就叫意业;那个心,就叫意业门。在这里,不防护就叫意不防护。这样,依据这八种不防护,应当知道眼不防护门、耳不防护门、鼻不防护门、舌不防护门、净色身不防护门、动摇身不防护门、语不防护门、意不防护门,这八种不防护门。巴利
Cakkhuviññāṇasahajāto hi phasso cakkhusamphasso nāma, cetanā manokammaṃ nāma, taṃ cittaṃ manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Ettha pañcavidho asaṃvaro natthi . Sampaṭicchanasahajāto phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā manokammaṃ nāma, taṃ cittaṃ manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Etthāpi asaṃvaro natthi. Santīraṇavoṭṭhabbanesupi eseva nayo. Javanasahajāto pana phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā manokammaṃ nāma, taṃ cittaṃ manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Ettha asaṃvaro cakkhuasaṃvaro nāma hoti. Sotaghānajivhāpasādakāyadvāresupi eseva nayo. Yadā pana rūpādīsu aññatarārammaṇaṃ manodvārikajavanaṃ vinā vacīdvārena suddhaṃ kāyadvārasaṅkhātaṃ copanaṃ pāpayamānaṃ uppajjati, tadā tena cittena sahajāto phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā kāyakammaṃ nāma, taṃ pana cittaṃ abbohārikaṃ, copanassa uppannattā manodvāranti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Ettha asaṃvaro copanakāyaasaṃvaro nāma. Yadā tādisaṃyeva javanaṃ vinā kāyadvārena suddhaṃ vacīdvārasaṅkhātaṃ copanaṃ pāpayamānaṃ uppajjati, tadā tena cittena sahajāto phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā vacīkammaṃ nāma, taṃ pana cittaṃ abbohārikaṃ, copanassa uppannattā manodvāranti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Ettha asaṃvaro vācāasaṃvaro nāma. Yadā pana tādisaṃ javanacittaṃ vinā kāyavacīdvārehi suddhaṃ manodvārameva hutvā uppajjati, tadā tena cittena sahajāto phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā manokammaṃ nāma, taṃ pana cittaṃ manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Ettha asaṃvaro manoasaṃvaro nāma. Iti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ asaṃvarānaṃ vasena cakkhuasaṃvaradvāraṃ, sota… ghāna… jivhā… pasādakāya… copanakāya… vācā… manoasaṃvaradvāranti imāni aṭṭha asaṃvaradvārāni veditabbāni.
眼防护、耳防护、鼻防护、舌防护、净色身防护、动摇身防护、语防护、意防护,这八种就叫作防护。从意义上说,它们就是戒、念、慧、忍、精进这五种法。在这五种法当中,哪怕只是一种,也不会在五门中一直到确定心为止的诸心里生起,只有在速行的刹那才生起。即使是在速行中生起,也说它是五门中的防护。关于它们这一切的生起方式,应当依照“与眼识俱生的触就是眼触”等在不防护部分所说的道理来了知。这样,依这八种防护,应当了知眼防护门乃至意防护门,这八种防护门。巴利
Cakkhusaṃvaro sota… ghāna… jivhā… pasādakāya… copanakāya… vācā… manosaṃvaroti ime pana aṭṭha saṃvarā nāma. Te atthato ‘sīlaṃ sati ñāṇaṃ khanti vīriya’nti ime pañca dhammā honti. Tesupi ekadhammopi pañcadvāre voṭṭhabbanapariyosānesu cittesu nuppajjati. Javanakkhaṇeyeva uppajjati. Javane uppannopi pañcadvāre saṃvaroti vuccati. Tassa sabbassāpi cakkhuviññāṇasahajāto hi phasso cakkhusamphassotiādinā asaṃvare vuttanayeneva uppatti veditabbā. Iti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ saṃvarānaṃ vasena cakkhusaṃvaradvāraṃ…pe… manosaṃvaradvāranti imāni aṭṭha saṃvaradvārāni veditabbāni.
不善业道论巴利
Akusalakammapathakathā
杀生、不与取、欲邪行、妄语、离间语、粗恶语、绮语、贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,这十种就叫作十不善业道。巴利
Pāṇātipāto , adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro, musāvādo, pisuṇavācā, pharusavācā, samphappalāpo, abhijjhā, byāpādo, micchādiṭṭhīti ime pana dasa akusalakammapathā nāma.
在这里,杀害生命就叫杀生;也就是说,杀害生命、夺去生命的意思。这里说的“生命”,从世俗说法来看是指有情众生,从究竟意义来看是指命根。对于这个生命,如果生起“这是生命”的认知,然后为了断绝命根而发起行动,通过身门或语门中的任意一门所产生的杀心,就是杀生。这种杀生,在没有什么功德的生命身上,比如畜生等,杀小的生命罪过轻,杀大的身体罪过重。为什么?因为行动大。即使行动一样,也因为所依的身体大。在有功德的众生身上,比如人等等,功德小的罪过轻,功德大的罪过重。如果身体和功德都相等,那么应当知道:烦恼和行动柔和的罪过轻,猛烈的罪过重。巴利
Tattha pāṇassa atipāto pāṇātipāto nāma; pāṇavadho, pāṇaghātoti vuttaṃ hoti. Pāṇoti cettha vohārato satto, paramatthato jīvitindriyaṃ. Tasmiṃ pana pāṇe pāṇasaññino jīvitindriyupacchedakaupakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā kāyavacīdvārānaṃ aññataradvārappavattā vadhakacetanā pāṇātipāto. So guṇavirahitesu tiracchānagatādīsu pāṇesu khuddake pāṇe appasāvajjo, mahāsarīre mahāsāvajjo. Kasmā? Payogamahantatāya. Payogasamattepi vatthumahantatāya. Guṇavantesu manussādīsu appaguṇe appasāvajjo, mahāguṇe mahāsāvajjo. Sarīraguṇānaṃ pana samabhāve sati kilesānaṃ upakkamānañca mudutāya appasāvajjo, tibbatāya mahāsāvajjoti veditabbo.
杀生有五个构成条件:有情、知道是有情、想杀的心、实际动手、由此导致死亡。有六种下手方式:亲手杀、派人杀、投掷武器杀、设置固定机关杀、用咒术杀、用神通杀。如果在这里把这个道理详细展开,就会太繁琐,所以我们不展开讲。其他类似的情况,想了解的人应该去查阅《普端严》(律藏义注2.172)来掌握。巴利
Tassa pañca sambhārā honti – pāṇo, pāṇasaññitā, vadhakacittaṃ, upakkamo, tena maraṇanti. Cha payogā – sāhatthiko, āṇattiko, nissaggiyo, thāvaro, vijjāmayo, iddhimayoti. Imasmiṃ panatthe vitthāriyamāne atipapañco hoti. Tasmā taṃ na vitthārayāma. Aññañca evarūpaṃ atthikehi pana samantapāsādikaṃ vinayaṭṭhakathaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.172) oloketvā gahetabbaṃ.
把取走别人没给的东西,叫做“不与取”;也就是夺取他人所有物、偷盗、盗窃的意思。这里说的“没给的东西”,是指别人所拥有、别人可以随意支配,而物主随意支配它不会因此受到刑罚,也不会被指责的东西。对于这样的他人所有物,心里知道“这是别人拥有的”,又发起拿走它的行动,由此生起的偷盗意图,就是不与取。偷取别人低劣的财物,罪过轻;偷取别人贵重的财物,罪过重。为什么?因为财物本身贵重。如果财物价值相当,那么偷取有德行者的财物,罪过就重;相比之下,偷取德行较差者的财物,罪过就轻。巴利
Adinnassa ādānaṃ ‘adinnādānaṃ’; parassaharaṇaṃ, theyyaṃ, corikāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha adinnanti parapariggahitaṃ, yattha paro yathākāmakāritaṃ āpajjanto adaṇḍāraho anupavajjo ca hoti. Tasmiṃ parapariggahite parapariggahitasaññino tadādāyakaupakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā theyyacetanā adinnādānaṃ. Taṃ hīne parasantake appasāvajjaṃ, paṇīte mahāsāvajjaṃ. Kasmā? Vatthupaṇītatāya. Vatthusamatte sati guṇādhikānaṃ santake vatthusmiṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ. Taṃtaṃguṇādhikaṃ upādāya tato tato hīnaguṇassa santake vatthusmiṃ appasāvajjaṃ.
这个有五种构成条件:属于他人所持有的物品、知道这是他人所持有的物品、有偷盗的心、实际采取行动、以及由此把东西拿走。手段有六种,就是亲手拿等等。这些手段会随着具体情况,按照五种夺取方式来进行:偷取、强夺、暗中取、设计取、欺诈取。这里是简略说明,详细解释见于《普端严》(律藏义注1.138)。巴利
Tassa pañca sambhārā honti – parapariggahitaṃ, parapariggahitasaññitā, theyyacittaṃ, upakkamo , tena haraṇanti. Cha payogā – sāhatthikādayova. Te ca kho yathānurūpaṃ theyyāvahāro, pasayhāvahāro, paṭicchannāvahāro, parikappāvahāro, kusāvahāroti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ avahārānaṃ vasena pavattanti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.138) vutto.
“欲邪行”在这里是指:“欲”指性行为;“邪行”指完全被呵责的卑劣行为。从特征上说,欲邪行就是以非正法的意图,通过身门转起、对不可行处的违犯思。巴利
‘Kāmesu micchācāro’ti ettha pana ‘kāmesū’ti methunasamācāresu; ‘micchācāro’ti ekantanindito lāmakācāro. Lakkhaṇato pana asaddhammādhippāyena kāyadvārappavattā agamanīyaṭṭhānavītikkamacetanā kāmesumicchācāro.
在这里,不可行处指的是:对男子来说,先是母护、父护、父母护、兄弟护、姊妹护、亲族护、宗族护、法护、有护、有罚这十种(从母护开始);再加上买得妇、意乐住妇、财住妇、衣住妇、水钵妇、去环妇、婢妇、佣妇、旗获妇、刹那妇这十种(从买得妇开始),一共二十种女性。而对女性来说,不可行处则是指其他男子,也就是相对于这十二种女性——两种有护、有罚的,以及十种从买得妇开始的——而言,属于不能与之发生性关系的对象,这就叫不可行处。巴利
Tattha agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma – purisānaṃ tāva māturakkhitā, piturakkhitā, mātāpiturakkhitā, bhāturakkhitā, bhaginirakkhitā, ñātirakkhitā, gottarakkhitā, dhammarakkhitā, sārakkhā, saparidaṇḍāti māturakkhitādayo dasa; dhanakkītā, chandavāsinī, bhogavāsinī, paṭavāsinī, odapattakinī, obhaṭacumbaṭā, dāsī ca bhariyā, kammakārī ca bhariyā, dhajāhaṭā, muhuttikāti etā dhanakkītādayo dasāti vīsati itthiyo. Itthīsu pana dvinnaṃ sārakkhasaparidaṇḍānaṃ, dasannañca dhanakkītādīnanti dvādasannaṃ itthīnaṃ aññe purisā idaṃ agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma.
这种邪行,如果对象是缺乏戒德等功德、不该发生关系的人,罪过就轻;如果对象是具足戒德等功德的人,罪过就重。它有四种构成条件:不该发生关系的对象、对那对象生起的亲近之心、亲近的行为、对正道或非道之交合的接受。行为方式只有一种,就是亲手去做。巴利
So panesa micchācāro sīlādiguṇarahite agamanīyaṭṭhāne appasāvajjo, sīlādiguṇasampanne mahāsāvajjo. Tassa cattāro sambhārā – agamanīyavatthu, tasmiṃ sevanacittaṃ, sevanappayogo, maggenamaggappaṭipattiadhivāsananti. Eko payogo sāhatthiko eva.
所谓“妄”,是指以欺骗为目的、破坏他人利益的身业或口业。怀着欺骗的意图,去引发欺骗他人的身业和口业的那种思,就是妄语。另一种解释是:“妄”指不真实、不正确的事情;“语”指把这件事说成是真实、正确的。从特征上讲,对于不真实的事情,想让别人把它当作真实的来认知,由此引发这种认知的思,就是妄语。这种妄语,如果所破坏的利益小,罪过就轻;如果所破坏的利益大,罪过就重。此外,在家人因为不愿意把自己拥有的东西给别人,而说“没有”之类的话,这样生起的妄语罪过轻;但如果是作为证人,为了破坏他人利益而说的,罪过就重。出家人得到一点点油或酥油之后,出于开玩笑的意图,用夸张的说法说“今天村里的油简直像河水一样在流吧”,这样生起的妄语罪过轻;但如果把没看见的说成“我看见了”之类,这样说的罪过就重。巴利
‘Musā’ti visaṃvādanapurekkhārassa atthabhañjako vacīpayogo, kāyapayogo vā. Visaṃvādanādhippāyena panassa paravisaṃvādakakāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā musāvādo. Aparo nayo – ‘musā’ti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ vatthu. ‘Vādo’ti tassa bhūtato tacchato viññāpanaṃ. Lakkhaṇato pana atathaṃ vatthuṃ tathato paraṃ viññāpetukāmassa tathāviññattisamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā musāvādo. So yamatthaṃ bhañjati tassa appatāya appasāvajjo, mahantatāya mahāsāvajjo. Apica gahaṭṭhānaṃ attano santakaṃ adātukāmatāya ‘natthī’tiādinayappavatto appasāvajjo. Sakkhinā hutvā atthabhañjanatthaṃ vutto mahāsāvajjo. Pabbajitānaṃ appakampi telaṃ vā sappiṃ vā labhitvā hasādhippāyena ‘ajja gāme telaṃ nadī maññe sandatī’ti pūraṇakathānayena pavatto appasāvajjo. Adiṭṭhaṃyeva pana diṭṭhantiādinā nayena vadantānaṃ mahāsāvajjo.
妄语有四种构成条件:事情不真实、有欺骗的心、为此付出行动、对方理解了这个意思。行动方式只有一种,就是亲自去做。这种妄语应当理解为:通过身体、身体所连带的东西,或者通过语言,做出欺骗他人的行为。如果通过这个行为,对方明白了那个意思,那么在引发这个行为的思生起的那一刹那,就已经被妄语业绑住了。不过,就像用身体、身体所连带的东西或语言欺骗他人一样,指使别人说“你这样说”,或者写好信放在别人面前,或者在墙上等处写下“这个意思应该这样理解”并留在那里,也同样构成欺骗。所以在这里,命令、放置、安排等手段也都是适用的。但因为义注中没有提到这些,所以应当审察之后再采纳。巴利
Tassa cattāro sambhārā honti – atathaṃ vatthu, visaṃvādanacittaṃ, tajjo vāyāmo, parassa tadatthavijānananti. Eko payogo – sāhatthikova. So ca kāyena vā kāyappaṭibaddhena vā vācāya vā paravisaṃvādakakiriyākaraṇe daṭṭhabbo. Tāya ce kiriyāya paro tamatthaṃ jānāti, ayaṃ kiriyasamuṭṭhāpikacetanākkhaṇeyeva musāvādakammunā bajjhati. Yasmā pana yathā kāyakāyappaṭibaddhavācāhi paraṃ visaṃvādeti, tathā imassa ‘imaṃ bhaṇāhī’ti āṇāpentopi, paṇṇaṃ likhitvā purato nissajjantopi, ‘ayamattho evaṃ daṭṭhabbo’ti kuṭṭādīsu likhitvā ṭhapentopi; tasmā ettha āṇattikanissaggiyathāvarāpi payogā yujjanti. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana anāgatattā vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbā.
在讲到“两舌语”等的时候,如果一种话能让听者心里对自己生起好感、对别人变得疏远,那就是两舌语。如果一种话让自己和别人都变得粗鲁,而且这话本身也粗鲁、不悦耳、不贴心,那就是“粗恶语”。如果借着话东拉西扯、说些没有意义的东西,那就是“绮语”。作为这些根本的思,也同样得到两舌语等的名称。而这里所指的,正是那个思。巴利
‘Pisuṇavācā’tiādīsu yāya vācāya yassa taṃ vācaṃ bhāsati tassa hadaye attano piyabhāvaṃ parassa ca suññabhāvaṃ karoti, sā pisuṇavācā. Yāya pana attānampi parampi pharusaṃ karoti, yā vācā sayampi pharusā neva kaṇṇasukhā, na hadayaṅgamā, ayaṃ ‘pharusavācā’. Yena samphaṃ palapati, niratthakaṃ, so ‘samphappalāpo’. Tesaṃ mūlabhūtā cetanāpi pisuṇavācādināmameva labhati. Sā eva ca idha adhippetāti.
在这里,以染污的心,为了离间他人,或者为了让自己得到喜爱,而引发身业和语业的思,就叫作两舌。它离间的那个人如果德行微小,罪过就轻;如果德行广大,罪过就重。巴利
Tattha saṃkiliṭṭhacittassa paresaṃ vā bhedāya attano piyakamyatāya vā kāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā pisuṇavācā nāma. Sā yassa bhedaṃ karoti tassa appaguṇatāya appasāvajjā, mahāguṇatāya mahāsāvajjā.
两舌有四个构成条件:想要离间对方,也就是心里先存着“要让他们分开”“这些人将会各散东西、彼此分离”的念头;或者怀着“这样我就会成为他们喜欢、信赖的人”这种想讨人喜欢的心;再加上为此付出的实际努力;以及对方听懂了你话里的意思。不过,如果对方还没有被离间,就不算形成业道;只有真正被离间了,才算成立。巴利
Tassā cattāro sambhārā – ‘bhinditabbo paro’ iti ‘ime nānā bhavissa’nti vinā bhavissantīti bhedapurekkhāratā vā, ‘iti ahaṃ piyo bhavissāmi vissāsiko’ti piyakamyatā vā, tajjo vāyāmo, tassa tadatthavijānananti . Pare pana abhinne kammapathabhedo natthi, bhinne eva hoti.
以伤害他人要害的身语行为所引发的、完全粗恶的思,就是“粗恶语”。为了说明这一点,有这样一个事例:据说,有个少年不听母亲的话,跑到森林里去。母亲没法让他回来,就骂道:“愿凶猛的母水牛追你!”果然,森林里就出现了一头母水牛。少年于是作了真实语:“愿我母亲嘴上说的话不算数,愿她心里想的成真。”母水牛就像被绑住一样,当场停住了。可见,即使有伤害要害的行为,只要心意柔软,就不构成粗恶语。因为父母有时也会对孩子说:“愿强盗把你们剁成碎块!”可他们连一片莲花瓣落在孩子身上都不愿意。老师和戒师有时也会对弟子说:“这些不知惭愧的家伙到处乱跑什么?把他们赶走!”但他们心里却希望弟子们获得教法和证悟的成就。正如心意柔软就不构成粗恶语,同样,言语柔软也不一定就不是粗恶语。因为想让人被杀的人说“让他舒舒服服地躺下吧”,这话并不成为非粗恶语。由于心意粗恶,这恰恰就是粗恶语。粗恶语根据它所针对的对象,对方德行低劣则罪过轻,对方德行高尚则罪过重。它有三个条件:有该骂的对象、愤怒的心、以及骂詈。巴利
Parassa mammacchedakakāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā ekantapharusacetanā ‘pharusavācā’. Tassā āvibhāvatthamidaṃ vatthu – eko kira dārako mātu vacanaṃ anādiyitvā araññaṃ gacchati. Taṃ mātā nivattetuṃ asakkontī ‘caṇḍā taṃ mahiṃsī anubandhatū’ti akkosi. Athassa tatheva araññe mahiṃsī uṭṭhāsi. Dārako ‘yaṃ mama mātā mukhena kathesi taṃ mā hotu, yaṃ cittena cintesi taṃ hotū’ti saccakiriyaṃ akāsi. Mahiṃsī tattheva baddhā viya aṭṭhāsi. Evaṃ mammacchedakopi payogo cittasaṇhatāya pharusavācā na hoti. Mātāpitaro hi kadāci puttake evampi vadanti – ‘corā vo khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ karontū’ti, uppalapattampi ca nesaṃ upari patantaṃ na icchanti. Ācariyupajjhāyā ca kadāci nissitake evaṃ vadanti – ‘kiṃ ime ahirikā anottappino caranti, niddhamatha ne’ti; atha ca nesaṃ āgamādhigamasampattiṃ icchanti. Yathā ca cittasaṇhatāya pharusavācā na hoti, evaṃ vacanasaṇhatāya apharusavācāpi na hoti. Na hi mārāpetukāmassa ‘imaṃ sukhaṃ sayāpethā’ti vacanaṃ apharusavācā hoti. Cittapharusatāya panesā pharusavācāva. Sā yaṃ sandhāya pavattitā tassa appaguṇatāya appasāvajjā, mahāguṇatāya mahāsāvajjā. Tassā tayo sambhārā – akkositabbo paro, kupitacittaṃ, akkosananti.
能引发身体和语言行为、传达无意义内容的不善思,就是“杂秽语”。它因为串习得少,罪过就轻;因为串习得多,罪过就重。它有两个构成条件:以谈论婆罗多战争、悉多被掳之类毫无意义的话题为先导,以及实际说出那样的话。如果别人不接受那种话,就不构成业道;只有别人接受了杂秽语,才构成业道。巴利
Anatthaviññāpikā kāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā akusalacetanā ‘samphappalāpo’. So āsevanamandatāya appasāvajjo. Āsevanamahantatāya mahāsāvajjo. Tassa dve sambhārā – bhāratayuddhasītāharaṇādiniratthakakathāpurekkhāratā, tathārūpīkathākathanañcāti. Pare pana taṃ kathaṃ agaṇhante kammapathabhedo natthi, parena samphappalāpe gahiteyeva hoti.
“贪求”就是贪欲。它的意思是:面对他人的财物,心朝向那边,并随着这种倾向而活动。它的特相,就是以“啊,但愿你的这个成为我的”这种方式去贪求他人的财物。它像不与取一样,有罪过轻的,也有罪过重的。它有两个条件:他人的财物,以及把它归给自己。因为即使以他人财物为对象生起了贪,只要还没有以“啊,但愿这个成为我的”这样的心把它归给自己,就还不算构成业道。巴利
Abhijjhāyatīti ‘abhijjhā’. Parabhaṇḍābhimukhī hutvā tanninnatāya pavattatīti attho. Sā ‘aho tava idaṃ mamassā’ti evaṃ parabhaṇḍābhijjhāyanalakkhaṇā. Adinnādānaṃ viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. Tassā dve sambhārā – parabhaṇḍaṃ, attano pariṇāmanañcāti. Parabhaṇḍavatthuke hi lobhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti yāva na ‘aho vata idaṃ mamassā’ti attano pariṇāmeti.
嗔恚就是损害他人的利益与安乐。它的特相是想要毁灭他人、内心憎恼。就像粗恶语一样,有罪过轻和罪过重之分。它有两个构成条件:其他有情作为对象,以及想着要毁灭他。即使对其他有情生起了忿怒,只要还没有想到“啊,但愿他断灭、但愿他毁灭”这样的毁灭之念,就还不算构成业道。巴利
Hitasukhaṃ byāpādayatīti ‘byāpādo’. So paravināsāya manopadosalakkhaṇo. Pharusavācā viya appasāvajjo mahāsāvajjo ca. Tassa dve sambhārā – parasatto ca, tassa ca vināsacintāti. Parasattavatthuke hi kodhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti yāva ‘aho vatāyaṃ ucchijjeyya vinasseyyā’ti tassa vināsanaṃ na cintesi.
因为不能如实执取,所以错误地看,这就叫邪见。它的特相是像“没有布施”等那样颠倒地看。就像绮语一样,有罪过轻的,也有罪过重的。另外,不定的是罪过轻,决定的是罪过重。它有两个条件:对事物的执取方式颠倒,以及事物按照被执取的样子呈现出来。在这当中,只有无有见、无因见、无作见才构成业道的分别,其他邪见不算。巴利
Yathābhuccagahaṇābhāvena micchā passatīti ‘micchādiṭṭhi’. Sā ‘natthi dinna’ntiādinā nayena viparītadassanalakkhaṇā. Samphappalāpo viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. Apica aniyatā appasāvajjā, niyatā mahāsāvajjā. Tassā dve sambhārā – vatthuno ca gahitākāraviparītatā, yathā ca taṃ gaṇhāti tathābhāvena tassupaṭṭhānanti. Tattha natthikāhetukaakiriyadiṭṭhīhi eva kammapathabhedo hoti, na aññadiṭṭhīhi.
对这十种不善业道,可以从五个方面来分析和判定:法、部分、所缘、受、根。巴利
Imesaṃ pana dasannaṃ akusalakammapathānaṃ dhammato koṭṭhāsato ārammaṇato vedanāto mūlato cāti pañcahākārehi vinicchayo veditabbo –
在这里,从“法”的角度来看:在这些法当中,按顺序,前七种只是思心所法,而贪求等三种则与思相应。巴利
Tattha ‘dhammato’ti etesu hi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanādhammāva honti, abhijjhādayo tayo cetanāsampayuttā.
从“部分”的角度来说:按顺序排的前七种,再加上邪见,这八种只是业道,不是根本。贪欲和嗔恚既是业道,也是根本。因为贪欲一旦作为根本,就是贪这个不善根;嗔恚就是嗔不善根。巴利
‘Koṭṭhāsato’ti paṭipāṭiyā satta, micchādiṭṭhi cāti ime aṭṭha kammapathā eva honti; no mūlāni. Abhijjhābyāpādā kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. Abhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā ‘lobho akusalamūlaṃ’ hoti, byāpādo ‘doso akusalamūlaṃ’.
从所缘来看,杀生是以命根为所缘,所以是行所缘。不与取,或者以有情为所缘,或者以行为所缘。邪淫是依触来说,以行为所缘;也有些人说以有情为所缘。妄语或者以有情为所缘,或者以行为所缘。离间语也是这样。粗恶语只以有情为所缘。杂秽语是依所见、所闻、所觉、所知来说,或者以有情为所缘,或者以行为所缘。贪欲也是这样。瞋恚只以有情为所缘。邪见是就三地诸法来说,只以行为所缘。巴利
‘Ārammaṇato’ti pāṇātipāto jīvitindriyārammaṇato saṅkhārārammaṇo hoti. Adinnādānaṃ sattārammaṇaṃ vā hoti saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ vā. Micchācāro phoṭṭhabbavasena saṅkhārārammaṇo hoti; sattārammaṇotipi eke. Musāvādo sattārammaṇo vā, saṅkhārārammaṇo vā. Tathā pisuṇavācā. Pharusavācā sattārammaṇāva. Samphappalāpo diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasena sattārammaṇo vā saṅkhārārammaṇo vā. Tathā abhijjhā. Byāpādo sattārammaṇova. Micchādiṭṭhi tebhūmakadhammavasena saṅkhārārammaṇāva.
从受的角度来说,杀生是苦受。因为即使国王们看见盗贼时笑着也说“去,把他杀了”,但他们决意的思仍然与苦相应。不与取有三种受:看见别人的财物,欢喜高兴地拿取时,是乐受;恐惧害怕地拿取时,是苦受;同样,在回顾异熟果报时也是如此。而在拿取时处于中舍状态的人,拿取时是不苦不乐受。邪淫依乐受与中舍受来说有两种受;但在决意心中,并没有中舍受。妄语如同在不与取中所说的方式,有三种受;离间语也是如此。粗恶语是苦受。杂秽语有三种受:当别人给予赞叹、抛起衣角等表示欢喜时,他欢喜高兴地讲述悉多被掳、婆罗多战争等故事时,是乐受;先前付过报酬的一个人后来回来,说“从头讲起”时,他忧愁地想“我要讲没有连贯的杂谈吗?还是不呢?”而讲述时,是苦受;中舍者讲述时,是不苦不乐受。贪欲依乐受与中舍受来说有两种受;邪见也是如此。瞋恚是苦受。巴利
‘Vedanāto’ti pāṇātipāto dukkhavedano hoti. Kiñcāpi hi rājāno coraṃ disvā hasamānāpi ‘gacchatha naṃ ghātethā’ti vadanti, sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā pana nesaṃ dukkhasampayuttāva hoti . Adinnādānaṃ tivedanaṃ. Tañhi parabhaṇḍaṃ disvā haṭṭhatuṭṭhassa gaṇhato sukhavedanaṃ hoti, bhītatasitassa gaṇhato dukkhavedanaṃ. Tathā vipākanissandaphalāni paccavekkhantassa. Gahaṇakāle majjhattabhāve ṭhitassa pana gaṇhato adukkhamasukhavedanaṃ hotīti. Micchācāro sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedano. Sanniṭṭhāpakacitte pana majjhattavedano na hoti. Musāvādo adinnādāne vuttanayeneva tivedano; tathā pisuṇavācā. Pharusavācā dukkhavedanā. Samphappalāpo tivedano. Paresu hi sādhukāraṃ dentesu celukkhepādīni khipantesu haṭṭhatuṭṭhassa sītāharaṇabhāratayuddhādīni kathanakāle so sukhavedano hoti. Paṭhamaṃ dinnavetanena ekena pacchā āgantvā ‘ādito paṭṭhāya kathehī’ti vutte ‘ananusandhikaṃ pakiṇṇakakathaṃ kathessāmi nu kho no’ti domanassitassa kathanakāle dukkhavedano hoti, majjhattassa kathayato adukkhamasukhavedano hoti. Abhijjhā sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedanā; tathā micchādiṭṭhi. Byāpādo dukkhavedano.
从根来看:杀生以嗔和痴为根,所以有两个根。不与取或者以嗔和痴为根,或者以贪和痴为根。邪淫以贪和痴为根。妄语或者以嗔和痴为根,或者以贪和痴为根,离间语和绮语也一样。粗恶语以嗔和痴为根。贪欲只以痴为根,所以只有一个根,嗔恚也一样。邪见以贪和痴为根,所以有两个根。巴利
‘Mūlato’ti pāṇātipāto dosamohavasena dvimūlako hoti. Adinnādānaṃ dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā. Micchācāro lobhamohavasena. Musāvādo dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā; tathā pisuṇavācā samphappalāpo ca. Pharusavācā dosamohavasena. Abhijjhā mohavasena ekamūlā; tathā byāpādo. Micchādiṭṭhi lobhamohavasena dvimūlāti.
善业道的讨论巴利
Kusalakammapathakathā
远离杀生等,再加上无贪、无瞋、正见,这十种就叫作善业道。其中,杀生等在前面已经解释过了。由此而远离杀生等,或者自己主动远离,或者只是以远离本身为本质,这就叫“远离”。当一个人远离杀生时,生起与善心相应的远离,也就是《法集论》里说的“在那时,对杀生的不乐、远离”,这种远离按类别分有三种:现前远离、受戒远离、断除远离。巴利
Pāṇātipātādīhi pana viratiyo anabhijjhāabyāpādasammādiṭṭhiyo cāti ime dasa kusalakammapathā nāma. Tattha pāṇātipātādayo vuttatthā eva. Pāṇātipātādīhi etāya viramanti, sayaṃ vā viramati, viramaṇamattameva vā etanti virati. Yā pāṇātipātā viramantassa ‘‘yā tasmiṃ samaye pāṇātipātā ārati viratī’’ti (dha. sa. 299-301) evaṃ vuttā kusalacittasampayuttā virati, sā pabhedato tividhā hoti – sampattavirati, samādānavirati, samucchedaviratīti.
在这里,对于没有受持学处的人,先观察自己的出身、年龄、多闻等条件,心想“像我们这样的人做这种恶事是不合适的”,当遇到现前的事缘时不去违犯,由此生起的远离,应当知道就是“时缘远离”——就像锡兰岛的差卡那近事男那样。据说他年纪还小的时候,母亲就生了病。医生说要得到新鲜的兔肉才行。于是差卡那的哥哥对他说:“孩子,到田里去走走吧。”就把他派去了。他到了那里。那时候,正好有一只兔子跑来吃嫩谷。那只兔子一看见他,就飞快地逃跑,结果被藤蔓缠住,发出“吱吱”的叫声。差卡那顺着声音过去,抓住兔子后心想:“我给母亲做药吧。”接着又想:“我为了母亲活命,就去夺走另一个众生的性命,这对我来说是不合适的。”于是他把兔子放了,说:“去吧,到树林里和兔子们一起享用草和水吧。”哥哥问他:“孩子,抓到兔子了吗?”他就把事情的经过说了。哥哥因此责骂了他。他走到母亲身边,说了一句真实的话:“从我出生以来,我不记得自己曾经故意夺走众生的性命。”就在那时,他母亲的病就好了。巴利
Tattha asamādinnasikkhāpadānaṃ attano jātivayabāhusaccādīni paccavekkhitvā ‘ayuttaṃ amhākaṃ evarūpaṃ pāpaṃ kātu’nti sampattaṃ vatthuṃ avītikkamantānaṃ uppajjamānā virati ‘sampattaviratī’ti veditabbā – sīhaḷadīpe cakkanaupāsakassa viya. Tassa kira daharakāleyeva mātuyā rogo uppajji. Vejjena ca ‘allasasamaṃsaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti vuttaṃ. Tato cakkanassa bhātā ‘gaccha, tāta, khettaṃ āhiṇḍāhī’ti cakkanaṃ pesesi. So tattha gato. Tasmiñca samaye eko saso taruṇasassaṃ khādituṃ āgato hoti. So taṃ disvāva vegena dhāvanto valliyā baddho ‘kiri kirī’ti saddamakāsi. Cakkano tena saddena gantvā taṃ gahetvā cintesi – ‘mātu bhesajjaṃ karomī’ti. Puna cintesi – ‘na metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ mātu jīvitakāraṇā paraṃ jīvitā voropeyya’nti. Atha naṃ ‘gaccha, araññe sasehi saddhiṃ tiṇodakaṃ paribhuñjā’ti muñci. Bhātarā ca ‘kiṃ tāta saso laddho’ti pucchito taṃ pavattiṃ ācikkhi. Tato naṃ bhātā paribhāsi. So mātusantikaṃ gantvā ‘yato ahaṃ jāto nābhijānāmi sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropetā’ti saccaṃ vatvā aṭṭhāsi. Tāvadevassa mātā arogā ahosi.
此外,对于已经受持学处的人,在受持学处时以及之后,即使舍弃自己的生命,也不违犯事缘,由此生起的远离,应当知道就是“受戒远离”。就像住在北瓦达玛那山的近事男那样。据说他从安跋利耶寺的宾伽拉佛护长老那里受持学处后,在耕田。那时,他的牛走失了。他去找牛,登上了北瓦达玛那山。在那里,一条大蟒蛇抓住了他。他想:“我用这把锋利的刀砍下它的头。”又转念:“我从尊贵的师长那里受持了学处,如果破戒,实在不合适。”这样反复思惟到第三次,便下定决心:“我宁可舍弃生命,也不舍弃学处。”于是把扛在肩上的锋利长柄刀丢弃在林中。就在那时,那条大蟒蛇便放了他,离去了。巴利
Samādinnasikkhāpadānaṃ pana sikkhāpadasamādāne ca tatuttariñca attano jīvitampi pariccajitvā vatthuṃ avītikkamantānaṃ uppajjamānā virati ‘samādānaviratī’ti veditabbā. Uttaravaḍḍhamānapabbatavāsīupāsakassa viya. So kira ambariyavihāravāsino piṅgalabuddharakkhitattherassa santike sikkhāpadāni gahetvā khettaṃ kasati. Athassa goṇo naṭṭho. So taṃ gavesanto uttaravaḍḍhamānapabbataṃ āruhi. Tatra naṃ mahāsappo aggahesi. So cintesi – ‘imāyassa tikhiṇavāsiyā sīsaṃ chindāmī’ti. Puna cintesi – ‘na metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ bhāvanīyassa garuno santike sikkhāpadāni gahetvā bhindeyya’nti evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ cintetvā ‘jīvitaṃ pariccajāmi, na sikkhāpada’nti aṃse ṭhapitaṃ tikhiṇadaṇḍavāsiṃ araññe chaḍḍesi. Tāvadeva naṃ mahāvāḷo muñcitvā agamāsīti.
与圣道相应的远离,应当知道就是“断除远离”。从它生起的那一刻开始,圣者们连“我要杀害众生”这样的心念都不会生起。巴利
Ariyamaggasampayuttā pana virati ‘samucchedaviratī’ti veditabbā, yassā uppattito pabhuti ‘pāṇaṃ ghātessāmī’ti ariyapuggalānaṃ cittampi nuppajjatīti.
现在,就像对不善业道那样,对这些善业道也应该从五个方面来分析和判定:法、分类、所缘、受、根。巴利
Idāni yathā akusalānaṃ evaṃ imesampi kusalakammapathānaṃ dhammato koṭṭhāsato ārammaṇato vedanāto mūlatoti pañcahākārehi vinicchayo veditabbo –
在这里,“从法(dhammato)的角度”来说:在这些(善业道)当中,按顺序,前七种既是思,也是远离;最后三种则只与思相应。巴利
Tattha ‘dhammato’ti etesu hi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanāpi vaṭṭanti, viratiyopi; ante tayo cetanāsampayuttāva.
从部分来说,按顺序,前七项只是业道,不是根本;最后三项既是业道,也是根本。因为无贪欲到达根本时,就是无贪善根;无嗔到达根本时,就是无嗔善根;正见到达根本时,就是无痴善根。巴利
‘Koṭṭhāsato’ti paṭipāṭiyā satta kammapathā eva, no mūlāni. Ante tayo kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. Anabhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā ‘alobho kusalamūlaṃ’ hoti. Abyāpādo ‘adoso kusalamūlaṃ’, sammādiṭṭhi ‘amoho kusalamūlaṃ’.
从所缘来看,杀生等不善业道的所缘,就是这些善业道的所缘。因为所谓“离”,针对的正是那些应当避免的事。然而,就像以涅槃为所缘的圣道能断除烦恼一样,应当知道:这些以命根等为所缘的业道,也能断除杀生等恶戒。巴利
‘Ārammaṇato’ti pāṇātipātādīnaṃ ārammaṇāneva etesaṃ ārammaṇāni. Vītikkamitabbatoyeva hi veramaṇī nāma hoti. Yathā pana nibbānārammaṇo ariyamaggo kilese pajahati, evaṃ jīvitindriyādiārammaṇāpete kammapathā pāṇātipātādīni dussīlyāni pajahantīti veditabbā.
从“受”的角度来说,一切受要么是乐受,要么是舍受。因为一旦达到了善的状态,就不会有苦受。巴利
‘Vedanāto’ti sabbe sukhavedanā vā honti majjhattavedanā vā. Kusalaṃ patvā hi dukkhavedanā nāma natthi.
从“根”的角度来说:依次来看,前七种业道,当人以与智相应的心来远离时,由于无贪、无嗔、无痴,就成了三根;当人以与智不相应的心来远离时,就成了二根。不贪欲,当人以与智相应的心来远离时,就成了二根;当人以与智不相应的心来远离时,就成了单根。不过,无贪本身不能成为自己的根。无嗔也是这样。正见只依无贪、无嗔而成为二根。这十种就叫作善业道。巴利
‘Mūlato’ti paṭipāṭiyā satta kammapathā ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa alobhaadosaamohavasena timūlā honti; ñāṇavippayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlā. Anabhijjhā ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlā hoti; ñāṇavippayuttacittena ekamūlā. Alobho pana attanāva attano mūlaṃ na hoti. Abyāpādepi eseva nayo. Sammādiṭṭhi alobhādosavasena dvimūlāva hoti. Ime dasa kusalakammapathā nāma.
业道相合论巴利
Kammapathasaṃsandanakathā
现在,在这个地方,应当了解什么是业道的对应关系。由五种触门所生起的不防护,只是不善的意业。由意触门所生起的不防护,则成为三种业——如果它已经在身门付诸行动,就是不善的身业;在语门付诸行动,就是不善的语业;在两处都没有付诸行动,就是不善的意业。由五种不防护门所生起的,也只是不善的意业。由已经付诸行动的身不防护门所生起的,只是不善的身业;由语不防护门所生起的,只是不善的语业;由意不防护门所生起的,只是不善的意业。三种身恶行只是不善的身业,四种语恶行只是不善的语业,三种意恶行只是不善的意业。巴利
Idāni imasmiṃ ṭhāne kammapathasaṃsandanaṃ nāma veditabbaṃ. Pañcaphassadvāravasena hi uppanno asaṃvaro akusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Manophassadvāravasena uppanno tīṇipi kammāni honti – so hi kāyadvāre copanappatto akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti, vacīdvāre akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ, ubhayattha copanaṃ appatto akusalaṃ manokammaṃ. Pañcaasaṃvaradvāravasena uppannopi akusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Copanakāyaasaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno akusalaṃ kāyakammameva hoti, vācāasaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno akusalaṃ vacīkammameva hoti, manoasaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno akusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammameva hoti, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammameva hoti, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ akusalaṃ manokammameva hoti.
通过五触门生起的防护,也只是善的意业。然而,通过意触门生起的防护,和不防护一样,也可以是三种业。通过五防护门生起的,也只是善的意业;通过实际发动身防护门生起的,只是善的身业;通过语防护门生起的,只是善的语业;通过意防护门生起的,只是善的意业。三种身善行只是善的身业,四种语善行只是善的语业,三种意善行只是善的意业。巴利
Pañcaphassadvāravasena uppanno saṃvaropi kusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Manophassadvāravasena uppanno pana ayampi, asaṃvaro viya, tīṇipi kammāni honti. Pañcasaṃvaradvāravasena uppannopi kusalaṃ manokammameva hoti, copanakāyasaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno kusalaṃ kāyakammameva hoti, vācāsaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno kusalaṃ vacīkammameva hoti, manosaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno kusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Tividhaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ kusalaṃ kāyakammameva hoti, catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ kusalaṃ vacīkammameva hoti, tividhaṃ manosucaritaṃ kusalaṃ manokammameva hoti.
不善的身业不会通过五种触门生起,只会通过意触门生起。不善的语业也是这样。而不善的意业则通过六种触门生起;当它表现在身门和语门时,就成为不善的身业和语业;还没有表现在身门和语门时,就只是不善的意业。就像不善的身业不会通过五种触门生起一样,它也不会通过五种不防护门生起,而是通过现行的身不防护门和语不防护门生起,不会通过意不防护门生起。不善的语业也不会通过五种不防护门生起,而是通过现行的身不防护门和语不防护门生起,不会通过意不防护门生起。不善的意业则通过八种不防护门生起。对于善的身业等,道理也是一样。巴利
Akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ pañcaphassadvāravasena nuppajjati; manophassadvāravaseneva uppajjati. Tathā akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ. Akusalaṃ manokammaṃ pana chaphassadvāravasena uppajjati; taṃ kāyavacīdvāresu copanaṃ pattaṃ akusalaṃ kāyavacīkammaṃ hoti, copanaṃ appattaṃ akusalaṃ manokammameva. Yathā ca pañcaphassadvāravasena, evaṃ pañcaasaṃvaradvāravasenapi akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ nuppajjati, copanakāyaasaṃvaradvāravasena pana vācāasaṃvaradvāravasena ca uppajjati; manoasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjati. Akusalaṃ vacīkammampi pañcaasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjati, copanakāyavācāasaṃvaradvāravasena uppajjati; manoasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjati. Akusalaṃ manokammaṃ aṭṭhaasaṃvaradvāravasenapi uppajjateva. Kusalakāyakammādīsupi eseva nayo.
不过这里有一个区别:不善的身业和语业不会通过“意不防护门”生起,但这些善业不一样。一个人没有发动身和语、只是受持学处时,这些善业照样会通过意防护门生起。其中,欲界的善心可以通过三种业门生起,但不会通过五种识门生起;而按照“由眼触为缘所生起的感受,无论是乐、是苦、还是不苦不乐”这种方式来说,它可以通过六种触门生起;不会通过八种不防护门生起,会通过八种防护门生起;不会通过十种不善业道生起,会通过十种善业道生起。所以,这个心无论是通过三种业门生起,还是通过六种触门、八种防护门、十种善业道生起,当说“欲界善心已生起……以色为所缘……以法为所缘”时,就已经把一切都说到了。巴利
Ayaṃ pana viseso – yathā akusalakāyakammavacīkammāni manoasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjanti, na tathā etāni. Etāni pana kāyaṅgavācaṅgaṃ acopetvā sikkhāpadāni gaṇhantassa manosaṃvaradvārepi uppajjanti eva. Tattha kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ tividhakammadvāravasena uppajjati, pañcaviññāṇadvāravasena nuppajjati; ‘yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ, sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā’ti iminā pana nayena chaphassadvāravasena uppajjati; aṭṭhaasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjati, aṭṭhasaṃvaradvāravasena uppajjati; dasaakusalakammapathavasena nuppajjati, dasakusalakammapathavasena uppajjati; tasmā idampi cittaṃ tividhakammadvāravasena vā uppannaṃ hotu, chaphassadvāravasena vā, aṭṭhasaṃvaradvāravasena vā dasakusalakammapathavasena vā. ‘‘Kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti…pe… rūpārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā’’ti vutte sabbaṃ vuttameva hotīti.
“凡任何所缘而”这句话里,连接方式是这样的:在前面所说的色所缘等当中,或者缘于色所缘——“以它为所缘”的意思;或者缘于声所缘……乃至……或者缘于法所缘而生起。到这里,这个心在这些所缘当中,无论哪一种单一的所缘,都同样是被允许的。而且,这个心在某个时候、对某个人缘于色所缘而生起,在另一个时候、对另一个人,也照样会缘于声等当中的某一种所缘而生起。这样生起的时候,在一生当中,并不是先缘于色所缘而活动、之后才缘于声所缘,这种固定顺序并不存在。在色等所缘当中,也不是先以蓝色为所缘、之后以黄色为所缘,这种定则也不存在。因此,为了说明这一切所缘性、没有固定次序,以及在没有固定次序的情况下对蓝、黄等也没有定则,才说“凡任何所缘而”。这段话的意思是:在这些色等所缘当中,并不是只有某一种固定的所缘,而是随任何一种所缘而生起。这样生起时,也不是“先缘于色所缘,后缘于声所缘”这种方式,而是随任何一种所缘而生起;也就是说,“或者逆着、或者顺着、或者隔一个、隔两个等方式,在色所缘等当中,以任何一种所缘为所缘而生起”。在色所缘当中,也不是依照“先以蓝色为所缘,后以黄色为所缘”这样的定则,而是随任何一种所缘,“在蓝、黄等色所缘当中,以任何一种色所缘为所缘而生起”。在声所缘等当中也是同样的道理。这是第一种连接方式。巴利
Yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbhāti ettha ayaṃ yojanā – heṭṭhā vuttesu rūpārammaṇādīsu rūpārammaṇaṃ vā ārabbha, ārammaṇaṃ katvāti attho. Saddārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā ārabbha uppannaṃ hoti. Ettāvatā etassa cittassa etesu ārammaṇesu yaṃkiñci ekameva ārammaṇaṃ anuññātasadisaṃ hoti. Idañca ekasmiṃ samaye ekassa vā puggalassa rūpārammaṇaṃ ārabbha uppannaṃ puna aññasmiṃ samaye aññassa vā puggalassa saddādīsupi aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha uppajjati eva. Evaṃ uppajjamānassa cassa ekasmiṃ bhave paṭhamaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ ārabbha pavatti hoti, pacchā saddārammaṇanti ayampi kamo natthi. Rūpādīsu cāpi paṭhamaṃ nīlārammaṇaṃ pacchā pītārammaṇanti ayampi niyamo natthi. Iti imaṃ sabbārammaṇatañceva, kamābhāvañca, kamābhāvepi ca nīlapītādīsu niyamābhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbhā’ti āha. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – imesu rūpādīsu na yaṃkiñci ekameva, atha kho yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha uppannaṃ hoti. Evaṃ uppajjamānampi ca ‘paṭhamaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ pacchā saddārammaṇaṃ ārabbhā’ti evampi anuppajjitvā yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha uppannaṃ hoti; ‘paṭilomato vā anulomato vā, ekantarikadvantarikādinayena vā, rūpārammaṇādīsu yaṃ vā taṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaṃ hotī’ti attho. Rūpārammaṇesupi ca ‘paṭhamaṃ nīlārammaṇaṃ pacchā pītārammaṇa’nti imināpi niyamena anuppajjitvā, yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha ‘nīlapītakādīsu rūpārammaṇesu yaṃ vā taṃ vā rūpārammaṇaṃ ārabbha uppannaṃ hotī’ti attho. Saddārammaṇādīsupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ tāva ekā yojanā.
这个还有另一种说法:以色为所缘,所以叫色所缘……(中略)……以法为所缘,所以叫法所缘。像这样说了“以色为所缘……(中略)……以法为所缘的心生起”之后,又说“凡任何缘取而”。它的意思是:在色等这些所缘当中,完全按照前面所说的方式,缘取任何一种而生起。不过在《大注》里,对于“凡任何”这部分并没有新的内容,只是说“前面已经取的就是已经取了”,然后只讲了这么一句:“或者缘取色……(中略)……或者缘取法,为了说明缘取此或缘取彼,才说了这句话。”巴利
Ayaṃ pana aparā – rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ etassāti rūpārammaṇaṃ…pe… dhammo ārammaṇaṃ etassāti dhammārammaṇaṃ . Iti rūpārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotīti vatvā puna ‘yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbhā’ti āha. Tassattho – etesu rūpādīsu heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva yaṃ vā taṃ vā pana ārabbha uppannaṃ hotīti. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yevāpanake abhinavaṃ natthi, heṭṭhā gahitameva gahita’nti vatvā ‘rūpaṃ vā ārabbha…pe… dhammaṃ vā ārabbha, idaṃ vā idaṃ vā ārabbhāti kathetuṃ idaṃ vutta’nti ettakameva āgataṃ.
触为第五法聚的解说巴利
Phassapañcamakarāsivaṇṇanā
“于彼时”这一说法,是对没有明确限定的“时”作出具体限定。因此应当这样理解:当欲界善心生起的那一刻,就在那时有触……乃至……有不散乱。在这里,就像心一样,触等法也都是“有”。有什么呢?应当按照“是欲界的、是善的、已生起的、与喜俱行”等说法,根据实际可用的词来进行搭配。因为在受那里得不到“与喜俱行”这个词,在慧根那里也得不到“与智相应”这个词,所以才说“根据实际可用的词”。这是注疏之外诸位论师的观点,但不应当把它当作核心依据来看待。巴利
Tasmiṃ samayeti idaṃ aniyamaniddiṭṭhassa samayassa niyamato paṭiniddesavacanaṃ. Tasmā ‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃyeva samaye phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hotī’ti ayamattho veditabbo. Tattha yatheva cittaṃ evaṃ phassādīsupi phasso hoti. Kiṃ hoti? ‘Kāmāvacaro hoti, kusalo hoti, uppanno hoti, somanassasahagato hotī’tiādinā nayena labbhamānapadavasena yojanā kātabbā. Vedanāyañhi ‘somanassasahagatā’ti paññindriye ca ‘ñāṇasampayutta’nti na labbhati, tasmā ‘labbhamānapadavasenā’ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ aṭṭhakathāmuttakaṃ ācariyānaṃ mataṃ; na panetaṃ sārato daṭṭhabbaṃ.
为什么这里先说触呢?因为心最先投向所缘。触成为心对所缘的最初投向,接触所缘而生起,所以先说触。而通过触接触之后,就以受来感受,以想来认知,以思来造作。因此说:“比丘们,被触之后便感受,被触之后便认知,被触之后便造作。”巴利
Kasmā panettha phassova paṭhamaṃ vuttoti? Cittassa paṭhamābhinipātattā. Ārammaṇasmiñhi cittassa paṭhamābhinipāto hutvā phasso ārammaṇaṃ phusamāno uppajjati, tasmā paṭhamaṃ vutto. Phassena pana phusitvā vedanāya vedayati, saññāya sañjānāti, cetanāya ceteti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘phuṭṭho, bhikkhave, vedeti, phuṭṭho sañjānāti phuṭṭho cetetī’’ti.
另外,这个触就像一根柱子:比如到了宫殿里,柱子对于其他建筑材料来说,是强有力的支持条件——横梁、接缝、墙壁、地基、屋顶、椽子、翼墙、侧柱、檐口等都绑在柱子上、立在柱子上;同样,触对于同时生起、相应的心法,也是强有力的支持条件。因为它就像柱子,其余的心法就像那些建筑材料。所以触也被最先说到。不过,这并不是真正的理由。因为在同一个心里生起的诸法,不能说“这个先起,那个后起”。就算触是强有力的支持条件,也看不出它必须先说。其实,触只是按照说法次第才被最先说到。因为也可以这样引出:“有受就有触,有想就有触,有思就有触,有心就有触;有受就有想,有思就有寻。”所以要知道,触只是按照说法次第才被最先说到。就像在这里一样,对其余诸法也不该去追问前后次第,而应该从词义、特相、作用等方面去探究诸法本身。巴利
Apica , ayaṃ phasso nāma yathā pāsādaṃ patvā thambho nāma sesadabbasambhārānaṃ balavapaccayo, tulāsaṅghāṭabhittipādakūṭagopānasīpakkhapāsakamukhavaṭṭiyo thambhābaddhā thambhe patiṭṭhitā, evameva sahajātasampayuttadhammānaṃ balavapaccayo hoti. Thambhasadiso hi esa. Avasesā dabbasambhārasadisāti. Tasmāpi paṭhamaṃ vutto. Idaṃ pana akāraṇaṃ. Ekacittasmiñhi uppannadhammānaṃ ‘ayaṃ paṭhamaṃ uppanno ayaṃ pacchā’ti idaṃ vattuṃ na labbhā. Balavapaccayabhāvepi phassassa kāraṇaṃ na dissati. Desanāvāreneva pana phasso paṭhamaṃ vutto. Vedanā hoti phasso hoti, saññā hoti phasso hoti, cetanā hoti phasso hoti, cittaṃ hoti phasso hoti, vedanā hoti saññā hoti, cetanā hoti vitakko hotīti āharitumpi hi vaṭṭeyya. Desanāvārena pana phassova paṭhamaṃ vuttoti veditabbo. Yathā cettha evaṃ sesadhammesupi pubbāparakkamo nāma na pariyesitabbo. Vacanatthalakkhaṇarasādīhi pana dhammā eva pariyesitabbā.
也就是:接触,所以是触。这个触以接触为特相,以碰撞为作用,以汇集为现起,以进入感知范围的所缘为直接原因。巴利
Seyyathidaṃ – phusatīti phasso. Svāyaṃ phusanalakkhaṇo, saṅghaṭṭanaraso, sannipātapaccupaṭṭhāno, āpāthagatavisayapadaṭṭhāno.
这个触虽然是非色法,却只是以接触所缘的方式生起,所以以接触为特相。它虽然不黏着,却像色撞击眼、声撞击耳那样,撞击心和所缘,所以以撞击为作用。或者,由于它是从所依和所缘的撞击中生起的,因此从成就的意义来说,其作用也可以理解为撞击作用。注释书中确实这样说过:四地所摄的触,没有哪一个不是以接触为特相。但撞击作用只属于五门。因为五门的触既有接触特相之名,也有撞击作用之名;意门的触只有接触特相之名,没有撞击作用之名。巴利
Ayañhi arūpadhammopi samāno ārammaṇe phusanākāreneva pavattatīti phusanalakkhaṇo. Ekadesena ca anallīyamānopi rūpaṃ viya cakkhuṃ, saddo viya ca sotaṃ, cittaṃ ārammaṇañca saṅghaṭṭetīti saṅghaṭṭanaraso. Vatthārammaṇasaṅghaṭṭanato vā uppannattā sampattiatthenapi rasena saṅghaṭṭanarasoti veditabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ – ‘‘catubhūmakaphasso hi nophusanalakkhaṇo nāma natthi. Saṅghaṭṭanaraso pana pañcadvārikova hoti. Pañcadvārikassa hi phusanalakkhaṇotipi saṅghaṭṭanarasotipi nāmaṃ; manodvārikassa phusanalakkhaṇotveva nāmaṃ, na saṅghaṭṭanaraso’’ti.
说完这些之后,又引了这部经:“大王,譬如两只公羊相斗,其中一只公羊可以看作眼,另一只公羊可以看作色,它们两个碰在一起就可以看作触。”这样,触就是以接触为特相,以撞击为作用。“大王,譬如两面钹相击……(中略)……两只手相击,其中一只手可以看作眼,另一只手可以看作色,它们两个碰在一起就可以看作触。这样,触就是以接触为特相,以撞击为作用。”(《弥兰陀王问经》)这是详细解释。巴利
Idañca vatvā idaṃ suttaṃ ābhataṃ – ‘‘yathā, mahārāja, dve meṇḍā yujjheyyuṃ, tesu yathā eko meṇḍo evaṃ cakkhu daṭṭhabbaṃ, yathā dutiyo meṇḍo evaṃ rūpaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ; yathā tesaṃ sannipāto evaṃ phasso daṭṭhabbo’’. Evaṃ phusanalakkhaṇo ca phasso, saṅghaṭṭanaraso ca. ‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, dve sammā vajjeyyuṃ…pe… dve pāṇī vajjeyyuṃ, yathā eko pāṇi evaṃ cakkhu daṭṭhabbaṃ, yathā dutiyo pāṇi evaṃ rūpaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, yathā tesaṃ sannipāto evaṃ phasso daṭṭhabbo. Evaṃ phusanalakkhaṇo ca phasso saṅghaṭṭanaraso cā’’ti (mi. pa. 2.3.8) vitthāro.
或者,就像在“以眼见色”等说法中,眼识等是以眼等名称来说的,同样,在这里也应知道,它们也是以眼等名称来说的。因此,在“应如是见眼”等说法中,应依照这个道理理解为“应如是见眼识”。这样成立时,由于心与所缘相撞,在这部经里,也就成立了以作用之义为相撞作用。巴利
Yathā vā ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 1352, 1354) cakkhuviññāṇādīni cakkhuādināmena vuttāni, evamidhāpi tāni cakkhuādināmena vuttānīti veditabbāni. Tasmā ‘evaṃ cakkhu daṭṭhabba’ntiādīsu evaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ daṭṭhabbanti iminā nayena attho veditabbo. Evaṃ sante cittārammaṇasaṅghaṭṭanato imasmimpi sutte kiccaṭṭheneva rasena saṅghaṭṭanarasoti siddho hoti.
不过,它是依据自身那个被称为“三者和合”的原因而被说明的,所以以“集合”为现起。因为它在各处都是依据原因而被说明为“三者的和合就是触”。而这段经文的意思是:三者和合而有触,并不是说仅仅和合本身就是触。巴利
Tikasannipātasaṅkhātassa pana attano kāraṇassa vasena paveditattā sannipātapaccupaṭṭhāno. Ayañhi tattha tattha ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso’’ti evaṃ kāraṇassa vasena paveditoti. Imassa ca suttapadassa tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiyā phassoti ayamattho; na saṅgatimattameva phassoti.
因为已经这样说明,它就以同样的方式现起,所以说它“以集合为现起”。不过,当以果报的意义作为现起时,这就叫作“以受为现起”。因为它让受现起、使受生起,这就是它的意思。当它使受生起时应当知道:就像外部的热缘所生的、依于称为虫胶的界的热力,只会让自己所依的东西变软,而不会让作为自己外缘的、称为无焰火炭的热性变软;同样地,触虽然也以所依和所缘等其他事物为缘,但由于依于心,它只在自己的所依——心——中产生受,而不会在自己的缘——所依或所缘——中产生受。然而,由于它是在由相应作意和根所检择的境中无碍地生起,所以说它“以进入境域之境为足处”。巴利
Evaṃ paveditattā pana tenevākārena paccupaṭṭhātīti sannipātapaccupaṭṭhānoti vutto. Phalaṭṭhena pana paccupaṭṭhānenesa vedanāpaccupaṭṭhāno nāma hoti. Vedanañhesa paccupaṭṭhāpeti uppādetīti attho. Uppādayamāno ca yathā bahiddhā uṇhapaccayāpi lākhāsaṅkhātadhātunissitā usmā attano nissaye mudubhāvakārī hoti, na attano paccayabhūtepi bahiddhā vītaccitaṅgārasaṅkhāte uṇhabhāve, evaṃ vatthārammaṇasaṅkhātaaññapaccayopi samāno, cittanissitattā attano nissayabhūte citte eva esa vedanuppādako hoti, na attano paccayabhūtepi vatthumhi ārammaṇe vāti veditabbo. Tajjāsamannāhārena pana indriyena ca parikkhate visaye anantarāyena uppajjanato esa āpāthagatavisayapadaṭṭhānoti vuccati.
感受,所以叫受。它的特相是感受,作用是领纳,或者说是享受可意的滋味;现起是心所的喜乐,足处是轻安。巴利
Vedayatīti vedanā. Sā vedayitalakkhaṇā, anubhavanarasā iṭṭhākārasambhogarasā vā, cetasikaassādapaccupaṭṭhānā, passaddhipadaṭṭhānā.
“四地所摄的受,并非没有‘已感受’这一特相。但领受的作用,只有在乐受中才可得。”这样说之后,又驳斥了那种主张,说:“不论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受,一切受都以领受为作用。”由此说明了这个道理:当达到领受所缘之味的状态时,其余相应诸法只领受一部分。因为触只有碰触而已,想只有认知而已,思只有思量而已,识只有了知而已。而唯独受,以主宰者的姿态、以遍满的自主性、以主人的身份,全面领受所缘之味。巴利
‘Catubhūmikavedanā hi novedayitalakkhaṇā nāma natthi. Anubhavanarasatā pana sukhavedanāyameva labbhatī’ti vatvā puna taṃ vādaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ‘sukhavedanā vā hotu, dukkhavedanā vā, adukkhamasukhavedanā vā, sabbā anubhavanarasā’ti vatvā ayamattho dīpito – ārammaṇarasānubhavanaṭṭhānaṃ patvā sesasampayuttadhammā ekadesamattakameva anubhavanti. Phassassa hi phusanamattakameva hoti, saññāya sañjānanamattakameva, cetanāya cetanāmattakameva, viññāṇassa vijānanamattakameva. Ekaṃsato pana issaravatāya vissavitāya sāmibhāvena vedanāva ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavati.
受就像国王,其余诸法就像厨师。好比厨师做好各种美味的饭菜,装进盒子,贴上封条,送到国王面前,然后拆开封条,打开盒子,从各种菜肴中取出最上等的部分放进碗里,为了检验有没有瑕疵而先尝一尝,之后才把各种最上等的滋味呈给国王。国王凭着自己的自在与权威,作为主人,想吃什么就吃什么。在这里,厨师对食物的检验,就好比其余诸法对境味的体验只限于一部分。正如厨师只检验一部分食物,其余诸法也只体验一部分境味。而正如国王凭着自己的自在与权威,作为主人,随心所欲地享用,受也同样凭着自己的自在与权威,以主人的身份体验境味。因此,受被称为“体验味”。巴利
Rājā viya hi vedanā, sūdo viya sesadhammā. Yathā sūdo nānārasabhojanaṃ sampādetvā peḷāya pakkhipitvā lañchanaṃ datvā rañño santike otāretvā lañchanaṃ bhinditvā peḷaṃ vivaritvā sabbasūpabyañjanehi aggaggaṃ ādāya bhājane pakkhipitvā sadosaniddosabhāvavīmaṃsanatthaṃ ajjhoharati, tato rañño nānaggarasabhojanaṃ upanāmeti. Rājā issaravatāya vissavitāya sāmī hutvā icchiticchitaṃ bhuñjati. Tattha hi sūdassa bhattavīmaṃsanamattamiva avasesadhammānaṃ ārammaṇarasassa ekadesānubhavanaṃ. Yathā hi sūdo bhattekadesamattameva vīmaṃsati evaṃ sesadhammāpi ārammaṇarasekadesameva anubhavanti. Yathā pana rājā issaravatāya vissavitāya sāmī hutvā yadicchakaṃ bhuñjati, evaṃ vedanāpi issaravatāya vissavitāya sāmibhāvena ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavati. Tasmā anubhavanarasāti vuccati.
在第二种义释里,这里所说的受,不管以什么方式,都只享用对象的可爱之相,所以说它“以享用可爱之相为味”。不过,从心所喜好来说,它是依自身本性而现起的,因此说它“以心所喜好为现起”。又因为“身得轻安者能感受乐”,所以应当知道它“以轻安为足处”。巴利
Dutiye atthavikappe ayaṃ idha adhippetā vedanā yathā vā tathā vā ārammaṇassa iṭṭhākārameva sambhuñjatīti iṭṭhākārasambhogarasāti vuttā. Cetasikaassādato panesā attano sabhāveneva upaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya cetasikaassādapaccupaṭṭhānāti vuttā. Yasmā pana ‘‘passaddhikāyo sukhaṃ vedeti’’ tasmā passaddhipadaṭṭhānāti veditabbā.
能够识别青、黄等不同种类的所缘,所以叫“想”。它以识别为特相,以再次识别为作用。因为属于四地的想,没有哪一个不是以识别为特相的,一切想都是以识别为特相。不过,其中通过殊胜的认知来识别的,就叫作“以再次识别为作用”。巴利
Nīlādibhedaṃ ārammaṇaṃ sañjānātīti saññā. Sā sañjānanalakkhaṇā paccābhiññāṇarasā. Catubhūmikasaññā hi nosañjānanalakkhaṇā nāma natthi . Sabbā sañjānanalakkhaṇāva. Yā panettha abhiññāṇena sañjānāti sā paccābhiññāṇarasā nāma hoti.
应当了解它的作用方式:就像木匠在木料上做了记号,后来凭那个记号再认出那块木料时;又像有人先记下黑痣等特征,后来凭那个特征认出“就是这个人”时;也像国王的饰品库藏官,在每一件饰品上都系上名签,当有人吩咐“把某件饰品拿来”时,就点亮灯,进入宝库,逐一读名签,然后取出那件指定的饰品时——它的作用方式应当这样来理解。巴利
Tassā, vaḍḍhakissa dārumhi abhiññāṇaṃ katvā puna tena abhiññāṇena taṃ paccābhijānanakāle, purisassa kāḷatilakādiabhiññāṇaṃ sallakkhetvā puna tena abhiññāṇena asuko nāma esoti tassa paccābhijānanakāle, rañño piḷandhanagopakabhaṇḍāgārikassa tasmiṃ tasmiṃ piḷandhane nāmapaṇṇakaṃ bandhitvā ‘asukaṃ piḷandhanaṃ nāma āharā’ti vutte dīpaṃ jāletvā ratanagabbhaṃ pavisitvā paṇṇaṃ vācetvā tassa tasseva piḷandhanassa āharaṇakāle ca pavatti veditabbā.
另一种解释:从统摄一切的角度来说,想以认知为特相。它以制作作为再次认知之缘的标记为作用,就像木匠等人在木头上做记号一样。它依所执取的相而执著地呈现,就像盲人摸象那样;或者,它以不深入对象而短暂停留的方式呈现,就像闪电一样。它以当下呈现的境界为近因,就像小鹿把稻草人看成“人”而生起的想那样。其中,与智相应的想,则随顺于智。应当知道,在带有附属物的地等之中,其余诸法就像地等一样。巴利
Aparo nayo – sabbasaṅgāhikavasena hi sañjānanalakkhaṇā saññā. Punasañjānanapaccayanimittakaraṇarasā, dāruādīsu tacchakādayo viya. Yathāgahitanimittavasena abhinivesakaraṇapaccupaṭṭhānā, hatthidassakaandhā viya. Ārammaṇe anogāḷhavuttitāya aciraṭṭhānapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, vijju viya. Yathāupaṭṭhitavisayapadaṭṭhānā, tiṇapurisakesu migapotakānaṃ ‘purisā’ti uppannasaññā viya. Yā panettha ñāṇasampayuttā hoti sā saññā ñāṇameva anuvattati. Sasambhārapathavīādīsu sesadhammā pathavīādīni viyāti veditabbā.
所谓“思”,就是它去思虑;意思是说,它连同与自己相应的诸法一起,把诸法导向目标。它以思虑为特相,也就是说,它的特相就是思虑的状态。它以累积、推动为作用。因为属于四地的思,没有哪一个不是以思虑为特相的,一切思都以思虑为特相。但就“累积”这个作用来说,只在善和不善的心里才有。因为到了累积善业和不善业的时候,其余相应诸法只承担其中一部分作用,而思则有更强的努力、更强的奋勉,是加倍的努力、加倍的奋勉。所以古人说:“这思是安住在坚固者的本性上。”所谓“坚固者”,就是田主。就像田主带着五十五个劳力,说“我要收割”,一起下到田里。他有更强的努力、更强的奋勉,是加倍的努力、加倍的奋勉,会说“不要停下来,继续割”等话,划定地界,知道他们的酒、饭、香、花鬘等事,还把道路修平。应当这样理解这个譬喻:思就像田主;依心而起的五十五种善法,就像那五十五个劳力。就像田主有加倍努力、加倍奋勉的情形,到了累积善业和不善业的时候,思也有加倍努力、加倍奋勉。应当这样了知它的累积作用。巴利
Cetayatīti cetanā saddhiṃ attanā sampayuttadhamme ārammaṇe abhisandahatīti attho. Sā cetayitalakkhaṇā, cetanābhāvalakkhaṇāti attho. Āyūhanarasā. Catubhūmikacetanā hi nocetayitalakkhaṇā nāma natthi. Sabbā cetayitalakkhaṇāva. Āyūhanarasatā pana kusalākusalesu eva hoti. Kusalākusalakammāyūhanaṭṭhānañhi patvā sesasampayuttadhammānaṃ ekadesamattakameva kiccaṃ hoti. Cetanā pana atirekaussāhā atirekavāyāmā, diguṇussāhā diguṇavāyāmā. Tenāhu porāṇā – ‘‘thāvariyasabhāvasaṇṭhitā ca panesā cetanā’’ti. Thāvariyoti khettasāmī vuccati. Yathā khettasāmī puriso pañcapaṇṇāsa balipurise gahetvā ‘lāyissāmī’ti ekato khettaṃ otarati. Tassa atireko ussāho atireko vāyāmo, diguṇo ussāho diguṇo vāyāmo hoti, ‘nirantaraṃ gaṇhathā’tiādīni vadati, sīmaṃ ācikkhati, tesaṃ surābhattagandhamālādīni jānāti, maggaṃ samakaṃ harati. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ . Khettasāmipuriso viya hi cetanā. Pañcapaṇṇāsa balipurisā viya cittaṅgavasena uppannā pañcapaṇṇāsa kusalā dhammā. Khettasāmipurisassa diguṇussāhadiguṇavāyāmakaraṇakālo viya kusalākusalakammāyūhanaṭṭhānaṃ patvā cetanāya diguṇussāho diguṇavāyāmo hoti. Evamassā āyūhanarasatā veditabbā.
这个思的现起方式是安排、推动。它现起时,就是在安排、推动,能成办自己的事和别人的事,就像大弟子、大木匠等人一样。比如大弟子远远看见戒师走来,自己虽然在用功学习,也能让其他小学童各自去做自己的学习任务;因为他一开始学习,那些人也跟着学习,随顺于他。又像大木匠自己虽然在刨木,也能让其他木匠各自去做自己的刨木工作;因为他一开始刨木,那些人也跟着刨木,随顺于他。又像将军自己虽然在战斗,也能让其他士兵投入战斗;因为他一开始战斗,那些人也毫不退缩地战斗,随顺于他。同样,这个思以自身的作用在所缘上运作时,也能让其他相应诸法各自履行自己的作用。因为它一开始自己的作用,与它相应的诸法也就跟着开始运作。因此说:“能成办自己的事和别人的事,就像大弟子、大木匠等人一样。”还应当知道,在忆念紧急事务等情况下,这个思以鼓励相应诸法的方式运作,因而变得明显。巴利
Sā panesā saṃvidahanapaccupaṭṭhānā. Saṃvidahamānā hi ayaṃ upaṭṭhāti, sakiccaparakiccasādhakā, jeṭṭhasissamahāvaḍḍhakīādayo viya. Yathā hi jeṭṭhasisso upajjhāyaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā sayaṃ adhīyamāno itarepi dārake attano attano ajjhayanakamme pavattayati, tasmiñhi adhīyituṃ āraddhe tepi adhīyanti, tadanuvattitāya. Yathā ca mahāvaḍḍhakī sayaṃ tacchanto itarepi tacchake attano attano tacchanakamme pavattayati, tasmiñhi tacchituṃ āraddhe tepi tacchanti, tadanuvattitāya. Yathā ca yodhanāyako sayaṃ yujjhamāno itarepi yodhe sampahāravuttiyaṃ pavattayati, tasmiñhi yujjhituṃ āraddhe tepi anivattamānā yujjhanti, tadanuvattitāya. Evamesāpi attano kiccena ārammaṇe pavattamānā aññepi sampayuttadhamme attano attano kiriyāya pavatteti. Tassā hi attano kiccaṃ āraddhāya, taṃsampayuttāpi ārabhanti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘sakiccaparakiccasādhakā, jeṭṭhasissamahāvaḍḍhakīādayo viyā’ti. Accāyikakammānussaraṇādīsu ca panāyaṃ sampayuttānaṃ ussāhanabhāvena pavattamānā pākaṭā hotīti veditabbā.
“思量所缘”就是心——按这种方式,心的词义已经说过了。不过,从特相等方面来说:心以识知为特相,以作为前导为作用,以令相续为现起,以名色为近因。因为四地之心,没有哪一个是不具备识知特相的,一切心都以识知为特相。然而,当到达门而显现所缘的时候,心就是前导、先行者。因为眼所见之色,正是由心识知;……(中略)……意所识知的法,也正是由心识知。就像一位守城人坐在城中央的十字路口,观察判断来往的人:“这是居民,这是客人”——应当这样看待这个譬喻。大长老也这样说过:“大王,犹如守城人坐在城中央的十字路口,看见有人从东方来……从西方来……从南方来……从北方来;同样地,大王,眼所见之色,由识识知;耳所闻之声,由识识知;鼻所嗅之香,由识识知;舌所尝之味,由识识知;身所触之所触,由识识知;意所识知的法,由识识知。”如此,在到达门而显现所缘的时候,心正是前导、先行者。因此说它“以作为前导为作用”。巴利
‘Ārammaṇaṃ cintetī’ti cittanti nayena cittassa vacanattho vutto eva. Lakkhaṇādito pana vijānanalakkhaṇaṃ cittaṃ, pubbaṅgamarasaṃ, sandahanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Catubhūmakacittañhi novijānanalakkhaṇaṃ nāma natthi. Sabbaṃ vijānanalakkhaṇameva. Dvāraṃ pana patvā ārammaṇavibhāvanaṭṭhāne cittaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ purecārikaṃ hoti. Cakkhunā hi diṭṭhaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ citteneva vijānāti…pe… manena viññātaṃ dhammārammaṇaṃ citteneva vijānāti. Yathā hi nagaraguttiko nāma nagaramajjhe siṅghāṭake nisīditvā ‘ayaṃ nevāsiko ayaṃ āgantuko’ti āgatāgataṃ janaṃ upadhāreti vavatthapeti – evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ mahātherena – ‘‘yathā, mahārāja , nagaraguttiko nāma majjhe nagarassa siṅghāṭake nisinno puratthimato disato purisaṃ āgacchantaṃ passeyya… pacchimato… dakkhiṇato… uttarato disato purisaṃ āgacchantaṃ passeyya, evameva kho, mahārāja, yaṃ cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati taṃ viññāṇena vijānāti, yaṃ sotena saddaṃ suṇāti, ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyati, jivhāya rasaṃ sāyati, kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusati, manasā dhammaṃ vijānāti, taṃ viññāṇena vijānātī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.3.12). Evaṃ dvāraṃ patvā ārammaṇavibhāvanaṭṭhāne cittameva pubbaṅgamaṃ purecārikaṃ. Tasmā pubbaṅgamarasanti vuccati.
这个心以后后生起的心,让前前生起的心毫无间断地连接起来,它就是这样现起的,所以说“以令相续为现起”。在五蕴有中,它的近因一定是名色;在四蕴有中,则只以名为近因。因此说“以名色为近因”。巴利
Tadetaṃ pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ uppajjamānaṃ purimaṃ purimaṃ nirantaraṃ katvā sandahanameva upaṭṭhātīti sandahanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañcavokārabhave panassa niyamato nāmarūpaṃ, catuvokārabhave nāmameva padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tasmā nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ.
那么,这个心与前文所说的心是同一个,还是另一个呢?是同一个。那为什么前文已经说过了,这里还要再说一次?这一点在注释书里没有讨论。不过这里有一个合理的道理:就像依于色等而假立的太阳等,从真实意义上说,并不异于色等——因此,当太阳升起的时候,那时被称为火界的色也同时存在。即使这样说,从真实意义上也并没有一个异于色等的所谓太阳。心却不是这样:心虽然依于触等诸法而假立,但从真实意义上说,它确实异于那些法。因此,为了说明“当心生起的时候,那个心在此时必定从真实意义上异于触等”这个道理,才再次说这里的话,应当这样理解。巴利
Kiṃ panetaṃ cittaṃ purimaniddiṭṭhacittena saddhiṃ ekameva udāhu aññanti? Ekameva. Atha kasmā purimaniddiṭṭhaṃ puna vuttanti? Avicāritaṃ etaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha yutti – yathā hi rūpādīni upādāya paññattā sūriyādayo na atthato rūpādīhi aññe honti, teneva yasmiṃ samaye sūriyo udeti tasmiṃ samaye tassa tejasaṅkhātaṃ rūpampīti. Evaṃ vuccamānepi na rūpādīhi añño sūriyo nāma atthi. Na tathā cittaṃ; phassādayo dhamme upādāya paññāpiyati; atthato panetaṃ tehi aññameva. Tena ‘yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti ekaṃseneva tasmiṃ samaye phassādīhi atthato aññameva taṃ hotī’ti imassatthassa dīpanatthāya etaṃ puna vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
比如在“当某人为了投生色界而修习道路……地遍时,那一刻有触、有受”这类经文里,对于修习者所确定的那一时刻,那个正在修习的人从究竟意义上说并不叫作“生起”,所以那里只说了“有触、有受”,而没有说“修习者存在”。但在“当欲界善心生起时”这类经文里,对于由心所确定的那一时刻,那被时刻所确定的心,却并不是同样地从究竟意义上说不生起。正如那时说“有触、有受”,同样也说“也有心”,为了表明这个意思,所以又再次说了这一点,应当这样理解。这里可以得出的结论是:在摄颂部分,是为了总摄;在广释部分,是为了分别展开。因为前面只用一个“心”字确定了时刻,而在那个由心所确定的时刻,为了显示还有其他的法,才开始说“有触”等等。而心在那个时刻也确实存在,所以为了把它也一并总摄进来,又再次说了这个。如果在这里不说,就无法在广释部分分别说明“那时什么是心”。这样一来,对它的分别就会缺失。所以,为了在广释部分对它作分别,也说了这个,应当这样理解。巴利
Yathā ca ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti…pe… pathavīkasiṇaṃ, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hoti vedanā hotī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 160) pana bhāventena vavatthāpite samaye yo bhāveti na so atthato uppajjati nāma, teneva tattha yathā ‘‘phasso hoti vedanā hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, na evaṃ ‘‘yo bhāveti so hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’tiādīsu pana cittena vavatthāpite samaye samayavavatthāpitaṃ cittaṃ na tathā atthato nuppajjati . Yatheva pana tadā ‘phasso hoti vedanā hoti’, tathā ‘cittampi hotī’ti imassapi atthassa dīpanatthamidaṃ puna vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ – uddesavāre saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ niddesavāre ca vibhajanatthaṃ purimena hi ‘citta’-saddena kevalaṃ samayo vavatthāpito. Tasmiṃ pana cittena vavatthāpitasamaye ye dhammā honti tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ ‘‘phasso hotī’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Cittañcāpi tasmiṃ samaye hotiyeva. Tasmā tassāpi saṅgaṇhanatthametaṃ puna vuttaṃ. Imasmiñca ṭhāne etasmiṃ avuccamāne ‘‘katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye citta’’nti na sakkā bhaveyya niddesavāre vibhajituṃ. Evamassa vibhajanaṃyeva parihāyetha. Tasmā tassa niddesavāre vibhajanatthampi etañca vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
或者,因为“已生起”这里说的“心生起”只是说法上的简略表达,而注释书里已经辨析过:“并不是只有一个心生起”,所以在这里的“已生起”中,也不能只取心本身,而是连同超过五十种善法一起取心。这样,在那里先简略地总摄了一切心和心所法之后,现在为了以各自的自相和差别来显示它们,就开始说“有触”等等。因此应当知道,就像触等一样,心也是已经被说到的了。巴利
Yasmā vā ‘‘uppannaṃ hotī’’ti ettha cittaṃ uppannanti etaṃ desanāsīsameva, ‘na pana cittaṃ ekameva uppajjatī’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vicāritaṃ, tasmā cittaṃ ‘‘uppanna’’nti etthāpi cittamattameva aggahetvā paropaṇṇāsakusaladhammehi saddhiṃyeva cittaṃ gahitaṃ. Evaṃ tattha saṅkhepato sabbepi cittacetasikadhamme gahetvā idha sarūpena pabhedato dassetuṃ ‘‘phasso hotī’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Iti phassādayo viya cittampi vuttamevāti veditabbaṃ.
禅支集的解说巴利
Jhānaṅgarāsivaṇṇanā
“寻”就是寻思;或者,寻思本身就叫“寻”,这里说的是“思虑”。它以把心投向所缘为特相,因为它把心抬向所缘。就像有人靠着国王的亲信、亲戚或朋友进入王宫一样,心也是靠着寻而登上所缘。因此说它以把心投向所缘为特相。那先长老却说:寻以敲击为特相。“大王,就像鼓被敲击之后,随后会回响、发出回声;同样地,大王,应当把寻看作敲击,把伺看作随后的回响和回声。”这个寻有撞击、反复撞击的作用。正因为如此,可以说瑜伽行者依靠它,让所缘被寻撞击、被寻反复撞击。它以把心引向所缘为现起。巴利
Vitakketīti vitakko; vitakkanaṃ vā vitakko; ūhananti vuttaṃ hoti. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇe cittassa abhiniropanalakkhaṇo. So hi ārammaṇe cittaṃ āropeti. Yathā hi koci rājavallabhaṃ ñātiṃ vā mittaṃ vā nissāya rājagehaṃ ārohati, evaṃ vitakkaṃ nissāya cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohati. Tasmā so ārammaṇe cittassa abhiniropanalakkhaṇoti vutto. Nāgasenatthero panāha – ākoṭanalakkhaṇo vitakko. ‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, bherī ākoṭitā atha pacchā anuravati anusaddāyati, evameva kho, mahārāja, yathā ākoṭanā evaṃ vitakko daṭṭhabbo. Yathā pacchā anuravanā anusaddāyanā evaṃ vicāro daṭṭhabbo’’ti (mi. pa. 2.3.14 thokaṃ visadisaṃ). Svāyaṃ āhananapariyāhananaraso. Tathā hi tena yogāvacaro ārammaṇaṃ vitakkāhataṃ vitakkapariyāhataṃ karotīti vuccati. Ārammaṇe cittassa ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno.
心随着那个对象游走,所以叫“伺”;或者,游走本身就是伺。这里说的是“随行”。这个伺的特点,是轻轻摩挲对象。它的作用,是让与它同时生起的法跟着相应、跟着走。它表现为让心持续不断地接续下去。虽然寻和伺在某些情况下不会分开,但从粗重和先行的角度来说,寻就像敲钟的那第一下,以把心投向对象的作用,成为心最初投向对象的状态;而从微细和轻轻摩挲的本性来说,伺就像钟声的回响,是持续不断地接续。在这里,寻有动荡的性质,是心生起之初那种抖动的状态,就像一只想飞上天空的鸟在振翅,又像一只被香气牵引的蜜蜂朝着莲花飞落。伺则安静平稳,是心不太动荡的状态,就像飞上天空的鸟展开翅膀滑翔,又像已经落在莲花上的蜜蜂,在莲花上方盘旋。巴利
Ārammaṇe tena cittaṃ vicaratīti vicāro; vicaraṇaṃ vā vicāro. Anusañcaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇānumajjanalakkhaṇo. Tattha sahajātānuyojanaraso. Cittassa anuppabandhapaccupaṭṭhāno. Santepi ca nesaṃ katthaci aviyoge oḷārikaṭṭhena pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena ca ghaṇṭābhighāto viya abhiniropanaṭṭhena ca cetaso paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko . Sukhumaṭṭhena anumajjanasabhāvaṭṭhena ca ghaṇṭānuravo viya anuppabandho vicāro. Vipphāravā cettha vitakko, paṭhamuppattikāle paripphandabhūto cittassa. Ākāse uppatitukāmassa pakkhino pakkhavikkhepo viya. Padumābhimukhapāto viya ca gandhānubaddhacetaso bhamarassa. Santavutti vicāro nātiparipphandanabhāvo cittassa, ākāse uppatitassa pakkhino pakkhappasāraṇaṃ viya, paribbhamanaṃ viya ca padumābhimukhapatitassa bhamarassa padumassa uparibhāge.
不过,在义注中这样说:就像大鸟在空中飞行时,先用两只翅膀抓住风,再把翅膀收拢起来滑行——寻也是这样,它以把心投向所缘的方式生起。当它变得专一、安止时,就像为了抓住风而振动翅膀飞行一样。伺则是以轻轻抚摩的方式生起,它轻轻抚摩着所缘。因此,说它抚摩所缘,这与持续相续的转起极为契合。而寻和伺的差别,在初禅和第二禅中就变得很明显了。
又比如,有人一只手紧紧抓住沾了污垢的铜器,另一只手用粉末、油和毛刷来擦拭,紧紧抓住的那只手就像寻,擦拭的那只手就像伺。同样,陶匠用棍棒击打轮盘,使它旋转起来制作器皿时,按压的手就像寻,来回移动的手就像伺。又如画圆时,固定在中心不动的针就像投向所缘的寻,在外围旋转的针就像轻轻抚摩的伺。巴利
Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘ākāse gacchato mahāsakuṇassa ubhohi pakkhehi vātaṃ gahetvā pakkhe sannisīdāpetvā gamanaṃ viya ārammaṇe cetaso abhiniropanabhāvena pavatto vitakko. So hi ekaggo hutvā appeti vātaggahaṇatthaṃ pakkhe phandāpayamānassa gamanaṃ viya. Anumajjabhāvena pavatto vicāro. So hi ārammaṇaṃ anumajjatīti vuttaṃ, taṃ anuppabandhanena pavattiyaṃ ativiya yujjati. So pana nesaṃ viseso paṭhamadutiyajjhānesu pākaṭo hoti. Apica malaggahitaṃ kaṃsabhājanaṃ ekena hatthena daḷhaṃ gahetvā itarena hatthena cuṇṇatelavālaṇḍupakena parimajjantassa daḷhaggahaṇahattho viya vitakko, parimajjanahattho viya vicāro. Tathā kumbhakārassa daṇḍappahārena cakkaṃ bhamayitvā bhājanaṃ karontassa uppīḷanahattho viya vitakko, ito cito ca sañcaraṇahattho viya vicāro. Tathā maṇḍalaṃ karontassa majjhe sannirumbhitvā ṭhitakaṇṭako viya abhiniropano vitakko, bahiparibbhamanakaṇṭako viya anumajjamāno vicāro.
令喜悦,所以叫“喜”。它的特相是令人喜爱;作用是让身心喜悦,或者遍满全身;现起是雀跃。这喜有五种:小喜、刹那喜、涌喜、踊跃喜、遍满喜。巴利
Piṇayatīti pīti. Sā sampiyāyanalakkhaṇā. Kāyacittapīṇanarasā, pharaṇarasā vā. Odagyapaccupaṭṭhānā. Sā panesā khuddikāpīti, khaṇikāpīti, okkantikāpīti, ubbegāpīti, pharaṇāpītīti pañcavidhā hoti.
在这五种喜当中,小喜只能让身上的毫毛竖起来。刹那喜则一刹那接一刹那地生起,像闪电一样。涌喜就像海浪拍打海岸,一次又一次地涌上身体,然后碎散开来。踊跃喜非常强烈,能把身体抬起来,甚至跳到空中。就像住在普那瓦利卡的大帝须长老,在满月那天傍晚去到塔庙的庭院,看到月光,面向大塔,心想:“这个时候,四众弟子正在礼敬大塔。”他凭着平时所见所缘的力量,生起了以佛陀为所缘的踊跃喜,就像在石灰地上拍打的彩球一样,腾空而起,落在大塔的庭院里。巴利
Tattha khuddikāpīti sarīre lomahaṃsamattameva kātuṃ sakkoti. Khaṇikāpīti khaṇe khaṇe vijjuppādasadisā hoti. Okkantikāpīti , samuddatīraṃ vīci viya, kāyaṃ okkamitvā okkamitvā bhijjati. Ubbegāpīti balavatī hoti, kāyaṃ uddhaggaṃ katvā ākāse laṅghāpanappamāṇappattā. Tathā hi puṇṇavallikavāsī mahātissatthero puṇṇamadivase sāyaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā candālokaṃ disvā mahācetiyābhimukho hutvā ‘imāya vata velāya catasso parisā mahācetiyaṃ vandantī’ti pakatiyā diṭṭhārammaṇavasena buddhārammaṇaṃ ubbegaṃ pītiṃ uppādetvā sudhātale pahaṭacitrageṇḍuko viya ākāse uppatitvā mahācetiyaṅgaṇeyeva aṭṭhāsi.
同样,住在山崎寺附近的瓦塔卡拉伽玛村里,有一个良家女儿,也因为以佛陀为所缘生起的强烈踊跃喜而腾空跃起。据说,她的父母傍晚要去寺院听法,对她说:“女儿啊,你身子重,这时候出门不方便,我们为你做了回向,去听法了。”说完就走了。她虽然也想去,但没法违抗父母的话,就留在家里,站在门口,借着月光眺望山崎寺的空中塔院,看见塔上供着灯,又看到四众弟子用花、香等供养宝塔、右绕行礼,还听到比丘僧团集体诵经的声音。这时她心里想:“这些人真有福啊,能去寺院,在这样的塔院里走动,还能听到这么美妙的说法。”她看着那座像珍珠堆一样的宝塔,踊跃喜就生起来了。她腾空跃起,比父母还早从空中落到塔院,礼了塔,就站在那里听法。父母到了以后问她:“女儿啊,你是走哪条路来的?”她说:“我是从空中来的,不是走路来的。”父母又问:“女儿啊,能在空中行走的只有漏尽的人,你是怎么来的?”她回答说:“我站着借月光看塔的时候,生起了以佛陀为所缘的强烈喜,当时我根本不知道自己是在站着还是坐着,只是凭着那个所取的相,就腾空而起,落在了塔院里。”可见,踊跃喜能强到让人腾空跃起的程度。巴利
Tathā girikaṇḍakavihārassa upanissaye vattakālakagāme ekā kuladhītāpi balavabuddhārammaṇāya ubbegāya pītiyā ākāse laṅghesi. Tassā kira mātāpitaro sāyaṃ dhammasavanatthāya vihāraṃ gacchantā ‘amma, tvaṃ garubhārā, akāle vicarituṃ na sakkosi, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ pattiṃ katvā dhammaṃ sossāmā’ti agamaṃsu. Sā gantukāmāpi tesaṃ vacanaṃ paṭibāhituṃ asakkontī ghare ohīyitvā gharadvāre ṭhatvā candālokena girikaṇḍake ākāsacetiyaṅgaṇaṃ olokentī cetiyassa dīpapūjaṃ addasa. Catasso ca parisā mālāgandhādīhi cetiyapūjaṃ katvā padakkhiṇaṃ karontiyo bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gaṇasajjhāyasaddaṃ assosi. Athassā ‘dhaññā vatime manussā ye vihāraṃ gantvā evarūpe cetiyaṅgaṇe anusañcarituṃ evarūpañca madhuraṃ dhammakathaṃ sotuṃ labhantī’ti muttarāsisadisaṃ cetiyaṃ passantiyā eva ubbegāpīti udapādi. Sā ākāse laṅghitvā mātāpitūnaṃ purimataraṃyeva ākāsato cetiyaṅgaṇe oruyha cetiyaṃ vanditvā dhammaṃ suṇamānā aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ mātāpitaro āgantvā ‘amma, tvaṃ katarena maggena āgatāsī’ti pucchiṃsu. Sā ‘ākāsena āgatāmhi, na maggenā’ti vatvā ‘amma, ākāsena nāma khīṇāsavā sañcaranti, tvaṃ kathaṃ āgatā’ti puṭṭhā āha – ‘mayhaṃ candālokena cetiyaṃ olokentiyā ṭhitāya buddhārammaṇā balavapīti uppajjati, athāhaṃ neva attano ṭhitabhāvaṃ na nisinnabhāvaṃ aññāsiṃ, gahitanimitteneva pana ākāsaṃ laṅghitvā cetiyaṅgaṇe patiṭṭhitāmhī’ti. Evaṃ ubbegāpīti ākāse laṅghāpanappamāṇā hoti.
当遍满喜生起时,整个身体都被它弥漫充满,就像被吹胀的皮囊,又像大水灌进山洞。这五种喜孕育成熟时,会圆满两种轻安:身轻安和心轻安。轻安孕育成熟时,会圆满两种乐:身乐和心乐。乐孕育成熟时,会圆满三种定:刹那定、近行定和安止定。在这里,除了能圆满安止定的那种之外,其余两种都适用于此处。巴利
Pharaṇapītiyā pana uppannāya sakalasarīraṃ dhamitvā pūritavatthi viya, mahatā udakoghena pakkhandapabbatakucchi viya ca anuparipphuṭaṃ hoti. Sā panesā pañcavidhā pīti gabbhaṃ gaṇhantī paripākaṃ gacchantī duvidhaṃ passaddhiṃ paripūreti – kāyapassaddhiñca cittapassaddhiñca. Passaddhi gabbhaṃ gaṇhantī paripākaṃ gacchantī duvidhaṃ sukhaṃ paripūreti – kāyikaṃ cetasikañca. Sukhaṃ gabbhaṃ gaṇhantaṃ paripākaṃ gacchantaṃ tividhaṃ samādhiṃ paripūreti – khaṇikasamādhiṃ upacārasamādhiṃ appanāsamādhinti. Tāsu ṭhapetvā appanāsamādhipūrikaṃ itarā dvepi idha yujjanti.
它能让人快乐,所以叫“乐”;意思是,它于谁生起,就令谁快乐。或者,它能彻底吃掉、挖掉身心的病痛,所以叫“乐”。这是悦受的名称。它的特相、作用等,应该按照受蕴部分所说的方法来理解。巴利
Sukhayatīti sukhaṃ; yassa uppajjati taṃ sukhitaṃ karotīti attho. Suṭṭhu vā khādati, khanati ca kāyacittābādhanti sukhaṃ. Somanassavedanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Tassa lakkhaṇādīni vedanāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
另一种说法:乐的特相是可爱,作用是增长相应的心所,现起是资助。虽然喜和乐有时并不分离,但得到可爱所缘时生起的满足是喜,体验已经得到的滋味是乐。有喜的地方就有乐,有乐的地方却不一定有喜。喜属于行蕴,乐属于受蕴。就像在荒漠中疲惫不堪的人,看见或听说林中有水时,那是喜;进入树荫、喝到水时,那是乐。巴利
Aparo nayo – sātalakkhaṇaṃ sukhaṃ, sampayuttānaṃ upabrūhanarasaṃ, anuggahaṇapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Satipi ca nesaṃ pītisukhānaṃ katthaci avippayoge, iṭṭhārammaṇapaṭilābhatuṭṭhi pīti; paṭiladdharasānubhavanaṃ sukhaṃ. Yattha pīti tattha sukhaṃ. Yattha sukhaṃ tattha na niyamato pīti. Saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgahitā pīti, vedanākkhandhasaṅgahitaṃ sukhaṃ. Kantārakhinnassa vanantodakadassanasavanesu viya pīti. Vanacchāyāpavesanaudakaparibhogesu viya sukhaṃ.
就像一个人走上一条穿过大荒漠的路,被酷热折磨,又渴又渴,在路上看见一个人,就问:“哪里有水?”那人会说:“越过这片树林,有一个天然湖泊和一片密林,到那里就能得到水。”他听了这话,会欢喜雀跃。然后他继续走,看见地上掉落的睡莲花瓣、叶柄和叶子等,就更加欢喜雀跃地往前走,又看见衣服湿透、头发湿透的人,听到林鸡、孔雀等的声音,看见天然湖泊边像宝石网一样的深蓝色树林,看见湖里生长的青莲花、红莲花、白睡莲等,看见清澈明净的水。他越来越欢喜雀跃,进入天然湖泊,随心所欲地沐浴、饮水,止息了疲惫,又吃莲藕、莲茎、莲根等,佩戴青莲花等,把睡莲根扛在肩上,上岸后穿上衣服,把浴衣放在阳光下晒,躺在清凉的树荫下,微风吹拂时,说道:“啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!”应当这样理解这个譬喻。巴利
Yathā hi puriso mahākantāramaggaṃ paṭipanno ghammapareto tasito pipāsito paṭipathe purisaṃ disvā ‘kattha pānīyaṃ atthī’ti puccheyya. So ‘aṭaviṃ uttaritvā jātassaravanasaṇḍo atthi, tattha gantvā labhissasī’ti vadeyya. So tassa kathaṃ sutvā haṭṭhapahaṭṭho bhaveyya. Tato gacchanto bhūmiyaṃ patitāni uppaladalanālapattādīni disvā suṭṭhutaraṃ haṭṭhapahaṭṭho hutvā gacchanto allavatthe allakese purise passeyya, vanakukkuṭamorādīnaṃ saddaṃ suṇeyya, jātassarapariyante jātaṃ maṇijālasadisaṃ nīlavanasaṇḍaṃ passeyya, sare jātāni uppalapadumakumudādīni passeyya, acchaṃ vippasannaṃ udakaṃ passeyya. So bhiyyo bhiyyo haṭṭhapahaṭṭho hutvā jātassaraṃ otaritvā yathāruci nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paṭippassaddhadaratho bhisamuḷālapokkharādīni khāditvā nīluppalādīni piḷandhitvā mandālakamūlāni khandhe karitvā uttaritvā sāṭakaṃ nivāsetvā, udakasāṭakaṃ ātape katvā, sītacchāyāya mandamande vāte paharante nipanno ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti vadeyya. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
这个人从听到天然湖泊和树林的声音开始,直到看见水为止,那种欢喜兴奋的状态,就像在前分所缘中显现出的欢喜兴奋的样子,这就是喜。而沐浴、饮水之后,在清凉的树荫下,微风轻轻吹拂,躺着说“啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!”的那个时候,就像已经达到强盛、安住在领受所缘之味的状态,这就是乐。应当知道,这是按照各个时刻的明显状态来分别说的。不过,哪里有喜,哪里就一定有乐,这一点前面已经说过了。巴利
Tassa hi purisassa jātassaravanasaṇḍasavanato paṭṭhāya yāva udakadassanā haṭṭhapahaṭṭhakālo viya pubbabhāgārammaṇe haṭṭhapahaṭṭhākārā pīti. Nhatvā ca pivitvā ca sītacchāyāya mandamande vāte paharante ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti vadato nipannakālo viya balavappattaṃ ārammaṇarasānubhavanākārasaṇṭhitaṃ sukhaṃ. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye pākaṭabhāvato cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yattha pana pīti sukhampi tattha atthīti vuttamevetaṃ.
心一境性就是心的专一状态,这是定的名称。关于它的特相等,注释书里首先这样说:定以首要为特征,以不散乱为特征。就像尖顶阁楼的栋梁,因为它连接其余所有木材而成为首要,同样地,一切善法都依靠定心而成就,所以定在这一切善法当中也是首要的。因此说道——巴利
Cittassekaggatāti cittassa ekaggabhāvo; samādhissetaṃ nāmaṃ. Lakkhaṇādīsu panassa aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tāva vuttaṃ – ‘‘pāmokkhalakkhaṇo ca samādhi avikkhepalakkhaṇo ca’’. Yathā hi kūṭāgārakaṇṇikā sesadabbasambhārānaṃ ābandhanato pamukhā hoti evameva sabbakusaladhammānaṃ samādhicittena ijjhanato sabbesampi tesaṃ dhammānaṃ samādhi pāmokkho hoti. Tena vuttaṃ –
大王,就像一座尖顶阁楼的所有椽子,全都朝向屋顶、倾向屋顶、汇聚到屋顶,屋顶被认为是它们中最高的;同样地,大王,所有善法全都倾向定、斜向定、倾倚于定,定被认为是它们中最高的。巴利
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā kūṭaṅgamā honti, kūṭaninnā kūṭasamosaraṇā, kūṭaṃ tāsaṃ aggamakkhāyati, evameva kho, mahārāja, ye keci kusalā dhammā sabbe te samādhininnā honti, samādhipoṇā, samādhipabbhārā, samādhi tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.14).
就像国王到了军中,哪里军队溃败,他就赶到那里;他所到之处,军队就得到补充,敌军溃散后只跟着国王走。同样,因为不让俱生之法散乱、离散,所以定就被称为具有不散乱的特相。巴利
Yathā ca senaṅgaṃ patvā rājā nāma yattha yattha senā osīdati taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, tassa gatagataṭṭhāne senā paripūrati, parasenā bhijjitvā rājānameva anuvattati, evameva sahajātadhammānaṃ vikkhipituṃ vippakirituṃ appadānato samādhi avikkhepalakkhaṇo nāma hotīti.
还有一种说法:这种被称为心一境性的定,它的特相是不散漫,或者是不散乱;它的作用是聚集俱生的诸法,就像水把沐浴粉聚合起来一样;它表现为寂止,或者表现为智。因为经里说:“入定的人能如实知见。”它尤其以乐为近因,应当理解为心的安住,就像无风处的灯焰稳稳安住不动一样。巴利
Aparo pana nayo – ayaṃ cittassekaggatāsaṅkhāto samādhi nāma avisāralakkhaṇo vā avikkhepalakkhaṇo vā, sahajātadhammānaṃ, sampiṇḍanaraso nhāniyacuṇṇānaṃ udakaṃ viya, upasamapaccupaṭṭhāno ñāṇapaccupaṭṭhāno vā. ‘‘Samāhito yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passatī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Visesato sukhapadaṭṭhāno, nivāte dīpaccīnaṃ ṭhiti viya cetaso ṭhitīti daṭṭhabbo.
根聚的解说巴利
Indriyarāsivaṇṇanā
人们以它而相信,或者自己相信,或者它仅仅是相信本身,所以叫“信”。它因为能克服不信,以主宰的意义而成为“根”。或者,它在胜解的特相中起到自在的作用,所以是“根”。信本身就是根,所以是“信根”。而这信既有澄净的特相,也有跃入的特相。巴利
Saddahanti etāya, sayaṃ vā saddahati, saddahanamattameva vā esāti saddhā. Sāva assaddhiyassa abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ. Adhimokkhalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Saddhāva indriyaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Sā panesā sampasādanalakkhaṇā ca saddhā sampakkhandanalakkhaṇā ca.
就像转轮王的净水宝珠投入水中,能让淤泥、青苔、水草和泥垢沉淀下去,使水变得清澈、明净、不浑浊;同样地,当信生起时,能镇伏五盖,让烦恼沉淀,使心澄净,令心不浑浊。良家子修行者以澄净的心行布施、受持戒律、做布萨、开始修习。应当知道,信首先是以澄净为特相的。因此,具寿那先说道——巴利
Yathā hi rañño cakkavattissa udakappasādako maṇi udake pakkhitto paṅkasevālapaṇakakaddamaṃ sannisīdāpeti, udakaṃ acchaṃ karoti vippasannaṃ anāvilaṃ, evameva saddhā uppajjamānā nīvaraṇe vikkhambheti, kilese sannisīdāpeti, cittaṃ pasādeti, anāvilaṃ karoti. Pasannena cittena yogāvacaro kulaputto dānaṃ deti, sīlaṃ samādiyati, uposathakammaṃ karoti, bhāvanaṃ ārabhati. Evaṃ tāva saddhā sampasādanalakkhaṇāti veditabbā. Tenāha āyasmā nāgaseno –
大王,就像转轮王带着象、马、车、步四支大军走上长途,途中要渡过一处浅水。那水被大象、马匹、车辆和步兵搅得翻腾浑浊,成了泥浆。转轮王过去以后,吩咐人们说:喂,拿水来,我要喝。转轮王有一颗能净水的宝珠。那些人答应说:是,陛下。就把那颗净水宝珠丢进水里。宝珠刚一落水,淤泥、青苔、水草就消失了,泥泞也沉了下去,水变得清澈、明净、不浑浊。于是他们把水端给转轮王:请陛下喝水。巴利
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, rājā cakkavatti caturaṅginiyā senāya saddhiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno parittaṃ udakaṃ tareyya, taṃ udakaṃ hatthīhi ca assehi ca rathehi ca pattīhi ca saṅkhubhitaṃ bhaveyya āvilaṃ lulitaṃ kalalībhūtaṃ, uttiṇṇo ca rājā cakkavatti manusse āṇāpeyya ‘pānīyaṃ bhaṇe āharatha, taṃ pivissāmī’ti. Rañño ca udakappasādako maṇi bhaveyya. ‘Evaṃ devā’ti kho te manussā rañño cakkavattissa paṭissutvā taṃ udakappasādakaṃ maṇiṃ udake pakkhipeyyuṃ. Tasmiṃ udake pakkhittamatte paṅkasevālapaṇakaṃ vigaccheyya, kaddamo ca sannisīdeyya, acchaṃ bhaveyya udakaṃ vippasannaṃ anāvilaṃ, tato rañño cakkavattissa pānīyaṃ upanāmeyyuṃ – ‘pivatu devo pānīya’nti.
大王,应当把心看作水。应当把那些人看作修行者。应当把烦恼看作淤泥、苔藓、浮萍和泥浆。应当把信看作净水宝珠。就像净水宝珠一投入水中,淤泥、苔藓、浮萍就消失,泥浆沉淀下去,水变得清澈、明净、没有浑浊;同样地,大王,当信生起时,就能压制五盖,心摆脱五盖,变得清澈、明净、没有浑浊。巴利
‘‘Yathā , mahārāja, udakaṃ evaṃ cittaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yathā te manussā evaṃ yogāvacaro daṭṭhabbo. Yathā paṅkasevālapaṇakaṃ kaddamo ca evaṃ kilesā daṭṭhabbā. Yathā udakappasādako maṇi evaṃ saddhā daṭṭhabbā. Yathā udakappasādake maṇimhi pakkhittamatte paṅkasevālapaṇakaṃ vigacchati kaddamo ca sannisīdati, acchaṃ bhavati udakaṃ vippasannaṃ anāvilaṃ, evameva kho, mahārāja, saddhā uppajjamānā nīvaraṇe vikkhambheti, vinīvaraṇaṃ cittaṃ hoti acchaṃ vippasannaṃ anāvila’’nti (mi. pa. 2.1.10).
就像一条大河,里面满是鳄鱼、海怪、罗刹之类的凶险之物,胆小的人来到河边,只敢站在两岸不敢下水。这时,一位战场上的勇士、一位大战将走过来,问他们:“你们为什么站在这里?”他们回答说:“因为太危险了,我们不敢下去。”勇士便拔出锋利无比的剑,说:“跟在我后面,别害怕!”说完就下了河,把冲过来的鳄鱼等一一击退,带着人们从此岸安全到达彼岸,又从彼岸安全回到此岸。同样地,一个人在布施时、持戒时、做布萨时、开始修禅定时,信就是走在前面的先行者和引导者。因此说:“信有跃入之相。”巴利
Yathā pana kumbhilamakaragāharakkhasādikiṇṇaṃ pūraṃ mahānadiṃ āgamma bhīrukajano ubhosu tīresu tiṭṭhati. Saṅgāmasūro pana mahāyodho āgantvā ‘kasmā ṭhitatthā’ti pucchitvā ‘sappaṭibhayabhāvena otarituṃ na visahāmā’ti vutte sunisitaṃ asiṃ gahetvā ‘mama pacchato etha, mā bhāyitthā’ti vatvā nadiṃ otaritvā āgatāgate kumbhilādayo paṭibāhitvā orimatīrato manussānaṃ sotthibhāvaṃ karonto pārimatīraṃ neti. Pārimatīratopi sotthinā orimatīraṃ āneti. Evameva dānaṃ dadato sīlaṃ rakkhato uposathakammaṃ karoto bhāvanaṃ ārabhato saddhā pubbaṅgamā purecārikā hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘sampakkhandanalakkhaṇā ca saddhā’ti.
另一种说法:信以相信为特相,或者以确信为特相。它的作用是令心清净,就像净水宝珠一样;或者作用是跃入,就像渡越暴流一样。它表现为不浑浊,或者表现为胜解。它的近因是值得相信的事,或者近因是入流支。应当把信看作像手、像财富、像种子一样。巴利
Aparo nayo – saddahanalakkhaṇā saddhā, okappanalakkhaṇā vā. Pasādanarasā udakappasādakamaṇi viya, pakkhandanarasā vā oghuttaraṇo viya. Akālusiyapaccupaṭṭhānā, adhimuttipaccupaṭṭhānā vā. Saddheyyavatthupadaṭṭhānā sotāpattiyaṅgapadaṭṭhānā vā, sā hatthavittabījāni viya daṭṭhabbā.
精进就是勇者的状态,或者说是勇者的行为。也可以说,按照方法、理路、方式应当被策动、应当被推动,所以叫精进。这个精进因为能战胜懈怠,从“增上”的意义上说是根;或者它以策励为特相,起到主宰的作用,所以叫根。精进本身就是根,所以叫精进根。这个精进既有支持的特相,也有策励的特相。就像一座老房子,靠外来柱子支撑着才不会倒,同样,修行者以精进为支撑而得到支持,就不会从一切善法中退失、衰减。应当这样理解它支持的特相。因此那先长老说:巴利
Vīrassa bhāvo vīriyaṃ, vīrānaṃ vā kammaṃ vīriyaṃ. Vidhinā vā nayena upāyena īrayitabbaṃ pavattayitabbanti vīriyaṃ. Tadeva kosajjassa abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ. Paggahaṇalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Vīriyameva indriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ upatthambhanalakkhaṇañca vīriyaṃ paggahaṇalakkhaṇañca. Yathā hi jiṇṇagharaṃ āgantukena thūṇupatthambhena tiṭṭhati, evameva yogāvacaro vīriyupatthambhena upatthambhito hutvā sabbakusaladhammehi na hāyati, na parihāyati. Evaṃ tāvassa upatthambhanalakkhaṇatā veditabbā. Tenāha thero nāgaseno –
大王,就像有人用另一根木头撑住快要倒塌的房子,因为被撑住了,那房子就不会倒;同样地,大王,精进以支撑为特相,被精进支撑的一切善法不会退失,不会衰减。巴利
‘‘Yathā , mahārāja, puriso gehe patante tamaññena dārunā upatthambheyya, upatthambhitaṃ santaṃ evaṃ taṃ gehaṃ na pateyya, evameva kho mahārāja upatthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyaṃ, vīriyupatthambhitā sabbe kusalā dhammā na hāyanti na parihāyantī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.12).
或者,就像在战场上,小部队和大部队交战的时候,如果小部队退缩了,就向国王报告,国王便派出强大的军队,小部队得到支援后,就击败了敌方军队;同样地,精进不让与它同时生起、相应的心所退缩、退却,而是把它们提起来、策励它们。因此说:“精进以策励为特相。”巴利
Yathā vā pana khuddikāya ca mahatikāya ca senāya saṅgāme pavatte khuddikā senā olīyeyya, tato rañño āroceyya, rājā balavāhanaṃ peseyya, tena paggahitā sakasenā parasenaṃ parājeyya, evameva vīriyaṃ sahajātasampayuttadhammānaṃ olīyituṃ osakkituṃ na deti, ukkhipati, paggaṇhāti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘paggahaṇalakkhaṇañca vīriya’nti.
另一种说法:精进以奋发为特相,以支持同时生起的诸法为作用,以不消沉为现起。因为经中说“被悚惧所触动的人如理精勤”,所以它以悚惧为近因,或者以精勤之事为近因。应当知道,正确发起的精进是一切成就的根本。巴利
Aparo nayo – ussāhalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyaṃ, sahajātānaṃ upatthambhanarasaṃ, asaṃsīdanabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ‘‘saṃviggo yoniso padahatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.113) vacanato saṃvegapadaṭṭhānaṃ, vīriyārambhavatthupadaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Sammā āraddhaṃ sabbāsaṃ sampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
人们通过它来忆念,或者它自己忆念,或者它只是忆念本身,所以叫念。这个念能压倒失念,从增上的意义说是根;或者它以现起为特相,行使主宰的意义,所以是根。念本身就是根,就是念根。这个念有不漂浮的特相,也有执取的特相。就像国王的库官守护十种宝物,早晚让国王记起、忆念起他的主权成就;同样地,念让善法被清楚地记起、被忆念。因此长老说:巴利
Saranti etāya, sayaṃ vā sarati, saraṇamattameva vā esāti sati. Sāva muṭṭhassaccassa abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ, upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Sati eva indriyaṃ satindriyaṃ. Sā panesā apilāpanalakkhaṇā ca sati upaggaṇhanalakkhaṇā ca. Yathā hi rañño bhaṇḍāgāriko dasavidhaṃ ratanaṃ gopayanto sāyaṃpātaṃ rājānaṃ issariyasampattiṃ sallakkhāpeti sāreti, evameva sati kusalaṃ dhammaṃ sallakkhāpeti sarāpeti. Tenāha thero –
大王,就像转轮王的库官在傍晚和清晨提醒转轮王想起他的荣光:“大王,有这么多象,这么多马,这么多车,这么多步兵,这么多黄金,这么多白银,这所有一切的财富,请大王想起来。”同样地,大王,念让善法不漂浮:“这些是四念处,这些是四正勤,这些是四神足,这些是五根,这些是五力,这些是七觉支,这是圣八支道,这是止,这是观,这是明,这是解脱,这些是出世间法。”大王,念具有不漂浮的特相,就是这样。巴利
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, rañño cakkavattissa bhaṇḍāgāriko rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ sāyaṃpātaṃ yasaṃ sarāpeti – ‘ettakā, deva, hatthī, ettakā assā, ettakā rathā, ettakā pattī, ettakaṃ hiraññaṃ, ettakaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ, taṃ devo saratū’ti, evameva kho, mahārāja, sati kusale dhamme apilāpeti – ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, ime cattāro sammappadhānā, ime cattāro iddhipādā, imāni pañcindriyāni, imāni pañca balāni, ime satta bojjhaṅgā, ayaṃ ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, ayaṃ samatho, ayaṃ vipassanā, ayaṃ vijjā, ayaṃ vimutti, ime lokuttarā dhammāti. Evaṃ kho, mahārāja, apilāpanalakkhaṇā satī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.13).
就像转轮王的长子宝,知道什么对国王有害、什么对国王有利之后,就让人避开有害的,带来有利的;同样地,念会去探寻哪些法是有利的、哪些法是有害的,知道“这些身恶行之类的法是有害的”,就去掉有害的法;知道“这些身善行之类的法是有利的”,就摄持有利的法。因此长老说:巴利
Yathā pana rañño cakkavattissa pariṇāyakaratanaṃ rañño ahite ca hite ca ñatvā ahite apayāpeti, hite upayāpeti, evameva sati hitāhitānaṃ dhammānaṃ gatiyo samanvesitvā ‘ime kāyaduccaritādayo dhammā ahitā’ti ahite dhamme apanudeti , ‘ime kāyasucaritādayo dhammā hitā’ti hite dhamme upaggaṇhāti. Tenāha thero –
大王,就像转轮王的向导宝能分辨对国王有利和不利的情况——“这些对国王有利,这些对国王不利,这些有帮助,这些没有帮助”,然后就去掉不利的,扶持有利的;同样地,大王,念生起的时候,会去探寻有利和不利的法的走向——“这些法是有利的,这些法是不利的,这些法有帮助,这些法没有帮助”,然后就去掉不利的法,扶持有利的法。大王,念就是以扶持为特相,就是这样。巴利
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, rañño cakkavattissa pariṇāyakaratanaṃ rañño hitāhite jānāti ‘ime rañño hitā ime ahitā, ime upakārā ime anupakārā’ti, tato ahite apanudeti hite upaggaṇhāti, evameva kho, mahārāja, sati uppajjamānā hitāhitānaṃ dhammānaṃ gatiyo samanvesati ‘ime dhammā hitā ime dhammā ahitā, ime dhammā upakārā ime dhammā anupakārā’ti , tato ahite dhamme apanudeti hite dhamme upaggaṇhāti. Evaṃ kho, mahārāja, upaggaṇhanalakkhaṇā satī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.13).
另一种解释:念的特相是不漂浮,作用是不忘失,现起是守护,或者现起是面对所缘;它的近因是坚固的想,或者近因是身念处等。不过,由于念在所缘上稳固地安住,所以应当把它看作门柱;又因为它守护眼门等,所以应当把它看作守门人。巴利
Aparo nayo – apilāpanalakkhaṇā sati, asammosanarasā, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā visayābhimukhībhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, thirasaññāpadaṭṭhānā, kāyādisatipaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānā vā, ārammaṇe daḷhaṃ patiṭṭhitattā pana esikā viya, cakkhudvārādirakkhaṇato dovāriko viya ca daṭṭhabbā.
心正确地朝向并安住在所缘上,这叫作定。这个定能压伏散乱,所以从“主宰”的意义上说是根;或者说,它在“不散乱”这个特征上发挥自在的作用,所以是根。定本身就是根,就是定根。至于它的特相等内容,应当依照前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
Ārammaṇe cittaṃ sammā adhiyati ṭhapetīti samādhi. Sova vikkhepassa abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ. Avikkhepalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Samādhiyeva indriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ. Lakkhaṇādīni panassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
了知,所以叫慧。了知什么?以“这是苦”等方式了知诸圣谛。不过在注释里说的是“令知,所以叫慧”。令知什么呢?令知无常、苦、无我。这慧能压伏无明,以主宰之义叫根;或者在“见”的特征上起主宰作用,所以叫根。慧本身就是根,就是慧根。而这慧既有照亮的特点,也有了知的特点。就像四面有墙的屋子里,夜里点起灯,黑暗就消失,光明就出现;同样地,慧有照亮的特点。没有什么光明能比得上慧的光明。因为有慧的人结跏趺坐时,一万个世界都成了一片光明。因此长老说——巴利
Pajānātīti paññā. Kiṃ pajānāti? ‘Idaṃ dukkha’ntiādinā nayena ariyasaccāni. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘paññāpetīti paññā’ti vuttaṃ. Kinti paññāpetīti? Aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti paññāpeti. Sāva avijjāya abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ. Dassanalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Paññāva indriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ. Sā panesā obhāsanalakkhaṇā ca paññā pajānanalakkhaṇā ca. Yathā hi catubhittike gehe rattibhāge dīpe jalite andhakāro nirujjhati āloko pātubhavati, evameva obhāsanalakkhaṇā paññā. Paññobhāsasamo obhāso nāma natthi. Paññavato hi ekapallaṅkena nisinnassa dasasahassilokadhātu ekālokā hoti. Tenāha thero –
大王,就像有人把一盏灯带进黑暗的屋子里,灯一进去,就驱散黑暗,带来明光,显现亮光,让各种东西清清楚楚地看得见。大王,同样地,慧生起的时候,就驱散无明的黑暗,带来明光,显现智光,让四圣谛清清楚楚地显现出来。大王,慧就是以照亮为特征。巴利
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, puriso andhakāre gehe padīpaṃ paveseyya, paviṭṭho padīpo andhakāraṃ viddhaṃseti, obhāsaṃ janeti, ālokaṃ vidaṃseti, pākaṭāni ca rūpāni karoti, evameva kho, mahārāja, paññā uppajjamānā avijjandhakāraṃ viddhaṃseti, vijjobhāsaṃ janeti, ñāṇālokaṃ vidaṃseti, pākaṭāni ca ariyasaccāni karoti. Evaṃ kho, mahārāja, obhāsanalakkhaṇā paññā’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.15).
就像一位善巧的医生,能分辨病人哪些食物适合、哪些不适合;同样地,慧生起时,能清楚地了解哪些法是善的、哪些是不善的,哪些应当修习、哪些不应当修习,哪些是低劣的、哪些是殊胜的,哪些是黑的、哪些是白的,哪些有对比、哪些没有对比。法将也这样说过:“贤友,因为了知、了知,所以称为具慧者。了知什么呢?了知‘这是苦’。”这段应当详细展开。这样,就应当知道慧是以了知为特征。巴利
Yathā pana cheko bhisakko āturānaṃ sappāyāsappāyāni bhojanāni jānāti, evaṃ paññā uppajjamānā kusalākusale sevitabbāsevitabbe hīnappaṇītakaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaappaṭibhāge dhamme pajānāti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dhammasenāpatinā – ‘‘pajānāti pajānātīti kho, āvuso, tasmā paññavāti vuccati. Kiñca pajānāti? Idaṃ dukkhanti pajānātī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.449) vitthāretabbaṃ. Evamassā pajānanalakkhaṇatā veditabbā.
还有一种说法:慧的特征是如实通达;或者说,它的特征是无误地通达,就像善巧的射手一箭射中要害那样。它的作用是照亮所缘,就像灯一样。它的现起是不迷惑,就像在森林中带路的向导一样。巴利
Aparo nayo – yathāsabhāvapaṭivedhalakkhaṇā paññā; akkhalitapaṭivedhalakkhaṇā vā kusalissāsakhittausupaṭivedho viya. Visayobhāsarasā padīpo viya. Asammohapaccupaṭṭhānā araññagatasudesako viya.
“思量,所以叫‘意’”,意思是“了知”。不过注释师们说:就像用管子量东西,或者像用大秤称东西那样,它量度、了知所缘,所以叫‘意’。这个‘意’本身在“思量”这个特征上起到“因陀罗(主宰/主)”之义的作用,所以叫‘根’。意本身就是根,也就是‘意根’。这是前面所说的‘心’的另一种叫法。巴利
Manatīti mano; vijānātīti attho. Aṭṭhakathācariyā panāhu – nāḷiyā minamāno viya, mahātulāya dhārayamāno viya ca, ārammaṇaṃ minati pajānātīti manoti. Tadeva mananalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Manova indriyaṃ manindriyaṃ. Heṭṭhā vuttacittassevetaṃ vevacanaṃ.
由于和喜、悦相应,所以心是善美的,因此叫“悦意”。悦意的状态就是“悦”。它在乐的特相中起到根的作用,所以叫“根”。悦本身就是根,也就是“悦根”。这是对前面所说的“受”的另一种叫法。巴利
Pītisomanassasampayogato sobhanaṃ mano assāti sumano. Sumanassa bhāvo somanassaṃ. Sātalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Somanassameva indriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ. Heṭṭhā vuttavedanāyevetaṃ vevacanaṃ.
诸法依靠它而存活,所以它就叫“命”。它在守护的特相中扮演根的角色,所以叫“根”。命本身就是根,也就是“命根”。它主导着生起和相续。不过,从特相等角度来说:命根的特相是守护那些与它不可分离的诸法,作用是让它们生起,现起是让它们安住,直接因是那些应当被维持的诸法。虽然它以守护等作为自己的特相规定,但它只在诸法存在的那个刹那守护它们,就像水守护莲花等一样;它也守护那些依各自因缘而生起的法,就像乳母保护王子一样;它只与那些自己正在生起的法相关联而生起,就像一位掌控者,而不是在坏灭之后才让它们生起,因为那时它自己和那些应当被令生起的法都不存在了;它也不在坏灭的刹那让它们安住,因为那时它自己正在坏灭,就像正在耗尽的灯油不能维持灯焰一样。应当知道,在所说的每一个刹那中,它并非没有守护、生起、安住的作用,因此各自都能成就根的意义。巴利
Jīvanti tena taṃsampayuttakā dhammāti jīvitaṃ. Anupālanalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Jīvitameva indriyaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ. Taṃ pavattasantatādhipateyyaṃ hoti. Lakkhaṇādīhi pana attanā avinibhuttānaṃ dhammānaṃ anupālanalakkhaṇaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ, tesaṃ pavattanarasaṃ, tesaṃyeva ṭhapanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, yāpayitabbadhammapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Santepi ca anupālanalakkhaṇādimhi vidhāne atthikkhaṇeyeva taṃ te dhamme anupāleti udakaṃ viya uppalādīni, yathāsakaṃpaccayuppannepi ca dhamme pāleti dhātī viya kumāraṃ, sayaṃpavattitadhammasambandheneva ca pavattati niyāmako viya, na bhaṅgato uddhaṃ pavattayati attano ca pavattayitabbānañca abhāvā, na bhaṅgakkhaṇe ṭhapeti sayaṃ bhijjamānattā khīyamāno viya vaṭṭisineho dīpasikhaṃ. Na ca anupālanapavattanaṭṭhapanānubhāvavirahitaṃ yathāvuttakkhaṇe tassa tassa sādhanatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
八正道支的汇集解说巴利
Maggaṅgarāsivaṇṇanā
在正见等当中,以“见”的含义为正见,以“专注导向”的含义为正思惟,以“策励”的含义为正精进,以“现前安住”的含义为正念,以“不散乱”的含义为正定,应当这样理解。再从词义来说:正确地见,或者依靠它而正确地见,所以叫正见;正确地思惟,或者依靠它而正确地思惟,所以叫正思惟;正确地精进,或者依靠它而正确地精进,所以叫正精进;正确地忆念,或者依靠它而正确地忆念,所以叫正念;正确地定,或者依靠它而正确地定,所以叫正定。另外,殊胜的、善妙的见,就是正见。按照同样的方式,应当理解这些词的词义。至于特相等,则和前面所说的一样。巴利
Sammādiṭṭhiādīsu dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi. Abhiniropanaṭṭhena sammāsaṅkappo, paggahanaṭṭhena sammāvāyāmo, upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammāsati, avikkhepanaṭṭhena sammāsamādhīti veditabbo. Vacanatthato pana sammā passati, sammā vā tāya passantīti sammādiṭṭhi. Sammā saṅkappeti, sammā vā tena saṅkappentīti sammāsaṅkappo. Sammā vāyāmeti, sammā vā tena vāyamantīti sammāvāyāmo. Sammā sarati, sammā vā tāya sarantīti sammāsati. Sammā samādhiyati, sammā vā tena samādhiyantīti sammāsamādhi. Apica, pasatthā sundarā vā diṭṭhi sammādiṭṭhīti. Imināpi nayena tesaṃ vacanattho veditabbo. Lakkhaṇādīni pana heṭṭhā vuttāneva.
在信力等当中,信等的意思和前面说过的完全一样。不过,“力”要理解为“不可动摇”的意思。这样,在不信当中不动摇,就是信力;在懈怠当中不动摇,就是精进力;在失念当中不动摇,就是念力;在掉举当中不动摇,就是定力;在无明当中不动摇,就是慧力;在无惭当中不动摇,就是惭力;在无愧当中不动摇,就是愧力。这是按照两组词分别做的意义解释。巴利
Saddhābalādīsupi saddhādīni vuttatthāneva. Akampiyaṭṭhena pana balanti veditabbaṃ. Evametesu assaddhiye na kampatīti saddhābalaṃ. Kosajje na kampatīti vīriyabalaṃ. Muṭṭhassacce na kampatīti satibalaṃ. Uddhacce na kampatīti samādhibalaṃ. Avijjāya na kampatīti paññābalaṃ. Ahirike na kampatīti hiribalaṃ. Anottappe na kampatīti ottappabalanti. Ayaṃ ubhayapadavasena atthavaṇṇanā hoti.
其中,前五种已经在下面用特相等方式说明过了。后两种当中,因为对身恶行等感到羞耻,所以叫惭;这是羞耻的别名。因为对同样这些事感到畏惧,所以叫愧;这是对恶感到怖畏的别名。为了说明它们的差别,先立下“起源、增上、以羞耻与怖畏为特相”这一论母,然后才说了这段详细解说。巴利
Tattha purimāni pañca heṭṭhā lakkhaṇādīhi pakāsitāneva. Pacchimadvaye kāyaduccaritādīhi hiriyatīti hirī; lajjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tehi eva ottappatīti ottappaṃ; pāpato ubbegassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tesaṃ nānākaraṇadīpanatthaṃ ‘samuṭṭhānaṃ adhipati lajjā bhayalakkhaṇena cā’ti imaṃ mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ayaṃ vitthārakathā vuttā.
从自身生起的,叫做惭;从外部生起的,叫做愧。以自己为尊而生起的,叫做惭;以世间为尊而生起的,叫做愧。安住在羞耻本性中的,叫做惭;安住在恐惧本性中的,叫做愧。以恭敬为特征的,叫做惭;以畏惧过错、见到过错的可怕为特征的,叫做愧。巴利
Ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī nāma; bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ nāma. Attādhipati hirī nāma; lokādhipati ottappaṃ nāma. Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī nāma; bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ nāma. Sappatissavalakkhaṇā hirī nāma; vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ nāma.
在这里,内生的惭通过四种原因生起:省察自己的出身、省察自己的年龄、省察自己的勇气、省察自己的多闻。怎样生起呢?心想:“造恶业这种事,不是出身高贵的人该做的,而是像渔夫这类出身低贱的人才会做的事。像我这样出身高贵的人,做这种事是不合适的。”这样省察出身之后,不去做杀生等恶行,惭就由此生起。同样地,心想:“造恶业这种事,是年幼的人才会做的,像我这样已经上了年纪的人,做这种事是不合适的。”这样省察年龄之后,不去做杀生等恶行,惭就由此生起。同样地,心想:“造恶业这种事,是软弱胆小的人才会做的,不是有勇气的人该做的。像我这样具足勇气的人,做这种事是不合适的。”这样省察勇气之后,不去做杀生等恶行,惭就由此生起。同样地,心想:“造恶业这种事,是愚痴的人才会做的,不是有智慧的人该做的。像我这样有智慧、多闻的人,做这种事是不合适的。”这样省察多闻之后,不去做杀生等恶行,惭就由此生起。像这样,内生的惭通过这四种原因生起。生起之后,把惭安放在自己心中,就不去造作恶业。这就叫作内生的惭。巴利
Tattha ajjhattasamuṭṭhānaṃ hiriṃ catūhi kāraṇehi samuṭṭhāpeti – jātiṃ paccavekkhitvā, vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā, sūrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhitvā, bāhusaccaṃ paccavekkhitvā. Kathaṃ? ‘Pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ na jātisampannānaṃ kammaṃ, hīnajaccānaṃ kevaṭṭādīnaṃ idaṃ kammaṃ. Mādisassa jātisampannassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’nti, evaṃ tāva jātiṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ daharehi kattabbaṃ kammaṃ, mādisassa vaye ṭhitassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’nti, evaṃ vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘pāpakammaṃ nāmetaṃ dubbalajātikānaṃ kammaṃ, na sūrabhāvānaṃ. Mādisassa sūrabhāvasampannassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’nti, evaṃ sūrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘pāpakammaṃ nāmetaṃ andhabālānaṃ kammaṃ, na paṇḍitānaṃ. Mādisassa paṇḍitassa bahussutassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’nti, evaṃ bāhusaccaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ ajjhattasamuṭṭhānahiriṃ catūhi kāraṇehi samuṭṭhāpeti. Samuṭṭhāpetvā ca pana attano citte hiriṃ pavesetvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī nāma hoti.
什么叫由外生起的愧呢?如果你造了恶业,就会在四众之中遭到呵责。巴利
Kathaṃ bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ nāma? Sace tvaṃ pāpakammaṃ karissasi catūsu parisāsu garahappatto bhavissasi.
智者将呵责你,犹如城中人呵责不净之物。
被具戒者所摒弃,比丘,你要怎么办?巴利
Garahissanti taṃ viññū, asuciṃ nāgariko yathā; Vajjito sīlavantehi, kathaṃ bhikkhu karissasīti.
像这样反复观察的人,因为从外部生起的愧,就不造恶业。这样从外部生起的,就叫作愧。巴利
Evaṃ paccavekkhanto hi bahiddhāsamuṭṭhitena ottappena pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ nāma hoti.
什么是“以自己为增上”的惭?这里,有位良家子把自己当作增上、当作最尊,心想:“像我这样因信心而出家、多闻、持头陀行的人,做恶业是不合适的。”于是他不作恶。这样就是“以自己为增上”的惭。因此世尊说:“他把自己当作增上、当作最尊,断除不善、修习善,断除有罪、修习无罪,保持自己清净。”巴利
Kathaṃ attādhipati hirī nāma? Idhekacco kulaputto attānaṃ adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā ‘mādisassa saddhāpabbajitassa bahussutassa dhutaṅgadharassa na yuttaṃ pāpakammaṃ kātu’nti pāpaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ attādhipati hirī nāma hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘so attānaṃyeva adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ karitvā akusalaṃ pajahati kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.40).
什么是“以世间为增上的愧”?在这里,有位良家子把世间当作增上、当作最尊,因此不作恶业。正如经中所说:“这世间聚集实在广大。在这广大的世间聚集里,有具足神通、有天眼、能知他心的沙门婆罗门,他们远处也能看见,近处也能不显现,能以心知心。他们也会这样知道我:‘看啊,这位良家子,以信心从在家出家、过无家生活,却混杂而住于种种恶不善法中。’也有具足神通、有天眼、能知他心的天女,她们远处也能看见,近处也能不显现,能以心知心。她们也会这样知道我:‘看啊,这位良家子,以信心从在家出家、过无家生活,却混杂而住于种种恶不善法中。’……他正是把世间当作增上、当作最尊,因此舍弃不善、修习善,舍弃有罪、修习无罪,保持自己清净。”这样就是“以世间为增上的愧”。巴利
Kathaṃ lokādhipati ottappaṃ nāma? Idhekacco kulaputto lokaṃ adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Yathāha – ‘‘mahā kho panāyaṃ lokasannivāso. Mahantasmiṃ kho pana lokasannivāse santi samaṇabrāhmaṇā iddhimanto dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduno, te dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, tepimaṃ evaṃ jānissanti ‘passatha bho imaṃ kulaputtaṃ, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. Santi devatā iddhimantiniyo dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduniyo. Tā dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, tāpi maṃ jānissanti ‘passatha bho imaṃ kulaputtaṃ, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti… so lokaṃyeva adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā akusalaṃ pajahati kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.146). Evaṃ lokādhipati ottappaṃ nāma hoti.
惭是以羞耻为本质而安住的,愧是以畏惧为本质而安住的。这里,羞耻就是感到羞愧的样子;惭就是以这种本质而安住的。畏惧就是害怕堕入恶趣;愧就是以这种本质而安住的。这两者在避免恶行时就显现出来。有些人就像这样:好比一位良家子在大小便等处,看到一个让人该感到羞愧的场面,就会露出羞愧的样子,觉得被人鄙视;同样地,他内心进入惭的状态,就不去做恶业。有些人则是害怕堕入恶趣,所以不做恶业。巴利
Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī, bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappanti. Ettha pana lajjāti lajjanākāro; tena sabhāvena saṇṭhitā hirī. Bhayanti apāyabhayaṃ; tena sabhāvena saṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ. Tadubhayampi pāpaparivajjane pākaṭaṃ hoti. Ekacco hi, yathā nāma eko kulaputto uccārapassāvādīni karonto lajjitabbayuttakaṃ ekaṃ disvā lajjanākārappatto bhaveyya hīḷito, evameva ajjhattaṃ lajjidhammaṃ okkamitvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Ekacco apāyabhayabhīto hutvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti.
这里有一个譬喻:比如两个铁球,一个又冷又涂满粪便,一个又热又烧得通红。这时,智者因为厌恶那个冷球涂满粪便,所以不去拿它;因为害怕另一个球灼热烫手,所以也不去拿它。在这里,因为厌恶冷球涂满粪便而不去拿,就像内心依止惭法而不作恶;因为害怕热球灼烧而不去拿,就应当理解为因畏惧恶趣而不作恶。巴利
Tatridaṃ opammaṃ – yathā hi dvīsu ayoguḷesu eko sītalo bhaveyya gūthamakkhito, eko uṇho āditto. Tattha paṇḍito sītalaṃ gūthamakkhitattā jigucchanto na gaṇhāti, itaraṃ ḍāhabhayena. Tattha sītalassa gūthamakkhanajigucchāya agaṇhanaṃ viya ajjhattaṃ lajjidhammaṃ okkamitvā pāpassa akaraṇaṃ. Uṇhassa ḍāhabhayena agaṇhanaṃ viya apāyabhayena pāpassa akaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.
惭的标志是尊重,愧的标志是害怕过失、看到危险。这两者同样只在避免恶行时才明显表现出来。有些人通过四种原因——省察出身的高贵、省察导师的高贵、省察遗产的高贵、省察同梵行者的高贵——生起具有尊重标志的惭,从而不做恶。有些人通过四种原因——害怕自我谴责、害怕他人谴责、害怕刑罚、害怕恶趣——生起具有害怕过失、看到危险标志的愧,从而不做恶。其中,省察出身高贵等,以及害怕自我谴责等,应当展开详细解说。巴利
Sappatissavalakkhaṇā hirī, vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappanti. Idampi dvayaṃ pāpaparivajjane eva pākaṭaṃ hoti. Ekacco hi jātimahattapaccavekkhaṇā satthumahattapaccavekkhaṇā dāyajjamahattapaccavekkhaṇā sabrahmacārīmahattapaccavekkhaṇāti catūhi kāraṇehi sappatissavalakkhaṇaṃ hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pāpaṃ na karoti. Ekacco attānuvādabhayaṃ parānuvādabhayaṃ daṇḍabhayaṃ duggatibhayanti catūhi kāraṇehi vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pāpaṃ na karoti. Tattha jātimahattapaccavekkhaṇādīni ceva attānuvādabhayādīni ca vitthāretvā kathetabbāni.
无贪是指:人们不通过它来贪著,或者它自身不贪著,或者它仅仅就是不贪著的状态。无嗔、无痴也是同样的道理。其中,无贪的特相是心对所缘不黏着,或者说是不执著的状态,就像莲叶上的水滴。它的作用是无所执取,就像解脱的比丘。它的现起是不耽著,就像掉进不净物中的人。无嗔的特相是不粗暴,或者说不敌对,就像随顺的朋友。它的作用是消除嗔怒,或者消除热恼,就像檀香。它的现起是温和的状态,就像满月。无痴的特相等,已经在前面“慧根”那一节里说明过了。巴利
Na lubbhanti etena, sayaṃ vā na lubbhati, alubbhanamattameva vā tanti alobho. Adosāmohesupi eseva nayo. Tesu alobho ārammaṇe cittassa agedhalakkhaṇo, alaggabhāvalakkhaṇo vā kamaladale jalabindu viya. Apariggahaṇaraso muttabhikkhu viya . Anallīnabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno asucimhi patitapuriso viya. Adoso acaṇḍikkalakkhaṇo, avirodhalakkhaṇo vā anukūlamitto viya. Āghātavinayaraso pariḷāhavinayaraso vā candanaṃ viya. Sommabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno puṇṇacando viya. Amoho lakkhaṇādīhi heṭṭhā paññindriyapade vibhāvito eva.
在这三者当中,无贪是悭吝垢染的对治,无嗔是恶行垢染的对治,无痴是对善法不修习的对治。在这里,无贪是布施的因,无嗔是持戒的因,无痴是修习的因。以无贪,他不会多取,因为贪心的人才会多取。以无嗔,他不会少取,因为嗔心的人才会少取。以无痴,他不会颠倒取,因为愚痴的人才会颠倒取。巴利
Imesu pana tīsu alobho maccheramalassa paṭipakkho, adoso dussīlyamalassa, amoho kusalesu dhammesu abhāvanāya paṭipakkho. Alobho cettha dānahetu, adoso sīlahetu, amoho bhāvanāhetu. Tesu ca alobhena anadhikaṃ gaṇhāti, luddhassa adhikaggahaṇato. Adosena anūnaṃ, duṭṭhassa ūnaggahaṇato. Amohena aviparītaṃ, mūḷhassa viparītaggahaṇato.
在这里,以无贪把实际存在的过失当作过失来把握,就会在过失上行动;因为贪著的人会掩盖过失。以无嗔把实际存在的功德当作功德来把握,就会在功德上行动;因为心怀嗔怒的人会抹杀功德。以无痴把事物的真实本性当作真实本性来把握,就会在真实本性上行动;因为愚痴的人会把真实的当成不真实的,把不真实的当成真实的。以无贪,就不会有爱别离苦,因为贪著的人本性就是贪爱,无法忍受与所爱分离。以无嗔,就不会有怨憎会苦,因为心怀嗔怒的人本性就是怨恨,无法忍受与所憎恶的相遇。以无痴,就不会有求不得苦,因为不愚痴的人能够生起“这从哪里能得到呢”这样的省察。巴利
Alobhena cettha vijjamānaṃ dosaṃ dosato dhārento dose pavattati; luddho hi dosaṃ paṭicchādeti. Adosena vijjamānaṃ guṇaṃ guṇato dhārento guṇe pavattati; duṭṭho hi guṇaṃ makkheti. Amohena yāthāvasabhāvaṃ yāthāvasabhāvato dhārento yāthāvasabhāve pavattati. Mūḷho hi ‘tacchaṃ atacchanti atacchaṃ ca taccha’nti gaṇhāti. Alobhena ca piyavippayogadukkhaṃ na hoti, luddhassa piyasabhāvato piyavippayogāsahanato ca. Adosena appiyasampayogadukkhaṃ na hoti, duṭṭhassa hi appiyasabhāvato appiyasampayogāsahanato ca. Amohena icchitālābhadukkhaṃ na hoti, amūḷhassa hi ‘taṃ kutettha labbhā’tievamādipaccavekkhaṇasambhavato (dī. ni. 3.34; a. ni. 9.30).
在这里,因为无贪,所以没有生苦;无贪是渴爱的对治,而生苦以渴爱为根本。因为无嗔,所以没有老苦;嗔心重的人会很快衰老。因为无痴,所以没有死苦;迷惑而死才是苦,无痴的人不会有这种苦。而且,无贪让在家人能安乐共住,无痴让出家人能安乐共住,无嗔则让一切人都能安乐共住。巴利
Alobhena cettha jātidukkhaṃ na hoti, alobhassa taṇhāpaṭipakkhato taṇhāmūlakattā ca jātidukkhassa. Adosena jarādukkhaṃ na hoti, tikkhadosassa khippaṃ jarāsambhavato. Amohena maraṇadukkhaṃ na hoti, sammohamaraṇañhi dukkhaṃ, na cetaṃ amūḷhassa hoti. Alobhena ca gahaṭṭhānaṃ, amohena pabbajitānaṃ, adosena pana sabbesampi sukhasaṃvāsatā hoti.
在这里要特别指出:没有贪,就不会投生到饿鬼界。因为大多数众生都是由于渴爱才投生到饿鬼界,而渴爱的对治正是无贪。没有嗔,就不会投生到地狱。因为众生由于嗔怒而性情暴戾,就投生到与嗔怒相似的地狱,而嗔的对治正是无嗔。没有痴,就不会投生到畜生道。因为愚痴的众生会投生到永远迷惑的畜生道,而痴的对治正是无痴。在这三者当中,无贪能使人不因贪欲而接近,无嗔能使人不因嗔怒而偏离,无痴能使人不因愚痴而失去中正。巴利
Visesato cettha alobhena pettivisaye upapatti na hoti. Yebhuyyena hi sattā taṇhāya pettivisayaṃ upapajjanti, taṇhāya ca paṭipakkho alobho. Adosena niraye upapatti na hoti. Dosena hi caṇḍajātitāya dosasadisaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Dosassa ca paṭipakkho adoso. Amohena tiracchānayoniyaṃ nibbatti na hoti. Mohena hi niccasammūḷhaṃ tiracchānayoniṃ upapajjanti. Mohassa paṭipakkho ca amoho. Etesu ca alobho rāgavasena upagamanassa abhāvakaro, adoso dosavasena apagamanassa, amoho mohavasena amajjhattabhāvassa.
这三者依次就是:出离想、无嗔想、无害想,这是前三种。接着是不净想、无量想、界差别想,这是后三种想。以无贪,能避免走向沉溺欲乐那一端;以无嗔,能避免走向自我折磨那一端;以无痴,则能行于中道。同样,以无贪能断除贪欲身系,以无嗔能断除嗔恚身系,以无痴能断除其余两种身系。前两种念处靠前两者(无贪、无嗔)的力量成就,后两种念处则靠后者(无痴)的力量成就。巴利
Tīhipi cetehi yathāpaṭipāṭiyā nekkhammasaññā abyāpādasaññā avihiṃsāsaññāti imā tisso. Asubhasaññā appamāṇasaññā dhātusaññāti imā ca tisso saññāyo honti. Alobhena pana kāmasukhallikānuyogaantassa, adosena attakilamathānuyogaantassa parivajjanaṃ hoti; amohena majjhimāya paṭipattiyā paṭipajjanaṃ. Tathā alobhena abhijjhākāyaganthassa pabhedanaṃ hoti, adosena byāpādakāyaganthassa, amohena sesaganthadvayassa. Purimāni ca dve satipaṭṭhānāni purimānaṃ dvinnaṃ ānubhāvena, pacchimāni pacchimasseva ānubhāvena ijjhanti.
在这里,无贪是健康的因缘;因为不贪的人即使面对可贪的东西,只要它不合适,就不会去用它,因此就健康。无嗔是青春的因缘;因为不嗔的人不会被那带来皱纹和白发的嗔火灼烧,所以长久保持年轻。无痴是长寿的因缘;因为不痴的人知道什么有利什么不利,避开不利的,修习有利的,所以长寿。巴利
Alobho cettha ārogyassa paccayo hoti; aluddho hi lobhanīyampi asappāyaṃ na sevati, tena kho arogo hoti. Adoso yobbanassa; aduṭṭho hi valipalitāvahena dosagginā aḍayhamāno dīgharattaṃ yuvā hoti. Amoho dīghāyukatāya; amūḷho hi hitāhitaṃ ñatvā ahitaṃ parivajjanto hitañca paṭisevamāno dīghāyuko hoti.
在这里,无贪是财富成就的因缘,因为无贪的人通过布施获得财富。无嗔是朋友成就的因缘,因为通过慈爱既能获得朋友,也不会失去他们。无痴是自身成就的因缘,因为无痴的人只做对自己有利益的事,从而成就自己。无贪是天住的因缘,无嗔是梵住的因缘,无痴是圣住的因缘。巴利
Alobho cettha bhogasampattiyā paccayo hoti, aluddhassa hi cāgena bhogapaṭilābho. Adoso mittasampattiyā, mettāya mittānaṃ paṭilābhato ceva aparihānato ca. Amoho attasampattiyā , amūḷho hi attano hitameva karonto attānaṃ sampādeti . Alobho ca dibbavihārassa paccayo hoti, adoso brahmavihārassa, amoho ariyavihārassa.
在这里,以无贪,对属于自己的那一类诸行中得寂灭,因为那些(诸行)毁坏故,由执著所引起的苦不存在;以无嗔,对敌方得寂灭,因为无嗔者即使对仇敌也没有仇敌想;以无痴,对中立一方得寂灭,因为无痴者没有对一切执取的状态。巴利
Alobhena cettha sakapakkhesu sattasaṅkhāresu nibbuto hoti, tesaṃ vināsena abhisaṅgahetukassa dukkhassa abhāvā; adosena parapakkhesu, aduṭṭhassa hi verīsupi verisaññāya abhāvato; amohena udāsīnapakkhesu, amūḷhassa sabbābhisaṅgatāya abhāvato.
以无贪,就有无常的观见;因为贪著的人由于想享受,即使面对无常的诸行,也不能以无常的角度去看它们。以无嗔,就有苦的观见;因为心住于无嗔的人,已经舍弃了嗔恨的根据,能对诸行以苦的角度去看。以无痴,就有无我的观见;因为不愚痴的人善于如实把握,能觉知没有主导者的五蕴确实没有主导者。正如由无贪等而有无常的观见等,同样,由无常的观见等也有无贪等。因为以无常的观见有无贪,以苦的观见有无嗔,以无我的观见有无痴。确实,有谁在如实了知“这是无常的”之后,还会为它生起贪求呢?或者在知道诸行是“苦”之后,还会再生起那极其猛利的嗔恨之苦呢?又或者在觉悟了无我性之后,还会再陷入愚痴呢?巴利
Alobhena ca aniccadassanaṃ hoti; luddho hi upabhogāsāya aniccepi saṅkhāre aniccato na passati. Adosena dukkhadassanaṃ; adosajjhāsayo hi pariccattaāghātavatthupariggaho saṅkhāreyeva dukkhato passati. Amohena anattadassanaṃ; amūḷho hi yāthāvagahaṇakusalo apariṇāyakaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ apariṇāyakato bujjhati. Yathā ca etehi aniccadassanādīni evametepi aniccadassanādīhi honti. Aniccadassanena hi alobho hoti, dukkhadassanena adoso, anattadassanena amoho hoti. Ko hi nāma ‘aniccamida’nti sammā ñatvā tassatthāya pihaṃ uppādeyya, saṅkhāre vā ‘dukkha’nti jānanto aparampi accantatikhiṇaṃ kodhadukkhaṃ uppādeyya, attasuññatañca bujjhitvā puna sammohamāpajjeyyāti?
业道聚解说巴利
Kammapatharāsivaṇṇanā
不贪求就是无贪。不恼害就是无瞋:不恼害由功德威力而获得的身心快乐、此世与后世的利益,以及名声赞誉。正确地看,或者善美的见,就是正见。这些其实就是无贪等的名称。不过,这些法在上文是以根的角度来把握的,在这里则应当知道是以业道的角度来把握的。巴利
Nābhijjhāyatīti anabhijjhā. Kāyikacetasikasukhaṃ idhalokaparalokahitaṃ guṇānubhāvapaṭiladdhaṃ kittisaddañca na byāpādetīti abyāpādo. Sammā passati, sobhanā vā diṭṭhīti sammādiṭṭhi. Alobhādīnaṃyeva tāni nāmāni. Heṭṭhā panete dhammā mūlavasena gahitā, idha kammapathavasenāti veditabbā.
世间守护者双品解说巴利
Lokapāladukavaṇṇanā
惭与愧在前面那段里,也是从力量的角度来说的;在这里,则是从守护世间的角度来说的。因为正是这两种法在守护着世间。正如所说的:巴利
Hirottappānipi heṭṭhā balavasena gahitāni, idha lokapālavasena. Lokañhi ime dve dhammā pālayanti. Yathāha –
比丘们,有两种善法在守护着世间。是哪两种呢?就是惭和愧。比丘们,正是这两种善法在守护着世间。比丘们,如果这两种善法不守护世间,那么在这里就分不清谁是母亲、谁是姨母、谁是舅母、谁是师母、谁是尊长的妻子了。世间就会陷入混乱,像山羊和绵羊、鸡和猪、狗和豺狼那样混在一起。比丘们,正因为这两种善法守护着世间,才能分得清谁是母亲、谁是姨母、谁是舅母、谁是师母、谁是尊长的妻子。巴利
‘‘Dveme, bhikkhave, sukkā dhammā lokaṃ pālenti. Katame dve? Hirī ca ottappañca . Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ pālenti . Sace, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ na pāleyyuṃ, nayidha paññāyetha mātāti vā, mātucchāti vā, mātulānīti vā, ācariyabhariyāti vā, garūnaṃ dārāti vā. Sambhedaṃ loko agamissa yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, ime dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ pālenti, tasmā paññāyati mātāti vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṃ dārāti vā’’ti (a. ni. 2.9).
轻安等一对的解释巴利
Passaddhādiyugalavaṇṇanā
身体的平静,就是身轻安。心的平静,就是心轻安。这里说的“身”,是指受、想、行这三蕴。把这两者合在一起说时,身轻安和心轻安是以平息身心的躁动不安为特征,以消除身心的躁动不安为作用,以身心不再躁动、变得清凉为表现,以身心为基础。应当知道,它们是导致身心不安的掉举等烦恼的直接对立面。巴利
Kāyassa passambhanaṃ kāyapassaddhi. Cittassa passambhanaṃ cittapassaddhi. Kāyoti cettha vedanādayo tayo khandhā. Ubhopi panetā ekato katvā kāyacittadarathavūpasamalakkhaṇā kāyacittapassaddhiyo, kāyacittadarathanimmaddanarasā, kāyacittānaṃ aparipphandasītibhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ avūpasamakarauddhaccādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
身体的轻快状态就是身轻快性。心的轻快状态就是心轻快性。它们以平息身心的沉重状态为特征,以消除身心的沉重状态为作用,以身心不迟钝为表现,以身心为基础。应当知道,它们是导致身心沉重的昏沉、睡眠等烦恼的直接对立面。巴利
Kāyassa lahubhāvo kāyalahutā. Cittassa lahubhāvo cittalahutā. Tā kāyacittagarubhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, kāyacittagarubhāvanimmaddanarasā, kāyacittānaṃ adandhatāpaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ garubhāvakarathinamiddhādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
身体的柔软状态就是身柔软性。心的柔软状态就是心柔软性。它们的特点是平息身和心的僵硬状态,作用是消除身和心的僵硬状态,表现为没有抵触,直接原因是身和心。应当知道,它们是造成身和心僵硬的邪见、慢等烦恼的直接对立面。巴利
Kāyassa mudubhāvo kāyamudutā. Cittassa mudubhāvo cittamudutā. Tā kāyacittathaddhabhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, kāyacittathaddhabhāvanimmaddanarasā, appaṭighātapaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ thaddhabhāvakaradiṭṭhimānādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
身体的适业状态就是身适业性。心的适业状态就是心适业性。它们以止息身心不适业的状态为特征,以消除身心的不适业为作用,以身心达到堪任取境为显现,以身心为基础。应当知道,它们是造成身心不适业的其余诸盖的直接对治。应当知道,它们能带来对可信赖之处的净信,能在有益的行为中带来稳妥运用,就像纯金一样。巴利
Kāyassa kammaññabhāvo kāyakammaññatā. Cittassa kammaññabhāvo cittakammaññatā. Tā kāyacittaakammaññabhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, kāyacittānaṃ akammaññabhāvanimmaddanarasā, kāyacittānaṃ ārammaṇakaraṇasampattipaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ akammaññabhāvakarāvasesanīvaraṇapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā. Tā pasādanīyavatthūsu pasādāvahā, hitakiriyāsu viniyogakkhemabhāvāvahā suvaṇṇavisuddhi viyāti daṭṭhabbā.
身的熟练状态就是身练达。心的熟练状态就是心练达。它们以身心无病为特征,以消除身心疾病为作用,以没有过患为显现,以身心为基础。应当知道,它们是导致身心疾病的无信等烦恼的对立面。巴利
Kāyassa pāguññabhāvo kāyapāguññatā. Cittassa pāguññabhāvo cittapāguññatā. Tā kāyacittānaṃ agelaññabhāvalakkhaṇā, kāyacittagelaññanimmaddanarasā, nirādīnavapaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittagelaññakaraassaddhiyādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
身体的正直状态就是身正直。心的正直状态就是心正直。这两者以身心不弯曲为特征,以消除身心的扭曲为作用,以不歪曲为表现,以身心为基础。应当知道,它们是导致身心扭曲的谄曲、欺诳等烦恼的对立面。巴利
Kāyassa ujukabhāvo kāyujukatā. Cittassa ujukabhāvo cittujukatā. Tā kāyacittānaṃ ajjavalakkhaṇā, kāyacittakuṭilabhāvanimmaddanarasā, ajimhatāpaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ kuṭilabhāvakaramāyāsāṭheyyādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
能忆念,所以叫念。能完全了知,所以叫正知;意思是从各个方面、以各种方式去了知。应当知道,它依四种而分类:有益正知、适宜正知、行处正知、不痴正知。它们的相、味等,应当依照在念根、慧根中所说的方式来了知。这样,前面已经说过的这一对法,在这里是就它的资助作用而再次被取用。巴利
Saratīti sati. Sampajānātīti sampajaññaṃ; samantato pakārehi jānātīti attho. Sātthakasampajaññaṃ sappāyasampajaññaṃ gocarasampajaññaṃ asammohasampajaññanti imesaṃ catunnaṃ panassa vasena bhedo veditabbo. Lakkhaṇādīni ca tesaṃ satindriyapaññindriyesu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Iti heṭṭhā vuttamevetaṃ dhammadvayaṃ puna imasmiṃ ṭhāne upakāravasena gahitaṃ.
欲贪等敌对法被止息,所以叫奢摩他。以无常等种种方式观见诸法,所以叫毗婆舍那。从意义上说,这就是慧。这两者的相、味等,前面已经说过了。但在这里,它们是从双运的角度被把握的。巴利
Kāmacchandādayo paccanīkadhamme sametīti samatho. Aniccādivasena vividhehi ākārehi dhamme passatīti vipassanā. Paññāvesā atthato. Imesampi dvinnaṃ lakkhaṇādīni heṭṭhā vuttāneva. Idha panete yuganaddhavasena gahitā.
“能策励俱生法”,所以叫策励。因为它是称为掉举的散乱的对立面,所以叫不散乱。这些的相、味等,前面已经说过了。不过在这里应当知道,这一对法是为了连接精进与定而取的。巴利
Sahajātadhamme paggaṇhātīti paggāho. Uddhaccasaṅkhātassa vikkhepassa paṭipakkhabhāvato na vikkhepoti avikkhepo. Etesampi lakkhaṇādīni heṭṭhā vuttāneva. Idha panetaṃ dvayaṃ vīriyasamādhiyojanatthāya gahitanti veditabbaṃ.
关于“耶瓦帕那迦”的解说巴利
Yevāpanakavaṇṇanā
或者,在那时还有其他缘生的非色法,这些法也是善的。并不是只按词句顺序列出的这五十多种法,而是当欲界、三因、喜俱、第一无行的大心生起时,那时还有与触等相应而生起的其他法,它们依各自的缘而生起,因为没有色而称为非色,从自性上可以被认知,所有这些法都是善的。巴利
Ye vā pana tasmiṃ samaye aññepi atthi paṭiccasamuppannā arūpino dhammā, ime dhammā kusalāti ‘phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hotī’ti na kevalaṃ padapaṭipāṭiyā uddiṭṭhā ime paropaṇṇāsadhammā eva, atha kho yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ tihetukaṃ somanassasahagataṃ paṭhamaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ samaye ye vā pana aññepi tehiyeva phassādīhi sampayuttā hutvā pavattamānā atthi, attano attano anurūpaṃ paccayaṃ paṭicca samuppannā rūpābhāvena arūpino, sabhāvato upalabbhamānā dhammā sabbepi ime dhammā kusalā.
到这里,已经按心所分类,把经典中列出的五十多种法讲完了;法王又用“或任何其他”的方式,开示另外九种法。因为在各种经文段落里,这九种法被认作:欲、胜解、作意、中舍性、悲、喜、身恶行离、语恶行离、邪命离。在这个大心中,也有想要造作善法的欲,但按心所分类并没有列入经典。它在这里就以“或任何其他”的方式被收摄进来。巴利
Ettāvatā cittaṅgavasena pāḷiyaṃ āruḷhe paropaṇṇāsadhamme dīpetvā yevāpanakavasena aparepi nava dhamme dhammarājā dīpeti. Tesu tesu hi suttapadesu ‘chando adhimokkho manasikāro tatramajjhattatā karuṇā muditā kāyaduccaritavirati vacīduccaritavirati micchājīvaviratī’ti ime nava dhammā paññāyanti. Imasmiñcāpi mahācitte kattukamyatākusaladhammacchando atthi, cittaṅgavasena pana pāḷiyaṃ na āruḷho. So idha yevāpanakavasena gahito.
胜解存在,作意存在,中舍性存在。慈的前分存在;当无嗔被摄受时,它也就被摄受了。悲的前分存在,喜的前分存在。舍的前分存在;但它是在中舍性被摄受时,才随之被摄受。正语存在,正业存在。正命存在;不过按心所分类来说,它并没有列入圣典。它在这里也是以“或任何其他”的方式被摄受。巴利
Adhimokkho atthi, manasikāro atthi, tatramajjhattatā atthi. Mettāpubbabhāgo atthi; so adose gahite gahito eva hoti. Karuṇāpubbabhāgo atthi, muditāpubbabhāgo atthi. Upekkhāpubbabhāgo atthi; so pana tatramajjhattatāya gahitāya gahitova hoti. Sammāvācā atthi, sammākammanto atthi. Sammāājīvo atthi; cittaṅgavasena pana pāḷiyaṃ na āruḷho. Sopi idha yevāpanakavasena gahito.
在这九种法里,欲、胜解、作意、中舍性这四种只会在同一个刹那生起,其余几种则在不同刹那生起。当以这种心舍断邪语、依靠远离而圆满正语时,欲等四种加上正语,这五种就在同一刹那生起。当舍断邪业、依靠远离而圆满正业时……当舍断邪命、依靠远离而圆满正命时……当修习悲的前行时……当修习喜的前行时,欲等四种加上喜的前分,这五种就在同一刹那生起。但除了这些情况,对于布施的人、持戒的人、从事瑜伽修行的人,只有四种确定无过失的支分生起。巴利
Imesu pana navasu chando adhimokkho manasikāro tatramajjhattatāti ime cattārova ekakkhaṇe labbhanti, sesā nānākkhaṇe. Yadā hi iminā cittena micchāvācaṃ pajahati, virativasena sammāvācaṃ pūreti, tadā chandādayo cattāro, sammāvācā cāti ime pañca ekakkhaṇe labbhanti. Yadā micchākammantaṃ pajahati, virativasena sammākammantaṃ pūreti…pe… micchāājīvaṃ pajahati, virativasena sammāājīvaṃ pūreti…pe… yadā karuṇāya parikammaṃ karoti…pe… yadā muditāya parikammaṃ karoti, tadā chandādayo cattāro, muditāpubbabhāgo cāti ime pañca ekakkhaṇe labbhanti. Ito pana muñcitvā, dānaṃ dentassa sīlaṃ pūrentassa yoge kammaṃ karontassa cattāri apaṇṇakaṅgāneva labbhanti.
在这九种“或任何其他”法当中,“欲”是想要去做的心念的另一种说法。所以,欲以想要去做为特征,以寻找所缘为作用,以对所缘有所需求为显现,那个所缘本身就是它的近因。应当把它看作心在抓取所缘时伸出的手。巴利
Evametesu navasu yevāpanakadhammesu ‘chando’ti kattukamyatāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā so kattukamyatālakkhaṇo chando, ārammaṇapariyesanaraso, ārammaṇena atthikatāpaccupaṭṭhāno . Tadevassa padaṭṭhānaṃ . Ārammaṇassa gahaṇe cāyaṃ cetaso hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo.
确定就是“胜解”。它的特相是决断,作用是毫不犹豫,现起是作出决定,近因是应当决断的法。应当把它看作像门柱一样,因为它在所缘上不动摇。巴利
Adhimuccanaṃ ‘adhimokkho’. So sanniṭṭhānalakkhaṇo, asaṃsappanaraso, nicchayapaccupaṭṭhāno sanniṭṭhātabbadhammapadaṭṭhāno. Ārammaṇe niccalabhāvena indakhīlo viya daṭṭhabbo.
造作就是行为,在心上的造作就是作意。又因为它让心变得和先前不同,所以也叫作意。这个作意有三种:让所缘现起的、让心路过程现起的、让速行现起的。其中,让所缘现起的就是在心上的造作,所以叫作意。它以引导为特征,以把相应法系到所缘上为作用,以面向所缘为显现,属于行蕴。应当把它看作引导相应法现起所缘的御者。而所谓让心路过程现起的,是五门转向的别名;让速行现起的,是意门转向的别名。这里指的不是这两种。巴利
Kiriyā kāro, manasmiṃ kāro ‘manasikāro’. Purimamanato visadisaṃ manaṃ karotītipi manasikāro. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇapaṭipādako vīthipaṭipādako javanapaṭipādakoti tippakāro. Tattha ārammaṇapaṭipādako manasmiṃ kāroti manasikāro. So sāraṇalakkhaṇo, sampayuttānaṃ ārammaṇe sampayojanaraso, ārammaṇābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno, saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpanno. Ārammaṇapaṭipādakattena sampayuttānaṃ sārathi viya daṭṭhabbo. Vīthipaṭipādakoti pana pañcadvārāvajjanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Javanapaṭipādakoti manodvārāvajjanassa. Na te idha adhippetā.
在这些法当中,处于中间平等的状态,就是“中舍性”。它的特相是让心和心所平等运转,作用是防止不足和过度,或者说是切断偏袒;表现为内心保持中立。应当把它看作一位御者,以中舍的态度对待心和心所,让它们像训练有素的良马一样平稳前进。巴利
Tesu dhammesu majjhattatā ‘tatramajjhattatā’. Sā cittacetasikānaṃ samavāhitalakkhaṇā, ūnādhikanivāraṇarasā, pakkhapātupacchedanarasā vā; majjhattabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā. Cittacetasikānaṃ ajjhupekkhanavasena samappavattānaṃ ājāneyyānaṃ ajjhupekkhanasārathi viya daṭṭhabbā.
“悲”和“喜”会在讲解梵住的部分里说明。唯一的差别是:它们达到安止时属于色界,而这里说的是欲界。巴利
‘Karuṇāmuditā’ brahmavihāraniddese āvi bhavissanti. Kevalañhi tā appanappattā rūpāvacarā, idha kāmāvacarāti ayameva viseso.
远离身恶行,就是“远离身恶行”。另外两个词也是同样的道理。不过从特相等角度来说,这三种(远离)都以不违越身恶行等事为特相;也就是说,以不践踏为特相。以从身恶行等事中退缩为作用,以不造作为现起,以信、惭、愧、少欲等功德为近因。应当理解为:这是心对恶行的背离。巴利
Kāyaduccaritato virati ‘kāyaduccaritavirati’. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Lakkhaṇādito panetā tissopi kāyaduccaritādivatthūnaṃ avītikkamalakkhaṇā; amaddanalakkhaṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāyaduccaritādivatthuto saṅkocanarasā, akiriyapaccupaṭṭhānā, saddhāhirottappaappicchatādiguṇapadaṭṭhānā. Pāpakiriyato cittassa vimukhībhāvabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
这样,触等五十六法,加上以“或任何其他”的方式所说的九法,在这个法开示部分中,总共就是六十五个法句。其中,在同一刹那,有时是六十一法,有时是六十法。因为按照圆满正语等情形,在生起的五种情况下是六十一法;除去这些,在一种情况下就是六十法。不过,如果除去那些“或任何其他”所摄的法,只按圣典文句直接计算,就只有五十六法。然而,以“未摄受而摄受”的方式,这里就有触等五法、寻、伺、喜、心一境性、五根、惭力与愧力这二力、无贪与无嗔这二根,以及身轻安、心轻安等十二法,共三十法。巴利
Iti phassādīni chappaññāsa yevāpanakavasena vuttāni navāti sabbānipi imasmiṃ dhammuddesavāre pañcasaṭṭhi dhammapadāni bhavanti. Tesu ekakkhaṇe kadāci ekasaṭṭhi bhavanti, kadāci samasaṭṭhi. Tāni hi sammāvācāpūraṇādivasena. Uppattiyaṃ pañcasu ṭhānesu ekasaṭṭhi bhavanti. Tehi mutte ekasmiṃ ṭhāne samasaṭṭhi bhavanti. Ṭhapetvā pana yevāpanake pāḷiyaṃ yathārutavasena gayhamānāni chappaññāsāva honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena panettha phassapañcakaṃ, vitakko vicāro pīti cittekaggatā, pañcindriyāni, hiribalaṃ ottappabalanti dve balāni, alobho adosoti dve mūlāni, kāyapassaddhicittapassaddhiādayo dvādasa dhammāti samatiṃsa dhammā honti.
在这三十法中,有十八法不作分别解说,十二法作分别解说。哪十八法呢?触、想、思、伺、喜、命根,以及身轻安等十二法,这十八法不作分别解说。受、心、寻、心一境性,信根、精进根、念根、慧根,惭力、愧力,无贪、无嗔,这十二法作分别解说。其中,有七法在两种场合被分别解说,一法在三种场合,二法在四种场合,一法在六种场合,一法在七种场合被分别解说。巴利
Tesu samatiṃsāya dhammesu aṭṭhārasa dhammā avibhattikā honti, dvādasa savibhattikā. Katame aṭṭhārasa? Phasso saññā cetanā vicāro pīti jīvitindriyaṃ, kāyapassaddhiādayo dvādasa dhammāti ime aṭṭhārasa avibhattikā. Vedanā cittaṃ vitakko cittekaggatā, saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ, hiribalaṃ ottappabalaṃ, alobho adosoti ime dvādasa dhammā savibhattikā. Tesu satta dhammā dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā, eko tīsu, dve catūsu, eko chasu, eko sattasu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
怎么讲呢?心、寻、信、惭、愧、无贪、无嗔,这七法是在两种场合中分别解说的。巴利
Kathaṃ? Cittaṃ vitakko saddhā hirī ottappaṃ alobho adosoti ime satta dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā.
在这些当中,心先说:到达触五法时,称为心;到达诸根时,称为意根。寻到达诸禅支时,称为寻;到达诸道支时,称为正思惟。信到达诸根时,称为信根;到达诸力时,称为信力。惭到达诸力时,称为惭力;到达世间护法二法时,称为惭。愧也是同样的方式。无贪到达(善)根时,称为无贪;到达业道时,称为无贪求。无嗔到达(善)根时,称为无嗔;到达业道时,称为无嗔恚。这七法在两种场合分别解说。巴利
Etesu hi cittaṃ tāva phassapañcakaṃ patvā cittaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, indriyāni patvā manindriyanti. Vitakko jhānaṅgāni patvā vitakko hotīti vutto, maggaṅgāni patvā sammāsaṅkappoti. Saddhā indriyāni patvā saddhindriyaṃ hotīti vuttā, balāni patvā saddhābalanti. Hirī balāni patvā hiribalaṃ hotīti vuttā, lokapāladukaṃ patvā hirīti. Ottappepi eseva nayo. Alobho mūlaṃ patvā alobho hotīti vutto, kammapathaṃ patvā anabhijjhāti. Adoso mūlaṃ patvā adoso hotīti vutto, kammapathaṃ patvā abyāpādoti. Ime satta dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā.
受呢,则是依触五法而说为“受”,依禅支而说为“乐”,依诸根而说为“喜根”。这样一来,同一个法就在三种场合中被分别解说。巴利
Vedanā pana phassapañcakaṃ patvā vedanā hotīti vuttā, jhānaṅgāni patvā sukhanti, indriyāni patvā somanassindriyanti. Evaṃ eko dhammo tīsu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
精进则被说为:到达根时,成为精进根;到达道支时,成为正精进;到达力时,成为精进力;到达后二法时,成为策励。念也被说为:到达根时,成为念根;到达道支时,成为正念;到达力时,成为念力;到达后二法时,成为念。如此,这两种法在四种情况下被分别解说。巴利
Vīriyaṃ pana indriyāni patvā vīriyindriyaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, maggaṅgāni patvā sammāvāyāmoti, balāni patvā vīriyabalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā paggāhoti. Satipi indriyāni patvā satindriyaṃ hotīti vuttā, maggaṅgāni patvā sammāsatīti, balāni patvā satibalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā sati hotīti vuttā. Evaṃ ime dve dhammā catūsu ṭhānesu vibhattā.
定,当它到达禅支时,被称为心一境性;到达根时,被称为定根;到达道支时,被称为正定;到达力时,被称为定力;到达后二法时,被称为止与无散乱。这样,这同一法在六种情况下被分别解说。巴利
Samādhi pana jhānaṅgāni patvā cittassekaggatā hotīti vutto, indriyāni patvā samādhindriyanti, maggaṅgāni patvā sammāsamādhīti. Balāni patvā samādhibalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā samatho avikkhepoti. Evamayaṃ eko dhammo chasu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
慧在涉及诸根时,被称为慧根;在涉及道支时,被称为正见;在涉及诸力时,被称为慧力;在涉及诸善根时,被称为无痴;在涉及业道时,被称为正见;在涉及后二法时,被称为正知与观。如此,这一法在七种情况下被分别解说。巴利
Paññā pana indriyāni patvā paññindriyaṃ hotīti vuttā, maggaṅgāni patvā sammādiṭṭhīti, balāni patvā paññābalanti, mūlāni patvā amohoti, kammapathaṃ patvā sammādiṭṭhīti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā sampajaññaṃ vipassanāti. Evaṃ eko dhammo sattasu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
如果有人这样说:“这里没有什么新东西,只是把前面已经拿来的内容拿来,在各个地方把句子补上去而已;这种没有连贯性的说法,就像盗贼带来的东西一样杂乱,像牛群走过的路上被踩乱的草一样,是不懂而说的。”那就应当否定他:“千万不要这样说。”然后告诉他:“诸佛的开示绝没有什么不连贯的,一定是连贯的;也绝不是不懂而说的,一切都是懂了才说的。因为正自觉者知道每一种法的作用,知道之后,按作用来分配:知道十八种法各有一种作用,就在各自一处分配;知道七种法各有两种作用,就在两处两处分配;知道受有三种作用,就在三处分配;知道精进和念各有四种作用,就在四处四处分配;知道定有六种作用,就在六处分配;知道慧有七种作用,就在七处分配。”巴利
Sace pana koci vadeyya – ‘ettha apubbaṃ nāma natthi, heṭṭhā gahitameva gaṇhitvā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne padaṃ pūritaṃ, ananusandhikā kathā uppaṭipāṭiyā corehi ābhatabhaṇḍasadisā, goyūthena gatamagge ālulitatiṇasadisā ajānitvā kathitā’ti, so ‘māheva’nti paṭisedhetvā vattabbo – ‘buddhānaṃ desanā ananusandhikā nāma natthi, sānusandhikā va hoti. Ajānitvā kathitāpi natthi, sabbā jānitvā kathitāyeva. Sammāsambuddho hi tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ kiccaṃ jānāti, taṃ ñatvā kiccavasena vibhattiṃ āropento aṭṭhārasa dhammā ekekakiccāti ñatvā ekekasmiṃ ṭhāne vibhattiṃ āropesi. Satta dhammā dvedvekiccāti ñatvā dvīsu dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi. Vedanā tikiccāti ñatvā tīsu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi. Vīriyasatīnaṃ cattāri cattāri kiccānīti ñatvā catūsu catūsu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi. Samādhi chakiccoti ñatvā chasu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi. Paññā sattakiccāti ñatvā sattasu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi’.
这里有一个譬喻。据说有一位聪明的国王,独自待在僻静处时想:“这些属于王室的财物,不能随随便便乱花。我应该按照各人技艺的相应程度来增加报酬。”于是他把所有工匠都召集起来,说:“把各自懂得一门技艺的人叫来。”这样一叫,有十八个人站了出来。国王给每人发了一份报酬,然后让他们回去了。当他说“懂得两门技艺的人来”时,有七个人来了,他给每人发了两份报酬。当他说“懂得三门技艺的人来”时,只有一个人来了,他给他发了三份报酬。当他说“懂得四门技艺的人来”时,有两个人来了,他给他们每人发了四份报酬。当他说“懂得五门技艺的人来”时,一个人也没来。当他说“懂得六门技艺的人来”时,只有一个人来了,他给他发了六份报酬。当他说“懂得七门技艺的人来”时,只有一个人来了,他给他发了七份报酬。巴利
Tatridaṃ opammaṃ – eko kira paṇḍito rājā rahogato cintesi – ‘imaṃ rājakulasantakaṃ na yathā vā tathā vā khāditabbaṃ, sippānucchavikaṃ vetanaṃ vaḍḍhessāmī’ti. So sabbe sippike sannipātāpetvā ‘ekekasippajānanake pakkosathā’ti āha. Evaṃ pakkosiyamānā aṭṭhārasa janā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Tesaṃ ekekaṃ paṭivīsaṃ dāpetvā vissajjesi. ‘Dve dve sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte pana satta janā āgamaṃsu. Tesaṃ dve dve paṭivīse dāpesi. ‘Tīṇi sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte ekova āgacchi. Tassa tayo paṭivīse dāpesi. ‘Cattāri sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte dve janā āgamaṃsu. Tesaṃ cattāri cattāri paṭivīse dāpesi. ‘Pañca sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte ekopi nāgacchi . ‘Cha sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte ekova āgacchi. Tassa cha paṭivīse dāpesi. ‘Satta sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte ekova āgacchi. Tassa satta paṭivīse dāpesi.
在这里,无上的法王就像那位明智的国王;依心和心所而生起的诸法就像懂得技艺的人;依作用而对各种法进行分别分类,就像按技艺的相应程度增加酬劳。巴利
Tattha paṇḍito rājā viya anuttaro dhammarājā. Sippajānanakā viya cittacittaṅgavasena uppannā dhammā. Sippānucchavikavetanavaḍḍhanaṃ viya kiccavasena tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ vibhattiāropanaṃ.
所有这些法,按照触五法、禅支、根、道、力、根本、业道、世间护法、轻安、轻快性、柔软性、适业性、熟练性、正直性、念与正知、止与观、策励与无散乱来分类,共有十七组。巴利
Sabbepi panete dhammā phassapañcakavasena jhānaṅgavasena indriyavasena maggavasena balavasena mūlavasena kammapathavasena lokapālavasena passaddhivasena lahutāvasena mudutāvasena kammaññatāvasena pāguññatāvasena ujukatāvasena satisampajaññavasena samathavipassanāvasena paggāhāvikkhepavasenāti sattarasa rāsayo hontīti.
欲界善的解说分论巴利
Kāmāvacarakusalaṃ niddesavārakathā
2 现在,为了把法列举部分中已经收入巴利文的那五十六个词分别解说清楚,就以“那时,什么是触”等为始的方式,开始了解说部分。巴利
2. Idāni tāneva dhammuddesavāre pāḷiāruḷhāni chappaññāsa padāni vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ‘katamo tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotī’tiādinā nayena niddesavāro āraddho.
在这里,先就提问来说,意思是这样的:当说“在欲界善、与喜俱行、三因、非造作的广大心生起之时,那时有触”时,应当按“那个触是什么”这样的方式,来理解所有提问中的含义。巴利
Tattha pucchāya tāva ayamattho – yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ somanassasahagataṃ tihetukaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotīti vutto, katamo so phassoti iminā nayena sabbapucchāsu attho veditabbo.
在那时,以接触的作用而生起的那个触,就是“触”。这是从触的自性来揭示它,所以叫“自性句”。“触击”是接触的方式。“合触”同样是接触的方式,只是加上前缀把词扩展了来说。“已合触的状态”就是已经接触的性质。这里文句的连接是这样的:在那时,以接触的作用而有的触,在那时的触击,在那时的合触,在那时的已合触状态;或者说,在那时以接触的作用而有的触,也可以用别的说法称为触击、合触、已合触状态——这就是在那时有触。在解说受等词时,也应当按这种方式来理解文句的连接。巴利
Yo tasmiṃ samaye phassoti tasmiṃ samaye yo phusanakavasena uppanno phasso, so phassoti. Idaṃ phassassa sabhāvadīpanato sabhāvapadaṃ nāma. Phusanāti phusanākāro. Samphusanāti phusanākārova upasaggena padaṃ vaḍḍhetvā vutto. Samphusitattanti samphusitabhāvo. Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – yo tasmiṃ samaye phusanakavasena phasso, yā tasmiṃ samaye phusanā, yā tasmiṃ samaye samphusanā, yaṃ tasmiṃ samaye samphusitattaṃ; atha vā, yo tasmiṃ samaye phusanavasena phasso, aññenāpi pariyāyena phusanā samphusanā samphusitattanti vuccati, ayaṃ tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotīti. Vedanādīnampi niddesesu imināva nayena padayojanā veditabbā.
不过,这里还有一个适用于一切的分别判定。世尊最初把欲界的善广大心分开来展示时,以论母的方式列出五十多个词,然后又一个一个取词,进行分别。这些词在进入分别时,通过三种原因而进入分别;在彼此不同时,通过四种原因而成为不同。此外,这里的进一步说明涉及两种情况。怎样呢?因为这些词通过词形、前缀、意义这三种原因而进入分别。其中,忿怒、发怒、已发怒的状态,以及嗔、嗔怒、已嗔怒的状态,应当知道这是通过词形而进入分别。在这里,同一个忿怒就是通过词形这样进入分别的。而行、伺、随伺、近伺,应当知道这是通过前缀而进入分别。聪慧、善巧、明智、广慧、思惟、审察,应当知道这是通过意义而进入分别。在这些词当中,首先在触这个词的解说里,这三种分别都可以得到。因为触、触击是通过词形而进入分别;合触是通过前缀;已合触的状态是通过意义。应当以这种方式理解一切词解说中的进入分别。巴利
Ayaṃ panettha sabbasādhāraṇo vibhattivinicchayo. Yānimāni bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ mahācittaṃ bhājetvā dassentena atirekapaṇṇāsapadāni mātikāvasena ṭhapetvā puna ekekapadaṃ gahetvā vibhattiṃ āropitāni, tāni vibhattiṃ gacchantāni tīhi kāraṇehi vibhattiṃ gacchanti; nānā hontāni catūhi kāraṇehi nānā bhavanti. Aparadīpanā panettha dve ṭhānāni gacchati. Kathaṃ? Etānihi byañjanavasena upasaggavasena atthavasenāti imehi tīhi kāraṇehi vibhattiṃ gacchanti. Tattha kodho kujjhanā kujjhitattaṃ, doso dussanā dussitattanti evaṃ byañjanavasena vibhattigamanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettha hi ekova kodho byañjanavasena evaṃ vibhattiṃ gato. Cāro vicāro anuvicāro upavicāroti evaṃ pana upasaggavasena vibhattigamanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhāti evaṃ atthavasena vibhattigamanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tesu phassapadaniddese tāva imā tissopi vibhattiyo labbhanti. ‘Phasso phusanā’ti hi byañjanavasena vibhattigamanaṃ hoti. ‘Samphusanā’ti upasaggavasena. ‘Samphusitatta’nti atthavasena. Iminā nayena sabbapadaniddesesu vibhattigamanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
这些虽然各不相同,但它们是借着名称不同、特相不同、作用不同、遮止不同这四种原因而成为不同的。其中,“那时什么是害心?那时,那个嗔、嗔怒……”(《法集论》419)在这里,无论是“害心”还是“嗔”,这两者其实都是忿怒,只是名称上有了差别。应当这样理解:由“名称不同”而成为不同。巴利
Nānā hontānipi pana nāmanānattena lakkhaṇanānattena kiccanānattena paṭikkhepanānattenāti imehi catūhi kāraṇehi nānā honti. Tattha katamo tasmiṃ samaye byāpādo hoti? Yo tasmiṃ samaye doso dussanāti (dha. sa. 419) ettha byāpādoti vā, dosoti vā, dvepi ete kodho eva, nāmena nānattaṃ gatāti. Evaṃ ‘nāmanānattena’ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
从“味”(本质)的角度看,五蕴也是同一个蕴。不过在这里,色以变坏为特相,受以领纳为特相,想以认知为特相,思以造作意志为特相,识以了别为特相——正是因为特相各不相同,才成为五蕴。应当这样理解:由“特相不同”而成为不同。巴利
Rāsaṭṭhena ca pañcapi khandhā ekova khandho hoti. Ettha pana rūpaṃ ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ, vedanā vedayitalakkhaṇā, saññā sañjānanalakkhaṇā, cetanā cetayitalakkhaṇā, viññāṇaṃ vijānanalakkhaṇanti iminā lakkhaṇanānattena pañcakkhandhā honti. Evaṃ ‘lakkhaṇanānattena’ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
四种正勤——“在这里,比丘为了不让尚未生起的恶不善法生起……(中略)……他策励心、精勤”(《分别论》390;《长部》2.402)——这其实是同一个精进,因为作用不同,而出现在四种情形中。应当这样理解:由“作用不同”而有多样性。巴利
Cattāro sammappadhānā – ‘‘idha bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya…pe… cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahatī’’ti (vibha. 390; dī. ni. 2.402) ekameva vīriyaṃ kiccanānattena catūsu ṭhānesu āgataṃ. Evaṃ ‘kiccanānattena’ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
有四种非正法:看重愤怒而不看重正法,看重覆藏而不看重正法,看重利养而不看重正法,看重恭敬而不看重正法。在像《增支部》4.44 这类经文里,则应知道,这是依“遮止的不同”而成为不同。巴利
Cattāro asaddhammā – kodhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, makkhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, lābhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, sakkāragarutā na saddhammagarutāti, evamādīsu (a. ni. 4.44) pana ‘paṭikkhepanānattena’ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
不过,这四种差别并不是只在触里才有,在一切触等五法组里都能找到。因为触就叫“触”……(中略)……心就叫“心”。触的特相是碰触,受的特相是感受,想的特相是识别,思的特相是发动意志,识的特相是了知。同样,触的作用是碰触,受的作用是体验,想的作用是识别,思的作用是发动意志,识的作用是了知。应当知道,这样就是按作用的不同而有了差别。巴利
Imāni pana cattāri nānattāni na phasseyeva labbhanti, sabbesupi phassapañcakādīsu labbhanti. Phassassa hi phassoti nāmaṃ…pe… cittassa cittanti. Phasso ca phusanalakkhaṇo, vedanā vedayitalakkhaṇā, saññā sañjānanalakkhaṇā, cetanā cetayitalakkhaṇā, viññāṇaṃ vijānanalakkhaṇaṃ. Tathā phasso phusanakicco, vedanā anubhavanakiccā, saññā sañjānanakiccā, cetanā cetayitakiccā, viññāṇaṃ vijānanakiccanti. Evaṃ kiccanānattena nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在触等五法组里,并不存在“遮止的不同”。但在解说无贪等时,则能依“无贪、不贪、已不贪的状态”这样的方式找到。应当这样理解:由遮止的不同而有不同。同样,在一切词条的解说中,应当依照所能找到的情形,理解这四种不同。巴利
Paṭikkhepanānattaṃ phassapañcamake natthi. Alobhādiniddese pana alobho alubbhanā alubbhitattantiādinā nayena labbhatīti evaṃ paṭikkhepanānattena nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ sabbapadaniddesesu labbhamānavasena catubbidhampi nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
另外,释义会落到两种情况:要么是彰显词义,要么是令义坚固。就像只用杖端压一下,如果只说一次“触”,这个词就不算开放、庄严、修饰。只有从字词、前缀、义理的角度反复说“触、触击、遍触、遍触性”时,才算开放、庄严、修饰。譬如给幼童沐浴后,让他穿上悦意的衣服,佩戴花朵,涂饰眼睛,然后只在他额头上点一个朱砂点,这还不能因此就叫彩绘额饰。只有用种种颜色围绕起来,点上许多点饰,才叫彩绘额饰。应当知道这里的道理也是如此。这就叫“彰显词义”。巴利
Aparadīpanā pana padatthuti vā hoti daḷhīkammaṃ vāti evaṃ dve ṭhānāni gacchati. Yaṭṭhikoṭiyā uppīḷentena viya hi sakimeva phassoti vutte etaṃ padaṃ phullitamaṇḍitavibhūsitaṃ nāma na hoti. Punappunaṃ byañjanavasena upasaggavasena atthavasena ‘phasso phusanā samphusanā samphusitatta’nti vutte phullitamaṇḍitavibhūsitaṃ nāma hoti. Yathā hi daharakumāraṃ nhāpetvā, manoramaṃ vatthaṃ paridahāpetvā pupphāni piḷandhāpetvā akkhīni añjetvā athassa nalāṭe ekameva manosilābinduṃ kareyyuṃ, tassa na ettāvatā cittatilako nāma hoti. Nānāvaṇṇehi pana parivāretvā bindūsu katesu cittatilako nāma hoti. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ ‘padatthuti’ nāma.
从字词、前缀和义理的角度反复宣说,就叫作“令义坚固”。比如,只说一次“贤友”“尊者”“亚卡”“蛇”,并不成为令义坚固;但说“贤友、贤友”“尊者、尊者”“亚卡、亚卡”“蛇、蛇”时,就成为令义坚固。同样,只说一次“触”,就像用杖端按压一下,这个词并不成为令义坚固;只有从字词、前缀和义理的角度反复宣说“触、触击、遍触、遍触性”时,才叫作“令义坚固”。这样,释义就涉及这两种情形。依此,在解说可得词义的一切地方,都应了知其中的义理。巴利
Byañjanavasena upasaggavasena atthavasena ca punappunaṃ bhaṇanameva daḷhīkammaṃ nāma. Yathā hi ‘āvuso’ti vā ‘bhante’ti vā ‘yakkho’ti vā ‘sappo’ti vā vutte daḷhīkammaṃ nāma na hoti. ‘Āvuso āvuso’‘bhante bhante’‘yakkho yakkho’‘sappo sappo’ti vutte pana daḷhīkammaṃ nāma hoti. Evameva sakideva yaṭṭhikoṭiyā uppīḷentena viya ‘phasso’ti vutte padaṃ daḷhīkammaṃ nāma na hoti. Punappunaṃ byañjanavasena upasaggavasena atthavasena ‘phasso phusanā samphusanā samphusitatta’nti vutteyeva ‘daḷhīkammaṃ’ nāma hotīti. Evaṃ aparadīpanā dve ṭhānāni gacchati. Etassāpi vasena labbhamānakapadaniddesesu sabbattha attho veditabbo.
“这时有触”这句话的意思是:当最初欲界的大善心生起的那一刻,这时就有这个叫作触的。以上就是对“触”这个词的解释。至于后面受等词的解释,我们只说明它们各自不同的地方。其余部分应当按这里所说的方法来理解。巴利
Ayaṃ tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotīti yasmiṃ samaye paṭhamaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ mahākusalacittaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ samaye ayaṃ phasso nāma hotīti attho. Ayaṃ tāva phassapadaniddesassa vaṇṇanā. Ito paresu pana vedanādīnaṃ padānaṃ niddesesu visesamattameva vaṇṇayissāma. Sesaṃ idha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
3 在“Yaṃ tasmiṃ samaye”这一句中,虽然开头问的是“那时什么是受”,但这里是根据“乐”这个词而说“yaṃ”。在“彼相应意识界触生”中,“彼相应”指的是与那乐相称、与那乐相符的。这个“彼相应”一词也有“相称、相符”的意思。正如所说:“谈论那相称、与那相符的事。”或者,由那些色等所缘以及这乐的诸缘所生起,所以也叫“彼相应”。意识本身以无众生之义而称为“界”,所以是“意识界”。从触而生,或在触中生起,所以是“触生”。因为依止于心,所以是心所。以甜美为义,所以是“乐”。这里说的是:在那时,由如前所说的彼相应意识界之触所生的心所之乐,这就是那时受。应当知道,要这样把一切词句连接起来理解。巴利
3.Yaṃ tasmiṃ samayeti ettha kiñcāpi katamā tasmiṃ samaye vedanā hotīti āraddhaṃ, ‘sātapadavasena pana ‘ya’nti vuttaṃ. Tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātusamphassajanti ettha ‘tajjā’ vuccati tassa sātasukhassa anucchavikā sāruppā. Anucchavikatthopi hi ayaṃ ‘tajjā’-saddo hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘tajjaṃ tassāruppaṃ kathaṃ mantetī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.246). Tehi vā rūpādīhi ārammaṇehi imassa ca sukhassa paccayehi jātātipi tajjā. Manoviññāṇameva nissattaṭṭhena dhātūti manoviññāṇadhātu. Samphassato jātaṃ, samphasse vā jātanti samphassajaṃ. Cittanissitattā cetasikaṃ. Madhuraṭṭhena sātaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yaṃ tasmiṃ samaye yathāvuttena atthena tajjāya manoviññāṇadhātuyā samphassajaṃ cetasikaṃ sātaṃ, ayaṃ tasmiṃ samaye vedanā hotīti. Evaṃ sabbapadehi saddhiṃ yojanā veditabbā.
现在,在“心所乐”等说法里,用“心所”这个词排除了身乐,用“乐”这个词排除了心所的苦。“心触生”是指在心触中产生的。乐、乐受:是乐的感受,不是不乐的感受;是乐的感受,不是苦的感受。后面三个词是按阴性词性说的。乐受,不是不乐受;乐受,不是苦受。这里的意思就是这样。巴利
Idāni cetasikaṃ sukhantiādīsu cetasikapadena kāyikasukhaṃ paṭikkhipati, sukhapadena cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ. Cetosamphassajanti cittasamphasse jātaṃ. Sātaṃ sukhaṃ vedayitanti sātaṃ vedayitaṃ, na asātaṃ vedayitaṃ; sukhaṃ vedayitaṃ, na dukkhaṃ vedayitaṃ. Parato tīṇi padāni itthiliṅgavasena vuttāni. Sātā vedanā, na asātā; sukhā vedanā, na dukkhāti. Ayameva panettha attho.
4 在想的解说中,“由彼相应的意识界触所生”是指:从与那不善想相应、适合它的意识界的触当中生起。“想”是自性之名。“认知”是认知的方式。“已认知性”是已被认知的状态。巴利
4. Saññāniddese tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātusamphassajāti tassākusalasaññāya anucchavikāya manoviññāṇadhātuyā samphassamhi jātā. Saññāti sabhāvanāmaṃ. Sañjānanāti sañjānanākāro. Sañjānitattanti sañjānitabhāvo.
5 在思的解说里,也应该按照这个方法来了知。巴利
5.Cetanāniddesepi imināva nayena veditabbo.
在关于心的解说中,因为心有多种多样,所以叫心。它衡量所缘、了知所缘,所以叫意。意就是意本身。不过,在“行于虚空的罗网,那个行走的意所成者”这句里,这里是把与意相应的法称为“意所成”。巴利
Cittaniddese cittavicittatāya cittaṃ. Ārammaṇaṃ minamānaṃ jānātīti mano. Mānasanti mano eva. ‘‘Antalikkhacaro pāso yvāyaṃ carati mānaso’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.151; mahāva. 33) hi ettha pana sampayuttakadhammo ‘mānaso’ti vutto.
世尊,您的弟子怎么会乐于您的教法呢?
还没证到阿罗汉果的有学圣者,若在众人闻名之中死去,便会死去。巴利
‘‘Kathañhi bhagavā tuyhaṃ, sāvako sāsane rato; Appattamānaso sekkho, kālaṃ kayirā jane sutā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.159);
在这里,阿罗汉果被称为“意”。但在这个地方,“意”就是心本身。这个词只是按字面形式作了扩展。巴利
Ettha arahattaṃ ‘mānasa’nti vuttaṃ. Idha pana ‘manova’ mānasaṃ. Byañjanavasena hetaṃ padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ.
心脏(hadaya)就是心(citta)。在“我要把你的心抛散,或者把你的心脏撕裂”(相应部1.237;经集·阿拉瓦迦经)这句里,说的是胸部为心脏。在“以心脏了知心脏,我想是以心识知”(中部1.63)这句里,说的是心。“肾脏、心脏”(长部2.377;中部1.110)这句里,说的是心所依处。但在这里,心本身因为具有内在的含义,所以被称为“心脏”。这同一个心,因为清净的含义,所以是“洁白”的。这是就有分心而说的。正如所说:“比丘们,这个心是光净的,但它被外来的烦恼所染污”(增支部1.49)。然而,由于是从它而生的缘故,不善心也被说为“洁白”,就像从恒河流出的河被称为恒河,从哥达瓦利河流出的河被称为哥达瓦利河一样。巴利
Hadayanti cittaṃ. ‘‘Cittaṃ vā te khipissāmi, hadayaṃ vā te phālessāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.237; su. ni. āḷavakasutta) ettha uro hadayanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Hadayā hadayaṃ maññe aññāya tacchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.63) ettha cittaṃ. ‘‘Vakkaṃ hadaya’’nti (dī. ni. 2.377; ma. ni. 1.110) ettha hadayavatthu. Idha pana cittameva abbhantaraṭṭhena ‘hadaya’nti vuttaṃ. Tameva parisuddhaṭṭhena paṇḍaraṃ. Bhavaṅgaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ, tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭha’’nti (a. ni. 1.49). Tato nikkhantattā pana akusalampi, gaṅgāya nikkhantā nadī gaṅgā viya, godhāvarito nikkhantā godhāvarī viya ca, paṇḍarantveva vuttaṃ.
意与意处:这里举出“意”,是为了说明意本身就是处。由此表明:“并不是像天处那样,因为是意的处所才叫意处,而是意本身就是处,所以叫意处。”这里的“处”,应当从住处、矿藏、汇集处、生起处、原因这几种意义来理解。比如在世间,“自在天处、婆薮天处”等说法里,“处”指住处;“金处、银处”等说法里,“处”指矿藏。在教法中,像“鸟群栖息于可意的处所”这类说法里,“处”指汇集处;“南方是牛的处所”这类说法里,“处”指生起之处;“在某某处,当有念处现前时,就能获得作证的能力”这类说法里,“处”指原因。而在这里,生起处、汇集处、原因这三种意义都适用。巴利
Mano manāyatananti idha pana manoggahaṇaṃ manasseva āyatanabhāvadīpanatthaṃ. Tenetaṃ dīpeti – ‘nayidaṃ devāyatanaṃ viya manassa āyatanattā manāyatanaṃ, atha kho mano eva āyatanaṃ manāyatana’nti. Tattha nivāsaṭhānaṭṭhena ākaraṭṭhena samosaraṇaṭhānaṭṭhena sañjātidesaṭṭhena kāraṇaṭṭhena ca āyatanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tathā hi loke ‘issarāyatanaṃ vāsudevāyatana’ntiādīsu nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ āyatananti vuccati. ‘Suvaṇṇāyatanaṃ rajatāyatana’ntiādīsu ākaro. Sāsane pana ‘‘manorame āyatane sevanti naṃ vihaṅgamā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 5.38) samosaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Dakkhiṇāpatho gunnaṃ āyatana’’ntiādīsu sañjātideso. ‘‘Tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.158) kāraṇaṃ. Idha pana sañjātidesaṭṭhena samosaraṇaṭhānaṭṭhena kāraṇaṭṭhenāti tidhāpi vaṭṭati.
触等法在这里生起,所以从“生起之处”这个意义上说,这也是处。外在的色、声、香、味、触以所缘的身份进入这里,所以从“汇聚之处”这个意义上说,也是处。再者,由于以俱生缘等缘的方式作为触等法的因,所以从“原因”这个意义上说,也应知道这是处。意根的意思和前面说的一样。巴利
Phassādayo hi dhammā ettha sañjāyantīti sañjātidesaṭṭhenapi etaṃ āyatanaṃ. Bahiddhā rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbā ārammaṇabhāvenettha osarantīti samosaraṇaṭhānaṭṭhenapi āyatanaṃ. Phassādīnaṃ pana sahajātādipaccayaṭṭhena kāraṇattā kāraṇaṭṭhenapi āyatananti veditabbaṃ. Manindriyaṃ vuttatthameva.
“能了知”所以叫识,识本身就是蕴,也就是识蕴。应当从“堆积”等含义来理解这里的“蕴”。比如“被称为一大水堆”(增支部4.51),这里“蕴”用的是堆积的意思。在“戒蕴、定蕴”等说法中(长部3.355),用的是功德的意思。在“世尊看见一个大木堆”中(相应部4.241),用的只是假名施设的意思。而在这里,“蕴”是依通称来用的。因为从堆积的意思来说,识蕴的一部分就是一个识。所以,就像砍树的一部分也可以说是在砍树一样,作为识蕴一部分的一个识,依通称也被称为识蕴。巴利
Vijānātīti viññāṇaṃ viññāṇameva khandho viññāṇakkhandho. Tassa rāsiādivasena attho veditabbo. Mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti (a. ni. 4.51). Ettha hi rāsaṭṭhena khandho vutto. ‘‘Sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.355) guṇaṭṭhena. ‘‘Addasā kho bhagavā mahantaṃ dārukkhandha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.241) ettha paṇṇattimattaṭṭhena. Idha pana ruḷhito khandho vutto. Rāsaṭṭhena hi viññāṇakkhandhassa ekadeso ekaṃ viññāṇaṃ. Tasmā yathā rukkhassa ekadesaṃ chindanto rukkhaṃ chindatīti vuccati, evameva viññāṇakkhandhassa ekadesabhūtaṃ ekampi viññāṇaṃ ruḷhito viññāṇakkhandhoti vuttaṃ.
所谓与那意识界相应的,即是适合于那些触等法的意识界。在这个词里,同一个心,以衡量的意义叫作“意”,以了知的意义叫作“识”,以自性的意义或以无众生的意义叫作“界”,这是用三个名称来说的。因此,在这个触等五法中,触本身就是触,并不是从相应意识界之触所生;而心本身就是相应意识界,所以在这两个词上,并没有安立“相应意识界之触所生”这个名称。至于在寻等词中虽然可以看到,但在这里因为文已截断,所以没有引用。巴利
Tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātūti tesaṃ phassādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ anucchavikā manoviññāṇadhātu. Imasmiñhi pade ekameva cittaṃ minanaṭṭhena mano, vijānanaṭṭhena viññāṇaṃ, sabhāvaṭṭhena nissattaṭṭhena vā dhātūti tīhi nāmehi vuttaṃ. Iti imasmiṃ phassapañcamake phasso tāva yasmā phasso eva, na tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātusamphassajo, cittañca yasmā tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātu eva, tasmā imasmiṃ padadvaye ‘tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātusamphassajā’ti paññatti na āropitā. Vitakkapadādīsu pana labbhamānāpi idha pacchinnattā na uddhaṭā.
世尊把触等这五法一一区分开来,并安立名称,这是很难做到的事。比如把各种不同的水或各种不同的油倒进同一个容器里,搅拌一整天,然后通过看颜色、闻气味、尝味道,或许还能分辨出它们的差别。即便如此,这已经被称为难行了。然而,正自觉者把那些在同一所缘中生起的无色心与心所法一一区分开来,并安立名称,这才是极其难行的事。因此,具寿那先长老说:巴利
Imesañca pana phassapañcamakānaṃ dhammānaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ vinibbhogaṃ katvā paññattiṃ uddharamānena bhagavatā dukkaraṃ kataṃ. Nānāudakānañhi nānātelānaṃ vā ekabhājane pakkhipitvā divasaṃ nimmathitānaṃ vaṇṇa gandharasānaṃ nānatāya disvā vā ghāyitvā vā sāyitvā vā nānākaraṇaṃ sakkā bhaveyya ñātuṃ. Evaṃ santepi taṃ dukkaranti vuttaṃ. Sammāsambuddhena pana imesaṃ arūpīnaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekārammaṇe pavattamānānaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ vinibbhogaṃ katvā paññattiṃ uddharamānena atidukkaraṃ kataṃ. Tenāha āyasmā nāgasenatthero –
“大王,世尊做了一件很难做到的事。”
“尊者那先,世尊做了什么很难做到的事?”
“大王,世尊做了一件很难做到的事,那就是:这些没有色法的心和心所,在同一所缘上生起时,世尊把它们一一区分开来并加以说明——这是触,这是受,这是想,这是思,这是心。”
“尊者,请打个比方。”
“大王,好比有人乘船进入大海,用手捧起一捧水,用舌头尝一尝。大王,那个人能知道‘这是恒河的水,这是耶牟那河的水,这是阿致罗筏底河的水,这是萨罗补河的水,这是摩醯河的水’吗?”
“尊者,这很难知道。”
“大王,世尊把这些在同一所缘上生起的没有色法的心和心所……(中略)……这是心,一一区分开来并加以说明,比这更难做到。”巴利
‘‘Dukkaraṃ, mahārāja, bhagavatā katanti. ‘Kiṃ, bhante nāgasena, bhagavatā dukkaraṃ kata’nti. ‘Dukkaraṃ, mahārāja, bhagavatā kataṃ, yaṃ imesaṃ arūpīnaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekārammaṇe pavattamānānaṃ vavatthānaṃ akkhātaṃ – ayaṃ phasso, ayaṃ vedanā, ayaṃ saññā, ayaṃ cetanā, idaṃ citta’nti. ‘Opammaṃ, bhante, karohī’ti. ‘Yathā, mahārāja, kocideva puriso nāvāya samuddaṃ ajjhogāhetvā hatthapuṭena udakaṃ gahetvā jivhāya sāyitvā jāneyya nu kho, mahārāja, so puriso – idaṃ gaṅgāya udakaṃ, idaṃ yamunāya udakaṃ, idaṃ aciravatiyā udakaṃ, idaṃ sarabhuyā udakaṃ, idaṃ mahiyā udaka’nti? ‘Dukkaraṃ, bhante, jānitu’nti. ‘Tato dukkarataraṃ kho, mahārāja, bhagavatā kataṃ yaṃ imesaṃ arūpīnaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ…pe… idaṃ citta’’’nti (mi. pa. 2.7.16).
7 在“寻”的解释中,从思虑的作用来说,称为思虑。应当知道,它是这样依思虑的作用而发生的:“他思虑了苦味,思虑了罐,思虑了车,思虑了一由旬,思虑了半由旬。”这是“思虑”这个词的自性含义。从寻思的作用来说,称为“寻”。这是较强的思虑的名称。从善巧思惟的作用来说,称为“思惟”。使心专注于所缘,称为“专注”。第二个词是加上前缀而强化的。或者,较强的专注就是“遍专注”。使心投向并安住于所缘,就是“心的投向”。由于能导向出离,又如实达到善的状态,所以是殊胜的思惟,称为“正思惟”。巴利
7. Vitakkaniddese takkanavasena takko. Tassa tittakaṃ takkesi kumbhaṃ takkesi sakaṭaṃ takkesi yojanaṃ takkesi addhayojanaṃ takkesīti evaṃ takkanavasena pavatti veditabbā. Idaṃ takkassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Vitakkanavasena vitakko. Balavataratakkassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Suṭṭhu kappanavasena saṅkappo. Ekaggaṃ cittaṃ ārammaṇe appetīti appanā. Dutiyapadaṃ upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ . Balavatarā vā appanā byappanā. Ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropeti patiṭṭhāpetīti cetaso abhiniropanā. Yāthāvatāya niyyānikatāya ca kusalabhāvappatto pasattho saṅkappoti sammāsaṅkappo.
8 8. 在“伺”的解释中:以在所缘上行走的方式而行走,就是“行”。这是它的自性词。以伺察的方式,就是“伺”。跟随之后以伺察的方式,就是“随伺”。趋近之后以伺察的方式,就是“近伺”。这些词也可以说是通过前缀而扩展出来的。心于所缘,就像箭被弓弦连接住一样,因为连接并安住,所以是“心的连接”。像随观所缘而安住,所以是“随观”。或者,以伺察的方式说的“观”,就是“随观”。巴利
8. Vicāraniddese ārammaṇe caraṇakavasena cāro. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Vicaraṇavasena vicāro. Anugantvā vicaraṇavasena anuvicāro. Upagantvā vicaraṇavasena upavicāroti. Upasaggavasena vā padāni vaḍḍhitāni. Ārammaṇe cittaṃ, saraṃ viya jiyāya, anusandahitvā ṭhapanato cittassa anusandhānatā. Ārammaṇaṃ anupekkhamāno viya tiṭṭhatīti anupekkhanatā. Vicaraṇavasena vā upekkhanatā anupekkhanatā.
9 在解释“喜”时,“喜”这个词指的是它的自性。欢悦者的状态就是“欢悦”。表现出喜悦的样子就是“喜悦”。表现出庆喜的样子就是“庆喜”。或者,就像把各种药、油、热水、冷水混合在一起,这叫做“混合”,同样,这个“喜”也是通过把各种法汇聚到一起而称为“混合”。不过,加上前缀修饰之后,就说成“喜悦”和“庆喜”。让人笑,就是“笑”。让人大笑,就是“大笑”。这是欢喜和极欢喜状态的说法。“vitti”是“财富”的意思,这是对财物的称呼。但这里说的“vitti”,因为是悦意的条件,和财富相似,所以叫“vitti”。就像富人因为财富而生起悦意,有喜的人也因为喜而生起悦意,因此称为“vitti”。这是对安住在满足自性中的喜的称呼。有喜的人,因为身心高涨、昂扬,所以被称为“昂扬者”。昂扬者的状态就是“昂扬”。自己心意愉悦,就是“自心悦”。对于不欢喜的人,因为他的心以苦为近因,所以不叫“自心悦”;而欢喜的人,因为以乐为近因,所以叫“自心悦”。因此,自己心意愉悦就是“自心悦”,也就是自己心意满足。意思是自己心意满足的状态。不过,这种“自心悦”并不是对别的什么人而言的自己心意愉悦,它本身就是心的状态,是心所法,因此说为“心的自心悦”。巴利
9. Pītiniddese pītīti sabhāvapadaṃ. Pamuditassa bhāvo pāmojjaṃ. Āmodanākāro āmodanā. Pamodanākāro pamodanā. Yathā vā bhesajjānaṃ vā telānaṃ vā uṇhodakasītodakānaṃ vā ekatokaraṇaṃ modanāti vuccati, evamayampi pīti dhammānaṃ ekatokaraṇena modanā. Upasaggavasena pana maṇḍetvā āmodanā pamodanāti vuttā. Hāsetīti hāso. Pahāsetīti pahāso. Haṭṭhapahaṭṭhākārānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vittīti vittaṃ; dhanassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Ayaṃ pana somanassapaccayattā vittisarikkhatāya vitti. Yathā hi dhanino dhanaṃ paṭicca somanassaṃ uppajjati, evaṃ pītimatopi pītiṃ paṭicca somanassaṃ uppajjati, tasmā vittīti vuttā. Tuṭṭhisabhāvasaṇṭhitāya pītiyā etaṃ nāmaṃ. Pītimā pana puggalo kāyacittānaṃ uggatattā abbhuggatattā udaggoti vuccati . Udaggassa bhāvo odagyaṃ. Attano manatā attamanatā. Anabhiraddhassa hi mano dukkhapadaṭṭhānattā attano mano nāma na hoti, abhiraddhassa pana sukhapadaṭṭhānattā attano mano nāma hoti. Iti attano manatā attamanatā, sakamanatā. Sakamanassa bhāvoti attho. Sā pana yasmā na aññassa kassaci attano manatā, cittasseva paneso bhāvo, cetasiko dhammo, tasmā attamanatā cittassāti vuttā.
11 在“一境性”的解释中:以不动摇的方式安住在所缘上,这叫“住”(ṭhiti)。后面两个词是加上前缀后扩展出来的。再者,把相应法聚集在所缘上而安住,这叫“安住”(saṇṭhiti)。深入所缘、进入所缘之后而安住,这叫“坚住”(avaṭṭhiti)。在善法这边,有四种法会深入所缘:信、念、定、慧。因此,信被称为“信解”(okappanā),念被称为“不忘失”(apilāpanatā),定被称为“坚住”(avaṭṭhiti),慧被称为“通达”(pariyogāhanā)。在不善法这边,则有三种法会深入所缘:渴爱、邪见、无明。因此,它们被称为“暴流”(oghā)。不过,这里的心一境性并不强有力。就像在尘土飞扬的地方,用水洒一洒、扫一扫,灰尘只平息一小会儿,一旦干了,又恢复原来的样子;同样,不善法这边的心一境性并不强有力。又像在那个地方,用罐子倒水,用锄头挖掘,经过敲打、揉压、摩擦之后,涂好的墙面就像镜子一样能映出影像,即使过了一百年,也还像刚做好的那样;同样,善法这边的心一境性则是强有力的。巴利
11. Ekaggatāniddese acalabhāvena ārammaṇe tiṭṭhatīti ṭhiti. Parato padadvayaṃ upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Apica sampayuttadhamme ārammaṇamhi sampiṇḍetvā tiṭṭhatīti saṇṭhiti. Ārammaṇaṃ ogāhetvā anupavisitvā tiṭṭhatīti avaṭṭhiti. Kusalapakkhasmiñhi cattāro dhammā ārammaṇaṃ ogāhanti – saddhā sati samādhi paññāti. Teneva saddhā okappanāti vuttā, sati apilāpanatāti, samādhi avaṭṭhitīti, paññā pariyogāhanāti. Akusalapakkhe pana tayo dhammā ārammaṇaṃ ogāhanti – taṇhā diṭṭhi avijjāti. Teneva te oghāti vuttā. Cittekaggatā panettha na balavatī hoti. Yathā hi rajuṭṭhānaṭṭhāne udakena siñcitvā sammaṭṭhe thokameva kālaṃ rajo sannisīdati, sukkhante sukkhante puna pakatibhāvena vuṭṭhāti, evameva akusalapakkhe cittekaggatā na balavatī hoti. Yathā pana tasmiṃ ṭhāne ghaṭehi udakaṃ āsiñcitvā kudālena khanitvā ākoṭanamaddanaghaṭṭanāni katvā upalitte ādāse viya chāyā paññāyati, vassasatātikkamepi taṃmuhuttakataṃ viya hoti, evameva kusalapakkhe cittekaggatā balavatī hoti.
由于掉举和疑而运转的散乱,与它相对的就是不散乱。由于掉举和疑而运转的心,就叫作散乱。但这里的心一境性没有那样的散乱,所以是不散乱。再者,由于掉举和疑,心就被称为散乱,被从这里拉到那里。而这里的心一境性,就是心不散乱的状态,所以称为不散乱心性。巴利
Uddhaccavicikicchāvasena pavattassa visāhārassa paṭipakkhato avisāhāro. Uddhaccavicikicchāvaseneva gacchantaṃ cittaṃ vikkhipati nāma. Ayaṃ pana tathāvidho vikkhepo na hotīti avikkhepo. Uddhaccavicikicchāvaseneva ca cittaṃ visāhaṭaṃ nāma hoti, ito cito ca harīyati. Ayaṃ pana evaṃ avisāhaṭassa mānasassa bhāvoti avisāhaṭamānasatā.
“止”有三种:心止、诤事止、一切行止。其中,在八等至中的心一境性,称为心止。因为依靠它,心的动摇、心的散乱得以止息、寂静下来,所以它被称为心止。如面前调伏等七种止,称为诤事止。因为依靠它,那些种种诤事得以止息、寂静下来,所以它被称为诤事止。又因为一切行依靠涅槃而止息、寂静下来,所以涅槃被称为一切行止。在这里的语境中,指的是心止。在定的特相中执行根的作用,所以是定根。面对掉举不动摇,所以是定力。正定,就是如实的定、导向出离的定、善的定。巴利
Samathoti tividho samatho – cittasamatho, adhikaraṇasamatho, sabbasaṅkhārasamathoti. Tattha aṭṭhasu samāpattīsu cittekaggatā cittasamatho nāma. Tañhi āgamma cittacalanaṃ cittavipphanditaṃ sammati vūpasammati, tasmā so cittasamathoti vuccati. Sammukhāvinayādisattavidho samatho adhikaraṇasamatho nāma. Tañhi āgamma tāni tāni adhikaraṇāni sammanti vūpasammanti, tasmā so adhikaraṇasamathoti vuccati. Yasmā pana sabbe saṅkhārā nibbānaṃ āgamma sammanti vūpasammanti, tasmā taṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamathoti vuccati. Imasmiṃ atthe cittasamatho adhippeto. Samādhilakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti samādhindriyaṃ. Uddhacce na kampatīti samādhibalaṃ. Sammāsamādhīti yāthāvasamādhi niyyānikasamādhi kusalasamādhi.
12 在“信根”的解说中:以相信佛等功德的方式生起的信,就是“信”。或者,因为相信、信赖佛等诸宝,所以叫“信”。“相信”就是相信的状态。深入佛等功德,像是破开而进入其中,这叫“胜解”。众生依靠它对佛等功德生起极强的净信,或者它本身就极清净,所以叫“极净信”。现在,因为信根等是复合词,在开始解释另一项时,要先取第一个词来分别说明——这是阿毗达摩的惯例——所以再次说“信”。又或者,并不像女人的根叫“女根”那样,这里只是信本身就是根,所以叫“信根”。为了说明这种同位关系,也再次说“信”。应当知道,在解释一切词时重复第一个词,用意就在这里。在胜解的相状中执行根的作用,所以叫“信根”。对不信不动摇,所以叫“信力”。巴利
12. Saddhindriyaniddese buddhādiguṇānaṃ saddahanavasena saddhā. Buddhādīni vā ratanāni saddahati pattiyāyatīti saddhā. Saddahanāti saddahanākāro. Buddhādīnaṃ guṇe ogāhati, bhinditvā viya anupavisatīti okappanā. Buddhādīnaṃ guṇesu etāya sattā ativiya pasīdanti, sayaṃ vā abhippasīdatīti abhippasādo. Idāni yasmā saddhindriyādīnaṃ samāsapadānaṃ vasena aññasmiṃ pariyāye āraddhe ādipadaṃ gahetvāva padabhājanaṃ karīyati – ayaṃ abhidhamme dhammatā – tasmā puna saddhāti vuttaṃ. Yathā vā itthiyā indriyaṃ itthindriyaṃ, na tathā idaṃ. Idaṃ pana saddhāva indriyaṃ saddhindriyanti. Evaṃ samānādhikaraṇabhāvañāpanatthampi puna saddhāti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ sabbapadaniddesesu ādipadassa puna vacane payojanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Adhimokkhalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti saddhindriyaṃ. Asaddhiye na kampatīti saddhābalaṃ.
13 13. 在精进根的说明中,“心所的”这句话,是为了表明精进按界定来说就是心所的性质。因为这部经里说:“比丘们,凡是身的精进,那也是精进觉支;凡是心的精进,那也是精进觉支。这样,这精进就归入这个总说。”在诸如此类的经文中,由于经行等活动中生起的精进,虽然被称为“身的”,但实际上并不像身识那样存在所谓的“身精进”,而只是心所而已——为了说明这一点,才说“心所的”。“精进的策励”就是指以精进为名的策励。用这个说法排除了其余的策励。因为“ārambha”(策励)这个词,在业、罪、作用、精进、伤害、破坏等多种含义中都有出现。巴利
13. Vīriyindriyaniddese cetasikoti idaṃ vīriyassa niyamato cetasikabhāvadīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Idañhi vīriyaṃ ‘‘yadapi, bhikkhave, kāyikaṃ vīriyaṃ tadapi vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, yadapi cetasikaṃ vīriyaṃ tadapi vīriyasambojjhaṅgoti. Itihidaṃ uddesaṃ gacchatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.233) evamādīsu suttesu caṅkamādīni karontassa uppannattā ‘kāyika’nti vuccamānampi kāyaviññāṇaṃ viya kāyikaṃ nāma natthi, cetasikameva panetanti dassetuṃ ‘cetasiko’ti vuttaṃ. Vīriyārambhoti vīriyasaṅkhāto ārambho. Iminā sesārambhe paṭikkhipati. Ayañhi ‘ārambha’-saddo kamme āpattiyaṃ kiriyāyaṃ vīriye hiṃsāya vikopaneti anekesu atthesu āgato.
无论什么苦产生,一切都是以行动为缘。
通过灭尽种种发起,苦就无从产生。巴利
‘‘Yaṃkiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ ārambhapaccayā; Ārambhānaṃ nirodhena, natthi dukkhassa sambhavo’’ti. (su. ni. 749);
在这里,业是作为“发勤”出现的。在“发勤且追悔”(增支部5.142;人施设论191)中,指的是犯戒。在“大祭祀、大发勤,他们不是大果报”(增支部4.39;相应部1.120)中,指的是竖立祭柱等行为。在“发勤吧,出离吧,致力于佛陀教法吧”(相应部1.185)中,指的是精进。在“为了沙门乔达摩而杀生”(中部2.51-52)中,指的是伤害。在“远离伤害种子与植物之行”(长部1.10;中部1.293)中,指的是切割、毁坏等损害。但在这里,唯独指精进。因此说:“精进发勤,即称为精进的发勤。”因为精进以发勤的方式而被称为发勤,这是它的自性词。以从懈怠中出离的方式,称为出离。以一步步向前迈进的方式,称为前进。以奋起而奋勉的方式,称为奋发。以努力的方式,称为努力。以鼓舞的方式,称为鼓舞。以极度鼓舞的方式,称为大勇。以坚固性的含义,称为力量。以维持心与心所的方式,或以无间断地流转而维持善相续的方式,所以称为维持。巴利
Ettha hi kammaṃ ‘ārambho’ti āgataṃ. ‘‘Ārambhati ca vippaṭisārī ca hotī’’ti (a. ni. 5.142; pu. pa. 191) ettha āpatti. ‘‘Mahāyaññā mahārambhā na te honti mahapphalā’’ti (a. ni. 4.39; saṃ. ni. 1.120) ettha yūpussāpanādikiriyā. ‘‘Ārambhatha nikkamatha yuñjatha buddhasāsane’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.185) ettha vīriyaṃ. ‘‘Samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhantī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.51-52) ettha hiṃsā. ‘‘Bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hotī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.10; ma. ni. 1.293) ettha chedanabhañjanādikaṃ vikopanaṃ. Idha pana vīriyameva adhippetaṃ. Tenāha – ‘vīriyārambhoti vīriyasaṅkhāto ārambho’ti. Vīriyañhi ārambhanakavasena ārambhoti vuccati. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Kosajjato nikkhamanavasena nikkamo. Paraṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanavasena parakkamo. Uggantvā yamanavasena uyyāmo. Byāyamanavasena vāyāmo. Ussāhanavasena ussāho. Adhimattussāhanavasena ussoḷhī. Thirabhāvaṭṭhena thāmo. Cittacetasikānaṃ dhāraṇavasena avicchedato vā pavattanavasena kusalasantānaṃ dhāretīti dhiti.
另一种说法:这个出离是为了驱除诸欲,这个前进是为了断除束缚,这个奋发是为了渡越暴流,这个努力是以到达彼岸为义,这个精勤是以作前导为义,这个大勇是以极其增上为义,这个力量是为了拔除门闩,这个坚定是为了令安住不动。巴利
Aparo nayo – nikkamo ceso kāmānaṃ panudanāya, parakkamo ceso bandhanacchedāya, uyyāmo ceso oghanittharaṇāya, vāyāmo ceso pāraṅgamanaṭṭhena, ussāho ceso pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena, ussoḷhī ceso adhimattaṭṭhena, thāmo ceso palighugghāṭanatāya, dhiti ceso avaṭṭhitikāritāyāti.
就算皮、筋、骨都留下来,也绝不退缩——在这样持续用功的时候,由于精进不松弛,就叫作不松弛的精进;意思是坚固的精进、坚定的精进。因为这份精进在行善的时候不放弃意愿,不放下责任,不退缩,不舍弃,能带来心不退缩的状态,所以说不舍弃意愿、不舍弃责任。就像在那种泥泞积水的地方,人们说“抓住那头拉车的牛”,那头牛即使用膝盖顶住地面,也照样拉着重担,不让重担掉到地上;同样,精进在行善的时候提起责任、担起责任,所以叫作提起责任。以提起的特相来执行根的作用,就是精进根。面对懈怠而不动摇,就是精进力。以如实导向出离的善精勤,就是正精进。巴利
‘‘Kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatū’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; saṃ. ni. 2.22, 237; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 154) evaṃ pavattikāle asithilaparakkamavasena asithilaparakkamatā; thiraparakkamo, daḷhaparakkamoti attho. Yasmā panetaṃ vīriyaṃ kusalakammakaraṇaṭṭhāne chandaṃ na nikkhipati, dhuraṃ na nikkhipati, na otāreti, na vissajjeti, anosakkitamānasataṃ āvahati, tasmā anikkhittachandatā anikkhittadhuratāti vuttaṃ. Yathā pana tajjātike udakasambhinnaṭṭhāne dhuravāhagoṇaṃ gaṇhathāti vadanti , so jaṇṇunā bhūmiṃ uppīḷetvāpi dhuraṃ vahati, bhūmiyaṃ patituṃ na deti, evameva vīriyaṃ kusalakammakaraṇaṭṭhāne dhuraṃ ukkhipati paggaṇhāti, tasmā dhurasampaggāhoti vuttaṃ. Paggahalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti vīriyindriyaṃ. Kosajje na kampatīti vīriyabalaṃ. Yāthāvaniyyānikakusalavāyāmatāya sammāvāyāmo.
14 在念根的解说中:以忆持的作用称为念。这是念的自性词。因为一再地忆持,也就是反复地忆持,所以称为随念。因为像面对面向着目标那样去忆持,也就是反转向着目标去忆持,所以称为反念。或者,这只是加上前缀后词形扩展而已。忆持的行相,就是忆持性。然而,因为“忆持性”也是三种归依的名称,为了排除那种理解,所以又再次提出“念”。这里的意思就是:被称为念的忆持性。由于对所听闻、所学习的内容能保持不忘,所以称为保持性。以不漂浮、也就是深入进入的作用来说,称为不漂浮性。就像葫芦等在水上漂浮,不会沉入水里,念对于所缘却不是这样。因为念会深入所缘,所以说为不漂浮性。由于对很久以前所做、很久以前所说的事不会忘失,所以称为不忘失性。以现起相和照耀相来执行根的作用,所以是根。被称为念的根,就是念根。在放逸中不动摇,所以是念力。如实而能导向出离的念、善的念,就是正念。巴利
14. Satindriyaniddese saraṇakavasena sati. Idaṃ satiyā sabhāvapadaṃ. Punappunaṃ saraṇato anussaraṇavasena anussati. Abhimukhaṃ gantvā viya saraṇato paṭisaraṇavasena paṭissati. Upasaggavasena vā vaḍḍhitamattametaṃ. Saraṇākāro saraṇatā. Yasmā pana saraṇatāti tiṇṇaṃ saraṇānampi nāmaṃ, tasmā taṃ paṭisedhetuṃ puna satiggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Satisaṅkhātā saraṇatāti ayañhettha attho. Sutapariyattassa dhāraṇabhāvato dhāraṇatā. Anupavisanasaṅkhātena ogāhanaṭṭhena apilāpanabhāvo apilāpanatā. Yathā hi lābukaṭāhādīni udake plavanti, na anupavisanti, na tathā ārammaṇe sati. Ārammaṇañhesā anupavisati, tasmā apilāpanatāti vuttā. Cirakatacirabhāsitānaṃ asammussanabhāvato asammussanatā. Upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇe jotanalakkhaṇe ca indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Satisaṅkhātaṃ indriyaṃ satindriyaṃ. Pamāde na kampatīti satibalaṃ. Yāthāvasati niyyānikasati kusalasatīti sammāsati.
16 在慧根的解说中,以令各自的意义显现出来的这种安立作用,称为慧。或者,以无常等各种方式来了知诸法,所以也是慧。这是慧的自性词。了知的行相就是了知。对无常等加以简择,所以是简择。加上前缀后,这个词扩展成了“审简择”。对四谛法加以简择,所以是法简择。以洞察无常等的方式而洞察,就是洞察。同样的洞察,因为前缀不同,又说成近洞察、对洞察。贤者的状态是贤智。善巧的状态是善巧。精敏的状态是精敏。以阐明无常等方式而明辨,就是明辨。以思惟无常等方式而思惟,就是思惟。或者,能使生起它的人去思惟无常等,所以也是思惟。审察无常等,就是审察。广慧是大地之名。这慧因为柔和、宽广,就像大地一样,所以是广慧。因此说:“广慧,称为大地。具足如大地般宽广、广大的慧,所以是广慧者。”(大义释27)另外,广慧也是慧的同义词。或者,乐于真实之义,所以也是广慧。像雷击岩石一样摧毁烦恼,所以是锐慧;或者以迅速执取、保持之义,就是锐慧。能使生起它的人在自利修行以及相应诸法中,通达如实相而引导,所以是引导者。以无常等方式观照诸法,所以是观。以正确的方式了知无常等,所以是正知。就像为了让走上歧路的马回到正道上而用的刺棒,为了把跑上歧路的邪念引回正道而刺穿它,所以像刺棒一样,就是刺棒。在观察的特相中执行根的作用,所以是根。称为慧的根,就是慧根。不被无明动摇,所以是慧力。以断除烦恼之义,慧就是刀,即慧刀。以极为高升之义,慧就是楼阁,即慧楼阁。巴利
16. Paññindriyaniddese tassa tassa atthassa pākaṭakaraṇasaṅkhātena paññāpanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena tena vā aniccādinā pakārena dhamme jānātītipi paññā. Idamassā sabhāvapadaṃ. Pajānanākāro pajānanā. Aniccādīni vicinātīti vicayo. Pavicayoti upasaggena padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ . Catusaccadhamme vicinātīti dhammavicayo. Aniccādīnaṃ sallakkhaṇavasena sallakkhaṇā. Sāyeva puna upasagganānattena upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇāti vuttā. Paṇḍitassa bhāvo paṇḍiccaṃ. Kusalassa bhāvo kosallaṃ. Nipuṇassa bhāvo nepuññaṃ. Aniccādīnaṃ vibhāvanavasena vebhabyā. Aniccādīnaṃ cintanakavasena cintā. Yassa vā uppajjati taṃ aniccādīni cintāpetītipi cintā. Aniccādīni upaparikkhatīti upaparikkhā. Bhūrīti pathaviyā nāmaṃ. Ayampi saṇhaṭṭhena vitthaṭaṭṭhena ca bhūrī viyāti bhūrī. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhūrī vuccati pathavī . Tāya pathavīsamāya vitthaṭāya vipulāya paññāya samannāgatoti bhūripaññoti (mahāni. 27). Apica paññāya etaṃ adhivacanaṃ bhūrī’’ti. Bhūte atthe ramatītipi bhūrī. Asani viya siluccaye kilese medhati hiṃsatīti medhā. Khippaṃ gahaṇadhāraṇaṭṭhena vā medhā. Yassa uppajjati taṃ attahitapaṭipattiyaṃ sampayuttadhamme ca yāthāvalakkhaṇapaṭivedhe parinetīti pariṇāyikā. Aniccādivasena dhamme vipassatīti vipassanā. Sammā pakārehi aniccādīni jānātīti sampajaññaṃ. Uppathapaṭipanne sindhave vīthiāropanatthaṃ patodo viya uppathe dhāvanakaṃ kūṭacittaṃ vīthiāropanatthaṃ vijjhatīti patodo viya patodo. Dassanalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Paññāsaṅkhātaṃ indriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ. Avijjāya na kampatīti paññābalaṃ. Kilesacchedanaṭṭhena paññāva satthaṃ paññāsatthaṃ. Accuggataṭṭhena paññāva pāsādo paññāpāsādo.
从“照亮”这个含义上说,智慧本身就是光,所以叫智慧光。从“朗照”这个含义上说,智慧本身就是明,所以叫智慧明。从“发光”这个含义上说,智慧本身就是灯,所以叫智慧灯。因为一个有慧的人盘腿而坐时,一万个世界会变成一种光、一种明、一种灯照,所以这样说。不过在这三句里,其实只要一句就能成立这个意思。至于“比丘们,有四种光。哪四种?月光、日光、火光、智慧光。比丘们,这就是四种光。比丘们,这四种光中,智慧光最为第一”这样说的经,以及同样说的“比丘们,有四种明……比丘们,有四种灯”,这些都是根据众生的根器和意乐而宣说的,这里也照着这个方式来解说。因为义理用多种方式分别阐明时,才能被很好地厘清。而且,不同的人会通过不同的方式领悟。巴利
Ālokanaṭṭhena paññāva āloko paññāāloko. Obhāsanaṭṭhena paññāva obhāso paññāobhāso. Pajjotanaṭṭhena paññāva pajjoto paññāpajjoto. Paññavato hi ekapallaṅkena nisinnassa dasasahassilokadhātu ekālokā ekobhāsā ekapajjotā hoti, tenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Imesu pana tīsu padesu ekapadenapi etasmiṃ atthe siddhe, yāni panetāni ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, ālokā. Katame cattāro? Candāloko sūriyāloko agyāloko paññāloko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ālokā. Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ catunnaṃ ālokānaṃ yadidaṃ paññāloko’’. Tathā ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, obhāsā…pe… cattārome, bhikkhave, pajjotā’’ti (a. ni. 4.144) sattānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena suttāni desitāni, tadanurūpeneva idhāpi desanā katā. Attho hi anekehi ākārehi vibhajjamāno suvibhatto hoti. Aññathā ca añño bujjhati, aññathā ca aññoti.
从令人欢喜的角度、从给予欢喜的角度、从产生欢喜的角度、从被珍视的角度、从难得出现的角度、从无与伦比的角度、以及从为殊胜众生所受用的角度来说,智慧就是宝,所以叫智慧宝。众生不会因为它而迷惑,它自己面对所缘也不会迷惑,所以叫无痴。择法这一句,含义已经如前所说。那为什么还要再说一遍呢?是为了说明无痴是痴的对治法。由此显示:这个无痴并不只是一种不同于痴的法,而是痴的直接对治法,这里所说的正是名为择法的无痴。正见,就是如实的、能导向出离的善见。巴利
Ratikaraṇaṭṭhena pana ratidāyakaṭṭhena ratijanakaṭṭhena cittīkataṭṭhena dullabhapātubhāvaṭṭhena atulaṭṭhena anomasattaparibhogaṭṭhena ca paññāva ratanaṃ paññāratanaṃ. Na tena sattā muyhanti, sayaṃ vā ārammaṇe na muyhatīti amoho. Dhammavicayapadaṃ vuttatthameva. Kasmā panetaṃ puna vuttanti? Amohassa mohapaṭipakkhabhāvadīpanatthaṃ . Tenetaṃ dīpeti – yvāyaṃ amoho so na kevalaṃ mohato añño dhammo, mohassa pana paṭipakkho, dhammavicayasaṅkhāto amoho nāma idha adhippetoti. Sammādiṭṭhīti yāthāvaniyyānikakusaladiṭṭhi.
19 在解释命根时,“那些无色法的寿”,指的是那些相应无色法中以维持延续之义而成为其寿者。因为当寿存在时,那些无色法才能延续、行进、运转,所以称为寿。这是它的自性表述。然而,因为这些法只有在寿存在时才能住立、维持、延续、活动、运转、守护,所以才说了“住立”等词。这里的词义是:依靠这个而住立,所以叫住立。依靠这个而维持,所以叫维持。同样地,依靠这个而令延续,所以叫令延续。不过,依照能觉知者的用法,前一个词作了缩短处理。依靠这个而活动,所以叫活动。依靠这个而运转,所以叫运转。依靠这个而守护,所以叫守护。依靠这个而活命,所以叫命。以随护为特相而发挥其自在的作用,所以叫命根。巴利
19. Jīvitindriyaniddese yo tesaṃ arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ āyūti tesaṃ sampayuttakānaṃ arūpadhammānaṃ yo āyāpanaṭṭhena āyu, tasmiñhi sati arūpadhammā ayanti gacchanti pavattanti, tasmā āyūti vuccati. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Yasmā panete dhammā āyusmiṃyeva sati tiṭṭhanti yapenti yāpenti iriyanti vattanti pālayanti, tasmā ṭhitītiādīni vuttāni. Vacanattho panettha – etāya tiṭṭhantīti ṭhiti. Yapentīti yapanā. Tathā yāpanā. Evaṃ bujjhantānaṃ pana vasena purimapade rassattaṃ kataṃ. Etāya iriyantīti iriyanā. Vattantīti vattanā. Pālayantīti pālanā. Jīvanti etenāti jīvitaṃ. Anupālanalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti jīvitindriyaṃ.
30 在解释“惭力”时,“于彼时”是指:以那种法,在那个时间。或者作性别转换,也可以理解为:那时存在的法。“应惭的”这里是以具格表达受格之义。意思是:对应当感到惭的身恶行等法,感到惭耻、厌恶。“恶的”就是低劣的。“不善法”就是从不善巧生起的法。“成就”这里也是以具格表达受格之义。意思是:对那些法的成就、获得、具足,感到惭耻、厌恶。巴利
30. Hiribalaniddese yaṃ tasmiṃ samayeti yena dhammena tasmiṃ samaye. Liṅgavipallāsaṃ vā katvā yo dhammo tasmiṃ samayetipi attho veditabbo. Hiriyitabbenāti upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Hiriyitabbayuttakaṃ kāyaduccaritādidhammaṃ hiriyati jigucchatīti attho. Pāpakānanti lāmakānaṃ. Akusalānaṃ dhammānanti akosallasambhūtānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Samāpattiyāti idampi upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Tesaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiṃ paṭilābhaṃ samaṅgībhāvaṃ hiriyati jigucchatīti attho.
31 在解释“愧力”时,“应愧者”这一说法,是把具格当作表原因来用。意思是:依靠与应愧相应的、作为愧之因的身恶行等,以及前面所说的那种作为愧之因的成就,而生起愧、感到害怕。巴利
31. Ottappabalaniddese ottappitabbenāti hetvatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Ottappitabbayuttakena ottappassa hetubhūtena kāyaduccaritādinā vuttappakārāya ca samāpattiyā ottappassa hetubhūtāya ottappati, bhāyatīti attho.
32 在解释无贪时,以不贪着的状态来说,就是无贪。因为不贪着,所以也叫无贪。这是它的自性表述。不贪着,就是不贪着的行相。具有贪的人,叫做贪着者;不贪着的人,就是无贪着者;无贪着者的状态,就是无贪着性。由于对治贪染,所以不是贪染,因此叫无贪染。不执取,就是不执取的行相;不执取者的状态,就是不执取性。不贪求,所以是无贪求。无贪是善根,也就是被称为无贪的善根。因为无贪是诸善法的根,以“缘”的意义而成为善根;它既是善的,又以“缘”的意义为根,所以叫善根。巴利
32. Alobhaniddese alubbhanakavasena alobho. Na lubbhatītipi alobho. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Alubbhanāti alubbhanākāro. Lobhasamaṅgī puggalo lubbhito nāma. Na lubbhito alubbhito . Alubbhitassa bhāvo alubbhitattaṃ. Sārāgapaṭipakkhato na sārāgoti asārāgo. Asārajjanāti asārajjanākāro. Asārajjitassa bhāvo asārajjitattaṃ. Na abhijjhāyatīti anabhijjhā. Alobho kusalamūlanti alobhasaṅkhātaṃ kusalamūlaṃ. Alobho hi kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ mūlaṃ paccayaṭṭhenāti kusalamūlaṃ. Kusalañca taṃ paccayaṭṭhena mūlañcātipi kusalamūlaṃ.
33 在解释无嗔时,从“不嗔怒”这个角度来说,就是无嗔。因为不嗔怒,所以也叫无嗔。这是它的自性表述。“不嗔怒”指的是不嗔怒的表现方式。“不嗔怒者的状态”就是无嗔性。因为与嗔恚直接对立,所以不是嗔恚,因此叫无嗔恚;因为与愤怒和痛苦直接对立,所以不恼害,因此叫无恼害。被称为无嗔的善根,就是无嗔善根。它的含义和前面所说的一样。巴利
33. Adosaniddese adussanakavasena adoso. Na dussatītipi adoso. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Adussanāti adussanākāro. Adussitassa bhāvo adussitattaṃ. Byāpādapaṭipakkhato na byāpādoti abyāpādo. Kodhadukkhapaṭipakkhato na byāpajjoti abyāpajjo. Adosasaṅkhātaṃ kusalamūlaṃ adoso kusalamūlaṃ. Taṃ vuttatthameva.
40-41 在解释身轻安等项时,因为这里说的“身”指的是三种蕴,所以接着说了“受蕴”等。这些法依靠它而轻安,远离了疲惫不安,达到了安稳休息,所以叫轻安。第二个词因为加上前缀而得到了强化。轻安,就是轻安这种状态。第二个词因为加上前缀而得到了强化。由于具足轻安,那三种蕴所处的已轻安状态,就是已轻安性。以上所有这些词说的都是三种蕴的烦恼疲惫不安得到轻安;第二种说法则说的是识蕴的疲惫不安得到轻安。巴利
40-41. Kāyapassaddhiniddesādīsu yasmā kāyoti tayo khandhā adhippetā, tasmā vedanākkhandhassātiādi vuttaṃ. Passambhanti etāya te dhammā, vigatadarathā bhavanti, samassāsappattāti passaddhi. Dutiyapadaṃ upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Passambhanāti passambhanākāro. Dutiyapadaṃ upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Passaddhisamaṅgitāya paṭippassambhitassa khandhattayassa bhāvo paṭippassambhitattaṃ. Sabbapadehipi tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ kilesadarathapaṭippassaddhi eva kathitā. Dutiyanayena viññāṇakkhandhassa darathapaṭippassaddhi kathitā.
42-43 轻快性,就是轻快的状态。易转变性,是说这些法有易转变的性质,所以叫易转变;它们具有这种状态,就是易转变性;意思是说它们有能力迅速、快速地转变。不迟钝,这是对沉重状态的否定说法;意思是不沉重。不僵硬,是因为没有慢等烦恼的重担,所以不僵硬。这样,第一种方式说明了三蕴的轻快状态,第二种方式说明了识蕴的轻快状态。巴利
42-43.Lahutāti lahutākāro. Lahupariṇāmatāti lahupariṇāmo etesaṃ dhammānanti lahupariṇāmā; tesaṃ bhāvo lahupariṇāmatā; sīghaṃ sīghaṃ parivattanasamatthatāti vuttaṃ hoti. Adandhanatāti garubhāvapaṭikkhepavacanametaṃ; abhāriyatāti attho. Avitthanatāti mānādikilesabhārassa abhāvena athaddhatā. Evaṃ paṭhamena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ lahutākāro kathito. Dutiyena viññāṇakkhandhassa lahutākāro kathito.
44-45 柔软性,就是柔软的状态。柔和性:柔和,是指柔滑、细腻;柔和的状态,就是柔和性。不粗硬性,就是不粗硬的状态。不僵硬性,就是不僵硬的状态。在这里,按前面那种方式,柔软这一行相也是说为三蕴的;按后面那种方式,则只说为识蕴的。巴利
44-45.Mudutāti mudubhāvo. Maddavatāti maddavaṃ vuccati siniddhaṃ, maṭṭhaṃ; maddavassa bhāvo maddavatā. Akakkhaḷatāti akakkhaḷabhāvo. Akathinatāti akathinabhāvo. Idhāpi purimanayena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, pacchimanayena viññāṇakkhandhassa mudutākārova kathito.
46-47 适业性,就是堪任、善于作业;意思是能够胜任善行。剩下两个词只是为了让文句更完整而加上去的。其实通过这两个词,也是按照前面那种方式说明三蕴的适业状态,按照后面那种方式说明识蕴的适业状态。巴利
46-47.Kammaññatāti kammani sādhutā; kusalakiriyāya viniyogakkhamatāti attho. Sesapadadvayaṃ byañjanavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Padadvayenāpi hi purimanayena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, pacchimanayena viññāṇakkhandhassa kammaniyākārova kathito.
48-49 练达性就是练达的状态,意思是无病、没有疾病。剩下两个词只是从言辞上加以扩展。在这里,也是按照前面的方式,说明了三蕴无病的状态;按照后面的方式,说明了识蕴无病的状态。巴利
48-49.Paguṇatāti paguṇabhāvo, anāturatā niggilānatāti attho. Sesapadadvayaṃ byañjanavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Idhāpi purimanayena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, pacchimanayena viññāṇakkhandhassa niggilānākārova kathito.
50-51 正直性,就是正直的状态,意思是按照正直的方式运作。三蕴和识蕴的正直状态,就是正直性。不歪斜性,是排除像牛尿那样弯曲的状态。不弯曲性,是排除像月牙那样弯曲的状态。不扭曲性,是排除像犁头那样弯曲的状态。巴利
50-51.Ujukatāti ujukabhāvo, ujukenākārena pavattanatāti attho. Ujukassa khandhattayassa viññāṇakkhandhassa ca bhāvo ujukatā. Ajimhatāti gomuttavaṅkabhāvapaṭikkhepo. Avaṅkatāti candalekhāvaṅkabhāvapaṭikkhepo. Akuṭilatāti naṅgalakoṭivaṅkabhāvapaṭikkhepo.
有人做了恶之后却说“我不做”,这种人因为前往后退缩逃避,就叫“牛尿弯”。有人在作恶的时候就说“我怕恶”,这种人因为大多扭曲,就叫“月牙弯”。有人在作恶的时候却说“谁会不怕恶呢”,这种人因为不太扭曲,就叫“犁头弯”。或者,如果三种业门都不清净,就叫“牛尿弯”;如果其中两种不清净,就叫“月牙弯”;如果只有一种不清净,就叫“犁头弯”。巴利
Yo hi pāpaṃ katvāva ‘na karomī’ti bhāsati, so gantvā paccosakkanatāya ‘gomuttavaṅko’ nāma hoti. Yo pāpaṃ karontova ‘bhāyāmahaṃ pāpassā’ti bhāsati, so yebhuyyena kuṭilatāya ‘candalekhāvaṅko’ nāma hoti. Yo pāpaṃ karontova ‘ko pāpassa na bhāyeyyā’ti bhāsati, so nātikuṭilatāya ‘naṅgalakoṭivaṅko’ nāma hoti. Yassa vā tīṇipi kammadvārāni asuddhāni, so ‘gomuttavaṅko’ nāma hoti. Yassa yāni kānici dve, so ‘candalekhāvaṅko’ nāma. Yassa yaṃkiñci ekaṃ, so ‘naṅgalakoṭivaṅko nāma.
长部诵者则说:有些比丘在一切年龄阶段都行于二十一种邪命和六种非行处,这种人叫“牛尿弯”。有人在青年阶段圆满四遍净戒,有惭耻心,有愧心,乐于学戒,到了中年和老年却跟以前一样(不清净),这种人叫“月牙弯”。有人在青年阶段和中年阶段都圆满四遍净戒,有惭耻心,有愧心,乐于学戒,到了老年却跟以前一样(不清净),这种人叫“犁头弯”。巴利
Dīghabhāṇakā panāhu – ekacco bhikkhu sabbavaye ekavīsatiyā anesanāsu, chasu ca agocaresu carati, ayaṃ ‘gomuttavaṅko’ nāma. Eko paṭhamavaye catupārisuddhisīlaṃ paripūreti, lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, majjhimavayapacchimavayesu purimasadiso, ayaṃ ‘candalekhāvaṅko’ nāma. Eko paṭhamavaye majjhimavayepi catupārisuddhisīlaṃ pūreti, lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, pacchimavaye purimasadiso. Ayaṃ ‘naṅgalakoṭivaṅko’ nāma.
因为烦恼,这种弯曲之人的状态就称为歪斜、弯曲、扭曲。为了否定这些,才说不歪斜等。这个开示是以蕴为立足点而说的。因为不歪斜等这些性质属于蕴,不属于人。应当知道,这样一来,通过所有这些词,依前一种方式说的是三蕴,依后一种方式说的是识蕴,也就是无色诸法以无烦恼而唯有正直行相被宣说。巴利
Tassa kilesavasena evaṃ vaṅkassa puggalassa bhāvo jimhatā vaṅkatā kuṭilatāti vuccati. Tāsaṃ paṭikkhepavasena ajimhatādikā vuttā. Khandhādhiṭṭhānāva desanā katā. Khandhānañhi etā ajimhatādikā, no puggalassāti. Evaṃ sabbehipi imehi padehi purimanayena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, pacchimanayena viññāṇakkhandhassāti arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ nikkilesatāya ujutākārova kathitoti veditabbo.
现在,这个被称为“又其他者”的附加部分已经说完了,因此,法摄要中所显示的那些“又其他者”本身,只是以简略方式所作的解说也就说完了。巴利
Idāni yvāyaṃ yevāpanāti appanāvāro vutto, tena dhammuddesavāre dassitānaṃ ‘yevāpanakānaṃ’yeva saṅkhepato niddeso kathito hotīti.
到这里,在“摄要分”里,以问、时节解说、法摄要、附随这四个部分;在“解说分”里,也以问、时节解说、法摄要、附随这四个部分——这样由八个部分共同庄严的“法决定分”就圆满了。巴利
Ettāvatā pucchā samayaniddeso dhammuddeso appanāti uddesavāre catūhi paricchedehi, pucchā samayaniddeso dhammuddeso appanāti niddesavāre catūhi paricchedehīti aṭṭhaparicchedapaṭimaṇḍito dhammavavatthānavāro niṭṭhitova hoti.
58-120 现在,对于“在那时确实有四蕴”这一句,开始进入摄聚分。它按摄要、解说、再解说三种方式展开。其中,“在那时确实有四蕴”这一类是摄要;“在那时哪四种蕴”这一类是解说;“在那时什么是受蕴”这一类是再解说。应当这样理解。巴利
58-120. Idāni tasmiṃ kho pana samaye cattāro khandhā hontīti saṅgahavāro āraddho. So uddesaniddesapaṭiniddesānaṃ vasena tividho hoti. Tattha ‘tasmiṃ kho pana samaye cattāro khandhā’ti evamādiko uddeso. Katame tasmiṃ samaye cattāro khandhā’tiādiko niddeso. Katamo tasmiṃ samaye vedanākkhandhotiādiko paṭiniddesoti veditabbo.
其中,在摄要分里,“四蕴”等共有二十三种分类。它们的含义应当这样理解:当欲界第一个大善心生起的那一刻,除了“又其他者”之外,以心支的方式而生起、载于圣典的五十余法,全部摄集起来时,以积聚之义就是四蕴。按后文所说的处之义,就是二处。以自性之义、空之义、无众生之义,就是二界。以缘所摄的食之义,在这里有三法为食,其余的不是食。巴利
Tattha uddesavāre cattāro khandhātiādayo tevīsati koṭṭhāsā honti. Tesaṃ evamattho veditabbo – yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ paṭhamaṃ mahākusalacittaṃ uppajjati, ye tasmiṃ samaye cittaṅgavasena uppannā, ṭhapetvā yevāpanake, pāḷiāruḷhā atirekapaṇṇāsadhammā, te sabbepi saṅgayhamānā rāsaṭṭhena cattārova khandhā honti . Heṭṭhā vuttena āyatanaṭṭhena dve āyatanāni honti. Sabhāvaṭṭhena suññataṭṭhena nissattaṭṭhena dveva dhātuyo honti. Paccayasaṅkhātena āhāraṭṭhena tayovettha dhammā āhārā honti. Avasesā no āhārā.
这些法难道不是互为缘,也不是它们所生起的色的缘吗?不是的,它们确实是缘。不过,它们既如此又别样,虽然同样是缘,却是额外的缘,所以称为食。怎么说呢?因为在它们当中,触食对于那些以其余心与心所为缘的诸法,也是它们的缘,并带来三种受;意思食是这些法的缘,并且带来三有;识食是这些法的缘,并且带来结生时的名色。那不是异熟吗?而这是善识。虽然是善识,但因为相似,所以就说为识食。或者,是以支持的意义而说这三者为食。因为它们对相应法来说,就像段食对色身一样,是支持缘。因此说:非色食对相应法以及它们所生起的色,以食缘为缘。巴利
‘Kiṃ panete aññamaññaṃ vā taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpassa vā paccayā na hontī’ti? ‘No na honti. Ime pana tathā ca honti, aññathā cāti samānepi paccayatte atirekapaccayā honti, tasmā āhārāti vuttā. Kathaṃ? Etesu hi phassāhāro, yesaṃ dhammānaṃ avasesā cittacetasikā paccayā honti, tesañca paccayo hoti, tisso ca vedanā āharati. Manosañcetanāhāro tesañca paccayo hoti tayo ca bhave āharati. Viññāṇāhāro tesañca paccayo hoti paṭisandhināmarūpañca āharatī’ti. ‘Nanu ca so vipākova idaṃ pana kusalaviññāṇa’nti? ‘Kiñcāpi kusalaviññāṇaṃ, taṃsarikkhatāya pana viññāṇāhāro’tveva vuttaṃ. Upatthambhakaṭṭhena vā ime tayo āhārāti vuttā. Ime hi sampayuttadhammānaṃ, kabaḷīkārāhāro viya rūpakāyassa, upatthambhakapaccayā honti. Teneva vuttaṃ – ‘‘arūpino āhārā sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ āhārapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.15).
另一种分类方式:因为段食和这三种法都是内在相续的特殊条件,所以它们被称为食。具体来说,段食是以段食为食的众生色身的特殊条件;触是名身中受的特殊条件;思是识的特殊条件;识是名色的特殊条件。正如所说的:巴利
Aparo nayo – ajjhattikasantatiyā visesapaccayattā kabaḷīkārāhāro ca ime ca tayo dhammā āhārāti vuttā. Visesapaccayo hi kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ sattānaṃ rūpakāyassa kabaḷīkāro āhāro; nāmakāye vedanāya phasso, viññāṇassa manosañcetanā, nāmarūpassa viññāṇaṃ. Yathāha –
比丘们,就像这个身体是靠食物维持的,它依赖食物而存续,没有食物就活不下去。(《相应部》5.183)同样,受以触为条件,识以行为条件,名色以识为条件。(《相应部》2.1)巴利
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ayaṃ kāyo āhāraṭṭhitiko, āhāraṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhati, anāhāro no tiṭṭhati’’ (saṃ. ni. 5.183). Tathā phassapaccayā vedanā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti (saṃ. ni. 2.1).
不过,从“增上”这个意义来说,只有八种法才是根,不是其余的法。所以说“有八根”。从“审虑”这个意义来说,只有五种法才是禅支。所以说“有具足五支的禅那”。巴利
Adhipatiyaṭṭhena pana aṭṭheva dhammā indriyāni honti, na avasesā. Tena vuttaṃ – aṭṭhindriyāni hontīti. Upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena pañceva dhammā jhānaṅgāni honti. Tena vuttaṃ – pañcaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hotīti.
从出离的意义和作为因的意义来说,只有五种法成为道支。因此说“有具五支的道”。虽然八支圣道是有的,但在世间心里,一个刹那中不可能同时具备三种远离,所以说为“五支”。有人问:在《相应部》4.245 那部经里说“比丘,所谓‘如来之道’,就是这八支圣道的同义词”,这部经用“如来”一语说明了“出世间道是八支,前行观道也是八支”,既然如此,世间道也应该是八支吧?不是这样的。因为这类经教是方便说。所以又说:“然而在此之前,他的身业、语业、活命早已完全清净。”(《中部》3.431)而这里(论藏所说)则是非方便说。因为在世间心里,一个刹那中不可能具备三种远离,所以只说为“五支”。巴利
Niyyānaṭṭhena ca hetvaṭṭhena ca pañceva dhammā maggaṅgāni honti. Tena vuttaṃ – pañcaṅgiko maggo hotīti. Kiñcāpi hi aṭṭhaṅgiko ariyamaggo, lokiyacitte pana ekakkhaṇe tisso viratiyo na labbhanti, tasmā pañcaṅgikoti vutto. ‘Nanu ca ‘‘yathāgatamaggoti kho, bhikkhu, ariyassetaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa adhivacana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.245) imasmiṃ sutte ‘yatheva lokuttaramaggo aṭṭhaṅgiko, pubbabhāgavipassanāmaggopi tatheva aṭṭhaṅgiko’ti yathāgatavacanena imassatthassa dīpitattā, lokiyamaggenāpi aṭṭhaṅgikena bhavitabbanti? Na bhavitabbaṃ . Ayañhi suttantikadesanā nāma pariyāyadesanā. Tenāha – ‘‘pubbeva kho panassa kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ ājīvo suparisuddho hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.431). Ayaṃ pana nippariyāyadesanā. Lokiyacittasmiñhi tisso viratiyo ekakkhaṇe na labbhanti, tasmā ‘pañcaṅgiko’va vuttoti.
从不动摇的角度来说,只有七种法是力。从根本的角度来说,只有三种法是因。从接触的角度来说,只有一种法是触。从感受的角度来说,只有一种法是受。从认知的角度来说,只有一种法是想。从意志的角度来说,只有一种法是思。从心识多样呈现的角度来说,只有一种法是心。从积聚的角度和感受的角度来说,只有一种法是受蕴。从积聚的角度和认知的角度来说,只有一种法是想蕴。从积聚的角度和造作的角度来说,只有一种法是行蕴。从积聚的角度和心识多样呈现的角度来说,只有一种法是识蕴。从了别的角度和前面所说的处的角度来说,只有一种法是意处。从了别的角度和主导作用的角度来说,只有一种法是意根。从了别的角度和自性空、无众生的角度来说,只有一种法叫做意识界,不是其他的。不过,除了心之外,按照上面所说的含义,其余一切法都只是同一个法处,也只是同一个法界。巴利
Akampiyaṭṭhena pana satteva dhammā balāni honti. Mūlaṭṭhena tayova dhammā hetū. Phusanaṭṭhena ekova dhammo phasso. Vedayitaṭṭhena ekova dhammo vedanā. Sañjānanaṭṭhena ekova dhammo saññā. Cetayanaṭṭhena ekova dhammo cetanā. Cittavicittaṭṭhena ekova dhammo cittaṃ. Rāsaṭṭhena ceva vedayitaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo vedanākkhandho. Rāsaṭṭhena ca sañjānanaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo saññākkhandho. Rāsaṭṭhena ca abhisaṅkharaṇaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo saṅkhārakkhandho. Rāsaṭṭhena ca cittavicittaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo viññāṇakkhandho. Vijānanaṭṭhena ceva heṭṭhā vuttaāyatanaṭṭhena ca ekameva manāyatanaṃ. Vijānanaṭṭhena ca adhipatiyaṭṭhena ca ekameva manindriyaṃ. Vijānanaṭṭhena ca sabhāvasuññatanissattaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo manoviññāṇadhātu nāma hoti, na avasesā. Ṭhapetvā pana cittaṃ, yathāvuttena atthena avasesā sabbepi dhammā ekaṃ dhammāyatanameva, ekā ca dhammadhātuyeva hotīti.
凡是以“或者,在那个时候”等语所表达的,这里也通过这一安止段,把前面所说的那些“或者”类内容一并收摄进来了。就像这里一样,其他地方也都是如此。从这里往后,我们就不再这样逐一分析了。在释说和反释说的部分中,应当依照前面所说的方式来理解其中的含义。巴利
Ye vā pana tasmiṃ samayeti iminā pana appanāvārena idhāpi heṭṭhā vuttā yevāpanakāva saṅgahitā. Yathā ca idha evaṃ sabbattha . Ito parañhi ettakampi na vicārayissāma. Niddesapaṭiniddesavāresu heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva attho veditabboti.
121-145 121-145. 现在,以“那时确实有诸法”这一句开始的,就是空性分。它按照总标和详释分成两种。其中,在总标部分,连同“有诸法”这一句,共有二十四个部分。在所有这些部分里,都没有说“四、二、三”这样的数量限定。为什么?因为在摄分里已经限定了。那里所限定的法,在这里说的也只是那些法。在这里,找不到有情,找不到有,找不到我。这些只是法,仅仅是法,没有实质,没有主宰——这是为了说明这种空性而说的。所以,这里的含义应当这样理解:当欲界第一个大善心生起时,那时以心所成分生起的五十多种法,从自性的意义上说,就只是法。没有其他任何有情、有、人、补特伽罗。同样地,从积聚的意义上说,就只是蕴。这样,应当依照前面的方式,在一切语句中理解意义的连接。然而,因为除了禅那之外没有别的禅支,除了道之外没有别的道支,所以这里只说“有禅那,有道”。从审虑的意义上说,禅那本身就是禅那;从因的意义上说,道本身就是道。没有其他任何有情或有。这样,应当在一切语句中作意义的连接。详释部分的意义则是浅显易懂的。巴利
121-145. Idāni tasmiṃ kho pana samaye dhammā hontīti suññatavāro āraddho. So uddesaniddesavasena dvidhā vavatthito. Tattha uddesavāre ‘dhammā hontī’ti iminā saddhiṃ catuvīsati koṭṭhāsā honti. Sabbakoṭṭhāsesu ca ‘cattāro dve tayo’ti gaṇanaparicchedo na vutto. Kasmā? Saṅgahavāre paricchinnattā. Tattha paricchinnadhammāyeva hi idhāpi vuttā. Na hettha satto vā bhāvo vā attā vā upalabbhati. Dhammāva ete dhammamattā asārā apariṇāyakāti imissā suññatāya dīpanatthaṃ vuttā. Tasmā evamettha attho veditabbo – yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ paṭhamaṃ mahākusalacittaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ samaye cittaṅgavasena uppannā atirekapaṇṇāsadhammā sabhāvaṭṭhena dhammā eva honti. Na añño koci satto vā bhāvo vā poso vā puggalo vā hotīti. Tathā rāsaṭṭhena khandhāva hontīti. Evaṃ purimanayeneva sabbapadesu atthayojanā veditabbā. Yasmā pana jhānato aññaṃ jhānaṅgaṃ, maggato vā aññaṃ maggaṅgaṃ natthi, tasmā idha ‘jhānaṃ hoti, maggo hoti’ icceva vuttaṃ. Upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena hi jhānameva hetvaṭṭhena maggova hoti. Na añño koci satto vā bhāvo vāti. Evaṃ sabbapadesu atthayojanā kātabbā. Niddesavāro uttānatthoyevāti.
146 146. 现在,为了说明第二心等,又开始了“哪些是法”等的内容。在这些当中,对于一切(心),都应依照第一心所说的方式,了知各有三大品。不仅三大品如此,凡是与第一心所说相似的一切词句,其含义也应依照所说的方式来了知。从这以后,我们只解释前面没有出现过的词句。在第二心的解释中,暂且只有“有行”这个词是前面没有的。它的含义是:与行相伴,所以叫“有行”。这里的“有行”就是与策励俱、与方便俱,以缘的聚集为含义。因为,第一广大心生起时是依所缘等缘的聚集,而这(第二心)依同样的与策励俱、与方便俱的缘聚而生起。巴利
146. Idāni dutiyacittādīni dassetuṃ puna ‘‘katame dhammā’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tesu sabbesupi paṭhamacitte vuttanayeneva tayo tayo mahāvārā veditabbā. Na kevalañca mahāvārā eva, paṭhamacitte vuttasadisānaṃ sabbapadānaṃ atthopi vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ito parampi apubbapadavaṇṇanaṃyeva karissāma. Imasmiṃ tāva dutiyacittaniddese sasaṅkhārenāti idameva apubbaṃ. Tassattho – saha saṅkhārenāti sasaṅkhāro. Tena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena saupāyena paccayagaṇenāti attho. Yena hi ārammaṇādinā paccayagaṇena paṭhamaṃ mahācittaṃ uppajjati, teneva sappayogena saupāyena idaṃ uppajjati.
这种心的生起应当这样理解:这里,有位比丘住在寺院边上。到了该打扫塔院的时候,或者该去侍奉长老的时候,或者到了闻法的日子,他心里想:“我这一去一回,路太远了,我不去了。”接着他又想:“身为比丘,不去塔院、不去侍奉长老、不去闻法,实在不合适,我还是去吧。”于是他就去了。像这样,或者通过自己的努力,或者别人给他指出不履行义务的过患和履行义务的功德来劝导他,或者以强制的方式对他说“来,做这个”而促使他去做,在这时候生起的善心,就叫做有行、由种种缘聚合而生起的。巴利
Tassevaṃ uppatti veditabbā – idhekacco bhikkhu vihārapaccante vasamāno cetiyaṅgaṇasammajjanavelāya vā therupaṭṭhānavelāya vā sampattāya, dhammasavanadivase vā sampatte ‘mayhaṃ gantvā paccāgacchato atidūraṃ bhavissati, na gamissāmī’ti cintetvā puna cinteti – ‘bhikkhussa nāma cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ vā therupaṭṭhānaṃ vā dhammasavanaṃ vā agantuṃ asāruppaṃ, gamissāmī’ti gacchati. Tassevaṃ attano payogena vā, parena vā vattādīnaṃ akaraṇe ca ādīnavaṃ karaṇe ca ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā ovadiyamānassa, niggahavaseneva vā ‘ehi, idaṃ karohī’ti kāriyamānassa uppannaṃ kusalacittaṃ sasaṅkhārena paccayagaṇena uppannaṃ nāma hotīti.
147-148 第三心:与智不相应,就是没有和慧相应。这个心在面对所缘时,确实只是欢喜地接触,而这里并没有能加以判别抉择的慧。因此应当知道:幼童见到比丘,在顶礼的时候心想“这位长老是我的师长”,就是在这种情形下生起的;以同样的道理,在礼敬佛塔、听闻佛法等时候,也会生起这个心。不过在巴利圣典中,这里是在七个地方缺少慧,其余则和通常一样。巴利
147-148. Tatiye ñāṇena vippayuttanti ñāṇavippayuttaṃ. Idampi hi ārammaṇe haṭṭhapahaṭṭhaṃ hoti paricchindakañāṇaṃ panettha na hoti. Tasmā idaṃ daharakumārakānaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā ‘ayaṃ thero mayha’nti vandanakāle, teneva nayena cetiyavandanadhammasavanakālādīsu ca uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ panettha sattasu ṭhānesu paññā parihāyati. Sesaṃ pākatikamevāti.
149 第四种心的道理也是这样。不过,从“有行”这个说法可以知道:当父母抓住幼童的头,让他们去礼拜佛塔等地方时,那些幼童虽然并不情愿,却还是欢欢喜喜地礼拜了。应当知道,就是在这样的时候能够获得这种心。巴利
149. Catutthacittepi eseva nayo. Idaṃ pana sasaṅkhārenāti vacanato yadā mātāpitaro daharakumārake sīse gahetvā cetiyādīni vandāpenti te ca anatthikā samānāpi haṭṭhapahaṭṭhāva vandanti. Evarūpe kāle labbhatīti veditabbaṃ.
150 第五种心是“与舍俱”,也就是与舍受相应。因为这种心面对所缘时处于平等中舍的状态。不过,在这里仍然有决断的智慧。在圣典中,说到四禅里有舍,说到八根里有舍根,然后在解释一切受等名目时,是以否定乐、不乐、乐、苦的方式来说的,因此说为不苦不乐受。应当知道,由于它具有平等中舍的特征,又能起根的作用,所以是舍根。按名目的次第来看,有一处缺少了喜。因此,从心所法的角度来说,圣典中列出的正好是五十五法。应当依据这些,了知在一切部分、一切情况下的判定。巴利
150. Pañcame upekkhāsahagatanti upekkhāvedanāya sampayuttaṃ . Idañhi ārammaṇe majjhattaṃ hoti. Paricchindakañāṇaṃ panettha hotiyeva. Pāḷiyaṃ panettha jhānacatukke upekkhā hotīti indriyaṭṭhake upekkhindriyaṃ hotīti vatvā sabbesampi vedanādipadānaṃ niddese sātāsātasukhadukkhapaṭikkhepavasena desanaṃ katvā adukkhamasukhavedanā kathitā. Tassā majjhattalakkhaṇe indattakaraṇavasena upekkhindriyabhāvo veditabbo. Padapaṭipāṭiyā ca ekasmiṃ ṭhāne pīti parihīnā. Tasmā cittaṅgavasena pāḷiāruḷhā pañcapaṇṇāseva dhammā honti. Tesaṃ vasena sabbakoṭṭhāsesu sabbavāresu ca vinicchayo veditabbo.
156-9 第六、第七、第八心,应当依照第二、第三、第四心中所说的方式来了知。只是在这些心里,有受的转换和喜的缺失。其余部分连同生起的方式,都和它们相同。因为即使在悲和喜的遍作阶段,这些心的生起在《大注释》中也是被认可的。这八种心,就叫作欲界善心。巴利
156-9. Chaṭṭhasattamaaṭṭhamāni dutiyatatiyacatutthesu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Kevalañhi imesu vedanāparivattanañceva pītiparihānañca hoti. Sesaṃ saddhiṃ uppattinayena tādisameva. Karuṇāmuditā parikammakālepi hi imesaṃ uppatti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ anuññātā eva. Imāni aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacittāni nāma.
关于福业事等的讨论巴利
Puññakiriyavatthādikathā
这些全部也要用十种福业事来说明。怎么说明呢?布施所成的福业事、持戒所成的福业事、修习所成的福业事、恭敬俱行的福业事、服务俱行的福业事、回向功德福业事、随喜功德福业事、说法所成的福业事、闻法所成的福业事、正见业福业事——这些就叫十种福业事。其中,布施本身就是布施所成。它既是福业,又是那些种种利益的基处,所以叫福业事。其余各项也是同样的道理。巴利
Tāni sabbānipi dasahi puññakiriyavatthūhi dīpetabbāni. Kathaṃ? Dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṃ… bhāvanāmayaṃ… apacitisahagataṃ… veyyāvaccasahagataṃ… pattānuppadānaṃ… abbhanumodanaṃ… desanāmayaṃ… savanamayaṃ… diṭṭhijukammaṃ puññakiriyavatthūti imāni dasa puññakiriyavatthūni nāma. Tattha dānameva dānamayaṃ. Puññakiriyā ca sā tesaṃ tesaṃ ānisaṃsānaṃ vatthu cāti puññakiriyavatthu. Sesesupi eseva nayo.
在这里,对于衣服等四种资具,或者色等六种所缘,或者食物等十种布施物,施予此等彼等者,从彼等生起开始的前行阶段,到施舍的时候,再到之后以喜悦相应的心随念的时候——在这三个阶段中生起的思,就叫作“布施所成福业事”。巴利
Tattha cīvarādīsu catūsu paccayesu, rūpādīsu vā chasu ārammaṇesu, annādīsu vā dasasu dānavatthūsu, taṃ taṃ dentassa tesaṃ tesaṃ uppādanato paṭṭhāya pubbabhāge, pariccāgakāle, pacchā somanassacittena anussaraṇakāle cāti tīsu kālesu pavattā cetanā ‘dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
受持五戒、八戒、十戒时,心想“我要出家”而前往精舍时,正在出家时,回想“我已让心愿达到顶点,确实出家了,善哉善哉”时,守护波罗提木叉时,省察衣等资具时,对出现在面前的色等对象防护眼门等时,以及净化活命时,所生起的思,名为“戒所成福业事”。巴利
Pañcasīlaṃ aṭṭhasīlaṃ dasasīlaṃ samādiyantassa, ‘pabbajissāmī’ti vihāraṃ gacchantassa, pabbajantassa, ‘manorathaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā pabbajito vata’mhi, ‘sādhu sādhū’ti āvajjentassa, pātimokkhaṃ saṃvarantassa, cīvarādayo paccaye paccavekkhantassa, āpāthagatesu rūpādīsu cakkhudvārādīni saṃvarantassa , ājīvaṃ sodhentassa ca pavattā cetanā ‘sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
按照《无碍解道》所说的观道,当人把眼观为无常、苦、无我而修习时……(中略)……把意……(中略)……把诸色……(中略)……把诸法……(中略)……把眼识……(中略)……把意识、把眼触……(中略)……把意触、把眼触所生的受……(中略)……把意触所生的受……(中略)……把色想……(中略)……把老死观为无常、苦、无我而修习时,所生起的思,或者尚未于三十八种所缘证得安止的一切思,就叫做“修习所成福业事”。巴利
Paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttena vipassanāmaggena cakkhuṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa…pe… manaṃ… rūpe…pe… dhamme… cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ,… cakkhusamphassaṃ…pe… manosamphassaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ, …pe… rūpasaññaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa pavattā cetanā, aṭṭhatiṃsāya vā ārammaṇesu appanaṃ appattā sabbāpi cetanā ‘bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
不过,见到年长者时,通过起身迎接、接取衣钵、礼拜、让路等方式,应当知道这是“与恭敬同起”。巴利
Mahallakaṃ pana disvā paccuggamanapattacīvarapaṭiggahaṇaabhivādanamaggasampadānādivasena ‘apacitisahagataṃ’ veditabbaṃ.
以履行对年长比丘的义务与正行而看到比丘走进村里乞食,就接过他的钵,在村里帮他张罗好食物再送回来;或者听到有人说“去把比丘们的钵拿来”,就赶紧跑过去把钵取来等等。在做这些身体上的服务时,应当知道这属于“与服务相应”。巴利
Vuḍḍhatarānaṃ vattappaṭipattikaraṇavasena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā pattaṃ gahetvā gāme bhikkhaṃ samādapetvā upasaṃharaṇavasena, ‘gaccha bhikkhūnaṃ pattaṃ āharā’ti sutvā vegena gantvā pattāharaṇādivasena ca kāyaveyyāvaṭikakāle ‘veyyāvaccasahagataṃ’ veditabbaṃ.
布施之后,用香等物品作供养,然后回向功德说“愿这成为某人的功德”,或者说“愿这成为一切众生的功德”,这样回向功德的做法,应当理解为“回向功德”。那么,这样回向功德,福德会不会耗尽呢?不会。就像点燃一盏灯,再用它点燃一千盏灯,不能说最初那盏灯就因此耗尽了;前面的光和后面的光汇合在一起,变得极其广大。同样地,回向功德的人,福德并不会减少,应当知道只会增长。巴利
Dānaṃ datvā gandhādīhi pūjaṃ katvā ‘asukassa nāma patti hotū’ti vā, ‘sabbasattānaṃ hotū’ti vā pattiṃ dadato ‘pattānuppadānaṃ’ veditabbaṃ. Kiṃ panevaṃ pattiṃ dadato puññakkhayo hotīti? Na hoti. Yathā pana ekaṃ dīpaṃ jāletvā tato dīpasahassaṃ jālentassa paṭhamadīpo khīṇoti na vattabbo; purimālokena pana saddhiṃ pacchimāloko ekato hutvā atimahā hoti. Evameva pattiṃ dadato parihāni nāma natthi. Vuḍḍhiyeva pana hotīti veditabbo.
对于他人所给予的回向功德,或者对其他任何福行,以随喜的方式说“善哉,善哉”,应当知道这就是“随喜功德”。巴利
Parehi dinnāya pattiyā vā aññāya vā puññakiriyāya ‘sādhu sādhū’ti anumodanavasena ‘abbhanumodanaṃ’ veditabbaṃ.
有人怀着这样的想法说法:“大家会知道我是说法师。”他停留在这种欲望上,看重利养而说法,这不会有大果报。有人对自己所熟练的法无所希求,而是以解脱处为首要,为别人说法,这才叫“说法所成的福行事”。巴利
Eko ‘evaṃ maṃ dhammakathikoti maṃ jānissantī’ti icchāya ṭhatvā lābhagaruko hutvā deseti, taṃ na mahapphalaṃ. Eko attano paguṇaṃ dhammaṃ apaccāsīsamāno vimuttāyatanasīsena paresaṃ deseti, idaṃ ‘desanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
有人听法时想:“大家会知道我是有信仰的人。”这样听法,果报不大。另一个人想:“这样听法,我会得到大果报。”他以遍满利益之心、柔软的心来听法,这才叫作“听闻所成的福行事”。巴利
Eko suṇanto ‘iti maṃ saddhoti jānissantī’ti suṇāti, taṃ na mahapphalaṃ. Eko ‘evaṃ me mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’ti hitapharaṇena muducittena dhammaṃ suṇāti, idaṃ ‘savanamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
让见解变得正直,这叫做“见正直行的福行事”。不过长部诵者说:“见正直行是一切福行的决定性的特征,因为不管做什么福德,只有见解正直,才会有大果报。”巴利
Diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karontassa ‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma. Dīghabhāṇakā panāhu – ‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ sabbesaṃ niyamalakkhaṇaṃ, yaṃkiñci puññaṃ karontassa hi diṭṭhiyā ujukabhāveneva mahapphalaṃ hotī’ti.
在这些福德事当中,先说布施所成的:当人想着“我要布施”时,它生起;正在布施时,它生起;事后回想“我已经布施了”时,它也生起。像这样,把布施前的思、布施时的思、布施后的思这三种思合在一起,就叫做“布施所成的福德事”。持戒所成的也一样:当人想着“我要圆满持戒”时,它生起;正在圆满持戒时,它生起;事后回想“我已经圆满了戒”时,它也生起。把这一切合在一起,就叫做“持戒所成的福德事”……(中略)……见正直行也一样:当人想着“我要使见解正直”时,它生起;正在使见解正直时,它生起;事后回想“我的见解已经正直了”时,它也生起。把这一切合在一起,就叫做“见正直行的福德事”。巴利
Etesu pana puññakiriyavatthūsu dānamayaṃ tāva ‘dānaṃ dassāmī’ti cintentassa uppajjati, dānaṃ dadato uppajjati, ‘dinnaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantassa uppajjati. Evaṃ pubbacetanaṃ muñcanacetanaṃ aparacetananti tissopi cetanā ekato katvā ‘dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma hoti. Sīlamayampi ‘sīlaṃ pūressāmī’ti cintentassa uppajjati, sīlapūraṇakāle uppajjati, ‘pūritaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantassa uppajjati. Tā sabbāpi ekato katvā ‘sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma hoti…pe… diṭṭhijukammampi ‘diṭṭhiṃ ujukaṃ karissāmī’ti cintentassa uppajjati, diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karontassa uppajjati, ‘diṭṭhi me ujukā katā’ti paccavekkhantassa uppajjati. Tā sabbāpi ekato katvā ‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma hoti.
不过在经里只提到三种福行事。要知道,其余那些也能归入其中。恭敬和服侍归入戒所成;回向和随喜归入施所成;说法、听法和见正直行归入修所成。那些主张“见正直行是一切法的决定特征”的人,他们的见正直行则同时归入这三种。这样,这些福行事简略说是三种,详细说是十种。巴利
Sutte pana tīṇiyeva puññakiriyavatthūni āgatāni. Tesu itaresampi saṅgaho veditabbo. Apacitiveyyāvaccāni hi sīlamaye saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Pattānuppadānaabbhanumodanāni dānamaye. Desanāsavanadiṭṭhijukammāni bhāvanāmaye. Ye pana ‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ sabbesaṃ niyamalakkhaṇa’nti vadanti tesaṃ taṃ tīsupi saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Evametāni saṅkhepato tīṇi hutvā vitthārato dasa honti.
在这些当中,当人想着“我要布施”时,他只是用八种欲界善心中的某一种来想;正在布施时,也只是用其中某一种来布施;回顾“我已经布施了”时,也只是用其中某一种来回顾。当人想着“我要圆满戒”时,也只是用其中某一种来想;正在圆满戒时,也只是用其中某一种来圆满;回顾“我已经圆满了戒”时,也只是用其中某一种来回顾。当人想着“我要修习”时,也只是用其中某一种来想;正在修习时,也只是用其中某一种来修习;回顾“我已经修习了”时,也只是用其中某一种来回顾。巴利
Tesu ‘dānaṃ dassāmī’ti cintento aṭṭhannaṃ kāmāvacarakusalacittānaṃ aññatareneva cinteti; dadamānopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena deti; ‘dānaṃ me dinna’nti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Sīlaṃ pūressāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti; sīlaṃ pūrentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena pūreti, ‘sīlaṃ me pūrita’nti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Bhāvanaṃ bhāvessāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti; bhāventopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena bhāveti; ‘bhāvanā me bhāvitā’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati.
心里想着“我要做敬长的事”,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在想;正在做的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在做;回头省察“我已经做了”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在省察。心里想着“我要做身承事的事”,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在想;正在做的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在做;回头省察“我已经做了”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在省察。心里想着“我要回向”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在想;正在回向的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在回向;回头省察“我已经回向了”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在省察。心里想着“我要随喜回向或其余善”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在想;正在随喜的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在随喜;回头省察“我已经随喜了”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在省察。心里想着“我要说法”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在想;正在说法的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在说法;回头省察“我已经说法了”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在省察。心里想着“我要听法”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在想;正在听的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在听;回头省察“我已经听了”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在省察。心里想着“我要让见正直”的时候,也是靠那几种心当中的某一种在想;不过正在让见正直的时候,是靠四种与智相应的心当中的某一种在做;回头省察“我的见已经正直了”的时候,是靠八种心当中的某一种在省察。巴利
‘Jeṭṭhāpacitikammaṃ karissāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti, karontopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena karoti, ‘kataṃ me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Kāyaveyyāvaṭikakammaṃ karissāmī’ti cintentopi, karontopi, ‘kataṃ me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Pattiṃ dassāmī’ti cintentopi, dadantopi, ‘dinnaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantopi, ‘pattiṃ vā sesakusalaṃ vā anumodissāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti; anumodantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena anumodati, ‘anumoditaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Dhammaṃ desessāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti, desentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena deseti, ‘desito me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Dhammaṃ sossāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti, suṇantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena suṇāti, ‘suto me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Diṭṭhiṃ ujukaṃ karissāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti, ujuṃ karonto pana catunnaṃ ñāṇasampayuttānaṃ aññatarena karoti, ‘diṭṭhi me ujukā katā’ti paccavekkhanto aṭṭhannaṃ aññatarena paccavekkhati.
在这里,提到了四种无边。哪四种无边呢?虚空无边、轮围无边、众生界无边、佛智无边。虚空,无论是在东方,还是在西方、北方、南方,都没有“只有几百由旬”或“只有几千由旬”这样的界限。就算把像须弥山那么大的铁块拿来,把大地劈成两半往下扔,它也只会一直往下掉,根本找不到落脚的地方。像这样,虚空就叫作无边。巴利
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne cattāri anantāni nāma gahitāni. Cattāri hi anantāni – ākāso ananto, cakkavāḷāni anantāni, sattanikāyo ananto, buddhaññāṇaṃ anantaṃ. Ākāsassa hi puratthimāya disāya vā pacchimuttaradakkhiṇāsu vā ettakāni vā yojanasatāni ettakāni vā yojanasahassānīti paricchedo natthi. Sinerumattampi ayokūṭaṃ pathaviṃ dvidhā katvā heṭṭhā khittaṃ bhassetheva, no patiṭṭhaṃ labhetha, evaṃ ākāsaṃ anantaṃ nāma.
轮围的界限,即使以百或以千也无法计量。就算有四位大梵天,生在阿迦尼咤天,拥有这样的速度:一个臂力强健的射手,用轻快的箭横穿棕榈树影那么短的时间,就能越过十万轮围。他们心想“我们要看到轮围的尽头”,就以这样的速度飞奔,结果还没看到轮围的尽头就般涅槃了。如此,轮围确实是无量的。巴利
Cakkavāḷānampi satehi vā sahassehi vā paricchedo natthi. Sacepi hi akaniṭṭhabhavane nibbattā, daḷhathāmadhanuggahassa lahukena sarena tiriyaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atikkamanamattena kālena cakkavāḷasatasahassaṃ atikkamanasamatthena javena samannāgatā cattāro mahābrahmāno ‘cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ passissāmā’ti tena javena dhāveyyuṃ, cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ adisvāva parinibbāyeyyuṃ, evaṃ cakkavāḷāni anantāni nāma.
在这么多的轮围界里,依水而住和依陆而住的众生,数量根本没有办法衡量。像这样,众生界就叫作无量。而比起这个来,佛陀的智慧更是无量。巴利
Ettakesu pana cakkavāḷesu udakaṭṭhakathalaṭṭhakasattānaṃ pamāṇaṃ natthi. Evaṃ sattanikāyo ananto nāma. Tatopi buddhañāṇaṃ anantameva.
就这样,在无量的轮围世界里,无量众生心中会生起许多欲界喜俱、智相应、无行的善心。许多众生也各自生起许多这样的善心。所有这些心,从欲界的角度、喜俱的角度、智相应的角度、无行的角度来说,都归为同一类。这就是同一种喜俱、三因、无行的大心。同样地,有行的大心也是这样……(中略)……同样地,舍俱、智不相应、二因、有行的心也是这样。如此,正自觉者把无量轮围世界中无量众生生起的这一切欲界善心,就像放在大秤上称量一样,就像放进去衡量一样,以一切知智加以限定后,按“它们只有这八种”的同类意义,划分为八个类别来开示。巴利
Evaṃ aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ kāmāvacarasomanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikakusalacittāni ekassa bahūni uppajjanti. Bahūnampi bahūni uppajjanti. Tāni sabbānipi kāmāvacaraṭṭhena somanassasahagataṭṭhena ñāṇasampayuttaṭṭhena asaṅkhārikaṭṭhena ekattaṃ gacchanti. Ekameva somanassasahagataṃ tihetukaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ hoti. Tathā sasaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ…pe… tathā upekkhāsahagataṃ ñāṇavippayuttaṃ dvihetukaṃ sasaṅkhārikacittanti. Evaṃ sabbānipi aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ uppajjamānāni kāmāvacarakusalacittāni sammāsambuddho mahātulāya tulayamāno viya, tumbe pakkhipitvā minamāno viya, sabbaññutaññāṇena paricchinditvā ‘aṭṭhevetānī’ti sarikkhaṭṭhena aṭṭheva koṭṭhāse katvā dassesi.
再者,在这里,以六种方式概括了所谓的“福德积聚”。因为福德有自己做的,有他人做的;有亲手做的,有指使别人做的;有清楚知道而做的,有不清楚知道而做的。巴利
Puna imasmiṃ ṭhāne chabbidhena puññāyūhanaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Puññañhi atthi sayaṃkāraṃ atthi paraṃkāraṃ, atthi sāhatthikaṃ atthi āṇattikaṃ, atthi sampajānakataṃ atthi asampajānakatanti.
在这里,由自己的本性所作,叫作“自作”。看到别人做了之后才做,叫作“他作”。亲手所作,叫作“亲手作”。吩咐别人去做而成,叫作“命令作”。相信业和果报而作,叫作“有觉知所作”。不知道业和果报而作,叫作“无觉知所作”。在这些当中,无论是自作,还是他作、亲手作、命令作,都只是以这八种善心中的某一种来完成。然而,有觉知所作,是以四种与智相应的心来完成;无觉知所作,是以四种与智不相应的心来完成。巴利
Tattha attano dhammatāya kataṃ ‘sayaṃkāraṃ’ nāma. Paraṃ karontaṃ disvā kataṃ ‘paraṃkāraṃ’ nāma. Sahatthena kataṃ ‘sāhatthikaṃ’ nāma. Āṇāpetvā kāritaṃ ‘āṇattikaṃ’ nāma. Kammañca phalañca saddahitvā kataṃ ‘sampajānakataṃ’ nāma. Kammampi phalampi ajānitvā kataṃ ‘asampajānakataṃ’ nāma. Tesu sayaṃkāraṃ karontopi imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ kusalacittānaṃ aññatareneva karoti. Paraṃkāraṃ karontopi, sahatthena karontopi, āṇāpetvā karontopi imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ kusalacittānaṃ aññatareneva karoti. Sampajānakaraṇaṃ pana catūhi ñāṇasampayuttehi hoti. Asampajānakaraṇaṃ catūhi ñāṇavippayuttehi.
在这里,还提到了四种布施的清净:资具是如法的、思心所广大、福田圆满、功德殊胜。其中,以如法、正当的方式得到的资具,叫作“如法”。带着信心和净信去布施,就叫作“思心所广大”。漏尽者的状态,叫作“福田圆满”。漏尽者从灭尽定出定的状态,叫作“功德殊胜”。能够把这四种都具备起来去布施的人,他的欲界善业就在这一生中就给出果报。就像富楼那长者、迦迦瓦利耶、须摩那花鬘师等人那样。巴利
Aparāpi imasmiṃ ṭhāne catasso dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyo gahitā – paccayānaṃ dhammikatā, cetanāmahattaṃ, vatthusampatti, guṇātirekatāti. Tattha dhammena samena uppannā paccayā ‘dhammikā’ nāma. Saddahitvā okappetvā dadato pana ‘cetanāmahattaṃ’ nāma hoti. Khīṇāsavabhāvo ‘vatthusampatti’ nāma. Khīṇāsavasseva nirodhā vuṭṭhitabhāvo ‘guṇātirekatā’ nāma. Imāni cattāri samodhānetvā dātuṃ sakkontassa kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ imasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākaṃ deti. Puṇṇakaseṭṭhikākavaliyasumanamālākārādīnaṃ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.225 puṇṇadāsīvatthu) (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.67 sumanamālākāravatthu) viya.
简单来说,把这一切欲界善心都算作“心”,依心种种之义而说,它只是一种。从感受来分,则有喜俱和舍俱两种。从智的分别这一教法来分,则有四种。因为喜俱智相应无行大心与舍俱智相应无行大心,在智相应和无行这两个意义上是一样的。同样,智相应有行、智不相应无行、智不相应有行也是如此。这样,按智分别的教法虽有四种,但再按无行和有行的区别来分,就是四种无行、四种有行,一共八种善心。世尊如实了知这些,作为一切知者、众中之首、最胜的牟尼,宣说、开示、使知、建立、开显、分别、显明。巴利
Saṅkhepato panetaṃ sabbampi kāmāvacarakusalacittaṃ ‘citta’nti karitvā cittavicittaṭṭhena ekameva hoti. Vedanāvasena somanassasahagataṃ upekkhāsahagatanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Ñāṇavibhattidesanāvasena catubbidhaṃ hoti. Somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittañhi upekkhāsahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittañca ñāṇasampayuttaṭṭhena asaṅkhārikaṭṭhena ca ekameva hoti. Tathā ñāṇasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhārikaṃ, ñāṇavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ, ñāṇavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhārikañcāti. Evaṃ ñāṇavibhattidesanāvasena catubbidhe panetasmiṃ asaṅkhārasasaṅkhāravibhattito cattāri asaṅkhārikāni cattāri sasaṅkhārikānīti aṭṭheva kusalacittāni honti. Tāni yāthāvato ñatvā bhagavā sabbaññū gaṇīvaro muniseṭṭho ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkarotīti.
色界善的解说巴利
Rūpāvacarakusalavaṇṇanā
四类法的初禅巴利
Catukkanayo paṭhamajjhānaṃ
160 160. 现在,为了说明色界善,开始讲“哪些法是善”等内容。其中,“为投生色界而修习道”:色,指色有;投生,指产生、出生、再生;道,指方法。这里的词义是:寻求、找寻、产生、促成那种投生,所以叫“道”。这话的意思是:通过哪种道,能在色有中投生、产生、出生、再生,就修习那种道。那么,靠这个道就一定能在色有中投生吗?不一定。因为按照“比丘们,要修定,入定的人能如实知见”等所说的通向洞察的部分,也能超越色有。不过,除了这个道之外,再没有别的道能投生色界,所以说“为投生色界而修习道”。从义理上说,这个道就是思,也是与思相应的诸法,这两者都是。因为“舍利弗,我知道地狱,也知道通往地狱的道”这里,思就叫做道。巴利
160. Idāni rūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetīti rūpaṃ vuccati rūpabhavo. Upapattīti nibbatti jāti sañjāti. Maggoti upāyo. Vacanattho panettha – taṃ upapattiṃ maggati gavesati janeti nipphādetīti maggo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yena maggena rūpabhave upapatti hoti nibbatti jāti sañjāti, taṃ maggaṃ bhāvetīti. Kiṃ panetena niyamato rūpabhave upapatti hotīti? Na hoti. ‘‘Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha, samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.5; 4.99; 5.1071; netti. 40; mi. pa. 2.1.15) evaṃ vuttena hi nibbedhabhāgiyena rūpabhavātikkamopi hoti. Rūpūpapattiyā pana ito añño maggo nāma natthi, tena vuttaṃ ‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’ti. Atthato cāyaṃ maggo nāma cetanāpi hoti, cetanāya sampayuttadhammāpi, tadubhayampi. ‘‘Nirayañcāhaṃ, sāriputta, pajānāmi nirayagāmiñca magga’’nti (ma. ni. 1.153) hi ettha cetanā maggo nāma.
信仰、惭、善行和布施,这些法是善人所追随的。
人们确实说这是通往天界的道路,因为依靠它就能往生天界。巴利
‘‘Saddhā hiriyaṃ kusalañca dānaṃ, dhammā ete sappurisānuyātā; Etañhi maggaṃ diviyaṃ vadanti, etena hi gacchati devaloka’’nti. (a. ni. 8.32);
在这里,与思俱行的诸法就叫作“道”。在《行生经》等经典里说“诸比丘,这是道,这是行道”时,思以及和思俱行的诸法都叫作“道”。但在这个地方,因为说的是“禅那”,所以指的是和思俱行的诸法。又因为禅那的思能牵引结生,所以思以及和思俱行的诸法也都适用。巴利
Ettha cetanāsampayuttadhammā maggo nāma. ‘‘Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggo, ayaṃ paṭipadā’’ti saṅkhārupapattisuttādīsu (ma. ni. 3.161 ādayo) cetanāpi cetanāsampayuttadhammāpi maggo nāma. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ‘jhāna’nti vacanato cetanāsampayuttā adhippetā. Yasmā pana jhānacetanā paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhati, tasmā cetanāpi cetanāsampayuttadhammāpi vaṭṭantiyeva.
“修习”的意思是产生、生起、增长。这是“修习”在这里的含义。不过在别的地方,随着前缀不同,还有尊重、遍修、分别修等不同的含义。其中,“优陀夷,在这里,我的弟子们在增上戒上尊重我:‘沙门乔达摩是具戒者,具足最上的戒蕴’”(《中部》2.243),这叫做尊重,意思是信受。“以戒遍修之定有大果、大利益,以定遍修之慧有大果、大利益,以慧遍修之心能完全从诸漏中解脱”(《长部》2.186),这叫做遍修,意思是习练。“来吧,分别修色,分别修受……想……行……识”,这叫做分别修,意思是令其消失。“再者,优陀夷,我已为弟子们开示了行道,我的弟子们依此行道修习四念处”(《中部》2.247),这是以产生、增长之义而称为修习。在这里,所指的正是这一含义。因此说:“‘修习’的意思是产生、生起、增长”。巴利
Bhāvetīti janeti uppādeti vaḍḍheti. Ayaṃ tāva idha bhāvanāya attho. Aññattha pana upasaggavasena sambhāvanā paribhāvanā vibhāvanāti evaṃ aññathāpi attho hoti. Tattha ‘‘idhudāyi mama sāvakā adhisīle sambhāventi – sīlavā samaṇo gotamo, paramena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato’’ti (ma. ni. 2.243) ayaṃ sambhāvanā nāma; okappanāti attho. ‘‘Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.186) ayaṃ paribhāvanā nāma; vāsanāti attho. ‘‘Iṅgha rūpaṃ vibhāvehi, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ vibhāvehī’’ti ayaṃ vibhāvanā nāma; antaradhāpanāti attho. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṃ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāventī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.247), ayaṃ pana uppādanavaḍḍhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā nāma. Imasmimpi ṭhāne ayameva adhippetā. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘bhāvetīti janeti uppādeti vaḍḍhetī’ti.
那么,为什么这里不像解说欲界善法时那样,先说法再说人,而是先说人呢?因为这是要依靠行道才能成就的。这确实要依靠四种行道中的某一种才能成就,不像欲界善法那样可以不依靠行道就生起。而所谓行道,只有在有修行者的情况下才存在。为了说明这个道理,在以人为先导的开示中,才说“他修习通往色界转生的道路”。巴利
Kasmā panettha, yathā kāmāvacarakusalaniddese dhammapubbaṅgamā desanā katā tathā akatvā, puggalapubbaṅgamā katāti? Paṭipadāya sādhetabbato. Idañhi catūsu paṭipadāsu aññatarāya sādhetabbaṃ; na kāmāvacaraṃ viya vinā paṭipadāya uppajjati. Paṭipadā ca nāmesā paṭipannake sati hotīti etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ puggalapubbaṅgamaṃ desanaṃ karonto ‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’ti āha.
“远离诸欲”这句话的意思是:从诸欲中脱离出来,与诸欲分开,从诸欲中退开。不过,这里这个“唯”字应当理解为表示决定的意思。正因为它是表示决定,所以在证入初禅并安住的那个时候,即使诸欲并不存在,它也说明诸欲是初禅的对立面,并且说明初禅只有通过舍弃诸欲才能证得。怎么说明呢?当以“远离诸欲”这样作出决定时,就可以看出:诸欲存在时,这初禅就不会生起,就像黑暗存在时灯光不会显现一样;而它的证得,只有通过舍弃诸欲,就像只有舍弃此岸才能到达彼岸一样。因此,它作出了决定。巴利
Vivicceva kāmehīti kāmehi viviccitvā, vinā hutvā, apakkamitvā. Yo panāyamettha ‘eva’-kāro so niyamatthoti veditabbo. Yasmā ca niyamattho, tasmā tasmiṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye avijjamānānampi kāmānaṃ tassa paṭhamajjhānassa paṭipakkhabhāvaṃ, kāmapariccāgeneva cassa adhigamaṃ dīpeti. Kathaṃ? ‘Vivicceva kāmehī’ti evañhi niyame kariyamāne idaṃ paññāyati – nūnimassa kāmā paṭipakkhabhūtā yesu sati idaṃ na pavattati, andhakāre sati padīpobhāso viya? Tesaṃ pariccāgeneva cassa adhigamo hoti orimatīrapariccāgena pārimatīrasseva. Tasmā niyamaṃ karotīti.
这里可能会有人问:为什么这个“确实”只在前一句里说,后一句里却不说?难道没有离开不善法,也能成就禅那并安住吗?但不该这样理解。因为这个禅那是从诸欲中出离,所以“确实”才在前一句里说。因为禅那超越了欲界,又是对治欲贪的,所以它正是诸欲的出离。正如经中所说:“诸欲的出离,就是出离欲。”不过,在后一句里,也应该像“就在这里,比丘们,有第一沙门;这里有第二沙门”那样,把“确实”这个词带过来用。因为不可能在没有离开其他被称为盖的不善法的情况下,成就禅那并安住。所以应当这样理解这两句里的“确实”:“确实已经离开诸欲,确实已经离开不善法。”在这两句里,虽然“已离”这个共同的说法可以涵盖彼分远离等以及身远离等一切远离,但在这里应当只取三种:身远离、心远离、镇伏远离。巴利
Tattha siyā – ‘kasmā panesa pubbapadeyeva vutto, na uttarapade? Kiṃ akusalehi dhammehi aviviccāpi jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyā’ti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Taṃnissaraṇato hi pubbapade esa vutto. Kāmadhātusamatikkamanato hi kāmarāgapaṭipakkhato ca idaṃ jhānaṃ kāmānameva nissaraṇaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘kāmānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ nekkhamma’’nti (itivu. 72; dī. ni. 3.353). Uttarapadepi pana, yathā ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139; a. ni. 4.241) ettha ‘eva’-kāro ānetvā vuccati, evaṃ vattabbo. Na hi sakkā ito aññehipi nīvaraṇasaṅkhātehi akusalehi dhammehi avivicca jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, tasmā ‘vivicceva kāmehi vivicceva akusalehi dhammehī’ti evaṃ padadvayepi esa daṭṭhabbo. Padadvayepi ca kiñcāpi viviccāti iminā sādhāraṇavacanena tadaṅgavivekādayo kāyavivekādayo ca sabbepi vivekā saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, tathāpi kāyaviveko cittaviveko vikkhambhanavivekoti tayo eva idha daṭṭhabbā.
“诸欲”这个词,应当理解为:既涵盖了在解说中按“什么是事欲?可爱的色……”这种方式所说的事欲,也涵盖了在同一解说和《分别论》中按“欲求是欲,贪是欲,欲贪是欲;思惟是欲,贪是欲,思惟贪是欲;这些称为欲”这种方式所说的烦恼欲——这一切都被包含在内。这样理解的话,“确实已离诸欲”中就自然包含了“已从事欲离开”的意思,这是说得通的。由此,就说明了身远离。巴利
Kāmehīti iminā pana padena ye ca niddese ‘‘katame vatthukāmā? Manāpiyā rūpā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 1) nayena vatthukāmā vuttā, ye ca tattheva vibhaṅge ca ‘‘chando kāmo, rāgo kāmo, chandarāgo kāmo; saṅkappo kāmo, rāgo kāmo, saṅkapparāgo kāmo; ime vuccanti kāmā’’ti (mahāni. 1; vibha. 564) evaṃ kilesakāmā vuttā, te sabbepi saṅgahitāicceva daṭṭhabbā. Evañhi sati vivicceva kāmehīti vatthukāmehipi viviccevāti attho yujjati. Tena kāyaviveko vutto hoti.
“已离不善法”的意思是:已经离开了烦恼欲,或者离开了一切不善法,这样理解是合适的。由此就说明了心的远离。在这里,通过前一句说从事欲中离开,就阐明了舍弃欲乐;通过后一句说从烦恼欲中离开,就阐明了获得出离之乐。这样一来,仅仅通过说从事欲和烦恼欲中离开,就说明了:第一句是舍弃杂染的所依,第二句是断除杂染;第一句是舍弃贪求的原因,第二句是舍弃愚痴的原因;第一句说明了加行的清净,第二句说明了意乐的培养。这就是关于“诸欲”一词中所说的诸欲里面,事欲这一方面的情况。巴利
Vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti kilesakāmehi sabbākusalehi vā viviccāti attho yujjati. Tena cittaviveko vutto hoti. Purimena cettha vatthukāmehi vivekavacanato eva kāmasukhapariccāgo, dutiyena kilesakāmehi vivekavacanato nekkhammasukhapariggaho vibhāvito hoti. Evaṃ vatthukāmakilesakāmavivekavacanatoyeva ca etesaṃ paṭhamena saṃkilesavatthuppahānaṃ, dutiyena saṃkilesappahānaṃ; paṭhamena lolabhāvassa hetupariccāgo, dutiyena bālabhāvassa; paṭhamena ca payogasuddhi, dutiyena āsayaposanaṃ vibhāvitaṃ hotīti ñātabbaṃ. Esa tāva nayo ‘kāmehī’ti ettha vuttakāmesu vatthukāmapakkhe.
不过在烦恼欲这一边,用“欲求”“贪”等等多种说法来指明的,其实就是欲贪,也就是这里说的“欲”。它虽然属于不善,但在《分别论》(Vibh. 564)里,按照“其中什么是欲贪?就是欲……”这样的方式,因为它是禅那的对立面,所以被单独提出来说。或者也可以说,因为它是烦恼欲,所以在第一句里提到;因为它属于不善,所以在第二句里提到。又因为它有多种分类,所以没有说“从欲”,而是说“从诸欲”。另外,虽然其他法也具有不善性,但《分别论》按照“其中什么是不善法?就是欲贪……”这样的方式,为了显示它们是上分禅支的敌对和对立面,只说了诸盖。因为诸盖就是禅支的敌对,对它们而言,禅支才是对立面、破坏者和摧毁者,这就是这段话的意思。正如《藏论》里所说:“定是欲贪的对立面,喜是瞋恚的对立面,寻是昏沉睡眠的对立面,乐是掉举恶作的对立面,伺是疑的对立面。”巴利
Kilesakāmapakkhe pana ‘chandoti ca rāgo’ti ca evamādīhi anekabhedo kāmacchandoyeva kāmoti adhippeto. So ca akusalapariyāpannopi samāno ‘‘tattha katamo kāmacchando kāmo’’tiādinā nayena vibhaṅge (vibha. 564) jhānapaṭipakkhato visuṃ vutto. Kilesakāmattā vā purimapade vutto, akusalapariyāpannattā dutiyapade. Anekabhedato cassa ‘kāmato’ti avatvā ‘kāmehī’ti vuttaṃ. Aññesampi ca dhammānaṃ akusalabhāve vijjamāne ‘‘tattha katame akusalā dhammā? Kāmacchando’’tiādinā nayena vibhaṅge uparijhānaṅgapaccanīkapaṭipakkhabhāvadassanato nīvaraṇāneva vuttāni. Nīvaraṇāni hi jhānaṅgapaccanīkāni. Tesaṃ jhānaṅgāneva paṭipakkhāni, viddhaṃsakāni, vighātakānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā hi ‘‘samādhi kāmacchandassa paṭipakkho, pīti byāpādassa, vitakko thinamiddhassa, sukhaṃ uddhaccakukkuccassa, vicāro vicikicchāyā’’ti peṭake vuttaṃ.
在这里,“已离诸欲”这句话,说的是以镇伏的方式远离欲贪。“已离不善法”这句话,说的是以镇伏的方式远离五种盖。不过,如果按“不取”和“取”的方式来分别,那么第一句讲的是欲贪,第二句讲的是其余诸盖;同样,第一句讲的是三种不善根当中,以五种欲乐为不同对象的贪,第二句讲的是以嗔恨事等为不同对象的嗔和痴。或者在暴流等法当中,第一句讲的是欲暴流、欲轭、欲漏、欲取、悭贪身系、欲贪结缚,第二句讲的是其余的暴流、轭、漏、取、身系、结缚。并且,第一句讲的是渴爱以及和它相应的诸法,第二句讲的是无明以及和它相应的诸法。此外还应当知道:第一句说的是以镇伏的方式远离与贪相应的八种心生起,第二句说的是以镇伏的方式远离其余四种不善心生起。以上就是对“已离诸欲,已离不善法”这个地方的义理说明。巴利
Evamettha ‘vivicceva kāmehī’ti iminā kāmacchandassa vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hoti. ‘Vivicca akusalehi dhammehī’ti iminā pañcannampi nīvaraṇānaṃ. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana paṭhamena kāmacchandassa, dutiyena sesanīvaraṇānaṃ; tathā paṭhamena tīsu akusalamūlesu pañcakāmaguṇabhedavisayassa lobhassa, dutiyena āghātavatthubhedādivisayānaṃ dosamohānaṃ. Oghādīsu vā dhammesu paṭhamena kāmoghakāmayogakāmāsavakāmupādānaabhijjhākāyaganthakāmarāgasaṃyojanānaṃ, dutiyena avasesaoghayogāsavaupādānaganthasaṃyojanānaṃ. Paṭhamena ca taṇhāya taṃsampayuttakānañca, dutiyena avijjāya taṃsampayuttakānañca. Apica paṭhamena lobhasampayuttaaṭṭhacittuppādānaṃ, dutiyena sesānaṃ catunnaṃ akusalacittuppādānaṃ vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hotīti veditabbo. Ayaṃ tāva ‘vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehī’ti ettha atthappakāsanā.
到这里,已经显示了初禅的断除支;现在为了显示相应支,就说出了“有寻有伺”等话。其中,按照前面所说的特征等分别,由于与安止相应而达到了色界状态的寻和伺一起生起。就像树与花和果共同存在一样,这个禅那被称为“有寻有伺”。不过在《分别论》中,则是以“以这个寻和这个伺,具足、完全具足”这样的方式,作了以人为核心的开示。但那里的义理在这里也应该同样理解。巴利
Ettāvatā ca paṭhamassa jhānassa pahānaṅgaṃ dassetvā idāni sampayogaṅgaṃ dassetuṃ savitakkaṃ savicārantiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha heṭṭhā vuttalakkhaṇādivibhāgena appanāsampayogato rūpāvacarabhāvappattena vitakkena ceva vicārena ca saha vattati. Rukkho viya pupphena ca phalena cāti idaṃ jhānaṃ savitakkaṃ savicāranti vuccati. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena upeto hoti samupeto’’tiādinā (vibha. 565) nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā. Attho pana tatrapi evameva daṭṭhabbo.
“离生”在这里,“离”就是远离,意思是诸盖的离去。或者,“离”就是已远离的状态,意思是已远离诸盖的、与禅那相应的一整组法。因此,从远离而生,或者在那远离之中而生,就叫“离生”。“喜乐”在这里,喜和乐在前面已经说明过了。不过,在所说的五种喜当中,那种成为安止定的根基、不断增长、并与定相应而遍满的喜,才是这里所指的喜。这个禅那有这种喜和这种乐,或者在这种禅那当中有这种喜和这种乐,所以这个禅那就被称为“喜乐”。另一种说法是,喜和乐合起来叫喜乐,就像“法与律”等复合词一样。这个禅那有离生喜乐,或者在这个禅那当中有离生喜乐,所以也可以叫“离生喜乐”。正如禅那本身是离生的,这里的喜乐也同样就是离生的,而且它属于这个禅那。因此,用一个复合词来说“离生喜乐”是合适的。不过在《分别论》中,则是按“这个乐与这个喜俱行”这样的方式来表述的。但其中的含义在那里也应该同样理解。巴利
Vivekajanti – ettha vivitti viveko. Nīvaraṇavigamoti attho. Vivittoti vā viveko, nīvaraṇavivitto jhānasampayuttadhammarāsīti attho. Tasmā vivekā, tasmiṃ vā viveke, jātanti vivekajaṃ. Pītisukhanti – ettha pītisukhāni heṭṭhā pakāsitāneva. Tesu pana vuttappakārāya pañcavidhāya pītiyā yā appanāsamādhissa mūlaṃ hutvā vaḍḍhamānā samādhisampayogaṃ gatā pharaṇāpīti – ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā pītīti. Ayañca pīti idañca sukhaṃ assa jhānassa, asmiṃ vā jhāne atthīti idaṃ jhānaṃ pītisukhanti vuccati. Atha vā pīti ca sukhañca pītisukhaṃ, dhammavinayādayo viya. Vivekajaṃ pītisukhamassa jhānassa, asmiṃ vā jhāne, atthīti evampi vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ. Yatheva hi jhānaṃ evaṃ pītisukhampettha vivekajameva hoti. Tañcassa atthi. Tasmā ekapadeneva ‘vivekajaṃ pītisukha’nti vattuṃ yujjati. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘idaṃ sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagata’’ntiādinā nayena vuttaṃ. Attho pana tatthāpi evameva daṭṭhabbo.
初禅:在这里,按数数的先后顺序,它是第一个。因为最先产生,所以是第一个;因为最先应该进入,所以也是第一个。不过,这并不是它固定不变的标志。因为已经修到自在的人,也就是获得八等至的人,既可以从开头依次进入到最高处,也可以从最高处依次返回到开头进入,还可以跳着中间进入。但按照“最先产生”这个意义,它就叫作第一个。巴利
Paṭhamaṃjhānanti – ettha gaṇanānupubbatā paṭhamaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ uppannanti paṭhamaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ samāpajjitabbantipi paṭhamaṃ. Idaṃ pana na ekantalakkhaṇaṃ. Ciṇṇavasībhāvo hi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī ādito paṭṭhāya matthakaṃ pāpentopi samāpajjituṃ sakkoti. Matthakato paṭṭhāya ādiṃ pāpentopi samāpajjituṃ sakkoti. Antarantarā okkamantopi sakkoti. Evaṃ pubbuppattiyaṭṭhena pana paṭhamaṃ nāma hoti.
“禅那”有两种:所缘审察禅那和相审察禅那。其中,八等至因为审察地遍等所缘,所以被称为所缘审察禅那。而观、道、果则名为相审察禅那。其中,观因为审察无常等相,所以是相审察禅那;道因为通过观已完成的作用而成就,所以是相审察禅那;果则因为审察灭谛的真实相,所以名为相审察禅那。在这些当中,这里所要表达的意思是所缘审察禅那。因此应当知道:因为审察所缘,或者因为烧尽敌对法,所以称为禅那。巴利
Jhānanti duvidhaṃ jhānaṃ – ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ lakkhaṇūpanijjhānanti. Tattha aṭṭha samāpattiyo pathavikasiṇādiārammaṇaṃ upanijjhāyantīti ārammaṇūpanijjhānanti saṅkhyaṃ gatā. Vipassanāmaggaphalāni pana lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ nāma. Tattha vipassanā aniccādilakkhaṇassa upanijjhānato lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ. Vipassanāya katakiccassa maggena ijjhanato maggo lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ. Phalaṃ pana nirodhasaccaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ upanijjhāyatīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ nāma. Tesu imasmiṃ atthe ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tasmā ārammaṇūpanijjhānato paccanīkajjhāpanato vā jhānanti veditabbaṃ.
“具足”是指已经到达、已经证得的意思;也可以说,是已经令其具足、已经令其成就的意思。不过在《分别论》中说:“‘具足’就是初禅的得到、获得、到达、成就、接触、证悟、具足。”这里的含义也应当同样理解。“住”是指:以与那种禅那相应的行住坐卧方式而住——也就是具足了上面所说的那种禅那之后,使自身的行、住、护、续、持、游、安住得以实现。正如《分别论》中所说:“‘住’就是行、住、护、续、持、游、安住,因此称为‘住’。”巴利
Upasampajjāti upagantvā, pāpuṇitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasampādayitvā vā nipphādetvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘upasampajjāti paṭhamassa jhānassa lābho paṭilābho patti sampatti phusanā sacchikiriyā upasampadā’’ti (vibha. 570) vuttaṃ. Tassāpi evamevattho daṭṭhabbo. Viharatīti tadanurūpena iriyāpathavihārena itivuttappakārajjhānasamaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyanaṃ vuttiṃ pālanaṃ yapanaṃ yāpanaṃ cāraṃ vihāraṃ abhinipphādeti. Vuttañhetaṃ vibhaṅge – ‘‘viharatīti iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati, tena vuccati viharatī’’ti (vibha. 512, 571).
地遍:在这里,整个地轮因为“完整”的意思,也被称为地遍;依靠它而获得的相,也同样称为地遍;在地遍相中获得的禅那,也同样称为地遍。在这个语境里,应当知道这里的“地遍”指的就是禅那。“成就并安住于称为地遍的禅那”——这就是这里的简要含义。
然而,在这个地遍业处中,已经做了预备修行之后,生起四禅和五禅,以禅那作为观智的近因来增长观智,想要证得阿罗汉的善男子应该怎么做呢?首先,应当清净四种戒,也就是巴帝摩卡防护、根律仪、活命遍净、资具依止戒;安住在极清净的戒上之后,对于他在住所等十种障碍中存在的任何一种障碍,都要把它断除;然后前往教授业处的善知识那里;在经典中传来的三十八种业处中,审察哪一种业处适合自己的性格;如果这个地遍适合他,就取这个业处;舍弃不适合修习禅那的住处,住在适合的住处;断除微细的障碍;在守护遍作相和似相、回避七种不适合的、受用七种适合的、善巧于十种安止善巧等一切修习方法上都不缺失,为了证得禅那而修行。这就是这里的简要说明。详细内容,应当依照《清净道论》中所说的方法来了知。就像这里一样,从这里以后的各个业处也应当这样了知。因为一切业处的修习方法,都已经按照注释书的方式全部收录在《清净道论》中并详细解说了。既然在那里已经处处重复说了,为什么还要再详细展开呢?所以我们不再详细展开。对于经典中下面还没有讲到的义理,我们不会遗漏,会不间断地逐词解释。巴利
Pathavikasiṇanti ettha pathavimaṇḍalampi sakalaṭṭhena pathavikasiṇanti vuccati. Taṃ nissāya paṭiladdhaṃ nimittampi. Pathavikasiṇanimitte paṭiladdhajjhānampi. Tattha imasmiṃ atthe jhānaṃ pathavīkasiṇanti veditabbaṃ. Pathavikasiṇasaṅkhātaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti ayañhettha saṅkhepattho. Imasmiṃ pana pathavikasiṇe parikammaṃ katvā catukkapañcakajjhānāni nibbattetvā jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pattukāmena kulaputtena kiṃ kattabbanti? Ādito tāva pātimokkhasaṃvaraindriyasaṃvaraājīvapārisuddhipaccayasannissitasaṅkhātāni cattāri sīlāni visodhetvā suparisuddhe sīle patiṭṭhitena, yvāssa āvāsādīsu dasasu palibodhesu palibodho atthi, taṃ upacchinditvā kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pāḷiyā āgatesu aṭṭhatiṃsāya kammaṭṭhānesu attano cariyānukūlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ upaparikkhantena sacassa idaṃ pathavikasiṇaṃ anukūlaṃ hoti, idameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā jhānabhāvanāya ananurūpaṃ vihāraṃ pahāya anurūpe vihāre viharantena khuddakapalibodhupacchedaṃ katvā kasiṇaparikammanimittānurakkhaṇasattaasappāyaparivajjanasattasappāyasevanadasavidhaappanākosallappabhedaṃ sabbaṃ bhāvanāvidhānaṃ aparihāpentena jhānādhigamatthāya paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.51 ādayo) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yathā cettha evaṃ ito paresupi. Sabbakammaṭṭhānānañhi bhāvanāvidhānaṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhakathānayena gahetvā visuddhimagge vitthāritaṃ. Kiṃ tena tattha tattha puna vuttenāti na naṃ puna vitthārayāma. Pāḷiyā pana heṭṭhā anāgataṃ atthaṃ aparihāpentā nirantaraṃ anupadavaṇṇanameva karissāma.
那时是指在成就并安住于初禅的那个时候。有触……乃至……无散乱:这些就是在欲界初善心所说的五十六种法,按照经文列举的次第排列。唯一的差别是:那些属于欲界,而这些因为所处地界的差别,属于广大色界。其余部分完全相同。不过在这里,“或唯”所包含的只有欲等四种。分类门与空门则和通常情况一样。巴利
Tasmiṃ samayeti tasmiṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye. Phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hotīti ime kāmāvacarapaṭhamakusalacitte vuttappakārāya padapaṭipāṭiyā chapaṇṇāsa dhammā honti. Kevalañhi te kāmāvacarā, ime bhūmantaravasena mahaggatā rūpāvacarāti ayamettha viseso. Sesaṃ tādisameva. Yevāpanakā panettha chandādayo cattārova labbhanti. Koṭṭhāsavārasuññatavārā pākatikā evāti.
161-162 在解释第二禅的部分里,“由寻与伺的止息”是指:由于寻和伺这两者的止息、超越;意思是说,在第二禅生起的那一刻,它们不再出现。在这里,虽然第二禅中初禅的所有法都不存在——因为初禅里的触等是一类,而这里的触等是另一类——但为了说明:由于一层层粗重支分的超越,才能从初禅证得第二禅等更高的禅那,所以才说“由寻与伺的止息”,应当这样理解。“内”在这里指的是自身之内。而在《分别论》中只说“内,即各自”。因为这里指的是自身之内,所以此处意思是:生于自身,在自己的相续中生起。巴利
161-162. Dutiyajjhānaniddese vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti vitakkassa ca vicārassa cāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vūpasamā, samatikkamā; dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe apātubhāvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha kiñcāpi dutiyajjhāne sabbepi paṭhamajjhānadhammā na santi, aññeyeva hi paṭhamajjhāne phassādayo aññe idha, oḷārikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ajjhattanti idha – niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘ajjhattaṃ paccatta’’nti (vibha. 573) ettakameva vuttaṃ. Yasmā niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā attani jātaṃ, attano santāne nibbattanti ayamettha attho.
净信:信就叫做净信。由于与净信相应,禅那也叫做净信,就像因为与蓝色相应而称为蓝布一样。或者,因为那禅那具足了净信,又通过止息寻与伺的动荡而使心清净,所以也称为净信。在这个义解中,应当知道“净信”与“心的”是这样连接的。而在前一个义解中,“心的”应当与心一境性连接。巴利
Sampasādananti sampasādanaṃ vuccati saddhā. Sampasādanayogato jhānampi sampasādanaṃ, nīlavaṇṇayogato nīlavatthaṃ viya. Yasmā vā taṃ jhānaṃ sampasādanasamannāgatattā vitakkavicārakkhobhavūpasamanena ca ceto sampasādayati, tasmāpi sampasādananti vuttaṃ. Imasmiñca atthavikappe ‘sampasādanaṃ cetaso’ti evaṃ padasambandho veditabbo. Purimasmiṃ pana atthavikappe ‘cetaso’ti etaṃ ekodibhāvena saddhiṃ yojetabbaṃ.
这里对义理的解释是:所谓“一而升起”,就是一境,意思是说,因为不被寻和伺所覆盖,它以最胜、最上的状态升起。世间确实也把最胜者称为“一”。或者,也可以说,由于远离寻和伺,它成为独自一个、没有伴侣。又或者,它使相应诸法升起,所以叫“升”,就是令其生起的意思。以最胜之义为“一”,而它又是“升”,所以叫“一境”。这是定的同义词。如此修习、增长这个一境,就是第二禅的心一境性。然而,这个一境属于心,不属于众生,也不属于命我,因此说它是“心一境性”。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ atthayojanā – eko udetīti ekodi, vitakkavicārehi anajjhāruḷhattā aggo seṭṭho hutvā udetīti attho. Seṭṭhopi hi loke ekoti vuccati. Vitakkavicāravirahato vā eko asahāyo hutvātipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Atha vā sampayuttadhamme udāyatīti udi. Uṭṭhāpetīti attho. Seṭṭhaṭṭhena eko ca so udi cāti ekodi. Samādhissetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Iti imaṃ ekodiṃ bhāveti vaḍḍhetīti idaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ ekodibhāvaṃ. So panāyaṃ ekodi yasmā cetaso, na sattassa, na jīvassa, tasmā etaṃ ‘cetaso ekodibhāva’nti vuttaṃ.
“初禅里难道就没有这个信吗?也有这个叫作‘一境’的定啊。那为什么偏偏只说第二禅是‘心的净信’和‘心一境性’呢?”回答是:初禅被寻和伺的搅动所扰动,就像被波浪搅乱的湖水一样,并不清澈宁静,所以即使有信,也不说它是“净信”。正因为不清澈宁静,其中的定也不够明显,所以也不说它是“心一境性”。但在第二禅里,因为没有寻和伺的障碍,信获得了空间,变得强而有力;由于得到了强而有力的信作为同伴,定也变得明显了。所以应当知道,只有第二禅才这样宣说。不过在《分别论》里只说了这些:“净信,就是信、信受、安信、净信;心一境性,就是心的安住……正定。”应当知道,这样的说法和这段义解不但不矛盾,反而完全吻合、完全一致。巴利
‘Nanu cāyaṃ saddhā paṭhamajjhānepi atthi, ayañca ekodināmako samādhi, atha kasmā idameva sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvañcāti vuttanti? Vuccate – ‘aduñhi paṭhamajjhānaṃ vitakkavicārakkhobhena vīcitaraṅgasamākulamiva jalaṃ na suppasannaṃ hoti, tasmā satiyāpi saddhāya sampasādana’nti na vuttaṃ. Na suppasannattā eva cettha samādhipi na suṭṭhu pākaṭo. Tasmā ekodibhāvantipi na vuttaṃ. Imasmiṃ pana jhāne vitakkavicārapalibodhābhāvena laddhokāsā balavatī saddhā, balavasaddhāsahāyapaṭilābheneva samādhipi pākaṭo. Tasmā idameva evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘sampasādananti yā saddhā saddahanā okappanā abhippasādo; cetaso ekodibhāvanti yā cittassa ṭhiti…pe… sammāsamādhī’’ti (vibha. 574-575) ettakameva vuttaṃ. Evaṃ vuttena panetena saddhiṃ ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā yathā na virujjhati aññadatthu saṃsandati ceva sameti ca, evaṃ veditabbā.
无寻、无伺:因为通过修习已经断除了,所以在这个禅那中不存在寻,或者说这个禅那的寻已经不存在,因此叫无寻。用同样的方式理解无伺。在《分别论》中也这样说:如此,这寻和这伺已经寂静、止息、寂止、灭去、消逝、安止、寂灭、干涸、枯竭、灭尽,因此称为无寻、无伺。巴利
Avitakkaṃ avicāranti bhāvanāya pahīnattā etasmiṃ etassa vā vitakko natthīti avitakkaṃ. Imināva nayena avicāraṃ. Vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ – ‘‘iti ayañca vitakko ayañca vicāro santā honti samitā vūpasantā atthaṅgatā abbhatthaṅgatā appitā byappitā sositā visositā byantīkatā, tena vuccati avitakkaṃ avicāra’’nti.
这里有人问:难道靠“寻与伺的止息”这句话,这个意思就已经成立了吗?那为什么还要再说“无寻无伺”呢?回答说:确实如此,这个意思确实已经成立,但这句话并不是在说明那个意思。我们不是说过吗:“为了说明通过超越越来越粗重的禅支,从初禅之后证得第二禅等,所以才说‘寻与伺的止息’。”巴利
Etthāha – nanu ca vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti imināpi ayamattho siddho? Atha kasmā puna ‘vuttaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāra’nti? Vuccate – evametaṃ, siddhovāyamattho, na panetaṃ tadatthadīpakaṃ. Nanu avocumha – ‘oḷārikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ samadhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vutta’nti.
另外,寻与伺的寂止能说明这里的清净,但不是因为烦恼污浊;寻与伺的寂止也能说明心一境性,但不是像近行定那样靠断除五盖,也不是像初禅那样靠禅支显现。所以,这句话是在说明清净和心一境性这两者的原因。同样,寻与伺的寂止能说明这里的无寻无伺,但不是像第三禅、第四禅那样,也不是像眼识等那样,因为它们本来就没有寻与伺。所以,这句话也是在说明无寻无伺状态的原因,而不只是在说明寻与伺不存在。然而,只是在说明寻与伺不存在的,正是“无寻无伺”这个说法,因此即使已经说了前面的,也还是必须再说一次。巴利
Apica vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ sampasādanaṃ, na kilesakālusiyassa; vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ, na upacārajjhānamiva nīvaraṇappahānā; na paṭhamajjhānamiva ca aṅgapātubhāvāti evaṃ sampasādanaekodibhāvānaṃ hetuparidīpakamidaṃ vacanaṃ. Tathā vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, na tatiyacatutthajjhānāni viya, cakkhuviññāṇādīni viya ca, abhāvāti evaṃ avitakkaavicārabhāvassa hetuparidīpakañca, na vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakaṃ. Vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakameva pana avitakkaṃ avicāranti idaṃ vacanaṃ, tasmā purimaṃ vatvāpi puna vattabbamevāti.
“定所生”的意思是:从初禅的定所生,或者从相应的定所生。在这里,虽然初禅也是从相应的定所生,但只有这第二禅的定才配称为“定”,因为它没有寻和伺的扰动,极其稳固,极其清净。因此,为了赞扬它,才说“定所生”。“喜与乐”则和前面所说的一样。巴利
Samādhijanti paṭhamajjhānasamādhito sampayuttasamādhito vā jātanti attho. Tattha kiñcāpi paṭhamampi sampayuttasamādhito jātaṃ, atha kho ayameva samādhi ‘samādhī’ti vattabbataṃ arahati, vitakkavicārakkhobhavirahena ativiya acalattā suppasannattā ca. Tasmā imassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ idameva samādhijanti vuttaṃ. Pītisukhanti idaṃ vuttanayameva.
“第二”是因为按计数顺序排第二。这个第二禅是所入的定,所以也叫“第二”。在“那时有触”等经文里,五支禅中省略了“寻”“伺”两项,五支道中省略了“正思惟”一项。应当依据这些来理解有词尾变化和没有词尾变化的词句的判定。在“分门”部分也说:有三支的禅,有四支的道。其余部分和初禅相同。巴利
Dutiyanti gaṇanānupubbatā dutiyaṃ. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ samāpajjatītipi dutiyaṃ. Tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotītiādīsu jhānapañcake vitakkavicārapadāni maggapañcake ca sammāsaṅkappapadaṃ parihīnaṃ. Tesaṃ vasena savibhattikāvibhattikapadavinicchayo veditabbo. Koṭṭhāsavārepi tivaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, caturaṅgiko maggo hotīti āgataṃ. Sesaṃ paṭhamajjhānasadisamevāti.
163 在解释第三禅时,“由喜的离染”这句话里,所谓离染,是指对前面所说的那种喜的厌离,或者是指超越它。而两者之间的“ca”这个词,是表示集合、合并的意思。它既可以合并“寂止”,也可以合并“寻与伺的寂止”。其中,如果它合并的只是“寂止”,那就应该这样理解:“由喜的离染,以及更进一步,由寂止”。在这种理解方式下,离染就是厌离的意思。因此,应当理解为:“由喜的厌离与寂止”。但如果它合并的是“寻与伺的寂止”,那就应该这样理解:“由喜的离染,以及更进一步,由寻与伺的寂止”。在这种理解方式下,离染就是超越的意思。因此,应当理解为:“由喜的超越与寻与伺的寂止”。巴利
163. Tatiyajjhānaniddese pītiyā ca virāgāti virāgo nāma vuttappakārāya pītiyā jigucchanaṃ vā samatikkamo vā. Ubhinnaṃ pana antarā ‘ca’-saddo sampiṇḍanattho. So vūpasamaṃ vā sampiṇḍeti vitakkavicāravūpasamaṃ vā. Tattha yadā vūpasamameva sampiṇḍeti tadā pītiyā virāgā ca, kiñca bhiyyo ‘vūpasamā’ cāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Imissā ca yojanāya virāgo jigucchanattho hoti. Tasmā pītiyā jigucchanā ca vūpasamā cāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo. Yadā pana vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamaṃ sampiṇḍeti tadā pītiyā ca virāgā kiñca bhiyyo ‘vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā’ti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Imissā ca yojanāya virāgo samatikkamanattho hoti, tasmā pītiyā ca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo.
虽然这些寻与伺在第二禅中就已经寂止了,但这里是为了说明此禅之道以及赞叹而说的。因为当说到“寻与伺的寂止”时,就会让人明白:寻与伺的寂止确实就是此禅之道吧?正如在第三圣道中,对于那些尚未断除的身见等,说“断除五下分结”,这是一种赞叹,能令努力修行的人生起勇猛精进;同样地,在这里,对于那些尚未寂止的寻与伺,说“寂止”也是一种赞叹。由此说出了这个含义:“由喜的超越以及寻与伺的寂止”。巴利
Kāmañcete vitakkavicārā dutiyajjhāneyeva vūpasantā, imassa pana jhānassa maggaparidīpanatthaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañcetaṃ vuttaṃ. Vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti hi vutte idaṃ paññāyati – nūna vitakkavicāravūpasamo maggo imassa jhānassāti? Yathā ca tatiye ariyamagge appahīnānampi sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ ‘‘pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.132) evaṃ pahānaṃ vuccamānaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti, tadadhigamāya ussukkānaṃ ussāhajanakaṃ, evameva idha avūpasantānampi vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo vuccamāno vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti. Tenāyamattho vutto – ‘pītiyā ca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā’ti.
“以舍而住”:在这里,“舍”是指从生起之处去观察。意思是:平等地看,以不偏袒的心去看。因为具备了那种清净、广大、稳固的舍,具足第三禅的人就被称为“有舍者”。巴利
Upekkhako ca viharatīti – ettha upapattito ikkhatīti upekkhā. Samaṃ passati, apakkhapatitā hutvā passatīti attho. Tāya visadāya vipulāya thāmagatāya samannāgatattā tatiyajjhānasamaṅgī upekkhakoti vuccati.
舍有十种:六支舍、梵住舍、觉支舍、精进舍、行舍、受舍、观舍、中舍性舍、禅舍、清净舍。巴利
Upekkhā pana dasavidhā hoti – chaḷaṅgupekkhā brahmavihārupekkhā bojjhaṅgupekkhā vīriyupekkhā saṅkhārupekkhā vedanupekkhā vipassanupekkhā tatramajjhattupekkhā jhānupekkhā pārisuddhupekkhāti.
在这里,所谓“诸比丘,在此,比丘以眼见色后,既不欢喜也不忧愁,住于舍,具念正知”这样经文中所说的,就是漏尽者在六门面对可意与不可意的六种所缘时,不舍弃清净本性而现起的舍,这叫作“六支舍”。巴利
Tattha yā ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti, na dummano, upekkhako ca viharati sato sampajāno’’ti (a. ni. 5.1; mahāni. 90; cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddesa 18; paṭi. ma. 3.17) evamāgatā khīṇāsavassa chasu dvāresu iṭṭhāniṭṭhachaḷārammaṇāpāthe parisuddhapakatibhāvāvijahanākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘chaḷaṅgupekkhā’ nāma.
另外,像“以与舍俱行的心遍满一方而住”这样所说的、对众生保持平等状态的舍,这叫“梵住舍”。巴利
Yā pana ‘‘upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.556; ma. ni. 1.77) evamāgatā sattesu majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘brahmavihārupekkhā’ nāma.
凡是像“修习依远离的舍觉支”这样提到的、与俱生诸法相应的平等状态的舍,这叫作“觉支舍”。巴利
Yā ‘‘upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissita’’nti (ma. ni. 1.27; 3.247) evamāgatā sahajātadhammānaṃ majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘bojjhaṅgupekkhā’ nāma.
不过,像“适时地作意舍相”(《增支部》3.103)这样提到的、被称为既不过度精进也不过于松懈的精进舍,这就叫“精进舍”。巴利
Yā pana ‘‘kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi karotī’’ti (a. ni. 3.103) evamāgatā anaccāraddhanātisithilavīriyasaṅkhātā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘vīriyupekkhā’ nāma.
像这样在《无碍解道》1.57中说的:“多少种行舍依止寂止而生起?多少种行舍依止观而生起?八种行舍依止寂止而生起,十种行舍依止观而生起。”——依照这段经文而来的、在对诸盖等加以简择、安住、执取时处于中立状态的舍,就叫作“行舍”。巴利
Yā ‘‘kati saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti, kati saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti? Aṭṭha saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti, dasa saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjantī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.57) evamāgatā nīvaraṇādipaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanāgahaṇe majjhattabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘saṅkhārupekkhā’ nāma.
不过,还有一种被称为不苦不乐的舍,也就是《法集论》第150节里说的“当欲界善心生起、与舍俱行”时所说的那种舍,这就叫“受舍”。巴利
Yā pana ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti upekkhāsahagata’’nti (dha. sa. 150) evamāgatā adukkhamasukhasaṅkhātā upekkhā ayaṃ ‘vedanupekkhā’ nāma.
凡是按照“凡存在的、已生成的,都舍断它,就获得舍”这句话(《中部》3.71;《增支部》7.55)所说的、在简择中处于中立状态的舍,这就叫作“观舍”。巴利
Yā ‘‘yadatthi, yaṃ bhūtaṃ, taṃ pajahati, upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.71; a. ni. 7.55) evamāgatā vicinane majjhattabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘vipassanupekkhā’ nāma.
而在欲等随一法中提到的那种俱生法之平衡状态的舍,这就叫作“彼处中舍”。巴利
Yā pana chandādīsu yevāpanakesu āgatā sahajātānaṃ samavāhitabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ, ‘tatramajjhattupekkhā’ nāma.
对于“他住于舍”(《法集论》163;《长部》1.230)这样说的、即使在对最上乐也不生偏执的舍,这叫做“禅舍”。巴利
Yā ‘‘upekkhako ca viharatī’’ti (dha. sa. 163; dī. ni. 1.230) evamāgatā aggasukhepi tasmiṃ apakkhapātajananī upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘jhānupekkhā’ nāma.
通过“舍念清净,第四禅那”这句话而来的、一切对立面都已清净的舍,即使在对立面止息时也不起作用,这叫作“清净舍”。巴利
Yā ‘‘upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhāna’’nti evamāgatā sabbapaccanīkaparisuddhā paccanīkavūpasamanepi abyāpārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘pārisuddhupekkhā’ nāma.
在这里,六支舍、梵住舍、觉支舍、此处中舍、禅舍和清净舍,从本质上来说其实是同一个,就是此处中舍。不过,随着各种状态的不同,它才有了这些区分。就像同一个众生,因为处在孩童、青年、长老、将军、国王等不同阶段或身份,就有了不同的称呼。所以应当知道:在这些舍当中,凡是六支舍所在之处,觉支舍等不在那里;反过来,凡是觉支舍所在之处,六支舍等也不在那里。巴利
Tattha chaḷaṅgupekkhā ca brahmavihārupekkhā ca bojjhaṅgupekkhā ca tatramajjhattupekkhā ca jhānupekkhā ca pārisuddhupekkhā ca atthato ekā tatramajjhattupekkhāva hoti. Tena tena avatthābhedena panassā ayaṃ bhedo . Ekassāpi sato sattassa kumārayuvathera senāpatirājādivasena bhedo viya. Tasmā tāsu yattha chaḷaṅgupekkhā na tattha bojjhaṅgupekkhādayo, yattha vā pana bojjhaṅgupekkhā na tattha chaḷaṅgupekkhādayo hontīti veditabbā.
就像这些舍在含义上是一体的,观舍和行舍也是这样。这其实就是慧,只是按作用分成了两种。好比一个人傍晚进屋,手里拿着赶羊杖去找蛇,看见蛇躺在谷壳堆里,就端详着想“这到底是不是蛇?”;等他看清了那三个吉祥相,不再怀疑,在分辨“是蛇、不是蛇”的时候,心里保持中立;同样,已经开始修观的人,用观智看清了三共相,在分辨诸行无常等的时候,生起的中立,就是“观舍”。又好比那个人用赶羊杖紧紧夹住蛇,只想着“我怎样才能不伤到这条蛇,也不让它咬到自己,把它放走?”——在放开的办法上,对抓住蛇这件事保持中立;同样,因为已经看清三共相,把三界看成像着了火一样,在执取诸行这件事上保持中立,这就是“行舍”。这样,观舍成就了,行舍也就成就了。慧就是靠这种称为“分辨时中立”和“执取时中立”的作用,分成两种。至于精进舍和受舍,彼此之间以及跟其余诸舍,在含义上确实是不同的。巴利
Yathā cetāsaṃ atthato ekībhāvo, evaṃ saṅkhārupekkhāvipassanupekkhānampi. Paññā eva hi esā kiccavasena dvidhā bhinnā. Yathā hi purisassa sāyaṃ gehaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ sappaṃ ajapadadaṇḍaṃ gahetvā pariyesamānassa taṃ thusakoṭṭhake nipannaṃ disvā ‘sappo nu kho no’ti avalokentassa sovatthikattayaṃ disvā nibbematikassa ‘sappo, na sappo’ti vicinane majjhattatā hoti; evameva yā āraddhavipassakassa vipassanāñāṇena lakkhaṇattaye diṭṭhe saṅkhārānaṃ aniccabhāvādivicinane majjhattatā uppajjati, ayaṃ ‘vipassanupekkhā’. Yathā pana tassa purisassa ajapadadaṇḍakena gāḷhaṃ sappaṃ gahetvā ‘kintāhaṃ imaṃ sappaṃ aviheṭhento attānañca iminā aḍaṃsāpento muñceyya’nti muñcanākārameva pariyesato gahaṇe majjhattatā hoti; evameva yā lakkhaṇattayassa diṭṭhattā, āditte viya tayo bhave passato, saṅkhāraggahaṇe majjhattatā, ayaṃ ‘saṅkhārupekkhā’. Iti vipassanupekkhāya siddhāya saṅkhārupekkhāpi siddhāva hoti. Iminā panesā vicinanaggahaṇesu majjhattasaṅkhātena kiccena dvidhā bhinnāti. Viriyupekkhā pana vedanupekkhā ca aññamaññañca avasesāhi ca atthato bhinnāyevāti.
在这十种舍当中,这里指的是“禅舍”。它的特相是保持中立,作用是无所作为,表现为不主动造作,近因是喜的远离。这里有人问:从意义上看,这个禅舍难道不就是平等舍吗?而平等舍在初禅和第二禅里也存在,所以在那两个禅里也应该说“他住于舍”才对。那为什么在那里不说呢?因为作用不明显。在那里,它的作用被寻等心所压制,所以不明显。但在这里,它不被寻、伺、喜所压制,就像抬起头来一样,作用变得明显,所以才宣说。巴利
Imāsu dasasu upekkhāsu ‘jhānupekkhā’ idha adhippetā. Sā majjhattalakkhaṇā anābhogarasā abyāpārapaccupaṭṭhānā pītivirāgapadaṭṭhānāti. Etthāha – nanu cāyaṃ atthato tatramajjhattupekkhāva hoti? Sā ca paṭhamadutiyajjhānesupi atthi, tasmā tatrāpi ‘upekkhako ca viharatī’ti evamayaṃ vattabbā siyā. Sā kasmā na vuttāti? Aparibyattakiccato. Aparibyattañhi tassā tattha kiccaṃ, vitakkādīhi abhibhūtattā. Idha panāyaṃ vitakkavicārapītīhi anabhibhūtattā ukkhittasirā viya hutvā paribyattakiccā jātā, tasmā vuttāti.
现在讲“具念与正知”这里:“念”就是能忆念,“正知”就是能正知。这样,是就这个人来说念和正知。其中,念以忆念为特征,以不忘失为作用,以守护为显现。正知以无痴为特征,以推度为作用,以简择为显现。巴利
Idāni sato ca sampajānoti ettha saratīti sato. Sampajānātīti sampajāno. Iti puggalena sati ca sampajaññañca vuttaṃ. Tattha saraṇalakkhaṇā sati, asammussanarasā, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā. Asammohalakkhaṇaṃ sampajaññaṃ, tīraṇarasaṃ, pavicayapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ.
在这里,虽然这念与正知在前面的诸禅里也存在——因为失念、无正知的人,连近行定都达不到,更不用说安止定了——但是,由于那些禅支粗显,心的运行很容易,就像人在平地上行走一样,念与正知的作用在那里并不明显。而此第三禅,因为舍弃了粗显的禅支而变得微细,心的运行只能靠念与正知的作用来把持,就像人在刀刃上行走一样,所以只在这里才说到它。还有什么呢?就像小牛跟着母牛,一旦离开母牛又没人看管,就会再跑回母牛身边;同样,这第三禅的乐虽然已经从喜中脱离出来,如果不靠念与正知来守护,就会再跑回喜那里,变成与喜相应。再者,众生对乐会起贪染,而这里的乐极其甜美,因为从此以上再没有乐了。然而依靠念与正知的力量,才能在这乐中不起贪染,不是靠别的。为了显示这个特殊的义理,所以只在这里才说到它,应当这样理解。巴利
Tattha kiñcāpi idaṃ satisampajaññaṃ purimajjhānesupi atthi – muṭṭhassatissa hi asampajānassa upacāramattampi na sampajjati, pageva appanā – oḷārikattā pana tesaṃ jhānānaṃ, bhūmiyaṃ viya purisassa, cittassa gati sukhā hoti, abyattaṃ tattha satisampajaññakiccaṃ. Oḷārikaṅgappahānena pana sukhumattā imassa jhānassa, purisassa khuradhārāyaṃ viya, satisampajaññakiccapariggahitā eva cittassa gati icchitabbāti idheva vuttaṃ. Kiñca bhiyyo? Yathā dhenupago vaccho dhenuto apanīto arakkhiyamāno punadeva dhenuṃ upagacchati, evamidaṃ tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ pītito apanītampi satisampajaññārakkhena arakkhiyamānaṃ punadeva pītiṃ upagaccheyya, pītisampayuttameva siyā. Sukhe vāpi sattā sārajjanti, idañca atimadhuraṃ sukhaṃ, tato paraṃ sukhābhāvā. Satisampajaññānubhāvena panettha sukhe asārajjanā hoti, no aññathāti imampi atthavisesaṃ dassetuṃ idamidheva vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
现在解释“以身感受乐”这一句。在这里,虽然证得第三禅的人并没有领受乐的作意,但即便如此,因为他有与名身相应的乐,而由于这乐所产生的极其殊妙的色法遍满他的色身,由于色身被这样遍触,即使出定之后也能感受乐。为了说明这个意思,所以世尊说“以身感受乐”。巴利
Idāni sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetīti ettha kiñcāpi tatiyajjhānasamaṅgino sukhapaṭisaṃvedanābhogo natthi, evaṃ santepi yasmā tassa nāmakāyena sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, yaṃ vā taṃ nāmakāyasampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhānenassa yasmā atipaṇītena rūpena rūpakāyo phuṭo, yassa phuṭattā jhānā vuṭṭhitopi sukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyya, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassento ‘sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetī’ti āha.
现在,圣者们之所以这样称赞他,是因为他值得称赞。这里的意思是:诸佛等圣者以第三禅为因、以第三禅为缘由,对证得第三禅的人,称说、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明、说明,也就是赞叹他。怎样赞叹呢?就是赞叹说“具舍、具念、住于乐者”,意思是说他成就并安住于这第三禅。应当知道,这里应当这样连贯起来理解。巴利
Idāni yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti ettha yaṃjhānahetu yaṃjhānakāraṇā taṃ tatiyajjhānasamaṅgīpuggalaṃ buddhādayo ariyā ‘‘ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti pakāse’’nti pasaṃsantīti adhippāyo – kinti? ‘Upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti – taṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti evamettha yojanā veditabbā.
为什么他们这样赞叹他呢?因为他值得赞叹。这位修行者在第三禅中,即使面对极其甜美的、已经达到顶点的乐,仍然保持舍,不会被对乐的贪著所牵引;而且就像喜不会生起那样,他的念安住现前,所以是具念者;又因为他以名身所感受的,正是圣者所喜爱、圣者所修习的无染之乐,所以值得赞叹。因此应当知道,诸圣者正是这样揭示这些作为赞叹原因的功德,而赞叹他为“具舍、具念、住于乐者”。巴利
Kasmā pana taṃ te evaṃ pasaṃsantīti? Pasaṃsārahato. Ayañhi yasmā atimadhurasukhe sukhapāramippattepi tatiyajjhāne upekkhako, na tattha sukhābhisaṅgena ākaḍḍhīyati, ‘yathā ca pīti na uppajjati’ evaṃ upaṭṭhitasatitāya satimā, yasmā ca ariyakantaṃ ariyajanasevitameva asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ nāmakāyena paṭisaṃvedeti tasmā pasaṃsāraho; iti pasaṃsārahato naṃ ariyā te evaṃ pasaṃsāhetubhūte guṇe pakāsentā ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti evaṃ pasaṃsantīti veditabbaṃ.
“第三”是按数数的顺序来的,所以叫第三。又因为它是进入的第三个定境,所以也叫第三。在“那时有触”等说法里,五禅支中的喜支已经没有了。按照这一点,也应该了解带词形变化和不带词形变化的词句的判定。在“部分论”里也说到“有二分支的禅那”。其余的则和第二禅一样。巴利
Tatiyanti gaṇanānupubbatā tatiyaṃ. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ samāpajjatītipi tatiyaṃ. Tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotītiādīsu jhānapañcake pītipadampi parihīnaṃ. Tassāpi vasena savibhattikāvibhattikapadavinicchayo veditabbo. Koṭṭhāsavārepi duvaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hotīti āgataṃ. Sesaṃ dutiyajjhānasadisamevāti.
165 在解释第四禅的部分中,“由于舍断乐以及由于舍断苦”,意思是舍断身体的乐和身体的苦。“先前”是指那确实是在先前,而不是在第四禅的那一刻。“喜与忧的息灭”,是指心理的乐和心理的苦——这两者也是在先前就已息灭;这里说的就是“舍断”。那么,它们是在什么时候被舍断的呢?是在四种禅那的近行刹那。因为喜只在第四禅的近行刹那被舍断;苦、忧、乐则分别在第一、第二、第三禅的近行刹那被舍断。这样,虽然这里没有按照舍断的先后次第来说,但在《根分别》中是按照诸根的列举顺序来说的,这里也应当同样理解乐、苦、喜、忧的舍断。巴利
165. Catutthajjhānaniddese sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānāti kāyikasukhassa ca kāyikadukkhassa ca pahānā. Pubbevāti tañca kho pubbeva na catutthajjhānakkhaṇe. Somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cetasikasukhassa ca cetasikadukkhassa cāti imesampi dvinnaṃ pubbeva atthaṅgamā; pahānā icceva vuttaṃ hoti. Kadā pana nesaṃ pahānaṃ hoti? Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe. Somanassañhi catutthajjhānassa upacārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyati. Dukkhadomanassasukhāni paṭhamadutiyatatiyajjhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇesu. Evametesaṃ pahānakkamena avuttānaṃ indriyavibhaṅge pana indriyānaṃ uddesakkameneva idhāpi vuttānaṃ sukhadukkhasomanassadomanassānaṃ pahānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
如果这些感受只是在各个禅那的近行刹那被断除,那为什么经文里直接说“无余灭尽”呢?经文说:“已生起的苦根在哪里无余灭尽?比丘们,在这里,比丘远离诸欲……成就初禅而住,在这里,已生起的苦根无余灭尽。已生起的忧根……乐根……喜根在哪里无余灭尽?比丘们,在这里,比丘由于舍断乐……成就第四禅而住,在这里,已生起的喜根无余灭尽。”——这样说,是因为在诸禅那中有殊胜的灭尽。因为在这些感受于初禅等中,有的是殊胜的灭尽,而不只是灭尽而已。仅仅灭尽,是在近行刹那;但不是殊胜的灭尽。就像在种种转向中,初禅近行时虽然苦根已经灭尽,但仍可能因为蚊虻等接触,或者因为坐具不平带来的逼迫而生起;但在安止之内绝不会生起。或者在近行时灭尽的这个苦根,并没有真正灭尽,因为它还没有被对立面所摧毁。但在安止之内,由于喜遍满全身,全身被乐浸润。全身被乐浸润时,苦根才真正灭尽,因为它被对立面摧毁了。又,在种种转向中,第二禅近行时已舍断的忧根,因为它在以寻伺为缘、身体疲劳和心受损害时还会生起,没有寻伺时就不生起;而它生起的地方,就有寻伺存在;在第二禅近行时寻伺还没有被断除,所以它在那里还可能生起,但在第二禅中绝不会生起,因为它的生起之因已经被断除了。同样,在第三禅近行时已断除的乐根,对于由喜所生起的殊妙色所触之身,还可能生起,但在第三禅中绝不会生起。因为在第三禅中,作为乐之因的喜已经完全灭尽。同样,在第四禅近行时已断除的喜根,因为接近第四禅,又因为尚未达到舍的安止,还没有真正超越,所以还可能生起,但在第四禅中绝不会生起。正因为如此,经文在各处说“在这里,已生起的苦根无余灭尽”,采用了“无余”这个说法。巴利
Yadi panetāni tassa tassa jhānassa upacārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyanti, atha kasmā ‘‘kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. Kattha cuppannaṃ domanassindriyaṃ… sukhindriyaṃ… somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Etthuppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.510) evaṃ jhānesveva nirodho vuttoti? Atisayanirodhattā. Atisayanirodho hi tesaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīsu, na nirodhoyeva. Nirodhoyeva pana upacārakkhaṇe, nātisayanirodho. Tathā hi nānāvajjane paṭhamajjhānupacāre niruddhassāpi dukkhindriyassa ḍaṃsamakasādisamphassena vā, visamāsanupatāpena vā siyā uppatti, natveva antoappanāyaṃ. Upacāre vā niruddhampetaṃ na suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti, paṭipakkhena avihatattā. Antoappanāyaṃ pana pītipharaṇena sabbo kāyo sukhokkanto hoti. Sukhokkantakāyassa ca suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti dukkhindriyaṃ, paṭipakkhena vihatattā. Nānāvajjaneyeva ca dutiyajjhānupacāre pahīnassa domanassindriyassa yasmā etaṃ vitakkavicārapaccayepi kāyakilamathe cittupaghāte ca sati uppajjati, vitakkavicārābhāve neva uppajjati; yattha pana uppajjati tattha vitakkavicārabhāve; appahīnā eva ca dutiyajjhānupacāre vitakkavicārāti tatthassa siyā uppatti, natveva dutiyajjhāne, pahīnapaccayattā. Tathā tatiyajjhānupacāre pahīnassāpi sukhindriyassa pītisamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpaphuṭakāyassa siyā uppatti, natveva tatiyajjhāne. Tatiyajjhāne hi sukhassa paccayabhūtā pīti sabbaso niruddhāti. Tathā catutthajjhānupacāre pahīnassāpi somanassindriyassa āsannattā, appanāppattāya upekkhāya abhāvena sammā anatikkantattā ca, siyā uppatti, natveva catutthajjhāne. Tasmā eva ca ‘etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’ti tattha tattha aparisesaggahaṇaṃ katanti.
这里有人问:既然这些受在各禅的近行阶段就已经被断除了,为什么还要在这里把它们都列出来呢?回答是为了容易把握。因为这里所说的不苦不乐受,它是微细的、难以辨认的,没办法轻易把握它。打个比方,有个牧牛人想抓住一头恶牛,这头牛不管你怎么靠近都抓不住。为了抓住它,牧牛人就把所有的牛都赶进一个牛栏里,然后一头一头地放出来,按顺序经过时就说:“就是这头,抓住它!”这样就能让人把它抓住。同样地,世尊为了容易把握,就把所有这些受都汇集在一起。这样把汇集起来的受展示出来之后,就能让人把握到:那个既不是乐、也不是苦,既不是喜、也不是忧的,就是不苦不乐受。巴利
Etthāha – ‘athevaṃ tassa tassa jhānassupacāre pahīnāpi etā vedanā idha kasmā samāhaṭā’ti? ‘Sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ’. Yā hi ayaṃ ‘adukkhamasukha’nti ettha adukkhamasukhā vedanā vuttā, sā sukhumā, dubbiññeyyā, na sakkā sukhena gahetuṃ. Tasmā yathā nāma duṭṭhassa yathā tathā vā upasaṅkamitvā gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyassa goṇassa gahaṇatthaṃ gopo ekasmiṃ vaje sabbā gāvo samāharati, athekekaṃ nīharanto paṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ ‘ayaṃ so, gaṇhatha na’nti tampi gāhāpayati; evameva bhagavā sukhagahaṇatthaṃ sabbāpi etā samāharīti. Evañhi samāhaṭā etā dassetvā yaṃ neva sukhaṃ na dukkhaṃ, na somanassaṃ na domanassaṃ, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhāvedanāti sakkā hoti esā gāhayituṃ.
另外也要知道,这些(乐与苦等的舍断)之所以被说到,是为了显示不苦不乐心解脱的缘。因为舍断乐与苦等,确实就是它的缘。正如经中所说:“贤友,有四种缘,能成就进入不苦不乐心解脱的等至。贤友,在这里,比丘由于舍断乐……(中略)……成就并安住于第四禅。贤友,这四种就是能成就进入不苦不乐心解脱等至的缘。”又或者,就像在其他地方,有身见等虽然早已被舍断,但为了称赞第三道,仍然在那里说它们“被舍断”一样,应当知道,这里说这些(乐苦等),也是为了称赞这个禅那。又或者,应当知道,这里说这些,是为了通过摧毁它们的缘,来显示贪和嗔离得极远。因为在这些当中,乐是喜悦的缘,喜悦是贪的缘;苦是忧的缘,忧是嗔的缘。而由于摧毁了乐等,贪和嗔连同它们的缘也被摧毁,因此就变得极其遥远。巴利
Apica adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā paccayadassanatthañcāpi etā vuttāti veditabbā. Sukhadukkhappahānādayo hi tassā paccayā. Yathāha – ‘‘cattāro kho, āvuso, paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā. Idhāvuso bhikkhu, sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, ime kho, āvuso, cattāro paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.458). Yathā vā aññattha pahīnāpi sakkāyadiṭṭhiādayo tatiyamaggassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ tattha pahīnāti vuttā, evaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthampetassa jhānassetā idha vuttāti veditabbā. Paccayaghātena vā ettha rāgadosānaṃ atidūrabhāvaṃ dassetumpetā vuttāti veditabbā. Etāsu hi sukhaṃ somanassassa paccayo, somanassaṃ rāgassa; dukkhaṃ domanassassa, domanassaṃ dosassa. Sukhādighātena ca sappaccayā rāgadosā hatāti atidūre hontīti.
不苦不乐:因为没有苦,所以是不苦;因为没有乐,所以是不乐。这里用它来说明与苦乐相对立的第三种感受,而不只是单纯地没有苦、没有乐。这第三种感受就叫不苦不乐,也称为“舍”。应当知道,它的特相是领纳与可意、不可意相反之境,作用是中舍,现起是不明显,近因是乐的灭尽。巴利
Adukkhamasukhanti dukkhābhāvena adukkhaṃ, sukhābhāvena asukhaṃ. Etenettha dukkhasukhappaṭipakkhabhūtaṃ tatiyavedanaṃ dīpeti, na dukkhasukhābhāvamattaṃ. Tatiyavedanā nāma adukkhamasukhā. Upekkhātipi vuccati. Sā iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītānubhavanalakkhaṇā, majjhattarasā, avibhūtapaccupaṭṭhānā, sukhanirodhapadaṭṭhānāti veditabbā.
舍念清净,是指由舍而产生的念的清净。在这个禅那中,念是极其清净的。而那种念的清净,是由舍造成的,不是由别的什么造成的。因此,这就被称为舍念清净。在《分别论》中也这样说:“这个念因为这种舍而变得明晰、清净、洁白,所以称为舍念清净。”(分别论597)在这里,使念得以清净的那种舍,从意义上应当理解为就是中舍性。而且在这里,不只是念是清净的,一切与它相应的心所法也都是清净的,只是以念为首来作这个开示。巴利
Upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti upekkhāya janitasatipārisuddhiṃ. Imasmiñhi jhāne suparisuddhā sati. Yā ca tassā satiyā pārisuddhi sā upekkhāya katā, na aññena. Tasmā etaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhīti vuccati. Vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ sati imāya upekkhāya visadā hoti parisuddhā pariyodātā, tena vuccati upekkhāsatipārisuddhī’’ti (vibha. 597). Yāya ca upekkhāya ettha sati pārisuddhi hoti sā atthato tatramajjhattatāti veditabbā. Na kevalañcettha tāya satiyeva parisuddhā apica kho sabbepi sampayuttadhammā. Satisīsena pana desanā vuttā.
在这里,虽然这种舍在下面的三个禅那里也存在,但就像白天的月亮虽然存在,却因为被太阳的光芒压过,又没有得到因清凉性以及对自己的助益性而与自己同类的夜晚,所以不清净、不洁白;同样,这种中舍性的月牙,在初禅等不同的禅那里虽然也存在,却因为被寻等敌对法的光焰压过,又没有得到与自己同类的舍受之夜,所以不清净。当它不清净时,与它同时生起的念等法,也像白天不清净的月牙的光一样,是不清净的。因此,在那些禅里,连一个也不能说是“舍念清净”。但在这里,因为没有寻等敌对法光焰的压制,又得到了与自己同类的舍受之夜,这种中舍性的月牙就极其清净。由于它清净,与它同时生起的念等法,也像清净月牙的光一样,变得清净、洁白。因此应当知道,只有这个才被称为“舍念清净”。巴利
Tattha kiñcāpi ayaṃ upekkhā heṭṭhāpi tīsu jhānesu vijjati – yathā pana divā sūriyappabhābhibhavā sommabhāvena ca attano upakārakattena vā sabhāgāya rattiyā alābhā divā vijjamānāpi candalekhā aparisuddhā hoti apariyodātā – evamayampi tatramajjhattupekkhācandalekhā vitakkādipaccanīkadhammatejābhibhavā sabhāgāya ca upekkhāvedanārattiyā appaṭilābhā vijjamānāpi paṭhamādijjhānabhedesu aparisuddhā hoti. Tassā ca aparisuddhāya divā aparisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya sahajātāpi satiādayo aparisuddhāva honti. Tasmā tesu ekampi ‘upekkhāsatipārisuddhī’ti na vuttaṃ. Idha pana vitakkādipaccanīkadhammatejābhibhavābhāvā sabhāgāya ca upekkhā vedanārattiyā paṭilābhā ayaṃ tatramajjhattupekkhācandalekhā ativiya parisuddhā. Tassā parisuddhattā parisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya sahajātāpi satiādayo parisuddhā honti pariyodātā. Tasmā idameva upekkhāsatipārisuddhīti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“第四”是指按数目顺序排到第四。这是进入第四禅,所以也叫第四。在“有触”等句子里,在触等五法当中,应当知道“受”指的是舍受。而在禅那五法、根、八法当中,则正如《法集论》所说:“有舍,有舍根。”(法集论165)其余在第三禅中被舍弃的支,在这里也同样被舍弃。在分门的部分,也应当知道这是二支禅,也就是只以舍和心一境性为支。其余一切都和第三禅相同。巴利
Catutthanti gaṇanānupubbatā catutthaṃ. Idaṃ catutthaṃ samāpajjatītipi catutthaṃ. Phasso hotītiādīsu phassapañcake tāva vedanāti upekkhāvedanā veditabbā. Jhānapañcakaindriyaaṭṭhakesu pana upekkhā hoti upekkhindriyaṃ hotīti (dha. sa. 165) vuttameva. Sesāni tatiye parihīnapadāni idhāpi parihīnāneva. Koṭṭhāsavārepi duvaṅgikaṃ jhānanti upekkhācittekaggatāvaseneva veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ tatiyasadisamevāti.
167 167. 现在开始讲“哪些法是善的?”这个五法门。为什么要这样讲呢?是为了随顺众生的意乐,也是为了让说法更善巧。
据说,在聚集的天众当中,有些天神觉得“寻”太粗了,而“伺、喜、乐、心一境性”是宁静的。为了随顺他们的意乐,导师就开示了有四支、无寻只有伺、名为第二禅的禅那。有些天神觉得“伺”太粗了,而“喜、乐、心一境性”是宁静的。为了随顺他们的意乐,导师就开示了有三支、名为第三禅的禅那。有些天神觉得“喜”太粗了,而“乐、心一境性”是宁静的。为了随顺他们的意乐,导师就开示了有二支、名为第四禅的禅那。有些天神觉得“乐”太粗了,而“舍、心一境性”是宁静的。为了随顺他们的意乐,导师就开示了有二支、名为第五禅的禅那。这就是就“众生意乐”而言。巴利
167. Idāni katame dhammā kusalāti pañcakanayo āraddho. Kasmāti ce, puggalajjhāsayavasena ceva desanāvilāsena ca. Sannisinnadevaparisāya kira ekaccānaṃ devānaṃ vitakko eva oḷārikato upaṭṭhāsi, vicārapītisukhacittekaggatā santato. Tesaṃ sappāyavasena satthā caturaṅgikaṃ avitakkaṃ vicāramattaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ nāma bhājesi. Ekaccānaṃ vicāro oḷārikato upaṭṭhāsi, pītisukhacittekaggatā santato. Tesaṃ sappāyavasena tivaṅgikaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ nāma bhājesi. Ekaccānaṃ pīti oḷārikato upaṭṭhāsi, sukhacittekaggatā santato. Tesaṃ sappāyavasena duvaṅgikaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ nāma bhājesi. Ekaccānaṃ sukhaṃ oḷārikato upaṭṭhāsi, upekkhācittekaggatā santato. Tesaṃ sappāyavasena duvaṅgikaṃ pañcamajjhānaṃ nāma bhājesi. Ayaṃ tāva ‘puggalajjhāsayo’.
然而,对于那位已经善巧通达法界的人,就称为达到了“说法妙巧”——这是如来所彻底通达的。因此,由于智慧广大,导师在说法的安排上善巧,具足说法妙巧,能够随所得的任何支分,按照自己的意愿引导说法。于是,他在这里把初禅分为五支,把无寻唯伺的第二禅分为四支,把第三禅分为三支,把第四禅分为二支,把第五禅也分为二支。这就称为“说法妙巧”。巴利
Yassā pana dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā desanāvilāsappatto nāma hoti – sā tathāgatassa suṭṭhu paṭividdhā – tasmā ñāṇamahattatāya desanāvidhānesu kusalo desanāvilāsappatto satthā yaṃ yaṃ aṅgaṃ labbhati tassa tassa vasena yathā yathā icchati tathā tathā desanaṃ niyāmetīti so idha pañcaṅgikaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ bhājesi, caturaṅgikaṃ avitakkaṃ vicāramattaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ, bhājesi tivaṅgikaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ, bhājesi duvaṅgikaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ, duvaṅgikameva pañcamajjhānaṃ bhājesi. Ayaṃ ‘desanāvilāso’ nāma.
另外,世尊在经里说过:“比丘们,有三种定——有寻有伺定、无寻唯伺定、无寻无伺定。”在这三种定当中,前面已经分别说明了有寻有伺定和无寻无伺定,却没有说明无寻唯伺定。应当知道,这个五法门的体系就是为了说明它才开始的。巴利
Apica ye bhagavatā ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, samādhī – savitakkasavicāro samādhi, avitakkavicāramatto samādhi, avitakkaavicāro samādhī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.305) suttante tayo samādhī desitā, tesu heṭṭhā savitakkasavicāro samādhi avitakkaavicāro samādhi ca bhājetvā dassito, avitakkavicāramatto na dassito. Taṃ dassetumpi ayaṃ pañcakanayo āraddhoti veditabbo.
在这里,解说第二禅时,在触等各项里,只有寻会消失;而在分项说明的部分,“有四支的禅那,有四支的道”这一点就是差别所在。其余一切都和初禅一样。四支法门里的第二、第三、第四禅,在这里就成了第三、第四、第五禅。为了说明它们证得的先后次第,应当了解这个理路——巴利
Tattha dutiyajjhānaniddese phassādīsu vitakkamattaṃ parihāyati, koṭṭhāsavāre ‘‘caturaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti caturaṅgiko maggo hotī’’ti ayameva viseso. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ paṭhamajjhānasadisameva. Yāni ca catukkanaye dutiyatatiyacatutthāni tāneva idha tatiyacatutthapañcamāni. Tesaṃ adhigamapaṭipāṭidīpanatthaṃ ayaṃ nayo veditabbo –
据说,有个大臣的儿子从乡下到都城来侍奉国王。他只在见国王的那一天,就因为酗酒把全部家产都败光了。那天,他喝得烂醉如泥,人们扒光了他的衣服,只用一块破旧的粗布把他遮住,从酒馆里抬了出来。有个看相的人看见他躺在垃圾堆上睡觉,就断定说:“这个人将来会成为大众的依靠,应该照顾他。”于是用泥水给他洗了澡,让他穿上粗布衣服,又用香水给他洗了一遍,拿细软的亚麻布衣给他盖上,把他扶上宫殿,给他吃上好饭菜,吩咐侍从们说:“你们要这样服侍他。”然后就走了。接着侍从们把他扶上床。为了不让他再去酒馆,先有四个人分别按住他的手脚,一个人给他按摩脚,一个人拿着扇子扇风,一个人坐着弹琴唱歌。巴利
Eko kira amaccaputto rājānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ janapadato nagaraṃ āgato. So ekadivasameva rājānaṃ disvā pānabyasanena sabbaṃ vibhavajātaṃ nāsesi. Taṃ ekadivasaṃ surāmadamattaṃ niccoḷaṃ katvā jiṇṇakaṭasārakamattena paṭicchādetvā pānāgārato nīhariṃsu. Tamenaṃ saṅkārakūṭe nipajjitvā niddāyantaṃ eko aṅgavijjāpāṭhako disvā ‘ayaṃ puriso mahājanassa avassayo bhavissati, paṭijaggitabbo eso’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā mattikāya nhāpetvā thūlasāṭakayugaṃ nivāsāpetvā puna gandhodakena nhāpetvā sukhumena dukūlayugaḷena acchādetvā pāsādaṃ āropetvā subhojanaṃ bhojetvā ‘evaṃ naṃ paricāreyyāthā’ti paricārake paṭipādetvā pakkāmi. Atha naṃ te sayanaṃ āropesuṃ. Pānāgāragamanapaṭibāhanatthañca naṃ cattāro tāva janā catūsu hatthapādesu uppīḷetvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Eko pāde parimajji. Eko tālavaṇṭaṃ gahetvā bīji. Eko vīṇaṃ vādayamāno gāyanto nisīdi.
他躺下睡觉,消除了疲劳,稍微睡了一会儿醒来后,受不了别人按压他的手脚,就呵斥道:“谁在按我的手脚?走开!”那些人一听这话就退开了。之后他又稍微睡了一会儿醒来,受不了别人给他按摩脚,说道:“谁在按摩我的脚?走开!”那人一听这话也退开了。他又稍微睡了一会儿醒来,受不了扇子扇出来的风像狂风暴雨一样,说道:“这是谁?走开!”那人一听这话也退开了。他又稍微睡了一会儿醒来,受不了歌声和乐器声像刺扎耳朵一样,就呵斥那个弹琴的人。那人一听这话也退开了。就这样,随着疲劳、按压、按摩、风吹、歌声乐器声这些干扰一个接一个被排除,他安稳地睡了一觉,醒来后去了国王那里。国王给了他很大的权势,他于是成了大众的依靠。巴利
So sayanupagamanena vigatakilamatho thokaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito hatthapādanippīḷanaṃ asahamāno ‘ko me hatthapāde uppīḷeti? Apagacchathā’ti tajjesi. Te ekavacaneneva apagacchiṃsu. Tato puna thokaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito pādaparimajjanaṃ asahamāno ‘ko me pāde parimajjati? Apagacchā’ti āha. Sopi ekavacaneneva apagacchi. Puna thokaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito vātavuṭṭhi viya tālavaṇṭavātaṃ asahanto ‘ko esa? Apagacchatū’ti āha. Sopi ekavacaneneva apagacchi. Puna thokaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito kaṇṇasūlaṃ viya gītavāditasaddaṃ asahamāno vīṇāvādakaṃ tajjesi. Sopi ekavacaneneva apagacchi. Athevaṃ anukkamena pahīnakilamathuppīḷanaparimajjanavātappahāragītavāditasaddupaddavo sukhaṃ sayitvā vuṭṭhāya rañño santikaṃ agamāsi. Rājāpissa mahantaṃ issariyamadāsi. So mahājanassa avassayo jāto.
在这里,应该把那位因种种灾祸而败落、陷入衰败的在家良家子,看成就像那位因饮酒而败落的大臣之子一样。如来则像那位读相术的人。就像那个人断定“这个人会成为大众的依靠,值得照顾”,如来也断定“这个良家子会成为大众的依靠,值得出家”。巴利
Tattha pānabyasanena pārijuññappatto so amaccaputto viya anekabyasanapārijuññappatto gharāvāsagato kulaputto daṭṭhabbo. Aṅgavijjāpāṭhako puriso viya tathāgato. Tassa purisassa ‘ayaṃ mahājanassa avassayo bhavissati, paṭijagganaṃ arahatī’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ viya tathāgatassa ‘ayaṃ mahājanassa avassayo bhavissati, pabbajjaṃ arahati kulaputto’ti sanniṭṭhānakaraṇaṃ.
就像那位大臣的儿子先用泥浆水沐浴一样,这位善男子获得出家也是如此。就像他穿上粗布衣一样,这位善男子穿上名为十学处的戒之衣也是如此。接着,就像他用香水沐浴一样,这位善男子也用巴帝摩卡防护等戒的香水来沐浴。再接着,就像他披上细软的亚麻布衣一样,这位善男子也披上如前所说的戒清净成就这亚麻布衣。巴利
Athassa amaccaputtassa mattikāmattena nhāpanaṃ viya kulaputtassāpi pabbajjāpaṭilābho. Athassa thūlasāṭakanivāsanaṃ viya imassāpi dasasikkhāpadasaṅkhātasīlavatthanivāsanaṃ. Puna tassa gandhodakanhāpanaṃ viya imassāpi pātimokkhasaṃvarādisīlagandhodakanhāpanaṃ. Puna tassa sukhumadukūlayugaḷacchādanaṃ viya imassāpi yathāvuttasīlavisuddhisampadāsaṅkhātadukūlacchādanaṃ.
就像那位穿上亚麻布衣的人登上宫殿一样,这位穿上戒清净这件亚麻布衣的人,也登上了定修习的宫殿。此后,就像他享用美食一样,这位修行人也享用能资助定的正念、正知等法味。巴利
Dukūlacchāditassa panassa pāsādāropanaṃ viya imassāpi sīlavisuddhidukūlacchāditassa samādhibhāvanāpāsādārohanaṃ. Tato tassa subhojanabhuñjanaṃ viya imassāpi samādhiupakārakasatisampajaññādidhammāmataparibhuñjanaṃ.
不过,那位吃完饭后被侍从扶上床的人,就好比这个人由寻等被扶上近行定一样。再如,为了阻止他去酒馆,有四个人按住他的手脚,同样,为了阻止心朝向欲想,出离寻在所缘上按住这个人的心。又如那个按摩他脚的人,同样,伺在所缘上抚摩这个人的心。又如那个给他扇扇子送风的人,同样,喜给这个人的心带来清凉。巴利
Bhuttabhojanassa pana tassa paricārakehi sayanāropanaṃ viya imassāpi vitakkādīhi upacārajjhānāropanaṃ. Puna tassa pānāgāragamanapaṭibāhanatthaṃ hatthapāduppīḷanakapurisacatukkaṃ viya imassāpi kāmasaññābhimukhagamanapaṭibāhanatthaṃ ārammaṇe cittuppīḷanako nekkhammavitakko. Tassa pādaparimajjakapuriso viya imassāpi ārammaṇe cittānumajjanako vicāro. Tassa tālavaṇṭavātadāyako viya imassāpi cetaso sītalabhāvadāyikā pīti.
就像乐师用悦耳的音乐利益耳根一样,这个悦受也在帮助他的心。就像他躺到床上休息,疲劳消除后能稍微睡一会儿,同样,他依靠近行定,消除了五盖带来的疲劳,进入了初禅。巴利
Tassa sotānuggahakaro gandhabbapuriso viya imassāpi cittānuggāhakaṃ somanassaṃ. Tassa sayanupagamanena vigatakilamathassa thokaṃ niddupagamanaṃ viya imassāpi upacārajjhānasannissayena vigatanīvaraṇakilamathassa paṭhamajjhānupagamanaṃ.
就像一个人睡醒之后,受不了手脚被按压,就呵斥那些按压手脚的人;他们走开后,他又能稍微睡一会儿。同样,这位修行者从初禅出定后,受不了寻对心的压迫,便看见寻的过患;由于断除了寻,他又进入没有寻、只有伺的第二禅。巴利
Athassa niddāyitvā vuṭṭhitassa hatthapāduppīḷanāsahanena hatthapāduppīḷakānaṃ santajjanaṃ tesañca apagamanena puna thokaṃ niddupagamanaṃ viya imassāpi paṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhitassa cittuppīḷakavitakkāsahanena vitakkadosadassanaṃ, vitakkappahānā ca puna avitakkavicāramattadutiyajjhānupagamanaṃ.
就像他反复睡醒后,因为受不了按脚等侍奉,就依次呵斥按脚的人等,他们各自退下后,他又一次次稍稍入睡;同样,这个人反复从第二禅等出定后,因为受不了前面说过的伺等过失,就依次看到伺等过失,由于舍断它们,又反复进入无寻无伺、无喜、已舍离喜乐的禅定。巴利
Tato tassa punappunaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhitassa yathāvuttena kamena pādaparimajjanādīnaṃ asahanena paṭipāṭiyā pādaparimajjakādīnaṃ santajjanaṃ, tesaṃ tesañca apagamanena punappunaṃ thokaṃ niddupagamanaṃ viya imassāpi punappunaṃ dutiyādīhi jhānehi vuṭṭhitassa yathāvuttadosānaṃ vicārādīnaṃ asahanena paṭipāṭiyā vicārādidosadassanaṃ. Tesaṃ tesañca pahānā punappunaṃ avitakkaavicāranippītika pahīnasomanassajjhānupagamanaṃ.
就像一个人从床上起来,走到国王面前,从而获得权势一样;同样,这个人从第五禅出定后,进入观和道,从而证得阿拉汉果。巴利
Tassa pana sayanā vuṭṭhāya rañño santikaṃ gatassa issariyappatti viya imassāpi pañcamajjhānato vuṭṭhitassa vipassanā maggaṃ upagatassa arahattappatti.
就像那位获得权势的人成为许多人的依靠一样,这位证得阿罗汉果的人也成为许多人的依靠,应当这样理解。到此为止,他确实就称为无上福田。巴利
Tassa pattissariyassa bahūnaṃ janānaṃ avassayabhāvo viya imassāpi arahattappattassa bahūnaṃ avassayabhāvo veditabbo. Ettāvatā hi esa anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ nāma hotīti.
到这里,已经讲完了名为“纯净九法”的内容,它分为四法论和五法论两种分类。不过从义理上说,因为四法论已经归入五法论之中,所以应当知道它其实就是“禅那五法”。巴利
Ettāvatā catukkapañcakanayadvayabhedo suddhikanavako nāma pakāsito hoti. Atthato panesa pañcakanaye catukkanayassa paviṭṭhattā jhānapañcako evāti veditabbo.
176-180 176-180. 现在,因为这种称为“禅那”的成就是依照修行方式的次第而达成的,所以为了说明它修行方式的差别,又开始了“哪些法是善的?”等论述。其中,“苦修行”是指具有苦的修行;“迟钝通智”是指具有迟钝的通智。这样,“苦修行”“迟钝通智”或“地遍”,这三个都是禅那本身的名称。在“苦修行、速通智”等组合中,道理也是一样。巴利
176-180. Idāni yasmā etaṃ jhānaṃ nāma paṭipadākamena sijjhati, tasmā tassa paṭipadābhedaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha dukkhā paṭipadā assāti dukkhapaṭipadaṃ. Dandhā abhiññā assāti dandhābhiññaṃ. Iti dukkhapaṭipadanti vā dandhābhiññanti vā pathavīkasiṇanti vā tīṇipi jhānasseva nāmāni. Dukkhapaṭipadaṃ khippābhiññantiādīsupi eseva nayo.
在这当中,从最初的准备修习开始,一直到那种种禅那的近行定生起为止,这期间持续进行的禅那修习,称为“行道”。而从近行定开始,一直到安止定为止,这期间生起的慧,称为“通智”。不过,这种行道对某些人来说是苦的。因为被盖障等敌对法现行所缠缚,所以艰难,是不快乐的修习,这就是它的意思。对某些人来说,因为那些盖障等不存在,所以是乐的。通智对某些人来说也是迟钝的,即微弱、生起不迅速。对某些人来说则是迅速的,即不微弱、生起迅速。因此,如果有人从一开始就以苦、以有行、以勤策,辛劳地镇伏烦恼而镇伏,对他来说,这就叫作“苦行道”。如果有人已经镇伏了烦恼,安住在安止的近行中,经过很长时间才让禅那支分显现,对他来说,这就叫作“迟钝通智”。如果有人迅速让禅那支分显现,对他来说,这就叫作“迅速通智”。如果有人以乐、不辛劳地镇伏烦恼而镇伏,对他来说,这就叫作“乐行道”。巴利
Tattha paṭhamasamannāhārato paṭṭhāya yāva tassa tassa jhānassa upacāraṃ uppajjati tāva pavattā jhānabhāvanā ‘paṭipadā’ti vuccati. Upacārato pana paṭṭhāya yāva appanā tāva pavattā paññā ‘abhiññā’ti vuccati. Sā panesā paṭipadā ekaccassa dukkhā hoti. Nīvaraṇādipaccanīkadhammasamudācāragahanatāya kicchā asukhasevanāti attho. Ekaccassa tadabhāvena sukhā. Abhiññāpi ekaccassa dandhā hoti, mandā, asīghappavatti. Ekaccassa khippā amandā sīghappavatti. Tasmā yo ādito kilese vikkhambhento dukkhena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamanto vikkhambheti , tassa dukkhā paṭipadā nāma hoti. Yo pana vikkhambhitakileso appanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena aṅgapātubhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa dandhābhiññā nāma hoti. Yo khippaṃ aṅgapātubhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti tassa khippābhiññā nāma hoti. Yo kilese vikkhambhento sukhena akilamanto vikkhambheti, tassa sukhā paṭipadā nāma hoti.
在这里,关于适合与不适合的种种情况、断除障碍等前行工作,以及安止的善巧,这些在《清净道论》"心修习的解说"中已经讲过了。其中,如果有人亲近不适合的,他的行道就是苦的,通智也迟钝。亲近适合的,行道就是乐的,通智也迅速。如果有人在前一阶段亲近不适合的,后一阶段却亲近适合的;或者前一阶段亲近适合的,后一阶段却亲近不适合的,应当知道他的行道和通智是混杂的。同样,没有完成断除障碍等前行工作就开始修习的人,行道是苦的;反过来则是乐的。没有具足安止善巧的人,通智迟钝;具足了的人,通智迅速。巴利
Tattha yāni sappāyāsappāyāni ca palibodhupacchedādīni pubbakiccāni ca appanākosallāni ca visuddhimagge cittabhāvanāniddese niddiṭṭhāni, tesu yo asappāyasevī hoti, tassa dukkhā paṭipadā dandhā ca abhiññā hoti. Sappāyasevino sukhā paṭipadā khippā ca abhiññā. Yo pana pubbabhāge asappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge sappāyasevī hoti, pubbabhāge vā sappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge asappāyasevī, tassa vomissakatā veditabbā. Tathā palibodhupacchedādikaṃ pubbakiccaṃ asampādetvā bhāvanaṃ anuyuttassa dukkhā paṭipadā hoti, vipariyāyena sukhā. Appanākosallāni pana asampādentassa dandhā abhiññā hoti, sampādentassa khippā.
另外,这些行道和通智的差别,还可以从渴爱和无明的角度来理解,也可以从在止和观上是否下过功夫来理解。被渴爱压倒的人,行道是苦的;没有被渴爱压倒的人,行道是乐的。被无明压倒的人,通智来得慢;没有被无明压倒的人,通智来得快。在止上没有下过功夫的人,行道是苦的;已经下过功夫的人,行道是乐的。在观上没有下过功夫的人,通智来得慢;已经下过功夫的人,通智来得快。巴利
Apica taṇhāavijjāvasena samathavipassanākatādhikāravasena cāpi etāsaṃ pabhedo veditabbo. Taṇhābhibhūtassa hi dukkhā paṭipadā hoti, anabhibhūtassa sukhā. Avijjābhibhūtassa ca dandhā abhiññā hoti, anabhibhūtassa khippā. Yo ca samathe akatādhikāro tassa dukkhā paṭipadā hoti, katādhikārassa sukhā. Yo pana vipassanāya akatādhikāro hoti, tassa dandhā abhiññā hoti, katādhikārassa khippā.
这些差别也要根据烦恼和根器的强弱来了知。烦恼强而根器钝的人,行道是苦的,通智也慢;根器利的人,通智就快。烦恼弱而根器钝的人,行道是乐的,通智却慢;根器利的人,通智就快。巴利
Kilesindriyavasena cāpi etāsaṃ pabhedo veditabbo. Tibbakilesassa hi mudindriyassa dukkhā paṭipadā hoti dandhā ca abhiññā, tikkhindriyassa pana khippā abhiññā. Mandakilesassa ca mudindriyassa sukhā paṭipadā hoti dandhā ca abhiññā, tikkhindriyassa pana khippā abhiññāti.
就这样,在这些行道与通智当中,如果有人通过苦行道和迟钝的通智证得禅那,那么他的这个禅那就被称为苦行道、迟钝通智。其余几种情况也是同样的道理。巴利
Iti imāsu paṭipadāabhiññāsu yo puggalo dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhāya abhiññāya jhānaṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa taṃ jhānaṃ dukkhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññanti vuccati. Sesesupi eseva nayo.
在这里,应当理解:藉由如此所说之念,或藉由镇伏对各禅那的贪着,是为行道;对于已到达各禅那近行的人来说,在安止的周围(阶段),则是通智。而且,从生起的方式来看,行道和通智也是有的。因为证得苦行道、迟通智的初禅之后,生起的第二禅也同样如此。第三、第四禅也是同样的道理。正如在四法门中那样,在五法门中也应当知道,按行道方式有四种区分。这样,按行道方式也说了四种九集。其中,从文句上说有三十六种心,但从义理上说,因为四法门已归入五法门,所以只有二十种。巴利
Tattha ‘tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati ṭhitibhāginī paññā’ti (vibha. 799) evaṃ vuttasatiyā vā taṃtaṃjhānanikantiyā vā vikkhambhane paṭipadā, taṃtaṃjhānupacārappattassa appanāya parivāse abhiññā ca veditabbā. Āgamanavasenāpi ca paṭipadā abhiññā hontiyeva. Dukkhapaṭipadañhi dandhābhiññaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ patvā pavattaṃ dutiyampi tādisameva hoti. Tatiyacatutthesupi eseva nayo. Yathā ca catukkanaye evaṃ pañcakanayepi paṭipadāvasena catudhā bhedo veditabbo. Iti paṭipadāvasenapi cattāro navakā vuttā honti. Tesu pāṭhato chattiṃsa cittāni, atthato pana pañcakanaye catukkanayassa paviṭṭhattā vīsatimeva bhavantīti.
181 181. 现在,因为这种叫作“禅那”的法,既按修行方式的不同而有差别,也按所缘的不同而有四种。所以,为了显示它的这种差别,又开始了“哪些法是善的?”等论述。其中,在“小、小所缘”等说法里,凡是还不熟练、不能成为更高层禅那之条件的,就叫作“小”。如果它是在没有扩展过的、只有手掌那么大或钵那么大的所缘上生起的,那它就有小的所缘,所以叫“小所缘”。凡是熟练的、善加修习的、能成为更高层禅那之条件的,就叫作“无量”。如果它是在广大的所缘上生起的,因为所缘的量已经扩展,所以它有无量的所缘,叫“无量所缘”。不过,由于上面所说的特征混合在一起,就应该知道还有混合的方式。这样,按所缘来说,也说了四种九法。这里心的计数,和前面一样。巴利
181. Idāni yasmā etaṃ jhānaṃ nāma yathā paṭipadābhedena evaṃ ārammaṇabhedenāpi catubbidhaṃ hoti. Tasmāssa taṃ pabhedaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha parittaṃ parittārammaṇantiādīsu yaṃ appaguṇaṃ hoti, uparijjhānassa paccayo bhavituṃ na sakkoti, idaṃ parittaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana avaḍḍhite suppamatte vā sarāvamatte vā ārammaṇe pavattaṃ, taṃ parittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ assāti parittārammaṇaṃ. Yaṃ paguṇaṃ subhāvitaṃ uparijjhānassa paccayo bhavituṃ sakkoti, idaṃ appamāṇaṃ nāma. Yaṃ vipule ārammaṇe pavattaṃ taṃ vuḍḍhippamāṇattā appamāṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ assāti appamāṇārammaṇaṃ. Vuttalakkhaṇavomissakatāya pana vomissakanayo veditabbo. Iti ārammaṇavasenapi cattāro navakā vuttā honti. Cittagaṇanāpettha purimasadisā evāti.
所缘与行道的混合巴利
Ārammaṇapaṭipadāmissakaṃ
186 186. 现在,为了说明所缘与行道混合的十六种法门,又开始了“哪些法是善的”等论述。其中,第一种法门所说的禅那,因为是苦行道、证知迟钝、狭小、所缘狭小,由这四种原因而属于下劣;第十六种法门所说的禅那,因为是乐行道、证知迅速、无量、所缘无量,由这四种原因而属于殊胜。在其余十四种法门中,应当知道,由一种、两种或三种原因而有下劣与殊胜的差别。巴利
186. Idāni ārammaṇapaṭipadāmissakaṃ soḷasakkhattukanayaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha paṭhamanaye vuttajjhānaṃ dukkhapaṭipadattā dandhābhiññattā parittattā parittārammaṇattāti catūhi kāraṇehi hīnaṃ, soḷasamanaye vuttajjhānaṃ sukhapaṭipadattā khippābhiññattā appamāṇattā appamāṇārammaṇattāti catūhi kāraṇehi paṇītaṃ. Sesesu cuddasasu ekena dvīhi tīhi ca kāraṇehi hīnappaṇītatā veditabbā.
为什么还要开示这个方法呢?因为它是成就禅那的途径。正自觉者在地遍中,既按四法门的方式,也按五法门的方式,开示了纯粹的禅那;同样也开示了纯粹的行道和纯粹的所缘。其中,有些天神能够理解按四法门方式所说的地遍纯粹禅那,就随他们的根机,为他们开示纯粹禅那的四法门;有些能够理解按五法门方式所说的,就随他们的根机,为他们开示五法门。有些能够理解按四法门方式所说的纯粹行道和纯粹所缘,就随他们的根机,为他们开示纯粹行道和纯粹所缘的四法门;有些能够理解按五法门方式所说的,就随他们的根机,为他们开示五法门。这样,下面的开示就是随顺众生的意乐而说的。巴利
Kasmā panāyaṃ nayo desitoti? Jhānuppattikāraṇattā. Sammāsambuddhena hi pathavīkasiṇe suddhikajjhānaṃ catukkanayavasena pañcakanayavasena ca dassitaṃ; tathā suddhikapaṭipadā, tathā suddhikārammaṇaṃ. Tattha yā devatā pathavīkasiṇe suddhikajjhānaṃ catukkanayavasena desiyamānaṃ bujjhituṃ sakkonti, tāsaṃ sappāyavasena suddhikajjhāne catukkanayo desito. Yā pañcakanayavasena desiyamānaṃ bujjhituṃ sakkonti, tāsaṃ sappāyavasena pañcakanayo. Yā suddhikapaṭipadāya , suddhikārammaṇe catukkanayavasena desiyamānaṃ bujjhituṃ sakkonti, tāsaṃ sappāyavasena suddhikapaṭipadāya suddhikārammaṇe catukkanayo desito. Yā pañcakanayavasena desiyamānaṃ bujjhituṃ sakkonti tāsaṃ sappāyavasena pañcakanayo. Iti heṭṭhā puggalajjhāsayavasena desanā katā.
这位已经达到开示之善巧的人,具足四无碍解,拥有十力、四无畏的清净智慧,因为他对诸法的真实作用与特相都已透彻通达,所以凭着他善巧了知法的施设,无论哪一种方法可以获得,他都能按照那一种方法来确定开示。因此,也正是由于达到了这种开示的善巧,他以纯粹四法门等方式,对地遍作了开示。巴利
Desanāvilāsappatto cesa pabhinnapaṭisambhido dasabalacatuvesārajjavisadañāṇo dhammānaṃ yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇassa suppaṭividdhattā dhammapaññattikusalatāya yo yo nayo labbhati tassa tassa vasena desanaṃ niyametuṃ sakkoti, tasmā imāya desanāvilāsappattiyāpi tena esā pathavīkasiṇe suddhikacatukkanayādivasena desanā katā.
然而,凡被说为能生起禅那者,都不可能离开所缘与行道而生起禅那;因此,从确定的意义上说,因为它是生起禅那的原因,才讲述了这套十六种组合的方式。巴利
Yasmā pana ye keci jhānaṃ uppādenti nāma na te ārammaṇapaṭipadāhi vinā uppādetuṃ sakkonti, tasmā niyamato jhānuppattikāraṇattā ayaṃ soḷasakkhattukanayo kathito.
到这里为止,已经讲了纯粹九法一组、四种行道九法、四种所缘九法,加上这十六组九法,一共讲了二十五组九法。其中,每一组九法按四法门和五法门来算,各有两种法门,总共就是五十种法门。其中,按照文本所说“二十五种四法门中有一百,五法门中有一百二十五”,也就是有二百二十五种禅那心。不过,在五法门中,因为已经包含了四法门,所以从义理上说,禅那心只有一百二十五种。而在文本上说的这二百二十五种禅那心里,每一种的解说都有“法的确定”等三大章节。那些章节在各处只是显示法门本身,所以是简略说的。巴利
Ettāvatā suddhikanavako, cattāro paṭipadānavakā, cattāro ārammaṇanavakā, ime ca soḷasa navakāti pañcavīsati navakā kathitā honti. Tattha ekekasmiṃ navake catukkapañcakavasena dve dve nayāti paññāsa nayā. Tattha ‘‘pañcavīsatiyā catukkanayesu sataṃ, pañcakanayesu pañcavīsasata’’nti pāṭhato pañcavīsādhikāni dve jhānacittasatāni honti. Pañcakanaye pana catukkanayassa paviṭṭhattā atthato pañcavīsādhikameva cittasataṃ hoti. Yāni cetāni pāṭhe pañcavīsādhikāni dve cittasatāni tesu ekekassa niddese dhammavavatthānādayo tayo tayo mahāvārā honti. Te pana tattha tattha nayamattameva dassetvā saṃkhittāti.
203 203. 现在,因为这些禅那也会在水遍等当中生起,所以为了说明它们,又开始了“哪些法是善的?”等论述。其中,一切巴利文本的论述方式、义理阐明、心的计算以及章节概要,都应当依照地遍中所说的方式来理解。至于修习方法,从遍的准备工作开始,全部都已经在《清净道论》中阐明了。而在《大萨拘罗长老经》中则说了十种遍。其中的识遍,是以在虚空中生起的广大识作为所缘,通过遍的准备工作而证得的识无边处定;这种定在一切方面都属于无色界的教说,所以在这里没有讲述。巴利
203. Idāni yasmā āpokasiṇādīsupi etāni jhānāni uppajjanti, tasmā tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tesu sabbo pāḷinayo ca atthavibhāvanā ca cittagaṇanā ca vārasaṅkhepo ca pathavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Bhāvanānayo pana kasiṇaparikammaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbo visuddhimagge (visuddhi 1.91 ādayo) pakāsitoyeva. Mahāsakuludāyisutte pana dasakasiṇāni (ma. ni. 2.250) vuttāni. Tesu viññāṇakasiṇaṃ ākāse pavattitamahaggataviññāṇampi tattha parikammaṃ katvā nibbattā viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattipi hotīti sabbappakārena āruppadesanameva bhajati, tasmā imasmiṃ ṭhāne na kathitaṃ.
所谓“虚空遍”,既指排除遍之后的虚空,也指以它为所缘而生起的诸蕴,还指在墙壁的孔洞等某一处所应取的、作为限定相的虚空,以及以它为所缘而生起的四禅和五禅。其中,前一种说法属于无色界的教说,后一种说法属于色界的教说。这样一来,因为两种说法混在一起,所以不能把这段完全归入色界教说。不过,在限定虚空中生起的禅那,是通往色界转生的道路,因此应当采用它。在这种禅那中,只有四禅和五禅会生起,无色禅不会生起。为什么呢?因为得不到排除遍。即使一再地排除,虚空还是虚空,所以在这里得不到排除遍。因此,在这里生起的禅那,能带来现法乐住,能成为神通的基础,能成为观的基础,但不能成为灭尽定的基础。不过,在这里,次第灭尽一直到第五禅都可以达到,它仍然是轮回的基础。就像这里一样,在前面那些遍中生起的禅那也是同样的。但在这里,能成为灭尽定基础这一点是差别所在。至于在虚空遍中其余应当说明的内容,全部都已经在《清净道论》中讲过了。巴利
Ākāsakasiṇanti pana kasiṇugghāṭimamākāsampi, taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattakkhandhāpi, bhitticchiddādīsu aññatarasmiṃ gahetabbanimittaparicchedākāsampi, taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaṃ catukkapañcakajjhānampi vuccati. Tattha purimanayo āruppadesanaṃ bhajati, pacchimanayo rūpāvacaradesanaṃ. Iti missakattā imaṃ rūpāvacaradesanaṃ na āruḷhaṃ. Paricchedākāse nibbattajjhānaṃ pana rūpūpapattiyā maggo hoti tasmā taṃ gahetabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ pana catukkapañcakajjhānameva uppajjati, arūpajjhānaṃ nuppajjati. Kasmā? Kasiṇugghāṭanassa alābhato. Tañhi punappunaṃ ugghāṭiyamānampi ākāsameva hotīti na tattha kasiṇugghāṭanaṃ labbhati, tasmā tatthuppannaṃ jhānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati, abhiññāpādakaṃ hoti, vipassanāpādakaṃ hoti, nirodhapādakaṃ na hoti. Anupubbanirodho panettha yāva pañcamajjhānā labbhati vaṭṭapādakaṃ hotiyeva. Yathā cetaṃ evaṃ purimakasiṇesu uppannaṃ jhānampi. Nirodhapādakabhāvo panettha viseso. Sesamettha ākāsakasiṇe yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā taṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.98-99) vuttameva.
想要修成“一身变多身”等神变的人,要先在前八种遍处中修出八种等至,然后以十四种方式调伏心:遍的顺次、遍的逆次、遍的顺逆次;禅那的顺次、禅那的逆次、禅那的顺逆次;禅那的跳跃、遍的跳跃、禅那与遍的跳跃;禅支的跳跃、所缘的跳跃、禅支与所缘的跳跃;禅支的确定、所缘的确定。这些的详细解说,在《清净道论》中已经讲过。巴利
‘Ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotī’tiādinayaṃ (dī. ni. 1.239; paṭi. ma. 1.102) pana vikubbanaṃ icchantena purimesu aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā kasiṇānulomato kasiṇapaṭilomato, kasiṇānulomapaṭilomato; jhānānulomato, jhānapaṭilomato, jhānānulomapaṭilomato; jhānukkantikato, kasiṇukkantikato, jhānakasiṇukkantikato; aṅgasaṅkantikato, ārammaṇasaṅkantikato, aṅgārammaṇasaṅkantikato; aṅgavavatthānato, ārammaṇavavatthānatoti imehi cuddasahākārehi cittaṃ paridametabbaṃ. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 2.365-366) vuttāyeva.
如果不用这十四种方式调伏心,一个刚开始修行、过去从未修习过的人,想要成就神通变化,这是不可能的。对初学者来说,连修遍处的前方便都是沉重的负担,千百人里大概只有一个人能做到。已经完成遍处前方便的人,要让取相生起,也是沉重的负担,千百人里大概只有一个人能做到。取相生起之后,把它扩大并证得安止定,也是沉重的负担,千百人里大概只有一个人能做到。已经证得安止定的人,要用这十四种方式调伏心,也是沉重的负担,千百人里大概只有一个人能做到。即使已经用这十四种方式调伏了心,所谓的神通变化仍然是沉重的负担,千百人里大概只有一个人能做到。即使已经成就了神通变化,所谓的快速掌握仍然是沉重的负担,千百人里大概只有一个人能快速掌握。就像在长老芒果园,大罗哈那古塔长老生病时,前来探病的约三万位有神通者中,那位戒腊八年的护长老一样。全部详细内容已在《清净道论》中广说。巴利
Evaṃ pana cuddasahākārehi cittaṃ aparidametvā, pubbe abhāvitabhāvano ādikammiko yogāvacaro iddhivikubbanaṃ sampādessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ādikammikassa hi kasiṇaparikammampi bhāro; satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Katakasiṇaparikammassa nimittuppādanaṃ bhāro; satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Uppanne nimitte taṃ vaḍḍhetvā appanādhigamo bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Adhigatappanassa cuddasahākārehi cittaparidamanaṃ bhāro; satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Cuddasahākārehi paridamitacittassāpi iddhivikubbanaṃ nāma bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Vikubbanappattassāpi khippanisantibhāvo nāma bhāro; satesu sahassesu vā ekova khippanisanti hoti. Therambatthale mahārohanaguttattherassa gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ āgatesu tiṃsamattesu iddhimantasahassesu upasampadāya aṭṭhavassiko rakkhitatthero viya. Sabbaṃ vatthu visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 2.367) vitthāritamevāti.
204 204. 这样,在八种遍处中说明了色界善之后,现在,虽然所缘相同,但修习并不相同,在这八种遍处中,还会生起另一种称为胜处的色界善,因此,为了显示它,又开始了“哪些法是善的?”等解说。其中,“内无色想”是指由于没有获得,或者由于不感兴趣,而缺少对内色的前行之想。“在外见色”是指因为在外的八种遍处中已经做了前行,所以以前行和安止的方式,见到那些在外八种遍处中的色。“小”是指没有扩展。“征服它们”,就像一个大食量的人得到一勺饭,心想“这里有什么可吃的?”,便把它捏成一个饭团来吃;同样,智慧超群的人、智见明净的人,心想“在这微小的所缘上有什么可入定的?这对我来说不是负担”,征服那些色而入定。这里的意思是,与相的生起同时,安止就产生了。“我知、我见”——这是说它的前分。不过在传承的义疏中说:这是说他的转向,而且那是出定之后的事,不是在定中。巴利
204. Evaṃ aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu rūpāvacarakusalaṃ niddisitvā, idāni yasmā samānepi ārammaṇe bhāvanāya asamānaṃ imesu aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu aññampi abhibhāyatanasaṅkhātaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ pavattati, tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññīti alābhitāya vā anatthikatāya vā ajjhattarūpe parikammasaññāvirahito. Bahiddhā rūpāni passatīti bahiddhā aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu kataparikammatāya parikammavasena ceva appanāvasena ca tāni bahiddhā aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu rūpāni passati. Parittānīti avaḍḍhitāni. Tāni abhibhuyyāti yathā nāma sampannagahaṇiko kaṭacchumattaṃ bhattaṃ labhitvā ‘kiṃ ettha bhuñjitabbaṃ atthī’ti saṅkaḍḍhitvā ekakabaḷameva karoti, evameva ñāṇuttariko puggalo visadañāṇo ‘kimettha parittake ārammaṇe samāpajjitabbaṃ atthi, nāyaṃ mama bhāro’ti tāni rūpāni abhibhavitvā samāpajjati. Saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ nibbattetīti attho. Jānāmi passāmīti iminā panassa pubbabhāgo kathito. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu pana vuttaṃ – imināssa pana ābhogo kathito. So ca kho samāpattito vuṭṭhitassa, na antosamāpattiyanti (a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.8.65).
“无量”是指已经扩展的量。这里说“征服它们”,就像一个大胃王得到一份加量的饭,心想“再来点吧,这点饭对我算什么”,于是不把它看成大份的;同样,一个智慧超群、智见明净的人,心想“在这里有什么好入定的?这不算无量,让我心得一境性对我来说根本不算负担”,于是征服那些色而入定。这里的意思是,就在相生起的同时,安止就产生了。巴利
Appamāṇānīti vaḍḍhitappamāṇāni. Abhibhuyyāti ettha pana yathā mahagghaso puriso ekaṃ bhattavaḍḍhitakaṃ labhitvā ‘aññāpi hotu ‘kimesā mayhaṃ karissatī’ti taṃ na mahantato passati, evameva ñāṇuttaro puggalo visadaññāṇo ‘kimettha samāpajjitabbaṃ, na idaṃ appamāṇaṃ, na mayhaṃ cittekaggatākaraṇe bhāro atthī’ti tāni abhibhavitvā samāpajjati. Saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ nibbattetīti attho.
“小”是以小为所缘,“无量”也是以小为所缘——这里因为提到了“小”,所以没有取无量所缘;又因为后面提到了“无量”,所以没有取小所缘。不过,义注中说:“在这个地方,没有取四种四种所缘,只取了两种两种。什么原因呢?因为如果取四种,开示就会变成十六次,而导师在前面已经像在席子上铺开芝麻一样,把十六次的开示详细讲过了。他在这里想作八次的开示,所以应当知道只取了两种两种。”巴利
Parittaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ appamāṇaṃ parittārammaṇanti idha parittānīti āgatattā appamāṇārammaṇatā na gahitā, parato appamāṇānīti āgatattā parittārammaṇatā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – ‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne cattāri cattāri ārammaṇāni aggahetvā dve dveva gahitāni . Kiṃ kāraṇā? Catūsu hi gahitesu desanā soḷasakkhattukā hoti, satthārā ca heṭṭhā soḷasakkhattukā desanā kilañjamhi tile pattharantena viya vitthārato kathitā. Tassa imasmiṃ ṭhāne aṭṭhakkhattukaṃ desanaṃ kātuṃ ajjhāsayo. Tasmā dve dveyeva gahitānīti veditabbānīti.
“美色的、丑陋的”是指清净和不清净的颜色。清净的青色等颜色是“美色的”,不清净的则是“丑陋的”,这里指的就是这个意思。不过在传承的义疏中说:“无论它们是美色的还是丑陋的,这些胜处都是按照小的和无量的方式来宣说的。”在这四种当中,小的是根据寻行者的性格来的,无量的是根据痴行者的性格来的,美色的是根据嗔行者的性格来的,丑陋的是根据贪行者的性格来的。因为这些对那些人来说正好适合。而它们适合的详细情况,已经在《清净道论》的“行差别说”中讲过了。巴利
Suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānīti parisuddhāparisuddhavaṇṇāni. Parisuddhāni hi nīlādīni suvaṇṇāni, aparisuddhāni ca dubbaṇṇānīti idha adhippetāni. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘suvaṇṇāni vā hontu dubbaṇṇāni vā, parittaappamāṇavaseneva imāni abhibhāyatanāni desitānī’ti (a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.8.65) vuttaṃ. Imesu pana catūsu parittaṃ vitakkacaritavasena āgataṃ, appamāṇaṃ mohacaritavasena, suvaṇṇaṃ dosacaritavasena, dubbaṇṇaṃ rāgacaritavasena. Etesañhi etāni sappāyāni. Sā ca tesaṃ sappāyatā vitthārato visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.43) cariyaniddese vuttā.
为什么经里说“内有色想,一人见外色为细小的”等等,这里却不那样说,而是在四种胜处中都只说“内无色想”呢?因为内在的色是不能被征服的。无论是在那里还是在这里,只有外在的色才是应当被征服的,所以应当确定地说它们,因此在那边和这里都说了它们。“内无色想”这一说法,只是导师说法时的一种善巧变化而已。以上是对四种胜处中未曾出现过的新词的注释。至于这里纯净方法与行道法的分类,应当依照地遍中所说的方式,在每一个胜处中理解。只是在这里,四种所缘成为两种所缘,十六次成为八次。其余内容与前面相同。这样,在每一个胜处中,有一个纯净九法、四个行道九法、两个所缘九法、所缘与行道混合的八个九法,共十五个九法。在四种胜处中,应当知道共有六十个九法。巴利
Kasmā pana, yathā suttante ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittānī’’tiādi (dī. ni. 2.173; ma. ni. 2.249; a. ni. 8.65) vuttaṃ, evaṃ avatvā idha catūsupi abhibhāyatanesu ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññitāva vuttāti? Ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyato. Tattha vā hi idha vā bahiddhārūpāneva abhibhavitabbāni, tasmā tāni niyamato vattabbānīti tatrapi idhapi vuttāni. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññīti idaṃ pana satthu desanāvilāsamattameva. Ayaṃ tāva catūsu abhibhāyatanesu apubbapadavaṇṇanā. Suddhikanayapaṭipadābhedo panettha pathavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva ekekasmiṃ abhibhāyatane veditabbo. Kevalañcettha ārammaṇacatukkaṃ ārammaṇadukaṃ hoti, soḷasakkhattukañca aṭṭhakkhattukaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisameva. Evamettha ekekasmiṃ abhibhāyatane eko suddhikanavako, cattāro paṭipadānavakā, dve ārammaṇanavakā, ārammaṇapaṭipadāmissake aṭṭha navakāti pannarasa navakāti catūsupi abhibhāyatanesu samasaṭṭhi navakā veditabbā.
246 在第五胜处等当中,“蓝色”是就总括一切而说的。“蓝色之色”是就颜色而说,“蓝色之显现”是就显现而说,意思是说没有看得见的空隙、颜色不混杂,呈现为纯一蓝色。“蓝色之光辉”则是就光照而说,意思是具有蓝色光辉、带着蓝色光芒。这是显示它们极为清净,因为这四种胜处正是就极为清净的颜色而说的。对“黄色”等也应依同样的方式理解其含义。修习蓝遍的人,是从蓝色中取相。至于在花、布或颜色界等处修遍、遍作和安止的方法,这一切在《清净道论》中已经详细说明了。而且就像地遍一样,在这里每一个胜处中,都应知道各有二十五个遍作、二十五个安止和九法。巴利
246. Pañcamaabhibhāyatanādīsu nīlānīti sabbasaṅgāhikavasena vuttaṃ. Nīlavaṇṇānīti vaṇṇavasena, nīlanidassanānīti nidassanavasena, apaññāyamānavivarāni, asambhinnavaṇṇāni, ekanīlāneva hutvā dissantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nīlanibhāsānīti idaṃ pana obhāsanavasena vuttaṃ; nīlobhāsāni nīlappabhāyuttānīti attho. Etena nesaṃ suvisuddhataṃ dasseti. Suvisuddhavaṇṇavasena hi imāni cattāri abhibhāyatanāni vuttāni. Pītānītiādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Nīlakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto nīlasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti. Pupphasmiṃ vā vatthasmiṃ vā vaṇṇadhātuyā vātiādikaṃ panettha kasiṇakaraṇañca parikammañca appanāvidhānañca sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.93 ādayo) vitthārato vuttameva. Yathā ca pathavīkasiṇe evamettha ekekasmiṃ abhibhāyatane pañcavīsati pañcavīsati navakā veditabbā.
248 248. 现在,因为这种被称为色界善法的法,并不只是通过胜伏那些被称为所缘的处、以胜处的方式生起,它也会以解脱的方式生起,所以,为了说明那种理趣,又开始了“哪些法是善”等这一段。巴利
248. Idāni yasmā idaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ nāma na kevalaṃ ārammaṇasaṅkhātānaṃ āyatanānaṃ abhibhavanato abhibhāyatanavaseneva uppajjati, atha kho vimokkhavasenapi uppajjati, tasmā tampi nayaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ.
那么,应该从什么意义上来理解“解脱”呢?从胜解的意义上。什么是胜解的意义呢?就是从敌对法中彻底解脱出来的意义,以及以乐于专注所缘的方式彻底解脱出来的意义。这里说的是,就像小孩放松四肢躺在父亲怀里睡着一样,以不受约束、无所顾虑的状态在所缘中运作。为了说明具备这种特征的、达到解脱状态的色界善法,才开始了这一论式。巴利
Kenaṭṭhena pana vimokkho veditabboti? Adhimuccanaṭṭhena. Ko ayaṃ adhimuccanaṭṭho nāma? Paccanīkadhammehi ca suṭṭhu vimuccanaṭṭho, ārammaṇe ca abhirativasena suṭṭhu vimuccanaṭṭho . Pituaṅke vissaṭṭhaaṅgapaccaṅgassa dārakassa sayanaṃ viya aniggahitabhāvena nirāsaṅkatāya ārammaṇe pavattīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃlakkhaṇañhi vimokkhabhāvappattaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ ayaṃ nayo āraddho.
在这里,“有色”是指在自己身体上,比如头发等地方修出来的色界禅那之色,他拥有这种色,所以叫“有色”。因为修内在的青遍时,是在头发、胆汁或眼珠上修;修黄遍时,是在脂肪、皮肤或眼睛的黄色部位上修;修红遍时,是在肉、血、舌头、手掌脚底或眼睛的红色部位上修;修白遍时,是在骨、牙、指甲或眼睛的白色部位上修。这是针对这样修了遍作之后生起禅那、具备禅那的人来说的。“见色”是指用禅那之眼也能看到外在的青遍等色。这里显示了依靠内在和外在的遍处而获得禅那。巴利
Tattha rūpīti ajjhattaṃ kesādīsu uppāditaṃ rūpajjhānaṃ rūpaṃ, tadassatthīti rūpī. Ajjhattañhi nīlaparikammaṃ karonto kese vā pitte vā akkhitārakāya vā karoti. Pītaparikammaṃ karonto mede vā chaviyā vā akkhīnaṃ pītaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Lohitaparikammaṃ karonto maṃse vā lohite vā jivhāya vā hatthatalapādatalesu vā akkhīnaṃ rattaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Odātaparikammaṃ karonto aṭṭhimhi vā dante vā nakhe vā akkhīnaṃ setaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Evaṃ parikammaṃ katvā uppannajjhānasamaṅginaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Rūpāni passatīti bahiddhāpi nīlakasiṇādirūpāni jhānacakkhunā passati. Iminā ajjhattabahiddhāvatthukesu kasiṇesu jhānapaṭilābho dassito.
“内无色想”是指:在自己内在并不具有色想。意思是,没有在自己头发等上面生起色界禅那。通过这句话,说明了在外在作准备修行之后,只是在外部获得禅那。巴利
Ajjhattaṃarūpasaññīti ajjhattaṃ na rūpasaññī. Attano kesādīsu anuppāditarūpāvacarajjhānoti attho. Iminā bahiddhā parikammaṃ katvā bahiddhāva paṭiladdhajjhānatā dassitā.
“净”这个说法,是通过极清净的青等颜色遍来显示诸禅那的。在这里,虽然安止定内部并没有“净”这样的作意,但是,如果有人取极清净的净遍作为所缘而安住,那么因为他“净……(中略)……成就初禅而安住”,第二禅等也是如此,所以作了这样的开示。不过,《无碍解道》中说:“怎样是‘唯净胜解’的解脱?在这里,比丘以与慈俱行的心遍满一方……(中略)……安住;由于修习慈,众生变得不厌恶;以悲……以喜……以与舍俱行的心遍满一方……(中略)……安住;由于修习舍,众生变得不厌恶。这样就是‘唯净胜解’。”但在这里,因为后面巴利文中已经出现了梵住,所以不采用那种方式,只按照极青、极黄、极红、极白、清净青、清净黄、清净红、清净白来认可净解脱。这样,遍也好,胜处也好,解脱也好,都只是色界禅那。因为它以所缘的遍满之义而名为“遍”,以胜伏所缘之义而名为“胜处”,以对所缘胜解以及从敌对法解脱之义而名为“解脱”。其中,遍的开示是依阿毗达摩而说,其余两种则是依经教而说。这是这里的新词释。然而,在每一种解脱中,应当知道就像在地遍中一样,各有二十五个、二十五个,共七十五个九元组。巴利
Subhanti iminā suvisuddhesu nīlādīsu vaṇṇakasiṇesu jhānāni dassitāni. Tattha kiñcāpi antoappanāya ‘subha’nti ābhogo natthi, yo pana suvisuddhaṃ subhakasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā viharati, so yasmā ‘subha’nti…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, tathā dutiyādīni, tasmā evaṃ desanā katā. Paṭisambhidāmagge pana ‘‘kathaṃ subhantveva adhimutto hotīti vimokkho? Idha bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ…pe… viharati, mettāya bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti; karuṇā… muditā… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ…pe… viharati, upekkhāya bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti, evaṃ subhantveva adhimutto hotī’’ti vimokkhoti (paṭi. ma. 1.212) vuttaṃ. Idha pana upari pāḷiyaṃyeva brahmavihārānaṃ āgatattā taṃ nayaṃ paṭikkhipitvā sunīlakasupītakasulohitakasuodātakaparisuddhanīlakaparisuddhapītakaparisuddhalohitakaparisuddhaodātakavaseneva subhavimokkho anuññāto. Iti kasiṇanti vā abhibhāyatananti vā vimokkhoti vā rūpāvacarajjhānameva . Tañhi ārammaṇassa sakalaṭṭhena kasiṇaṃ nāma, ārammaṇaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena abhibhāyatanaṃ nāma, ārammaṇe adhimuccanaṭṭhena paccanīkadhammehi ca vimuccanaṭṭhena vimokkho nāmāti vuttaṃ. Tattha kasiṇadesanā abhidhammavasena, itarā pana suttantadesanāvasena vuttāti veditabbā. Ayamettha apubbapadavaṇṇanā. Ekekasmiṃ pana vimokkhe pathavīkasiṇe viya pañcavīsati pañcavīsatīti katvā pañcasattati navakā veditabbā.
251 251. 现在,为了说明依慈等梵住而现起的色界善法,又开始了“哪些法是善”等讨论。其中,“慈俱行”就是与慈相应。后面“悲俱行”等也同样理解。至于修行者依照哪种方式修习慈等俱行的诸禅并安住其中,关于慈等的一切修习方式,在《清净道论》中已经详细说明了。其余经文的意思,应当依照地遍中所说的方式来理解。巴利
251. Idāni mettādibrahmavihāravasena pavattamānaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha mettāsahagatanti mettāya samannāgataṃ. Parato karuṇāsahagatādīsupi eseva nayo. Yena panesa vidhānena paṭipanno mettādisahagatāni jhānāni upasampajja viharati, taṃ mettādīnaṃ bhāvanāvidhānaṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.240) vitthāritameva. Avasesāya pāḷiyā attho pathavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
唯独在地遍里有二十五种九元组;而在这里,按前面三种三分禅与四分禅的方式来说,有二十五种七元组;按舍与第四禅来说,有二十五种一元组。在悲和喜里,连同欲等四种一起,悲和喜这些也都可以作为附属项目得到。至于这里的苦行道等性质,应当这样理解:对慈来说,是以镇伏嗔恚的方式;对悲来说,是以镇伏害的方式;对喜来说,是以镇伏不乐的方式;对舍来说,是以镇伏贪和嗔的方式。所缘小,是因为所缘的众生不多;所缘无量,是因为所缘的众生很多,这就是它们的差别。其余部分与此相同。巴利
Kevalañhi pathavīkasiṇe pañcavīsati navakā, idha purimāsu tīsu tikacatukkajjhānikavasena pañcavīsati sattakā, upekkhāya catutthajjhānavasena pañcavīsati ekakā, karuṇāmuditāsu ca chandādīhi catūhi saddhiṃ karuṇāmuditāti imepi yevāpanakā labbhanti. Dukkhapaṭipadādibhāvo cettha mettāya tāva byāpādavikkhambhanavasena, karuṇāya vihiṃsāvikkhambhanavasena, muditāya arativikkhambhanavasena, upekkhāya rāgapaṭighavikkhambhanavasena veditabbo. Parittārammaṇatā pana nabahusattārammaṇavasena; appamāṇārammaṇatā bahusattārammaṇavasena hotīti ayaṃ viseso. Sesaṃ tādisameva.
如是按巴利原文本身来说——巴利
Evaṃ tāva pāḷivaseneva –
知道这些是最胜梵所说的梵住之后,
此外,在这些当中,也应了知这段杂论。巴利
Brahmuttamena kathite, brahmavihāre ime iti viditvā; Bhiyyo etesu ayaṃ, pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā.
在这慈、悲、喜、舍四者当中,先按含义来说:自己变得柔软,所以叫慈,意思是变得柔和亲爱。或者,它存在于朋友之中,或者它是针对朋友而生起的,所以也叫慈。当他人受苦时,能让善人的心为之震动,所以叫悲。或者,它能消除、打击、摧毁他人的苦,所以叫悲。或者,它被施行,以遍满的方式向受苦的人扩展出去,所以叫悲。具足它的人因它而喜悦,或者它自己喜悦,或者它只是喜悦本身,所以叫喜。通过舍弃“愿无怨敌”等造作关涉之念,并进入中立平等的状态,所以能平等观照,所以叫舍。巴利
Etāsu hi mettākaruṇāmuditāupekkhāsu atthato tāva mejjatīti mettā, siniyhatīti attho. Mitte vā bhavā, mittassa vā esā pavattatīpi mettā. Paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṃ hadayakampanaṃ karotīti karuṇā. Kiṇāti vā paradukkhaṃ hiṃsati vināsetīti karuṇā. Kirīyati vā dukkhitesu pharaṇavasena pasāriyatīti karuṇā. Modanti tāya taṃsamaṅgino, sayaṃ vā modati, modanamattameva vā tanti muditā. ‘Averā hontū’tiādibyāpārappahānena majjhattabhāvūpagamanena ca upekkhatīti upekkhā.
从特相等角度来看,这里慈的特相是以利益的行相生起,作用是带来利益,现起是去除嗔恨,近因是看见众生的可爱之处。嗔恨止息是慈的成功,贪爱生起是慈的失败。悲的特相是以拔除痛苦的行相生起,作用是忍受他人的痛苦,现起是不伤害,近因是看见被痛苦压倒的众生无依无靠。伤害止息是悲的成功,忧愁生起是悲的失败。喜的特相是对众生感到欢喜,作用是不嫉妒,现起是消除不悦,近因是看见众生的成就。不悦止息是喜的成功,嬉笑生起是喜的失败。舍的特相是以对众生保持中立的行相生起,作用是看见众生平等,现起是止息嗔恨与贪爱,近因是这样生起的业自属见:“众生都是业的所有者,他们怎么会因为谁的意愿而快乐、或从苦中解脱、或不再失去已得的成就呢?”嗔恨与贪爱止息是舍的成功,出于执著世俗的无智之舍生起是舍的失败。巴利
Lakkhaṇādito panettha hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā ‘mettā’, hitūpasaṃhārarasā, āghātavinayapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ manāpabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā. Byāpādūpasamo etissā sampatti, sinehasambhavo vipatti. Dukkhāpanayanākārappavattilakkhaṇā ‘karuṇā’, paradukkhāsahanarasā, avihiṃsāpaccupaṭṭhānā , dukkhābhibhūtānaṃ anāthabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā. Vihiṃsūpasamo tassā sampatti, sokasambhavo vipatti. Sattesu pamodanalakkhaṇā ‘muditā’, anissāyanarasā, arativighātapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ sampattidassanapadaṭṭhānā. Arativūpasamo tassā sampatti, pahāsasambhavo vipatti. Sattesu majjhattākārappavattilakkhaṇā ‘upekkhā’, sattesu samabhāvadassanarasā, paṭighānunayavūpasamapaccupaṭṭhānā, ‘‘kammassakā sattā, te kassa ruciyā sukhitā vā bhavissanti, dukkhato vā muccissanti, pattasampattito vā na parihāyissantī’’ti? Evaṃ pavattakammassakatādassanapadaṭṭhānā. Paṭighānunayavūpasamo tassā sampatti, gehassitāya aññāṇupekkhāya sambhavo vipatti.
这四种梵住共同的用途,是观禅的乐和投生善趣的成就;各自特有的用途,则是压制嗔恚等烦恼。其中,慈的用途是压制嗔恚,其余三种的用途分别是压制伤害、不满和贪。关于这一点也说过:巴利
Catunnampi panetesaṃ brahmavihārānaṃ vipassanāsukhañceva bhavasampatti ca sādhāraṇappayojanaṃ, byāpādādipaṭighāto āveṇikaṃ. Byāpādapaṭighātappayojanā hettha mettā, vihiṃsāaratirāgapaṭighātappayojanā itarā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
贤友,慈心解脱就是嗔恚的出离;贤友,悲心解脱就是伤害的出离;贤友,喜心解脱就是不满的出离;贤友,舍心解脱就是贪的出离。巴利
‘‘Nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, byāpādassa yadidaṃ mettācetovimutti, nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, vihesāya yadidaṃ karuṇācetovimutti; nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, aratiyā yadidaṃ muditācetovimutti, nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, rāgassa yadidaṃ upekkhācetovimuttī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.326; a. ni. 6.13).
在这里,每一种梵住都各有两种敌人,按接近和疏远来分。对慈梵住来说,贪是近敌,因为它和慈一样都倾向于看到对方的好处,就像一个人的仇敌装作亲近的样子。贪很容易找到机会钻进来,所以应当好好守护慈。嗔是远敌,因为它的本性和慈完全相反,就像一个人的仇敌躲在深山密林里。因此,应当无所畏惧地修习慈。如果说修慈的人还会生起嗔恨,那是不可能的。巴利
Ekamekassa cettha āsannadūravasena dve dve paccatthikā. Mettābrahmavihārassa hi, samīpacāro viya purisassa sapatto, guṇadassanasabhāgatāya rāgo āsannapaccatthiko. So lahuṃ otāraṃ labhati. Tasmā tato suṭṭhu mettā rakkhitabbā. Pabbatādigahananissito viya purisassa sapatto sabhāvavisabhāgatāya byāpādo dūrapaccatthiko. Tasmā tato nibbhayena mettāyitabbaṃ. Mettāyissati ca nāma kopañca karissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ.
悲梵住的近敌,是依止世俗的忧。就像经文里说的:“对于眼所识、可爱、可意、合意、令人欢喜、与世间欲染有关的诸色,当人看着自己没有得到,或回忆过去曾经得到、如今已经灭去、变坏,就会生起忧。这种忧,就称为依止世俗的忧。”这种依止世俗的忧,因为和“看到失败”的样子相似,所以是近敌。而烦扰因为本质上完全不同,所以是远敌。因此,应当无所畏惧地从那烦扰中修习悲。如果说修习悲的人还会用手脚等去伤害众生,这是没有道理的。巴利
Karuṇābrahmavihārassa ‘‘cakkhuviññeyyānaṃ rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ manoramānaṃ lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ appaṭilābhaṃ vā appaṭilābhato samanupassato pubbe vā paṭiladdhapubbaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ samanussarato uppajjati domanassaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati gehassitaṃ domanassa’’ntiādinā nayena āgataṃ gehassitaṃ domanassaṃ vipattidassanasabhāgatāya āsannapaccatthikaṃ. Sabhāvavisabhāgatāya vihesā dūrapaccatthikā. Tasmā tato nibbhayena karuṇāyitabbaṃ. Karuṇañca nāma karissati pāṇiādīhi ca vihesissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ.
喜梵住的近敌,是依止世俗的喜悦。就像经文里说的:“对于眼所识、可爱、可喜、可意、悦意、与世间欲染有关的各种色境,当人看着自己得到它们,或者回忆过去曾经得到、如今已经灭去、已经变坏的那些色境时,就会生起喜悦。这种喜悦,就叫做依止世俗的喜悦。”按这种方式说到的依止世俗的喜悦,因为和看见自己获得成功的样子相似,所以是近敌。不乐则因为与喜的自性相违,所以是远敌。因此,应当不惧于彼而修习喜。而且,说一个已经生起喜的人还会对远离的住处和更上的善法感到厌倦,这是没有道理的。巴利
Muditābrahmavihārassa ‘‘cakkhuviññeyyānaṃ rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ manoramānaṃ lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ paṭilābhaṃ vā paṭilābhato samanupassato pubbe vā paṭiladdhapubbaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ samanussarato uppajjati somanassaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati gehassitaṃ somanassa’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 3.306) nayena āgataṃ gehassitaṃ somanassaṃ sampattidassanasabhāgatāya āsannapaccatthikaṃ. Sabhāvavisabhāgatāya arati dūrapaccatthikā. Tasmā tato nibbhayena muditā bhāvetabbā. Pamudito ca nāma bhavissati pantasenāsanesu ca adhikusaladhammesu ca ukkaṇṭhissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ.
舍梵住的近敌,是世俗的、无智慧的舍。就像经文里说的:“用眼睛看到色之后,在愚人、痴人、凡夫、未调伏者、未调伏果报者、不见过患者、无闻凡夫身上生起的舍,这种舍不能超越色,所以称为世俗的舍。”这类舍因为不审察过患和功德,与舍梵住相似,所以是近敌。贪和嗔因为本性完全不同,所以是远敌。因此,应当无所畏惧地修习舍。如果说修舍的人还会贪染、还会嗔恨,那是不可能的。巴利
Upekkhābrahmavihārassa pana ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjati upekkhā bālassa mūḷhassa puthujjanassa anodhijinassa avipākajinassa anādīnavadassāvino assutavato puthujjanassa. Yā evarūpā upekkhā rūpaṃ sā nātivattati. Tasmā sā upekkhā gehassitāti vuccatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.308) nayena āgatā gehassitā aññāṇupekkhā dosaguṇānaṃ avicāraṇavasena sabhāgattā āsannapaccatthikā. Sabhāvavisabhāgatāya rāgapaṭighā dūrapaccatthikā. Tasmā tato nibbhayena upekkhitabbaṃ. Upekkhissati ca nāma rajjissati ca paṭihaññissati cāti aṭṭhānametaṃ.
这一切也都要以想要行动的欲作为开始,以镇伏五盖等作为中间阶段,以安止定为最终目标;按施设之法来说,所缘可以是一个众生,也可以是多个众生;在近行定或安止定达成时,则要逐步扩大所缘。巴利
Sabbesampi ca etesaṃ kattukāmatāchando ādi, nīvaraṇādivikkhambhanaṃ majjhaṃ, appanā pariyosānaṃ, paññattidhammavasena eko vā satto anekā vā sattā ārammaṇaṃ, upacāre vā appanāya vā pattāya ārammaṇavaḍḍhanaṃ.
在这里,所缘增长的次第是这样的:就像一位善巧的农夫,先划定要耕作的地块,然后再耕作;同样,最初先划定一个住处,对那里的众生以“愿这个住处里的众生没有怨敌”等方式来修习慈心。在那里把心调得柔软、堪能之后,再划定两个住处。接着依次扩展到三个、四个、五个、六个、七个、八个、九个、十个住处,一条街道,半个村子,一个村子,一个地区,一个王国,一个方向,这样一直到一整个轮围世界,或者更进一步,在各个地方对众生修习慈心。悲等也是这样修。这就是在这里所缘增长的次第。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vaḍḍhanakkamo – yathā hi kusalo kassako kasitabbaṭṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā kasati, evaṃ paṭhamameva ekaṃ āvāsaṃ paricchinditvā tattha sattesu ‘imasmiṃ āvāse sattā averā hontū’tiādinā nayena mettā bhāvetabbā. Tattha cittaṃ muduṃ kammaniyaṃ katvā dve āvāsā paricchinditabbā . Tato anukkamena tayo cattāro pañca cha satta aṭṭha nava dasa, ekā racchā, upaḍḍhagāmo, gāmo, janapado, rajjaṃ, ekā disāti evaṃ yāva ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ, tato vā pana bhiyyo tattha tattha sattesu mettā bhāvetabbā. Tathā karuṇādayoti. Ayamettha ārammaṇavaḍḍhanakkamo.
不过,就像遍的果是无色定,定的果是非想非非想处,观的果是果等至,止观的果是灭尽定一样,这里前三种梵住的果就是舍梵住。又像没有立起柱子、没有架上横梁,就不可能在空中安置屋脊椽子;同样,不在前三种梵住中生起第三禅,就不可能修习第四禅。可是,依诸遍中生起的第三禅,此舍梵住并不会生起,因为所缘不同。巴利
Yathā pana kasiṇānaṃ nissando āruppā, samādhīnaṃ nissando nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, vipassanānaṃ nissando phalasamāpatti, samathavipassanānaṃ nissando nirodhasamāpatti, evaṃ purimabrahmavihārattayassa nissando ettha upekkhābrahmavihāro. Yathā hi thambhe anussāpetvā tulāsaṅghāṭaṃ anāropetvā na sakkā ākāse kūṭagopānasiyo ṭhapetuṃ, evaṃ purimesu tatiyajjhānaṃ vinā na sakkā catutthaṃ bhāvetuṃ. Kasiṇesu pana uppannatatiyajjhānassapesā nuppajjati visabhāgārammaṇattāti.
这里可能会有人问:为什么慈、悲、喜、舍被称为梵住?为什么只有这四种?它们的次序又是怎样的?为什么在《分别论》里把它们说成是无量?回答是:先说“最胜”和“无过失”这两个含义,由此就能理解这里的梵住性。因为这种安住是对众生行正道的缘故,所以它们是最殊胜的。就像梵天以无过失的心安住那样,与这些心相应的修行者也如同梵天一样安住。因此,从最胜和无过失这两个含义来说,它们被称为梵住。巴利
Ettha siyā – ‘kasmā panetā mettā karuṇā muditā upekkhā brahmavihārāti vuccanti? Kasmā ca, catassova? Ko ca etāsaṃ kamo? Vibhaṅge ca kasmā appamaññāti vuttā’ti? Vuccate – seṭṭhaṭṭhena tāva niddosabhāvena cettha brahmavihāratā veditabbā. Sattesu sammāpaṭipattibhāvena hi seṭṭhā ete vihārā. Yathā ca brahmāno niddosacittā viharanti, evaṃ etehi sampayuttā yogino brahmasamāva hutvā viharantīti seṭṭhaṭṭhena niddosabhāvena ca brahmavihārāti vuccanti.
那么,对于“为什么是四种”等问题的回答是这样的——巴利
Kasmā ca catassotiādipañhassa pana idaṃ vissajjanaṃ –
依清净道等而有四种,
不过,依据利益等行相,它们的
欲望也在无量中持续运转,
他们以那个为所缘,即无量。巴利
Visuddhimaggādivasā catasso, Hitādiākāravasā panāsaṃ; Kamo pavattanti ca appamāṇe, Tā gocare yena tadappamaññā.
在这四种当中,因为慈是嗔恨多的人的清净之道,悲是伤害心重的人的清净之道,喜是不快乐多的人的清净之道,舍是贪欲多的人的清净之道;又因为对众生作意,只有四种方式:愿给众生利益、愿去除众生的伤害、随喜众生的成就、保持中舍不执著;又像母亲对四个儿子——幼小的、生病的、成年的、正忙着自己事情的——对幼小的儿子希望他长大,对生病的儿子希望他病好,对成年的儿子希望他的青春长久保持,对正忙着自己事情的儿子则什么都不去干预;同样,修习无量住的人也应该以慈等四种方式对待一切众生,所以依据清净道等差别,只有这四种无量。巴利
Etāsu hi yasmā mettā byāpādabahulassa, karuṇā vihiṃsābahulassa, muditā aratibahulassa, upekkhā rāgabahulassa visuddhimaggo; yasmā ca hitūpasaṃhāraahitāpanayanasampattimodanaanābhogavasena catubbidhoyeva sattesu manasikāro; yasmā ca yathā mātā daharagilānayobbanappattasakiccapasutesu catūsu puttesu daharassa abhivuḍḍhikāmā hoti, gilānassa gelaññāpanayanakāmā, yobbanappattassa yobbanasampattiyā ciraṭṭhitikāmā, sakiccapasutassa kismiñcipi pariyāye abyāvaṭā hoti, tathā appamaññāvihārikenāpi sabbasattesu mettādivasena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā ito visuddhimaggādivasā catassova appamaññā.
因为,想要修习这四种(无量心)的人,首先要以生起利益行相的方式对众生修行,而慈的特征就是生起利益行相;然后,对于这样已祝愿利益的众生,或者看见、或者听说、或者设想他们遭受痛苦,就以生起除苦行相的方式修行,而悲的特征就是生起除苦行相;再然后,对于这样已祝愿利益、已祝愿去除痛苦的众生,看见他们获得成就,就以随喜成就的方式修行,而喜的特征就是随喜;此后,因为再也没有应做的事,就以称为中舍的中庸行相来修行,而舍的特征就是生起中庸行相。因此,依照利益等行相,先说慈,然后是悲、喜、舍,应当知道这就是次第。巴利
Yasmā pana catassopetā bhāvetukāmena paṭhamaṃ hitākārappavattivasena sattesu paṭipajjitabbaṃ, hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā ca mettā; tato evaṃ patthitahitānaṃ sattānaṃ dukkhābhibhavaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā sambhāvetvā vā dukkhāpanayanākārappavattivasena, dukkhāpanayanākārappavattilakkhaṇā ca karuṇā; athevaṃ patthitahitānaṃ patthitadukkhāpagamānañca nesaṃ sampattiṃ disvā sampattippamodanavasena, pamodanalakkhaṇā ca muditā; tato paraṃ pana kattabbābhāvato ajjhupekkhakatāsaṅkhātena majjhattākārena paṭipajjitabbaṃ, majjhattākārappavattilakkhaṇā ca upekkhā; tasmā ito hitādiākāravasā panāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ mettā vuttā. Atha karuṇā muditā upekkhāti ayaṃ kamo veditabbo.
不过,因为这一切都运行在无量的所缘境上,所以被称为无量。因为作为它们所缘境的众生是无量的,而且不执取“应当在这样一片范围内对某一个众生修习慈等”这样的限量,而是以遍满一切的方式运行,因此说——巴利
Yasmā pana sabbāpetā appamāṇe gocare pavattanti, tasmā appamaññāti vuccanti. Appamāṇā hi sattā etāsaṃ gocarabhūtā, ‘ekasattassāpi ca ettake padese mettādayo bhāvetabbā’ti evaṃ pamāṇaṃ aggahetvā sakalapharaṇavaseneva pavattāti, tena vuttaṃ –
依清净道等而有四种,
不过,从利益等行相来说,而它们的。
欲乐也在无量中持续运转,
它们以所缘为行境,因此被称为无量。巴利
Visuddhimaggādivasā catasso, Hitādiākāravasā panāsaṃ; Kamo pavattanti ca appamāṇe, Tā gocare yena tadappamaññāti.
这样,虽然它们以无量为所缘境而具有同一特征,但其中前三种只属于三禅和四禅。为什么?因为与喜不相离。为什么它们与喜不相离?因为是从由忧所生的嗔害等中出离。最后一种则只属于其余的那一禅。为什么?因为与舍受相应。因为以对众生保持中立的方式生起的梵住舍,若没有舍受,就无法运作。巴利
Evaṃ appamāṇagocaratāya ekalakkhaṇāsu cāpi etāsu purimā tisso tikacatukkajjhānikāva honti. Kasmā? Somanassāvippayogato. Kasmā panāsaṃ somanassena avippayogoti? Domanassasamuṭṭhitānaṃ byāpādādīnaṃ nissaraṇattā. Pacchimā pana avasesekajjhānikāva. Kasmā? Upekkhāvedanāsampayogato. Na hi sattesu majjhattākārappavattā brahmavihārupekkhā upekkhāvedanaṃ vinā vattatīti.
263 263. 现在,为了说明对贪行者众生绝对有益、在种种所缘中只依每一种禅那生起的色界善法,又开始了“哪些法是善”等的内容。巴利
263. Idāni rāgacaritasattānaṃ ekantahitaṃ nānārammaṇesu ekekajjhānavaseneva pavattamānaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ.
其中,在“与膨胀想俱行”等说法里,所谓膨胀,是指尸体像被风吹胀的皮囊一样,在寿命耗尽之后,随着时间推移逐渐肿胀起来,成为膨胀的状态。膨胀本身就是“膨胀相”。或者,因为令人厌恶,所以这可厌的膨胀状态就叫“膨胀相”。这是对那种尸体的称呼。青瘀,是指颜色败坏、变成青黑色的状态。青瘀本身就是“青瘀相”。或者,因为令人厌恶,所以这可厌的青瘀状态就叫“青瘀相”。在肌肉隆起的地方呈红色,在脓液积聚的地方呈白色,而大部分呈青黑色,在青黑的地方就像披着青布一样,这是对那种尸体的称呼。在破裂的地方流出的脓,叫“脓烂”。脓烂本身就是“脓烂相”。或者,因为令人厌恶,所以这可厌的脓烂状态就叫“脓烂相”。这是对那种尸体的称呼。断坏,是指被切成两半、分开的状态。断坏本身就是“断坏相”。或者,因为令人厌恶,所以这可厌的断坏状态就叫“断坏相”。这是对从中间被切断的尸体的称呼。被狗、豺狼等从这边那边以各种方式啃食过的,叫“食残”。食残本身就是“食残相”。或者,因为令人厌恶,所以这可厌的食残状态就叫“食残相”。这是对那种尸体的称呼。被以各种方式丢掷散开的,叫“散乱”。散乱本身就是“散乱相”。或者,因为令人厌恶,所以这可厌的散乱状态就叫“散乱相”。这是对那种被丢掷得“手在一处,脚在一处,头在一处”的尸体的称呼。既是砍斫,又像前面说的那样散乱,所以叫“砍斫散乱”。这是对像乌鸦脚印那样,用刀砍断各个肢体后,又像前面说的那样散乱的尸体的称呼。血液流淌、散落,从这边那边渗出来,所以叫“血涂”。这是对渗出血液所涂染的尸体的称呼。蛆虫,就是虫类。虫在到处散布,所以叫“虫聚”。这是对充满虫的尸体的称呼。骨本身就是“骨相”。或者,因为令人厌恶,所以这可厌的骨就叫“骨相”。这是对骨链或单根骨头的称呼。而且,这些依膨胀等而生起的相的名称,以及在诸相中所获得的禅那的名称,也正是这些。巴利
Tattha uddhumātakasaññāsahagatantiādīsu, bhastā viya vāyunā, uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā yathānukkamaṃ samuggatena sūnabhāvena dhumātattā uddhumātaṃ. Uddhumātameva uddhumātakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ uddhumātanti uddhumātakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vinīlaṃ vuccati viparibhinnanīlavaṇṇaṃ. Vinīlameva vinīlakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vinīlanti vinīlakaṃ. Maṃsussadaṭṭhānesu rattavaṇṇassa, pubbasannicayaṭṭhānesu setavaṇṇassa, yebhuyyena ca nīlavaṇṇassa , nīlaṭṭhāne nīlasāṭakapārutasseva chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Paribhinnaṭṭhānesu vissandamānaṃ pubbaṃ vipubbaṃ. Vipubbameva vipubbakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vipubbanti vipubbakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vicchiddaṃ vuccati dvidhā chindanena apadhāritaṃ, vicchiddameva vicchiddakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vicchiddanti vicchiddakaṃ. Vemajjhe chinnassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ito ca etto ca vividhākārena soṇasiṅgālādīhi khāyitaṃ vikkhāyitaṃ. Vikkhāyitameva vikkhāyitakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vikkhāyitanti vikkhāyitakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vividhā khittaṃ vikkhittaṃ. Vikkhittameva vikkhittakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vikkhittanti vikkhittakaṃ. ‘Aññena hatthaṃ aññena pādaṃ aññena sīsa’nti evaṃ tato tato khittassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Hatañca taṃ purimanayeneva vikkhittakañcāti hatavikkhittakaṃ. Kākapadākārena aṅgapaccaṅgesu satthena hanitvā vuttanayena vikkhittakassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Lohitaṃ kirati, vikkhipati, ito cito ca paggharatīti lohitakaṃ. Paggharitalohitamakkhitassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Puḷavā vuccanti kimayo. Puḷave vikiratīti puḷavakaṃ. Kimiparipuṇṇassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aṭṭhiyeva aṭṭhikaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ aṭṭhīti aṭṭhikaṃ. Aṭṭhisaṅkhalikāyapi ekaṭṭhikassapi etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Imāni ca pana uddhumātakādīni nissāya uppannanimittānampi nimittesu paṭiladdhajjhānānampi etāneva nāmāni.
在这里,依靠安止的力量,在膨胀相上生起的想,就是膨胀想。它与膨胀想通过相应的关系而俱在,所以叫“与膨胀想俱行”。对于“与青瘀想俱行”等等,也是同样的道理。至于这里本来应该说明的修习方法,在《清净道论》里已经以一切方式完整讲过了。其余对巴利文的注释,应当依照前面所说的方式来了知。不过这里有一点不同:就像依第四禅修舍梵住那样,这里依初禅,有二十五种单一(禅那)。又因为不净所缘不能增广,所以在小的膨胀处所生起的相为所缘时,是小所缘;在大的膨胀处所生起的相为所缘时,应当知道是无量所缘。对其余的(不净相)也是如此。巴利
Tattha uddhumātakanimitte appanāvasena uppannā saññā uddhumātakasaññā. Tāya uddhumātakasaññāya sampayogaṭṭhena sahagataṃ uddhumātakasaññāsahagataṃ. Vinīlakasaññāsahagatādīsupi eseva nayo. Yaṃ panettha bhāvanāvidhānaṃ vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, taṃ sabbākārena visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.103 ādayo) vuttameva. Avasesā pāḷivaṇṇanā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kevalañhi idha, catutthajjhānavasena upekkhābrahmavihāre viya, paṭhamajjhānavasena ekekasmiṃ pañcavīsati ekakā honti. Asubhārammaṇassa ca avaḍḍhanīyattā, paritte uddhumātakaṭṭhāne uppannanimittārammaṇaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ, mahante appamāṇārammaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayoti.
这样,不净是净德者,
被具有一千只眼睛的人称赞声名的
十力者所说的那些
每一种禅那各自的原因。
像这样,先按照巴利经典本身的方式,把这一切都了解了;
关于这些,此更应知,杂论亦应知。巴利
Iti asubhāni subhaguṇo, Dasasatalocanena thutakitti; Yāni avoca dasabalo, Ekekajjhānahetūni. Evaṃ pāḷinayeneva, tāva sabbāni tāni jānitvā; Tesveva ayaṃ bhiyyo, pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā. (visuddhi. 1.120);
在这些当中,无论在哪一种[禅那]上证得了禅那的人,因为已经很好地镇伏了贪欲,所以就像离贪的人一样,行为举止没有贪求。即便如此,这里所说的不净的分类,应当理解为是依据身体自性的达成,以及依据贪行者类别的不同而说的。巴利
Etesu hi yattha katthaci adhigatajjhāno suvikkhambhitarāgattā vītarāgo viya nilloluppacāro hoti. Evaṃ santepi yvāyaṃ asubhabhedo vutto, so sarīrasabhāvappattivasena ca rāgacaritabhedavasena cāti veditabbo.
尸体变成可厌的状态时,可能已经达到膨胀的样子,也可能达到青瘀等任何一种样子。总之,无论能取到哪一种相,就该对那一种取相,也就是膨胀可厌、青瘀可厌这样。因此应当知道,依身体自性所呈现的状态,不净的类别共有十种。巴利
Chavasarīrañhi paṭikūlabhāvaṃ āpajjamānaṃ uddhumātakasabhāvappattaṃ vā siyā, vinīlakādīnaṃ vā aññatarasabhāvappattaṃ. Iti yādisaṃ yādisaṃ sakkā hoti laddhuṃ tādise tādise uddhumātakapaṭikūlaṃ vinīlakapaṭikūlanti evaṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhitabbamevāti sarīrasabhāvappattivasena dasadhā asubhappabhedo vuttoti veditabbo.
这里要特别说明:膨胀相能显示身体形状的败坏,所以适合对身形有贪著的人。青瘀相能显示皮肤色泽的败坏,所以适合对身体颜色有贪著的人。脓烂相能显示与身体相连的恶臭状态,所以适合因花环、香料等而对身体气味有贪著的人。断坏相能显示内部空洞的状态,所以适合对身体坚实性有贪著的人。食残相能显示肌肉堆积丰满的毁坏,所以适合对胸部等身体部位的肌肉堆积有贪著的人。散乱相能显示各肢体的离散,所以适合对肢体姿态优美有贪著的人。砍斫散乱相能显示身体聚合的破坏变异,所以适合对身体聚合圆满有贪著的人。血涂相能显示被血污染的可厌状态,所以适合因装饰而产生的光彩贪著的人。虫聚相能显示身体是众多虫类共住的状态,所以适合对身体有我所执贪著的人。骨相能显示身骨的可厌状态,所以适合对牙齿圆满有贪著的人。如此,依贪行者的差别,也应知道不净的类别有十种。巴利
Visesato cettha uddhumātakaṃ sarīrasaṇṭhānavipattippakāsanato sarīrasaṇṭhānarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vinīlakaṃ chavirāgavipattippakāsanato sarīravaṇṇarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vipubbakaṃ kāyavaṇapaṭibaddhassa duggandhabhāvassa pakāsanato mālāgandhādivasena samuṭṭhāpitasarīragandharāgino sappāyaṃ. Vicchiddakaṃ antosusirabhāvappakāsanato sarīre ghanabhāvarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vikkhāyitakaṃ maṃsūpacayasampattivināsappakāsanato thanādīsu sarīrappadesesu maṃsūpacayarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vikkhittakaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ vikkhepappakāsanato aṅgapaccaṅgalīlārāgino sappāyaṃ. Hatavikkhittakaṃ sarīrasaṅghāṭabhedavikārappakāsanato sarīrasaṅghāṭasampattirāgino sappāyaṃ. Lohitakaṃ lohitamakkhitapaṭikūlabhāvappakāsanato alaṅkārajanitasobharāgino sappāyaṃ. Puḷavakaṃ kāyassa anekakimikulasādhāraṇabhāvappakāsanato kāye mamattarāgino sappāyaṃ. Aṭṭhikaṃ sarīraṭṭhīnaṃ paṭikūlabhāvappakāsanato dantasampattirāgino sappāyanti. Evaṃ rāgacaritavasenāpi dasadhā asubhappabhedo vuttoti veditabbo.
不过,在这十种不净里,就像在一条没有稳固堤岸、水流湍急的河中,船只有靠桨的力量才能停住,没有桨就没办法让它停住;同样,因为所缘太弱,心只有靠寻的力量才能专注一处而停住,没有寻就没办法让它停住。所以在这里只有初禅,没有第二禅等。即使面对这样令人厌恶的所缘,因为看到“我一定能通过这条修行道路从老死中解脱”这样的利益,以及断除了诸盖的热恼,喜和乐还是会生起。就像撒花的人看到“我现在能拿到很多工钱”这个好处,面对粪堆也愿意干;又像被严重病痛折磨的病人,为了治病而接受催吐和泻药一样。巴利
Yasmā pana dasavidhepi etasmiṃ asubhe seyyathāpi nāma aparisaṇṭhitajalāya sīghasotāya nadiyā arittabaleneva nāvā tiṭṭhati, vinā arittena na sakkā ṭhapetuṃ, evameva dubbalattā ārammaṇassa vitakkabaleneva cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, vinā vitakkena na sakkā ṭhapetuṃ, tasmā paṭhamajjhānamevettha hoti, na dutiyādīni. Paṭikūlepi cetasmiṃ ārammaṇe ‘addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇamhā parimuccissāmī’ti evaṃ ānisaṃsadassāvitāya ceva nīvaraṇasantāpappahānena ca pītisomanassaṃ uppajjati, ‘bahuṃ dāni vetanaṃ labhissāmī’ti ānisaṃsadassāvino pupphachaḍḍakassa gūtharāsimhi viya, ussannabyādhidukkhassa rogino vamanavirecanappavattiyaṃ viya ca.
这十种不净,从特相上看其实只有一种。因为这十种不净的共同特相,就是不清净、恶臭、令人厌恶、令人反感。以这个特相来说,不净不只出现在死尸上,也出现在活着的身体上。比如住在支提山的大提舍长老,看见牙齿和骨头时生起不净想;又比如僧护长老的侍者沙弥,抬头看见骑在象背上的国王时也生起不净想。因为就像死尸是不净的,活着的身体同样是不净的。只是在这里,不净的特相被外来的装饰遮住了,所以看不出来。巴利
Dasavidhampi cetaṃ asubhaṃ lakkhaṇato ekameva hoti. Dasavidhassapi hi etassa asuciduggandhajegucchapaṭikūlabhāvo eva lakkhaṇaṃ. Tadetaṃ iminā lakkhaṇena na kevalaṃ matasarīreyeva dantaṭṭhikadassāvino pana cetiyapabbatavāsino mahātissattherassa viya, hatthikkhandhagataṃ rājānaṃ ullokentassa saṅgharakkhitattherupaṭṭhākasāmaṇerassa viya ca, jīvamānakasarīrepi upaṭṭhāti. Yatheva hi matasarīraṃ evaṃ jīvamānakampi asubhameva. Asubhalakkhaṇaṃ panettha āgantukena alaṅkārena paṭicchannattā na paññāyatīti.
那么,从地遍开始一直到骨想为止,这些就是色界的安止定吗?还是另外还有别的?还有别的。因为入出息禅和身至念在这里并没有被提到。虽然没被提到,但取风遍的时候,入出息禅就已经包含在内了;取颜色遍的时候,依头发等修成的四禅、五禅的身至念,就已经包含在内了;取十种不净的时候,依三十二种行相修的可厌作意禅,以及依九种坟场的颜色修的禅那,这些身至念也已经包含在内了。所以,一切色界安止定在这里其实都已经说到了。巴利
Kiṃ pana pathavīkasiṇaṃ ādiṃ katvā aṭṭhikasaññāpariyosānāvesā rūpāvacarappanā, udāhu aññāpi atthīti? Atthi; ānāpānajjhānañhi kāyagatāsatibhāvanā ca idha na kathitā. Kiñcāpi na kathitā vāyokasiṇe pana gahite ānāpānajjhānaṃ gahitameva; vaṇṇakasiṇesu ca gahitesu kesādīsu catukkapañcakajjhānavasena uppannā kāyagatāsati, dasasu asubhesu gahitesu dvattiṃsākāre paṭikūlamanasikārajjhānavasena ceva navasivathikāvaṇṇajjhānavasena ca pavattā kāyagatāsati gahitāvāti. Sabbāpi rūpāvacarappanā idha kathitāva hotīti.
无色界善的解说巴利
Arūpāvacarakusalavaṇṇanā
265 265. 现在,为了说明无色界的善法,又接着开始说“哪些法是善的”等等。其中,“为了无色再生”:无色有就是无色,在无色中再生就是无色再生,为了那种无色再生。“修习其道”:就是产生、增长方法、因、条件。“一切”:以一切方式;或者意思是“全部无余”。“色想”:这是以想为首,说色界禅那以及它们的所缘。因为色界禅那在“有色者见色”等中也称为色;它的所缘在“于外见色,好色、丑色”等中也称为色。所以,这里“于色有想就是色想”,这是以想为首所说的色界禅那的另一种说法;而“以色为想者为色想”,意思是说以色为它的名称。应当知道,这也是对地遍等不同种类以及它们的所缘的另一种说法。巴利
265. Idāni arūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha arūpūpapattiyāti arūpabhavo arūpaṃ, arūpe upapatti arūpūpapatti, tassā arūpūpapattiyā. Maggaṃ bhāvetīti upāyaṃ hetuṃ kāraṇaṃ uppādeti vaḍḍheti. Sabbasoti sabbākārena. Sabbāsaṃ vā anavasesānanti attho. Rūpasaññānanti saññāsīsena vuttarūpāvacarajjhānānañceva tadārammaṇānañca. Rūpāvacarajjhānampi hi rūpanti vuccati ‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 248; dī. ni. 2.129). Tassa ārammaṇampi ‘‘bahiddhā rūpāni passati suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 244-246; dī. ni. 2.173); tasmā idha rūpe saññā rūpasaññāti evaṃ saññāsīsena vuttarūpāvacarajjhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Rūpaṃ saññā assāti rūpasaññaṃ, rūpamassa nāmanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ pathavīkasiṇādibhedassa tadārammaṇassa cetaṃ adhivacananti veditabbaṃ.
“超越”是指通过离贪和灭尽。这话说的是什么?对于这十五种被称为禅那的色想——它们属于善、果报和唯作——以及这八种被称为所缘的色想——它们以地遍等为基础——当以一切方式、毫无剩余地离贪和灭尽,也就是以离贪为因、以灭尽为因,他成就并安住于空无边处。因为一个没有完全超越色想的人,确实不可能成就并安住于此。巴利
Samatikkamāti virāgā nirodhā ca. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Etāsaṃ kusalavipākakiriyavasena pañcadasannaṃ jhānasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ, etesañca pathavīkasiṇādivasena aṭṭhannaṃ ārammaṇasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ, sabbākārena anavasesānaṃ vā virāgā ca nirodhā ca virāgahetu ceva nirodhahetu ca ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Na hi sakkā sabbaso anatikkantarūpasaññena etaṃ upasampajja viharitunti.
在这里,因为一个人如果对所缘还没有离染,就无法超越想;而当想被超越时,所缘也就被超越了。所以《分别论》不直接说所缘的超越,而是这样说:“其中,什么是色想?入色界等至者的想,或生于色界者的想,或现法乐住者的想,也就是认知、认知性——这些称为色想。他已经超越、越过、完全超越了这些色想,因此说‘完全超越色想’。”可见《分别论》里只说了想的超越。但是,应当知道,这些等至是透过所缘的超越才能达到的,不像初禅等那样停留在同一个所缘上,因此这里也依所缘的超越来作义释。巴利
Tattha yasmā ārammaṇe avirattassa saññāsamatikkamo na hoti, samatikkantāsu ca saññāsu ārammaṇaṃ samatikkantameva hoti, tasmā ārammaṇasamatikkamaṃ avatvā ‘‘tattha katamā rūpasaññā? Rūpāvacarasamāpattiṃ samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ, imā vuccanti rūpasaññāyo. Imā rūpasaññāyo atikkanto hoti, vītikkanto, samatikkanto, tena vuccati sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā’’ti (vibha. 602) evaṃ vibhaṅge saññānaṃyeva samatikkamo vutto. Yasmā pana ārammaṇasamatikkamena pattabbā etā samāpattiyo, na ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe paṭhamajjhānādīni viya, tasmā ayaṃ ārammaṇasamatikkamavasenāpi atthavaṇṇanā katāti veditabbā.
碰触想的息灭:由眼等处的色等所缘碰触而生起的想,就是碰触想。这是色想等的别名。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是碰触想?色想、声想、香想、味想、触想——这些称为碰触想。”这十种碰触想,即五种善异熟和五种不善异熟,它们的息灭、舍断、不再生起、不再运转,这就是所说的意思。巴利
Paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cakkhādīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ rūpādīnaṃ ārammaṇānañca paṭighātena samuppannā saññā paṭighasaññā. Rūpasaññādīnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamā paṭighasaññā? Rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā rasasaññā phoṭṭhabbasaññā, imā vuccanti paṭighasaññāyo’’ti (vibha. 603). Tāsaṃ kusalavipākānaṃ pañcannaṃ akusalavipākānaṃ pañcannanti sabbaso dasannampi paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā pahānā asamuppādā appavattiṃ katvāti vuttaṃ hoti.
这些(苦、乐等)虽然在证入初禅等的人那里也不存在——因为那时心不通过五门生起——但即便如此,就像在别处已断除的苦乐在第四禅中那样,又像有身见等在第三道中那样,在这里,是为了激发精进,以赞叹此禅的方式,才说这些(苦、乐等)在此处已被断除,应当这样理解。或者,虽然那些在证入色界定时不存在,但并不是因为已被断除才不存在。因为色界修习不会导向离色贪,而它们的生起依赖于色。但此修习导向离色贪。因此,说它们在此处已被断除是合适的。不仅可以说,而且完全可以这样认定。因为在此之前它们未被断除,所以世尊对证入初禅的人说“声音是刺”。而在这里,正因为已被断除,才说无色等至的不动性和寂静解脱。此外,阿拉罗·迦罗摩证入无色定时,五百辆车接连经过,他既没看见,也没听到声音。巴利
Kāmañcetā paṭhamajjhānādīni samāpannassāpi na santi – na hi tasmiṃ samaye pañcadvāravasena cittaṃ pavattati – evaṃ santepi, aññattha pahīnānaṃ sukhadukkhānaṃ catutthajjhāne viya, sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ tatiyamagge viya ca, imasmiṃ jhāne ussāhajananatthaṃ imassa jhānassa pasaṃsāvasena etāsaṃ ettha vacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Atha vā kiñcāpi tā rūpāvacaraṃ samāpannassa na santi, atha kho na pahīnattā na santi. Na hi rūpavirāgāya rūpāvacarabhāvanā saṃvattati, rūpāyattā ca etāsaṃ pavatti. Ayaṃ pana bhāvanā rūpavirāgāya saṃvattati. Tasmā tā ettha pahīnāti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Na kevalañca vattuṃ, ekaṃseneva evaṃ dhāretumpi vaṭṭati. Tāsañhi ito pubbe appahīnattāyeva paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpannassa ‘‘saddo kaṇṭako’’ti (a. ni. 10.72) vutto bhagavatā. Idha ca pahīnattāyeva arūpasamāpattīnaṃ āneñjatā santavimokkhatā ca vuttā. Āḷāro ca kāḷāmo āruppasamāpanno pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosīti (dī. ni. 2.192).
对种种想的不作意:就是对在种种不同境界中生起的想,或者对种种不同的想。因为按照《分别论》里的分别方式:“其中,什么是种种想?未入定者的意界相应或意识界相应的想、认知、认知状态,这些就叫种种想。”这里指的就是这样在《分别论》中被分别后所说的那些想。未入定者的意界和意识界所摄的想,在色、声等种种不同、各有不同自性的境界中生起。又因为这些想——八种欲界善想、十二种不善想、十一种欲界善异熟想、两种不善异熟想、十一种欲界唯作想——总共四十四种想,各不相同,各有各的自性,彼此不相似,所以称为种种想。对这一切种种想的不作意、不转向、不集中心、不观察。因为他不转向它们、不作意它们、不集中心、不观察它们,所以这样说。巴利
Nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārāti nānatte gocare pavattānaṃ saññānaṃ nānattānaṃ vā saññānaṃ. Yasmā hi etā ‘‘tattha katamā nānattasaññā? Asamāpannassa manodhātusamaṅgissa vā manoviññāṇadhātusamaṅgissa vā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ, imā vuccanti nānattasaññāyo’’ti (vibha. 604) evaṃ vibhaṅge vibhajitvā vuttā idha adhippetā; asamāpannassa manodhātumanoviññāṇadhātusaṅgahitā saññā rūpasaddādibhede nānatte nānāsabhāve gocare pavattanti; yasmā cetā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalasaññā, dvādasa akusalasaññā, ekādasa kāmāvacarakusalavipākasaññā , dve akusalavipākasaññā, ekādasa kāmāvacarakiriyasaññāti evaṃ catucattālīsampi saññā nānattā nānāsabhāvā aññamaññaṃ asadisā, tasmā nānattasaññāti vuttā. Tāsaṃ sabbaso nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā anāvajjanā asamannāhārā apaccavekkhaṇā. Yasmā tā nāvajjati, na manasikaroti, na paccavekkhati, tasmāti vuttaṃ hoti.
在这里,因为先前那些色想和对碍想,在由这个禅那所生的有中尚且不存在,更不用说在那有中证入这个禅那并安住的时候了。所以,对于这两种想,用“超越”和“灭没”两种说法,说的就是它们完全不存在。然而,对于种种想,因为八种欲界善想、九种唯作想、十种不善想这二十七种想,在由这个禅那所生的有中是存在的,所以应该知道,这里说的是“不作意于它们”。即使在那时,证入这个禅那并安住的人,也正是通过不作意于那些想而证入和安住的;如果作意那些想,就不会进入等至。简要来说,这里“超越色想”说的是断除一切色界法;“对碍想的灭没”和“种种想的不作意”说的是断除一切欲界心和心所法,并且对它们不作意,应当这样理解。巴利
Yasmā cettha purimā rūpasaññā paṭighasaññā ca iminā jhānena nibbatte bhavepi na vijjanti, pageva tasmiṃ bhave imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇakāle, tasmā tāsaṃ ‘samatikkamā atthaṅgamā’ti dvedhāpi abhāvoyeva vutto. Nānattasaññāsu pana yasmā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalasaññā, nava kiriyāsaññā, dasa akusalasaññāti imā sattavīsati saññā iminā jhānena nibbatte bhave vijjanti, tasmā tāsaṃ amanasikārāti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāpi hi imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharanto tāsaṃ amanasikārāyeva upasampajja viharati. Tā pana manasikaronto asamāpanno hotīti. Saṅkhepato cettha ‘rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā’ti iminā sabbarūpāvacaradhammānaṃ pahānaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘Paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā’ti iminā sabbesaṃ kāmāvacaracittacetasikānañca pahānaṃ amanasikāro ca vuttoti veditabbo.
世尊就这样用三句话——「超越十五种色想,灭除十种碰触想,不作意四十四种种种想」——讲述了空无边处等至的功德。为什么要这样讲呢?既是为了激发听众的干劲,也是为了吸引他们。因为如果有愚笨的人说:「导师说要证得空无边处等至,可是证得这个有什么意义?有什么好处?」世尊为了不让他们说出这种话,就用这些方式讲述了这种等至的功德。他们听了之后就会这样想:「听说这种等至是这么寂静、这么殊胜,我们应当证得它。」然后就会为了证得它而付出努力。巴利
Iti bhagavā ‘pannarasannaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamena, dasannaṃ paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamena, catucattālīsāya nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārenā’ti tīhi padehi ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ kathesi. Kiṃ kāraṇāti ce sotūnaṃ ussāhajananatthañceva palobhanatthañca. Sace hi keci apaṇḍitā vadeyyuṃ ‘satthā ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ nibbattethāti vadati, ko nu kho etāya nibbattitāya attho? Ko ānisaṃso’ti te evaṃ vattuṃ mā labhantūti imehi ākārehi samāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ kathesi. Tañhi nesaṃ sutvā evaṃ bhavissati – ‘evaṃsantā kira ayaṃ samāpatti, evaṃpaṇītā, nibbattessāma na’nti. Athassa nibbattanatthāya ussāhaṃ karissantīti.
他为了吸引那些人,也像毒刺商人那样,讲说它的好处。所谓毒刺商人,就是卖糖的商人。据说他装了糖、糖浆、糖块、砂糖之类的东西,用车子运到边远村庄,大声吆喝:来买毒刺,来买毒刺!村民们听到后,心想:毒是硬邦邦的东西,谁吃了就会死;刺也能扎死人。这两样都硬得很,这能有什么好处?于是他们把家门关上,也把孩子们赶开。商人看到这情形,心想:这些村民不擅长做买卖,我来用个办法让他们买。于是吆喝道:来买极甜的,来买极美味的,糖、糖浆、砂糖以公平价格可得,用假钱、劣币也买得到!村民们听了,欢欢喜喜地跑出来,给了很多钱,把糖买走了。巴利
Palobhanatthañcāpi nesaṃ etissā vaṇṇaṃ kathesi, visakaṇṭakavāṇijo viya. Visakaṇṭakavāṇijo nāma guḷavāṇijo vuccati. So kira guḷaphāṇitakhaṇḍasakkarādīni sakaṭenādāya paccantagāmaṃ gantvā ‘visakaṇṭakaṃ gaṇhatha visakaṇṭakaṃ gaṇhathā’ti ugghosesi. Taṃ sutvā gāmikā ‘visaṃ nāma kakkhaḷaṃ, yo naṃ khādati so marati, kaṇṭakopi vijjhitvā māreti. Ubhopete kakkhaḷā, ko ettha ānisaṃso’ti gehadvārāni thakesuṃ, dārake ca palāpesuṃ. Taṃ disvā vāṇijo ‘avohārakusalā ime gāmikā, handa ne upāyena gaṇhāpemī’ti ‘atimadhuraṃ gaṇhatha atisāduṃ gaṇhatha, guḷaṃ phāṇitaṃ sakkaraṃ samagghaṃ labbhati, kūṭamāsakakūṭakahāpaṇādīhipi labbhatī’ti ugghosesi. Taṃ sutvā gāmikā haṭṭhapahaṭṭhā niggantvā bahumpi mūlaṃ datvā gahesuṃ.
在这里,世尊说“应当证得空无边处等至”,就像商人吆喝“来买毒刺”一样。村民心想:“这两样都这么粗硬扎人,这能有什么好处?”同样,听众心想:“世尊说应当证得空无边处等至,这有什么好处?我们不知道它有什么功德。”接下来,世尊阐明超越色想等种种利益,就像商人改口说“来买极甜的”之类的话。听了这些之后,他们就会像村民被糖吸引、不惜出高价购买一样,被这些利益打动,发起大精进,证得这种等至。所以世尊说这番话,是为了激发他们的精进,也是为了吸引他们。巴利
Tattha vāṇijassa ‘visakaṇṭakaṃ gaṇhathā’ti ugghosanaṃ viya bhagavato ‘ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ nibbattethā’ti vacanaṃ. ‘Ubhopete kakkhaḷā , ko ettha ānisaṃso’ti? Gāmikānaṃ cintanaṃ viya ‘bhagavā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ nibbattethāti āha, ko ettha ānisaṃso? Nāssa guṇaṃ jānāmā’ti sotūnaṃ cintanaṃ. Athassa vāṇijassa ‘atimadhuraṃ gaṇhathā’tiādivacanaṃ viya bhagavato rūpasaññāsamatikkamanādikaṃ ānisaṃsappakāsanaṃ. Idañhi sutvā te bahumpi mūlaṃ datvā, gāmikā viya guḷaṃ, iminā ānisaṃsena palobhitacittā mahantampi ussāhaṃ katvā imaṃ samāpattiṃ nibbattessantīti ussāhajananatthaṃ palobhanatthañca kathesi.
与空无边处想俱行:在这里,因为没有它的边际,所以叫“无边”。虚空是无边的,所以叫“空无边”。空无边本身就是“空无边”。这个空无边,从作为依止处的意义上说,是那与它相应之法俱行的禅那的处所,就像诸天的天处一样,所以叫“空无边处”。这样,它既是空无边,又是处所,因此也叫“空无边处”。这是对除去遍相之后的虚空的称呼。在那空无边处中,与达到安止的想俱行,就是与空无边处想俱行。巴利
Ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagatanti ettha nāssa antoti anantaṃ. Ākāsaṃ anantaṃ ākāsānantaṃ. Ākāsānantameva ākāsānañcaṃ. Taṃ ākāsānañcaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanamassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa, devānaṃ devāyatanamivāti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ. Iti ākāsānañcaṃ ca taṃ āyatanañcātipi ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ. Kasiṇugghāṭimākāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmiṃ ākāsānañcāyatane appanāppattāya saññāya sahagataṃ ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ.
不过,别处确实说过“虚空无边”,但这里既没有采用“无边”,也没有采用“有限”。为什么?因为一旦采用“无边”,“有限”就取不到;一旦采用“有限”,“无边”就取不到。这样一来,四种所缘就凑不齐,开示也就不会成为十六种。而正自觉者在这个地方,本意就是要让开示成为十六种,所以不说“无边”或“有限”,而是说“与空无边处想俱行”。这样两者都被取到了,四种所缘圆满,开示也成就为十六种。剩下的巴利文含义,应当按前面所说的方式理解。在这里,由于对色界第四禅的贪爱已被彻底耗尽而成为苦,所以是苦行道;由于贪爱已尽的人安止入住迟缓,所以是迟钝通。反过来,则应知道是乐行道和速疾通。另外应当知道,在有限遍相被除去后的虚空中生起的禅那,是有限所缘;在广大遍相被除去后的虚空中生起的,则是无量所缘。就像舍梵住那样,这里也依第四禅而有二十五个单一法。这里如此,后面各处也如此。我只是要在那些地方说明它们的差别而已。巴利
Yathā pana aññattha ‘ananto ākāso’ti (vibha. 508; dī. ni. 2.129) vuttaṃ, evamidha anantanti vā parittanti vā na gahitaṃ. Kasmā? Anante hi gahite parittaṃ na gayhati, paritte gahite anantaṃ na gayhati. Evaṃ sante ārammaṇacatukkaṃ na pūrati, desanā soḷasakkhattukā na hoti. Sammāsambuddhassa ca imasmiṃ ṭhāne desanaṃ soḷasakkhattukaṃ kātuṃ ajjhāsayo, tasmā anantanti vā parittanti vā avatvā ‘ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagata’nti āha. Evañhi sati ubhayampi gahitameva hoti. Ārammaṇacatukkaṃ pūrati, desanā soḷasakkhattukā sampajjati. Avaseso pāḷiattho heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānanikantipariyādānadukkhatāya cettha dukkhā paṭipadā, pariyādinnanikantikassa appanāparivāsadandhatāya dandhābhiññā hoti. Vipariyāyena sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā ca veditabbā. Parittakasiṇugghāṭimākāse pana pavattaṃ jhānaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ vipulakasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattaṃ appamāṇārammaṇanti veditabbaṃ. Upekkhābrahmavihāre viya ca idhāpi catutthajjhānavasena pañcavīsati ekakā honti . Yathā cettha evaṃ ito paresupi. Visesamattameva pana tesu vaṇṇayissāma.
266 266. 超越空无边处:在这里,首先按照前面所说的方式,空无边以依止的意义是这禅那的处所,所以禅那也叫空无边处。同样按照前面所说的方式,所缘也是空无边处。这样一来,禅那和所缘这两者,都要通过令其不生起以及不作意来超越之后,才能成就并安住在识无边处。因此,把这两者合在一起说“超越空无边处”,应当这样理解。巴利
266.Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti, ettha tāva pubbe vuttanayena ākāsānañcaṃ āyatanamassa adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhenāti jhānampi ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ. Vuttanayeneva ārammaṇampi. Evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇena ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammā’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
与识无边处想俱行:这里,“无边”应当理解为作意“没有边际”,所以它没有边际,就是无边。无边本身就是“无边性”。不说“识是无边”而说“识无边”,这是此处约定俗成的说法。这识无边本身,从依止处的意义上说,是这种想的处所,所以叫识无边处。在识无边处中生起的想与之俱行,就是与识无边处想俱行。这是对以虚空中生起的识为所缘的禅那的称呼。在这里,由于对空无边处等至的欲爱已被耗尽而带来的苦,所以是苦行道;由于欲爱已尽者安住、停留迟缓,所以是迟钝通达。反过来,则是乐行道和快速通达。应当知道:缘取剔除有限遍相后的虚空为所缘的等至而生起时,是有限所缘;反过来,是无量所缘。其余部分与前面所说相同。巴利
Viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāsahagatanti, ettha pana anantanti manasikātabbavasena nāssa antoti anantaṃ. Anantameva ānañcaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ ānañcaṃ viññāṇānañcanti avatvā viññāṇañcanti vuttaṃ. Ayañhettha rūḷhīsaddo. Tadeva viññāṇañcaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena imāya saññāya āyatananti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ. Tasmiṃ viññāṇañcāyatane pavattāya saññāya sahagatanti viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ. Ākāse pavattaviññāṇārammaṇassa jhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā nikantipariyādānadukkhatāya dukkhā paṭipadā, pariyādinnanikantikassa appanāparivāsadandhatāya dandhābhiññā. Vipariyāyena sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā ca. Parittakasiṇugghāṭimākāsārammaṇaṃ samāpattiṃ ārabbha pavattiyā parittārammaṇatā, vipariyāyena appamāṇārammaṇatā veditabbā. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.
267 超越识无边处:这里也同样按照前面所说的方式,识以及其处以依止为意义,所以禅那也叫识无边处。同样按照前面所说的方式,所缘也是如此。这样,这禅那和所缘两者,都是通过令其不生起和不作意而超越之后,才能成就并安住于无所有处。因此,把这两者合在一起说为“超越识无边处”,应当这样理解。巴利
267.Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃsamatikkammāti etthāpi pubbe vuttanayeneva viññāṇañca āyatanamassa adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhenāti jhānampi viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ. Vuttanayeneva ca ārammaṇampi. Evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇena ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammā’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
与无所有处想俱行的:这里,“无所有”是指没有任何东西,连一点点残渣都不剩下,这就是所说的“无所有”。“无所有的状态”就是无所有处,这是对空无边处识的消失的另一种说法。这个无所有,从“作为依止处”的意义上说,就是这种想的处所,所以叫无所有处。在那种无所有处中生起的想,与它俱行,就叫与无所有处想俱行。这是对以虚空中生起的识的消失为所缘的禅那的称呼。在这里,由于对识无边处等至的贪爱已经耗尽,所以是苦行道;由于贪爱已尽的人安住下来很迟缓,所以是迟钝通。反过来,就是乐行道和速疾通。应当知道,因为是以有限遍相去除之后的虚空中生起的识的消失为所缘,所以是有限所缘;反过来,则是无量所缘。其余部分和前面说的一样。巴利
Ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāsahagatanti ettha pana nāssa kiñcananti akiñcanaṃ; antamaso bhaṅgamattampi assa avasiṭṭhaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Akiñcanassa bhāvo ākiñcaññaṃ. Ākāsānañcāyatanaviññāṇāpagamassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Taṃ ākiñcaññaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena imissā saññāya āyatananti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ. Tasmiṃ ākiñcaññāyatane pavattāya saññāya sahagatanti ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ. Ākāse pavattitaviññāṇāpagamārammaṇassa jhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā nikantipariyādānadukkhatāya dukkhā paṭipadā, pariyādinnanikantikassa appanā parivāsadandhatāya dandhābhiññā. Vipariyāyena sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā ca. Parittakasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattitaviññāṇāpagamārammaṇatāya parittārammaṇatā, vipariyāyena appamāṇārammaṇatā veditabbā. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.
非想非非想处巴利
Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ
“超越无所有处”这句话里,也是按照前面所说的方式:无所有是禅那的依止处,从“作为依止处”这个意义上说,禅那本身就是无所有处。同样,所缘也是无所有处。因此,这禅那和所缘两者,都要通过不让它生起以及不作意,才能超越,然后才能成就这个非想非非想处并安住其中。所以,应当知道,这里是把这两者合在一起,才说“超越无所有处”。巴利
Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti etthāpi pubbe vuttanayeneva ākiñcaññaṃ āyatanamassa adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhenāti jhānampi ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ. Vuttanayeneva ārammaṇampi. Evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇe ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkammā’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“与非想非非想处想俱行”这一句里,由于有某种想,那个状态才被称为非想非非想处。为了说明修行者当时具有的那种想,《分别论》先举出“非想非非想者”,然后说:“他把无所有处作意为寂静,修习残余行定,因此称为非想非非想者。”这里“作意为寂静”的意思是:他这样作意:“这个等至确实是寂静的,在这里,即使以不存在为所缘,也能安住。”也就是说,因为所缘是寂静的,他就把它作意为“寂静”。如果作意为寂静,那又是怎么超越的呢?是因为不想再转向它。他虽然把它作意为寂静,但心里并没有“我要转向它、进入它、决意安住它、从它出来、再观察它”这样的转向、专注和作意。为什么呢?因为非想非非想处比无所有处更寂静、更殊胜。巴利
Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagatanti ettha pana yāya saññāya bhāvato taṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati, yathā paṭipannassa sā saññā hoti, taṃ tāva dassetuṃ vibhaṅge ‘‘nevasaññīnāsaññī’’ti uddharitvā ‘‘taññeva ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ santato manasikaroti saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattiṃ bhāveti, tena vuccati nevasaññīnāsaññī’’ti (vibha. 619) vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘santato manasikarotī’ti ‘santā vatāyaṃ samāpatti, yatra hi nāma natthibhāvampi ārammaṇaṃ karitvā ṭhassatī’ti evaṃ santārammaṇatāya naṃ ‘santā’ti manasikaroti. Santato ce manasikaroti, kathaṃ samatikkamo hotīti? Anāvajjitukāmatāya. So hi kiñcāpi naṃ santato manasikaroti, atha khvassa ‘ahametaṃ āvajjissāmi samāpajjissāmi adhiṭṭhahissāmi vuṭṭhahissāmi paccavekkhissāmī’ti esa ābhogo samannāhāro manasikāro na hoti. Kasmā? Ākiñcaññāyatanato nevasaññānāsaññāyatanassa santatarapaṇītataratāya.
就像一位国王,凭着大臣的威势,坐在象背上在城里街道上游行,看见象牙匠等手艺人,他们紧紧裹着一件衣服,用另一件缠着头,身上沾满了牙粉等东西,正在制作各种象牙制品。国王看到后,因为他们的灵巧而欢喜:“哎呀,这些师傅真是灵巧,竟然能做出这样的手艺活。”但他不会这样想:“哎呀,我干脆舍弃王位,去当这样一个手艺人吧。”这是什么原因呢?因为王权的荣耀有大利益。他越过那些手艺人,继续往前走。同样,这位修行者虽然把那个定当作寂静来作意,但他并没有这样的转向、专注、作意:“我要转向这个定,进入这个定,决意住在这个定,从这个定出来,观察这个定。”他只是把那个定当作寂静来作意,就达到了极其微细、已经到达安止的想,因此被称为“非想非非想者,修习残余行定”。“残余行定”就是指达到了极度微细状态的行,也就是第四无色定。巴利
Yathā hi rājā mahaccarājānubhāvena hatthikkhandhagato nagaravīthiyaṃ vicaranto dantakārādayo sippike ekaṃ vatthaṃ daḷhaṃ nivāsetvā ekena sīsaṃ veṭhetvā dantacuṇṇādīhi samokiṇṇagatte anekāni dantavikatiādīni karonte disvā ‘aho vata re chekā ācariyā, īdisānipi nāma sippāni karissantī’ti, evaṃ tesaṃ chekatāya tussati, na cassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya evarūpo sippiko bhaveyya’nti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Rajjasiriyā mahānisaṃsatāya. So sippike samatikkamitvāva gacchati. Evamevesa kiñcāpi taṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroti, atha khvassa ‘ahametaṃ samāpattiṃ āvajjissāmi samāpajjissāmi adhiṭṭhahissāmi vuṭṭhahissāmi paccavekkhissāmī’ti neva esa ābhogo samannāhāro manasikāro hoti. So taṃ santato manasi karonto taṃ paramasukhumaṃ appanāppattaṃ saññaṃ pāpuṇāti, yāya ‘nevasaññīnāsaññī nāma hoti, saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattiṃ bhāvetī’ti vuccati. ‘Saṅkhārāvasesasamāpatti’nti accantasukhumabhāvappattasaṅkhāraṃ catutthāruppasamāpattiṃ.
现在,为了说明这个依所证得的想而称为非想非非想处的含义,论中说:“非想非非想处,就是入非想非非想处定的人、或投生到那里的人、或现法乐住的人的心与心所法。”其中,这里指的是入定者的心与心所法。巴利
Idāni yaṃ taṃ evaṃ adhigatāya saññāya vasena nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati, taṃ atthato dassetuṃ ‘‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa vā, upapannassa vā, diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā cittacetasikā dhammā’’ti (vibha. 620) vuttaṃ. Tesu idha samāpannassa cittacetasikā dhammā adhippetā.
这里的词义是:因为粗想不存在,而细想存在,所以对于这个与它相应的心法以及这个禅那来说,既不能说有想,也不能说没有想,因此叫非想非非想。这个非想非非想,又因为属于意处和法处的范围,所以叫处,合起来就是非想非非想处。另一种解释是:这里的想,因为不能执行清晰辨认的作用,所以叫非想;又因为以残余行蕴的微细状态而存在,所以叫非非想,合起来就是非想非非想。这个非想非非想,又因为它是其余诸法的依托之处,所以叫处,合起来就是非想非非想处。巴利
Vacanattho panettha – oḷārikāya saññāya abhāvato, sukhumāya ca bhāvato, nevassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa saññā, nāsaññāti nevasaññānāsaññaṃ. Nevasaññānāsaññañca taṃ manāyatanadhammāyatanapariyāpannattā āyatanañcāti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ. Atha vā yāyamettha saññā, sā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya nevasaññā , saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññāti nevasaññānāsaññā. Nevasaññānāsaññā ca sā sesadhammānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanañcāti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ.
在这里,不只是想是这样的,受也是非受非非受,心也是非心非非心,触也是非触非非触。其余相应法也应当依此类推。不过要知道,这段开示是以想为首来讲的。这个道理还应当用涂钵油之类的譬喻来说明:据说有个沙弥用油涂了钵,然后把它放在一边。到了喝粥的时候,长老说:“把钵拿来。”他说:“尊者,钵里有油。”长老又说:“拿来,沙弥,我要把油倒进量器里。”他这才说:“尊者,没有油。”在这里,因为油还留在钵内,跟粥一起吃就不合适,从这个意义上说油是“有”;因为没法把它倒出来装满量器等,从这个意义上说油是“无”。同样,那个想因为不能执行清晰了知的作用,所以是非想;因为以残余行蕴的微细状态而存在,所以是非非想。巴利
Na kevalañcettha saññāva edisī, atha kho vedanāpi nevavedanā nāvedanā, cittampi nevacittaṃ nācittaṃ, phassopi nevaphasso nāphassoti. Esa nayo sesasampayuttadhammesu. Saññāsīsena panāyaṃ desanā katāti veditabbā. Pattamakkhanatelappabhutīhi ca upamāhi esamattho vibhāvetabbo – sāmaṇero kira telena pattaṃ makkhetvā ṭhapesi. Taṃ yāgupānakāle thero ‘pattamāharā’ti āha. So ‘patte telamatthi, bhante’ti āha. Tato ‘āhara, sāmaṇera, telaṃ nāḷiṃ pūressāmī’ti vutte ‘natthi, bhante, tela’nti āha. Tattha yathā antovutthattā yāguyā saddhiṃ akappiyaṭṭhena telaṃ atthīti hoti, nāḷipūraṇādīnaṃ abhāvavasena natthīti hoti, evaṃ sāpi saññā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya nevasaññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññā hoti.
那么,这里的想有什么作用呢?就是了知所缘,以及成为内观的所缘之后,令人生起厌离。就像温水里的火界不能发挥燃烧的作用一样,这个想也不能发挥清晰了知的作用。它也不能像其余诸定中的想那样,成为内观的所缘之后令人生起厌离。因为,一个对其余诸蕴没有下过功夫的比丘,不可能通过思惟非想非非想处的蕴而达到厌离。不过,像具寿舍利弗那样天生具备观智的大智慧者,或许能够做到。但他也是通过“这些法原来没有而如此生起,生起之后又灭去”这样的整体观照方式,而不是通过随法内观的方式。这个定已经微细到了这种程度。巴利
Kimpanettha saññākiccanti? Ārammaṇasañjānanañceva vipassanāya ca visayabhāvaṃ upagantvā nibbidājananaṃ. Dahanakiccamiva hi sukhodake tejodhātu, sañjānanakiccampesā paṭuṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti. Sesasamāpattīsu saññā viya vipassanāya visayabhāvaṃ upagantvā nibbidājananampi kātuṃ na sakkoti. Aññesu hi khandhesu akatābhiniveso bhikkhu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakkhandhe sammasitvā nibbidaṃ pattuṃ samattho nāma natthi. Apica āyasmā sāriputto, pakativipassako pana mahāpañño sāriputtasadisova sakkuṇeyya. Sopi ‘‘evaṃ kirime dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā paṭiventī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.95) evaṃ kalāpasammasanavaseneva, no anupadadhammavipassanāvasena. Evaṃ sukhumattaṃ gatā esā samāpatti.
就像用涂钵的油来作比喻一样,这个道理也应该用路上遇水的比喻来说明。据说,有一位沙弥走在一位正在赶路的长老前面,看到一点水,就说:“尊者,有水,请脱下鞋子。”长老说:“如果有水,就拿浴衣来,我要洗澡。”沙弥回答说:“尊者,没有。”在这里,从能沾湿鞋子这一点来说,可以说有水;从能用来洗澡这一点来说,又可以说没有水。同样地,那种想因为无法执行粗想的作用,所以是“非想”;又因为以极其微细的行蕴残余状态存在着,所以是“非非想”。而且,不只是用这些比喻,还应该用其他合适的比喻来说明这个道理。这样,这非想非非想处生起的想,或者说与非想非非想处的想俱行,所以叫“与非想非非想处想俱行”。这是以无所有处定为所缘的禅那的别名。巴利
Yathā ca pattamakkhanatelūpamāya evaṃ maggudakūpamāyapi ayamattho vibhāvetabbo. Maggapaṭipannassa kira therassa purato gacchanto sāmaṇero thokamudakaṃ disvā ‘udakaṃ, bhante, upāhanā omuñcathā’ti āha. Tato therena ‘sace udakamatthi, āhara nhānasāṭakaṃ, nhāyissāmī’ti vutte ‘natthi, bhante’ti āha. Tattha yathā upāhanatemanamattaṭṭhena udakaṃ atthīti hoti , nhānaṭṭhena natthīti hoti, evampi sā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya neva saññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññā hoti. Na kevalañca etāheva, aññāhipi anurūpāhi upamāhi esa attho vibhāvetabbo. Iti imāya nevasaññānāsaññāyatane pavattāya saññāya nevasaññānāsaññāyatanabhūtāya vā saññāya sahagatanti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiārammaṇassa jhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
在这里,由于对无所有处定的贪爱已被彻底耗尽,这种修行方式带有苦迫性,所以是苦行道;贪爱虽已耗尽,但进入安止和持续安住都很迟缓,所以是迟通达。反过来,就是乐行道和速通达。以破除有限遍相后所生的虚空为所缘,再以其中生起的识的消失为所缘而修成的定,是小所缘;反过来,应知是无量所缘。其余部分与前面所说相同。巴利
Idha ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā nikantipariyādānadukkhatāya dukkhā paṭipadā, pariyādinnanikantikassa appanāparivāsadandhatāya dandhābhiññā. Vipariyāyena sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā ca. Parittakasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattitaviññāṇāpagamārammaṇaṃ samāpattiṃ ārabbha pavattitāya parittārammaṇatā, vipariyāyena appamāṇārammaṇatā veditabbā. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.
这位无与伦比的救护者,宣说了四种无色定。
知道了这一点之后,也应该了解其中附带的各种说法。巴利
Asadisarūpo nātho, āruppaṃ yaṃ catubbidhaṃ āha; Taṃ iti ñatvā tasmiṃ, pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā.
因为,四种无色定——巴利
Arūpasamāpattiyo hi –
这四种(无色定)都是因为超越了所缘对象。
有智慧的人不希求这些(无色定)诸支的超越。巴利
Ārammaṇātikkamato, catassopi bhavantimā; Aṅgātikkamametāsaṃ, na icchanti vibhāvino.
在这四种无色定里,第一种是超越色相,第二种是超越虚空,第三种是超越在虚空中生起的识,第四种是超越在虚空中生起的识的消失,所以应当知道:这四种无色定,从一切方式来说,都是因为超越所缘才成立的。不过,智者不认为这些定有禅支的超越。因为不像色界定那样,这些定里并没有禅支的超越。在这四种定里,都只有舍和心一境性这两个禅支。尽管如此——巴利
Etāsu hi rūpanimittātikkamato paṭhamā, ākāsātikkamato dutiyā, ākāse pavattitaviññāṇātikkamato tatiyā, ākāse pavattitaviññāṇassa apagamātikkamato catutthāti sabbathā ‘ārammaṇātikkamato catassopi bhavantimā’ arūpasamāpattiyoti veditabbā. Aṅgātikkamaṃ pana etāsaṃ na icchanti paṇḍitā. Na hi rūpāvacarasamāpattīsu viya etāsu aṅgātikkamo atthi. Sabbāsupi hi etāsu upekkhā cittekaggatāti dve eva jhānaṅgāni honti. Evaṃ santepi –
在这里,后面的比前面的更加精妙。
在这里,应当理解那里的譬喻,即楼台地面上的布衣。巴利
Supaṇītatarā honti, pacchimā pacchimā idha; Upamā tattha viññeyyā, pāsādatalasāṭikā.
就像一座有四层的楼阁,最下面一层摆着天界的舞蹈、歌唱、音乐,以及妙香、花环、美味、饮料、食物、床座、衣服等殊胜的五欲功德;第二层比这更殊胜,第三层又比第二层更殊胜,第四层则是一切中最殊胜的。这四层虽然都只是楼阁的层面,就“是楼阁层面”这一点来说并没有差别,但因为五欲功德圆满程度不同,从最下层往上一层比一层更殊胜。巴利
Yathā hi catubhūmakapāsādassa heṭṭhimatale dibbanaccagītavāditasurabhigandhamālāsādurasapānabhojanasayanacchādanādivasena paṇītā pañca kāmaguṇā paccupaṭṭhitā assu, dutiye tato paṇītatarā, tatiye tato paṇītatamā, catutthe sabbapaṇītā; tattha kiñcāpi tāni cattāripi pāsādatalāneva, natthi nesaṃ pāsādatalabhāvena viseso, pañcakāmaguṇasamiddhivisesena pana heṭṭhimato heṭṭhimato uparimaṃ uparimaṃ paṇītataraṃ hoti.
就像一位女子用粗纱、细纱、更细的纱、最细的纱分别织成四件布衣,重量分别是四巴那、三巴那、二巴那、一巴那,而长度和宽度都一样。这四件布衣在长宽尺寸上完全相同,就大小来说没有差别,但因为触感舒适、柔软、昂贵的程度不同,后面的每一件都比前一件更殊胜。同样,在这四种无色定里,虽然只有舍和心一境性这两支,但因为修习程度的差异,这些支变得越来越殊胜,所以应当知道,在这里后面的每一种都比前面的更殊胜。就这样,它们依次变得越来越殊胜。巴利
Yathā ca ekāya itthiyā kantitathūlasaṇhasaṇhatarasaṇhatamasuttānaṃ catupalatipaladvipalaekapalasāṭikā assu, āyāmena vitthārena ca samappamāṇā; tattha kiñcāpi tā sāṭikā catassopi āyāmato ca vitthārato ca samappamāṇā, natthi tāsaṃ pamāṇato viseso, sukhasamphassasukhumabhāvamahagghabhāvehi pana purimāya purimāya pacchimā pacchimā paṇītatarā honti, evameva kiñcāpi catūsupi etāsu upekkhā cittekaggatāti etāni dveyeva aṅgāni honti, atha kho bhāvanāvisesena tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ paṇītapaṇītatarabhāvena supaṇītatarā honti pacchimā pacchimā idhāti veditabbā. Evaṃ anupubbena paṇītapaṇītā cetā –
有人贪著在不净的亭阁上,另一个人则依附着他。
另一个人在外而不依靠,而另一个人则依靠这个那个。
安住者依这四种人,依次。
有智慧的人应当通过平等性来了知这四者。巴利
Asucimhi maṇḍape laggo, eko taṃ nissito paro; Añño bahi anissāya, taṃ taṃ nissāya cāparo. Ṭhito catūhi etehi, purisehi yathākkamaṃ; Samānatāya ñātabbā, catassopi vibhāvinā. (visuddhi. 1.291);
这里的意思是这样连接的:据说在一个不干净的地方有一座凉亭。这时有一个人走过来,因为厌恶那污秽,就用手抓住凉亭,攀附在上面,像粘住了一样站在那里。接着又来了一个人,靠住了那个攀附凉亭的人。然后又来了一个人,他心里想:“那个攀附在凉亭上的人,还有那个靠住他的人,这两个人的站法都不妥当;凉亭一旦倒塌,他们肯定会跟着掉下去。我还是站在外面好了。”于是他不依靠那个靠别人的人,自己站在外面。后来又来了一个人,他想到攀附凉亭的人和靠住他的人都不得安稳,又认为站在外面的人站得很稳当,于是就靠住了那个人站在那里。巴利
Tatrāyamatthayojanā – asucimhi kira dese eko maṇḍapo. Atheko puriso āgantvā taṃ asuciṃ jigucchamāno taṃ maṇḍapaṃ hatthehi ālambitvā tattha laggo, laggito viya aṭṭhāsi. Athāparo āgantvā taṃ maṇḍapalaggaṃ purisaṃ nissito. Athañño āgantvā cintesi – ‘yo esa maṇḍape laggo, yo ca taṃ nissito, ubhopete duṭṭhitā; dhuvo ca nesaṃ maṇḍapapapāte pāto, handāhaṃ bahiyeva tiṭṭhāmī’ti so tannissitaṃ anissāya bahiyeva aṭṭhāsi. Athāparo āgantvā maṇḍapalaggassa tannissitassa ca akhemabhāvaṃ cintetvā bahiṭhitañca suṭṭhitoti mantvā taṃ nissāya aṭṭhāsi.
在这里,不净之处应看作像亭子一样的、破除遍相的虚空。由于厌恶不净而执著亭子的人,就像由于厌恶色相而以虚空为所缘的空无边处。依靠那个执著亭子的人,就像缘取空无边处而生起的识无边处。思惟这两者都不安稳,不依靠那个执著亭子的人而站在外面,就像不以空无边处为所缘,而以它的不存在为所缘的无所有处。思惟执著亭子者和依靠他者都不安稳,并认为站在外面的人‘站得好’,而依靠他站立,就像缘取那站在外面者——即识的不存在——也就是无所有处,而生起的非想非非想处。如此转起——巴利
Tattha asucimhi dese maṇḍapo viya kasiṇugghāṭimākāsaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Asucijigucchāya maṇḍapalaggo puriso viya rūpanimittajigucchāya ākāsārammaṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ . Maṇḍapalaggaṃ purisaṃ nissito viya ākāsārammaṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ. Tesaṃ dvinnampi akhemabhāvaṃ cintetvā anissāya taṃ maṇḍapalaggaṃ, bahiṭhito viya, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ akatvā tadabhāvārammaṇaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ. Maṇḍapalaggassa tannissitassa ca akhemataṃ cintetvā bahiṭhitañca ‘suṭṭhito’ti mantvā taṃ nissāya ṭhito viya viññāṇābhāvasaṅkhāte bahipadese ṭhitaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ pavattamānañca –
因为没有其他所缘,这非想非非想处确实把那无所有处作为所缘。
即使国王有过失,人们为了生计还是得依靠他。巴利
Ārammaṇaṃ karoteva, aññābhāvena taṃ idaṃ; Diṭṭhadosampi rājānaṃ, vuttihetu yathā jano. (visuddhi. 1.292);
这非想非非想处,虽然看出那无所有处有过失——人们认为“这是与邻近的识无边处相对立的等至”——但因为没有别的所缘,它还是把无所有处当作所缘。就像什么呢?就像人们虽然看出国王有过失,但为了谋生还是得依靠他。比如说,有个国王行为粗暴,身语意都不检点,可他拥有整个王国;人们虽然看出他有过失,但别处找不到活路,为了生计还是得依靠他过日子。同样,那无所有处虽然被看出有过失,但因为找不到别的所缘,这非想非非想处还是把它当作所缘。当它这样做时——巴利
Idañhi nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ ‘āsannaviññāṇañcāyatanapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpattī’ti evaṃ diṭṭhadosampi taṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ aññassa ārammaṇassa abhāvā ārammaṇaṃ karoteva. Yathā kiṃ? ‘Diṭṭhadosampi rājānaṃ vuttihetu yathā jano’. Yathā hi asaṃyataṃ pharusakāyavacīmanosamācāraṃ kañci sabbadisampatiṃ rājānaṃ ‘pharusasamācāro aya’nti evaṃ diṭṭhadosampi aññattha vuttiṃ alabhamāno jano vuttihetu nissāya vattati, evaṃ diṭṭhadosampi taṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ aññaṃ ārammaṇaṃ alabhamānamidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoteva. Evaṃ kurumānañca –
就像一个人爬上了长梯,靠着梯子的扶手一样。
就像登上山顶,站在山峰之上。
就像一个人爬上山后,靠着自己的膝盖一样;
它同样依止于禅那,依止禅那而运转。巴利
Āruḷho dīghanisseṇiṃ, yathā nisseṇibāhukaṃ; Pabbataggañca āruḷho, yathā pabbatamatthakaṃ. Yathā vā girimāruḷho, attanoyeva jaṇṇukaṃ; Olubbhati tathevetaṃ, jhānamolubbha vattatīti. (visuddhi. 1.293);
三地善的解说巴利
Tebhūmakakusalavaṇṇanā
269 269. 现在,因为这三地的一切善法都是按劣、中等、胜等类别来区分的,所以为了说明它们的那种区分,又开始了“哪些法是善的?”等论述。其中,“劣”就是低劣的。这应当从造作努力的角度来理解。处于劣与胜之间的,是中等。被提升到最上地位的,是胜,意思就是最上等。这些也应当从造作努力的角度来理解。因为造作努力的时候,如果欲是低劣的,或者精进是低劣的,或者心是低劣的,或者慧是低劣的,那它就是劣。如果这些法是中等或胜的,那它就是中等和胜。再者,如果以被称为“想要去做”的欲为优先、以欲为首、以欲为先导来造作,因为是从欲增上生起的,所以称为欲增上。在精进增上等当中,也是同样的道理。巴利
269. Idāni yasmā sabbānipetāni tebhūmakakusalāni hīnādinā pabhedena vattanti, tasmā tesaṃ taṃ pabhedaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha hīnanti lāmakaṃ. Taṃ āyūhanavasena veditabbaṃ. Hīnuttamānaṃ majjhe bhavaṃ majjhimaṃ. Padhānabhāvaṃ nītaṃ paṇītaṃ, uttamanti attho. Tānipi āyūhanavaseneva veditabbāni. Yassa hi āyūhanakkhaṇe chando vā hīno hoti, vīriyaṃ vā, cittaṃ vā, vīmaṃsā vā, taṃ hīnaṃ nāma. Yassa te dhammā majjhimā ceva paṇītā, ca taṃ majjhimañceva paṇītañca. Yaṃ pana kattukāmatāsaṅkhātaṃ chandaṃ dhuraṃ chandaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ chandaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā āyūhitaṃ, taṃ chandādhipatito āgatattā chandādhipateyyaṃ nāma. Vīriyādhipateyyādīsupi eseva nayo.
不过,站在这个立场上,还应当计算各种理法。因为最初已经区分出一种理法:一种是“劣”,一种是“中”,一种是“胜”,一种是“欲增上”——这就是欲增上中的五种理法。同样,在精进增上等当中也是如此,于是有四个五种,共成二十种。或者,最初那一种算是单纯的理法,“劣”等三种,“欲增上”等四种,“欲增上·劣”等十二种,这样也是二十种理法。巴利
Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā nayā gaṇetabbā. Sabbapaṭhamaṃ vibhatto hi eko nayo, hīnanti eko, majjhimanti eko, paṇītanti eko, chandādhipateyyanti eko. Ime tāva chandādhipateyye pañca nayā. Evaṃ vīriyādhipateyyādīsupīti cattāro pañcakā vīsati honti. Purimo vā eko suddhikanayo, hīnantiādayo tayo, chandādhipateyyantiādayo cattāro, chandādhipateyyaṃ hīnantiādayo dvādasāti evampi vīsati nayā honti.
这二十种大类别是在哪里分别的?是在《大论》(《发趣论》2.14.1)的“劣三法”里分别的。不过在这里,要从劣三法当中取出中等那一类,按劣、中、胜分成三部分。再从其中把中等那一类放一边,取劣和胜,各分成九个、九个部分。因为在劣这一类里,本身就有劣、有中、有胜;在胜这一类里,也有劣、有中、有胜。同样,在“劣之劣”里有劣、有中、有胜;在“劣之中”里有劣、有中、有胜;在“劣之胜”里有劣、有中、有胜——这是一个九组。在“胜之劣”里也有劣、有中、有胜;在“胜之中”里有劣、有中、有胜;在“胜之胜”里有劣、有中、有胜——这是第二个九组。这样两个九组合起来就是十八种。这十八种就叫作十八种业门。由于由这些所产生故,依这些业门,应当知道有十八种刹帝利、十八种婆罗门、十八种吠舍、十八种首陀罗,以及四十八种种族与行。巴利
Ime vīsati mahānayā kattha vibhattāti? Mahāpakaraṇe (paṭṭhā. 2.14.1) hīnattike vibhattā. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne hīnattikato majjhimarāsiṃ gahetvā hīnamajjhimapaṇītavasena tayo koṭṭhāsā kātabbā. Tatopi majjhimarāsiṃ ṭhapetvā hīnapaṇīte gahetvā nava nava koṭṭhāsā kātabbā. Hīnasmiṃyeva hi hīnaṃ atthi majjhimaṃ atthi paṇītaṃ atthi. Paṇītasmimpi hīnaṃ atthi majjhimaṃ atthi paṇītaṃ atthi. Tathā hīnahīnasmiṃ hīnaṃ, hīnahīnasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, hīnahīnasmiṃ paṇītaṃ. Hīnamajjhimasmiṃ hīnaṃ, hīnamajjhimasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, hīnamajjhimasmiṃ paṇītaṃ. Hīnapaṇītasmiṃ hīnaṃ, hīnapaṇītasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, hīnapaṇītasmiṃ paṇītanti ayameko navako. Paṇītahīnasmimpi hīnaṃ nāma atthi, paṇītahīnasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītahīnasmiṃ paṇītaṃ. Tathā paṇītamajjhimasmiṃ hīnaṃ, paṇītamajjhimasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītamajjhimasmiṃ paṇītaṃ. Paṇītapaṇītasmiṃ hīnaṃ, paṇītapaṇītasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītapaṇītasmiṃ paṇītanti. Ayaṃ dutiyo navakoti dve navakā aṭṭhārasa. Imāni aṭṭhārasa kammadvārāni nāma . Imehi pabhāvitattā , imesaṃ vasena, aṭṭhārasa khattiyā, aṭṭhārasa brāhmaṇā, aṭṭhārasa vessā, aṭṭhārasa suddā, aṭṭhacattālīsa gottacaraṇāni veditabbāni.
在这些属于三地的善法当中,欲界善既可以是三因的,也可以是二因的,这取决于它是否与智相应。而色界和无色界的善则一定是三因的,也一定与智相应。在这里,欲界善可以跟增上一起生起,也可以不跟增上一起生起;色界和无色界的善则一定具备增上。在欲界善当中,所缘增上和俱生增上这两种增上都可以有。在色界和无色界善当中,则没有所缘增上,只有俱生增上。其中,心的“心增上”状态,是就与心相应的诸法来说的。因为两个心不可能同时生起,所以并没有与相应心同时存在的“心增上”。欲等增上也是如此。不过有些人主张一种“来由”式的增上:如果一个人带着心想着“如果这善法属于有心的人,那它就会成为我的”,像这样把某个心当作主导、当作首领,然后去造作另一个善心,那么先前那个心就称为后起善心的“心增上”,后起的心因为是从它而来的,所以称为有“心增上”。但这种说法在巴利圣典和义注中都看不到。因此,应当只按前面所说的方式来理解增上的状态。在这十九种大类别当中,最初的纯粹分类里,心的数量、九集以及最初的遍组,都跟前面所说的一样。因此,在与智相应的善法里,应当知道心、九集和遍组的差别是前面所说数量的二十倍;在四种与智不相应的善法里,则是十六倍。以上就是关于三地善的杂项讨论。巴利
Imesu ca pana tebhūmakesu kusalesu kāmāvacarakusalaṃ tihetukampi duhetukampi hoti ñāṇasampayuttavippayuttavasena. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaraṃ pana tihetukameva ñāṇasampayuttameva. Kāmāvacarampettha adhipatinā sahāpi uppajjati vināpi. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaraṃ adhipatisampannameva hoti. Kāmāvacarakusale cettha ārammaṇādhipati sahajātādhipatīti dvepi adhipatayo labbhanti. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaresu ārammaṇādhipati na labbhati, sahajātādhipatiyeva labbhati. Tattha cittassa cittādhipateyyabhāvo sampayuttadhammānaṃ vasena vutto. Dvinnaṃ pana cittānaṃ ekato abhāvena sampayuttacittassa cittādhipati nāma natthi. Tathā chandādīnaṃ chandādhipatiādayo. Keci pana ‘sace cittavato kusalaṃ hoti, mayhaṃ bhavissatīti evaṃ yaṃ cittaṃ dhuraṃ katvā jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā aparaṃ kusalacittaṃ āyūhitaṃ, tassa taṃ purimacittaṃ cittādhipati nāma hoti, tato āgatattā idaṃ cittādhipateyyaṃ nāmā’ti evaṃ āgamanavasenāpi adhipatiṃ nāma icchanti. Ayaṃ pana nayo neva pāḷiyaṃ na aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dissati. Tasmā vuttanayeneva adhipatibhāvo veditabbo. Imesu ca ekūnavīsatiyā mahānayesu purime suddhikanaye vuttaparimāṇāneva cittāni ca navakā ca pāṭhavārā ca honti. Tasmā ñāṇasampayuttesu vuttaparimāṇato vīsatiguṇo cittanavakavārabhedo veditabbo, catūsu ñāṇavippayuttesu soḷasaguṇoti, ayaṃ tebhūmakakusale pakiṇṇakakathā nāmāti.
出世间善的注释巴利
Lokuttarakusalavaṇṇanā
277 277. 这样显示了能产生三种存在的圆满的善之后,现在为了显示超越一切存在的出世间善,又开始了“哪些法是善”等论述。其中,出世间:以什么含义称为出世间?超越世间,就是出世间;超出世间,就是出世间;超越、战胜世间而安住,就是出世间。修习禅那:就是修习、产生、增长那仅持续一个心识刹那的安止禅那。巴利
277. Evaṃ bhavattayasampattinibbattakaṃ kusalaṃ dassetvā idāni sabbabhavasamatikkamanāya lokuttarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha lokuttaranti kenaṭṭhena lokuttaraṃ? Lokaṃ taratīti, lokuttaraṃ lokaṃ uttaratīti lokuttaraṃ; lokaṃ samatikkamma abhibhuyya tiṭṭhatīti lokuttaraṃ (paṭi. ma. 2.43). Jhānaṃ bhāvetīti ekacittakkhaṇikaṃ appanājhānaṃ bhāveti janeti vaḍḍheti.
从世间出离,就是从轮回中出离,所以叫做出离。或者说,依靠它而得以出离,所以叫做出离。因为具足这个法的人,在遍知苦的时候出离,在断除集的时候出离,在证悟灭的时候出离,在修习道的时候出离。然而,正如三界内的善法在轮回中积攒、增长死与结生,所以被称为“趋向积攒”;这个法却不是这样。这个法就像这样:一个人正在砌一堵十八肘高的墙,另一个人拿着大铁锤,把已经砌好的地方一块块拆掉、打碎,一路拆过去;同样,这个法通过让三界善法所积攒的死与结生缺少条件,把它们拆掉、打碎,一路摧毁过去,所以叫做“趋向拆毁”。巴利
Lokato niyyāti vaṭṭato niyyātīti niyyānikaṃ. Niyyāti vā etenāti niyyānikaṃ. Taṃsamaṅgī hi puggalo dukkhaṃ parijānanto niyyāti, samudayaṃ pajahanto niyyāti, nirodhaṃ sacchikaronto niyyāti, maggaṃ bhāvento niyyāti. Yathā ca pana tebhūmakakusalaṃ vaṭṭasmiṃ cutipaṭisandhiyo ācināti vaḍḍhetīti ācayagāmī nāma hoti, na tathā idaṃ. Idaṃ pana yathā ekasmiṃ purise aṭṭhārasahatthaṃ pākāraṃ cinante aparo mahāmuggaraṃ gahetvā tena citacitaṭṭhānaṃ apacinanto viddhaṃsento eva gaccheyya, evameva tebhūmakakusalena citā cutipaṭisandhiyo paccayavekallakaraṇena apacinantaṃ viddhaṃsentaṃ gacchatīti apacayagāmi.
为了断除见取:在这里,诸见本身就是见取,就像“粪聚、尿聚”等说法一样。或者,因为包含在六十二见之中,所以是“入于诸见者”,也称为见取。或者,这些法以见为所行之处,所以是见取。意思是与见相似而行、与见相似而转起。那么,这些法是什么呢?就是与见相应的有身见、疑、戒禁取,以及趣向恶趣的贪、嗔、痴等不善法。因为这些法直到初道修习之前都还在转起,所以称为与见相似而行。这样,诸见和见取合起来就是见取。为了断除那些见取,也就是为了以彻底断除的方式舍弃。初:从计数来说,也从最初生起来说,称为初。地:在“无间隔地”等说法中,指这大地;在“乐地、欲界”等说法中,指心转起的所依。但这里指的是沙门果。因为它是相应诸法的依止,那些法存在于其中,所以称为地。或者,虽然同属出世间,它自身也存在、生起,不像涅槃那样不显现,所以也称为地。那初地的。为了证得:就是为了证得、获得名为入流果的初沙门果——这里的含义应当这样理解。远离:以彻底断除的方式而远离、离开。巴利
Diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahānāyāti, ettha diṭṭhiyo eva diṭṭhigatāni, gūthagataṃ muttagatantiādīni (a. ni. 9.11) viya. Dvāsaṭṭhiyā vā diṭṭhīnaṃ antogadhattā diṭṭhīsu gatānītipi diṭṭhigatāni. Diṭṭhiyā vā gataṃ etesantipi diṭṭhigatāni. Diṭṭhisadisagamanāni diṭṭhisadisappavattānīti attho. Kāni pana tānīti? Sasampayuttāni sakkāyadiṭṭhivicikicchāsīlabbataparāmāsaapāyagamanīyarāgadosamohākusalāni. Tāni hi yāva paṭhamamaggabhāvanā tāva pavattisabbhāvato diṭṭhisadisagamanānīti vuccanti. Iti diṭṭhiyo ca diṭṭhigatāni ca diṭṭhigatāni. Tesaṃ diṭṭhigatānaṃ. Pahānāyāti samucchedavaseneva pajahanatthāya. Paṭhamāyāti gaṇanavasenapi paṭhamuppattivasenapi paṭhamāya. Bhūmiyāti ‘‘anantarahitāya bhūmiyā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 27; ma. ni. 2.296) tāva ayaṃ mahāpathavī bhūmīti vuccati. ‘‘Sukhabhūmiyaṃ kāmāvacare’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 988) cittuppādo. Idha pana sāmaññaphalaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tañhi sampayuttānaṃ nissayabhāvato te dhammā bhavanti etthāti bhūmi. Yasmā vā samānepi lokuttarabhāve sayampi bhavati uppajjati, na nibbānaṃ viya apātubhāvaṃ, tasmāpi bhūmīti vuccati; tassā paṭhamāya bhūmiyā. Pattiyāti sotāpattiphalasaṅkhātassa paṭhamassa sāmaññaphalassa pattatthāya paṭilābhatthāyāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Viviccāti samucchedavivekavasena viviccitvā, vinā hutvā.
现在,虽然世间禅那也不是离开行道就能成就的,但即便如此,这里为了舍弃单纯只讲禅那本身的方式,而要把出世间禅那连同行道一起作为重点来教导,所以说了“苦行道、迟通达”等话。巴利
Idāni kiñcāpi lokiyajjhānampi na vinā paṭipadāya ijjhati, evaṃ santepi idha suddhikanayaṃ pahāya lokuttarajjhānaṃ paṭipadāya saddhiṃyeva garuṃ katvā desetukāmatāya dukkhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññantiādimāha.
在这其中,如果有人从一开始就努力压制烦恼,靠着辛苦、造作、刻意用功,疲惫地把它压制下去,那他的行道就是苦的;而如果有人已经把烦恼压制住,安住在毗婆舍那的随观中,过了很久才让道显现出来,那他就是迟通达。这样一来,无论哪一种情况,都被称为苦行道迟通达。巴利
Tattha yo āditova kilese vikkhambhento dukkhena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamanto vikkhambheti tassa dukkhā paṭipadā hoti; yo pana vikkhambhita kileso vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggapātubhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti tassa dandhābhiññā hoti. Iti yo koci vāro dukkhapaṭipadadandhābhiñño nāma kato.
那么,他们认可哪一种情况呢?就是:烦恼被镇伏一次之后又现行,第二次被镇伏之后又再现行,到了第三次镇伏时,让它就这样保持被镇伏的状态,然后用道把它彻底断除——他们认可这种情况。这种情况被命名为“苦行道迟通达”。不过,光凭这些还不清楚。所以,这里应该从最开始这样来说明:如果有人先把握了四大,再把握所造色,接着把握非色,而在把握“色与非色”的时候,是艰难地、吃力地、疲惫地才能把握,那他的行道就叫作“苦”。而已经把握了色与非色之后,安住在毗婆舍那随观中,因为道现起得很慢,所以叫作“迟通达”。巴利
Katamaṃ pana vāraṃ rocesunti? Yattha sakiṃ vikkhambhitā kilesā samudācaritvā dutiyampi vikkhambhitā puna samudācaranti, tatiyaṃ vikkhambhite pana tathāvikkhambhiteva katvā maggena samugghātaṃ pāpeti, imaṃ vāraṃ rocesuṃ. Imassa vārassa dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhābhiññāti nāmaṃ kataṃ. Ettakena pana na pākaṭaṃ hoti. Tasmā evamettha ādito paṭṭhāya vibhāvanā veditabbā – yo hi cattāri mahābhūtāni pariggahetvā upādārūpaṃ pariggaṇhāti, arūpaṃ pariggaṇhāti, ‘rūpārūpaṃ’ pana pariggaṇhanto dukkhena kasirena kilamanto pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, tassa dukkhā paṭipadā nāma hoti. Pariggahitarūpārūpassa pana vipassanāparivāse maggapātubhāvadandhatāya dandhābhiññā nāma hoti.
有人先把握了色法与非色法,在确定“名色”的时候,是靠着辛苦、艰难、疲惫才确定下来的;确定名色之后,又安住在毗婆舍那的随观中,经过很长时间才能让道生起。这种人的修行方式也叫作苦行道迟通达。巴利
Yopi rūpārūpaṃ pariggahetvā ‘nāmarūpaṃ’ vavatthapento dukkhena kasirena kilamanto vavatthapeti, vavatthāpite ca nāmarūpe vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggaṃ uppādetuṃ sakkoti, tassāpi dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāma hoti.
另有一种人,先确定了名色,接着在把握“缘”的时候,因为苦、因为艰难而疲惫地把握;把握了缘之后,又安住在毗婆舍那的观修中,经过很久才让道生起。这也叫作苦行道迟通达。巴利
Aparo nāmarūpampi vavatthapetvā ‘paccaye’ pariggaṇhanto dukkhena kasirena kilamanto pariggaṇhāti, paccaye ca pariggahetvā vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggaṃ uppādeti, evampi dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāma hoti.
另有一种人,在把握缘之后,通达“诸相”时,也是历经辛苦、艰难与疲惫才得以通达;通达诸相之后,安住于毗婆舍那的观修过程,经过很长时间才让道生起。这也叫作苦行道迟通达。巴利
Aparo paccayepi pariggahetvā ‘lakkhaṇāni’ paṭivijjhanto dukkhena kasirena kilamanto paṭivijjhati, paṭividdhalakkhaṇo ca vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggaṃ uppādeti, evampi dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāma hoti.
另有一种人,在通达了诸相之后,当观智变得锐利、勇猛、明净、顺畅时,他要去除已生起的“观欲染”,在去除的过程中饱受痛苦、艰难与疲惫,才终于将其去除;去除欲染之后,他安住于观法的持续修习中,经过很长时间才让道生起。这也叫做苦行道迟通达。众人认可了这一类型,并给它安立了这个名称。依照同样的方法,应当了解后面三种行道。巴利
Aparo lakkhaṇānipi paṭivijjhitvā vipassanāñāṇe tikkhe sūre pasanne vahante uppannaṃ ‘vipassanānikantiṃ’ pariyādiyamāno dukkhena kasirena kilamanto pariyādiyati, nikantiñca pariyādiyitvā vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggaṃ uppādeti, evampi dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāma hoti. Imaṃ vāraṃ rocesuṃ. Imassa vārassa etaṃ nāmaṃ kataṃ. Imināva upāyena parato tisso paṭipadā veditabbā.
在“触存在”等项中,多出了四个词:未知当知根、正语、正业、正命。在解说部分对寻等的解说里,则多出了“道支”等词。其余一切都和前面所说的一样。不过,按地的区别来说,这里的不同只在于它是出世间的。巴利
Phasso hotītiādīsu anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvoti cattāri padāni adhikāni. Niddesavāre ca vitakkādiniddesesu ‘maggaṅga’ntiādīni padāni adhikāni. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttasadisameva. Bhūmantaravasena pana lokuttaratāva idha viseso.
在这里,“未知当知根”是指:有人这样修行——“我要了知那在无始轮回中未曾了知的不死境界,或者四圣谛法”——依靠这种先前的努力而生起的根。至于它的特相等,应当依照前面讲慧根时所说的方式来了知。巴利
Tattha anaññātaññassāmītindriyanti ‘anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe anaññātaṃ amataṃ padaṃ catusaccadhammameva vā jānissāmī’ti paṭipannassa iminā pubbābhogena uppannaṃ indriyaṃ. Lakkhaṇādīni panassa heṭṭhā paññindriye vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
美好、受称赞的言语,就是正语。这是断除语恶行、远离邪语的同义词。它以摄持为特征,以远离为作用,以舍断邪语为显现。美好、受称赞的业,就是正业。这是断除邪业、远离杀生等的名称。它以生起为特征,以远离为作用,以舍断邪业为显现。美好、受称赞的活命,就是正命。这是远离邪命的同义词。它以清净为特征,以正命流行为作用,以舍断邪命为显现。巴利
Sundarā pasatthā vā vācā sammāvācā. Vacīduccaritasamugghāṭikāya micchāvācāviratiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sā pariggahalakkhaṇā viramaṇarasā micchāvācappahānapaccupaṭṭhānā. Sundaro pasattho vā kammanto sammākammanto. Micchākammantasamucchedikāya pāṇātipātādiviratiyā etaṃ nāmaṃ. So samuṭṭhānalakkhaṇo viramaṇaraso micchākammantappahānapaccupaṭṭhāno. Sundaro pasattho vā ājīvo sammāājīvo. Micchājīvaviratiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. So vodānalakkhaṇo ñāyājīvappavattiraso micchājīvappahānapaccupaṭṭhāno.
另外,这里也应该按照前面讲三种远离时所说的方式,来理解这些法的特相等内容。这样一来,依这三种法,前面所说的五支道在这里就应当理解为八支道。而在“余所未摄”当中,并没有包含这三种法,悲和喜也同样没有包含在内。因为这三法本来就出现在这部经的经文里,所以不归入“余所未摄”。而悲和喜是以有情为所缘,这些法则是以涅槃为所缘,所以它们在这里也不被纳入。以上是摄颂分中关于特殊含义的部分。巴利
Apica heṭṭhā viratittaye vuttavasenapettha lakkhaṇādīni veditabbāni. Iti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ vasena heṭṭhā vuttaṃ maggapañcakaṃ idha maggaṭṭhakaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yevāpanakesu ca imesaṃ abhāvo. Tathā karuṇāmuditānaṃ. Ime hi tayo dhammā idha pāḷiyaṃ āgatattāva yevāpanakesu na gahitā. Karuṇāmuditā pana sattārammaṇā, ime dhammā nibbānārammaṇāti tāpettha na gahitā. Ayaṃ tāva uddesavāre visesattho.
283 283. 不过在广释分里,“道支”和“属于道”这两个说法中,先说“道的支分”就是道支,意思是道的组成部分。又比如在森林里被包含的东西,就叫“属于森林”;同样地,被包含在道里的,就叫“属于道”,意思是依止于道。巴利
283. Niddesavāre pana maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpannanti ettha tāva maggassa aṅganti maggaṅgaṃ; maggakoṭṭhāsoti attho. Yathā pana araññe pariyāpannaṃ araññapariyāpannaṃ nāma hoti, evaṃ magge pariyāpannanti maggapariyāpannaṃ. Maggasannissitanti attho.
285 喜觉支:在这里,喜本身就是觉支,所以叫喜觉支。其中,“觉支”的意思是觉悟的支分,或者觉悟者的支分。这段话要表达的是:当出世间道生起的那一刹那,有一组法同时现起,包括念、择法、精进、喜、轻安、定、舍,这组法能对抗昏沉、掉举、停滞、过度用力、贪著欲乐、自我折磨、执断、执常等种种过患。圣弟子就是靠这组法而觉悟,所以这组法被称为“觉”。“觉悟”的意思是:从烦恼相续的沉睡中醒来,或者通达四圣谛,或者亲证涅槃。这组法被称为“觉”的支分,所以是觉支,就像禅支、道支那样。而那位以上述方式靠这组法觉悟的圣弟子,也被称为“觉者”;这位觉者的支分,也是觉支,就像军队的支分、车的支分那样。因此,注释师们说:“或者,觉悟者的支分就是觉支。”巴利
285.Pītisambojjhaṅgoti ettha pīti eva sambojjhaṅgoti pītisambojjhaṅgo. Tattha bodhiyā bodhissa vā aṅgoti bojjhaṅgo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yā ayaṃ dhammasāmaggī yāya lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe uppajjamānāya līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhattakilamathānuyogaucchedasassatābhinivesādīnaṃ anekesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtāya satidhammavicayavīriyapītipassaddhisamādhiupekkhāsaṅkhātāya dhammasāmaggiyā ariyasāvako bujjhatīti katvā bodhīti vuccati. Bujjhatīti kilesasantānaniddāya uṭṭhahati, cattāri vā ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhati, nibbānameva vā sacchikaroti. Tassā dhammasāmaggīsaṅkhātāya bodhiyā aṅgotipi bojjhaṅgo, jhānaṅgamaggaṅgādīni viya. Yopesa yathāvuttappakārāya etāya dhammasāmaggiyā bujjhatīti katvā ariyasāvako bodhīti vuccati, tassa bodhissa aṅgotipi bojjhaṅgo; senaṅgarathaṅgādayo viya. Tenāhu aṭṭhakathācariyā – ‘‘bujjhanakassa puggalassa aṅgāti vā bojjhaṅgā’’ti (vibha. aṭṭha. 466; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.182).
另外,也可以按照《无碍解道》里的这种分析方式来理解觉支的含义:“为什么叫觉支呢?因为它们导向觉悟,所以叫觉支;因为它们在觉悟,所以叫觉支;因为它们随觉悟而行,所以叫觉支;因为它们朝向觉悟,所以叫觉支;因为它们彻底觉悟,所以叫觉支。”殊胜而美好的觉支,就是正觉支。同样,喜本身就是喜正觉支,所以叫喜正觉支。对于心一境性等觉支的解释,也应当按这个方式来理解。巴利
Apica ‘‘bojjhaṅgāti kenaṭṭhena bojjhaṅgā? Bodhāya saṃvattantīti bojjhaṅgā, bujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā, anubujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā, paṭibujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā, sambujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.17) iminā paṭisambhidānayenāpi bojjhaṅgattho veditabbo. Pasattho sundaro vā bojjhaṅgoti sambojjhaṅgo. Evaṃ pīti eva sambojjhaṅgo pītisambojjhaṅgoti. Cittekaggatāniddesādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
296 “那些法”指的是在当时能够证入的四圣谛法,也就是那些法。“未知”的意思是:虽然依靠初道,这些法可以说已经被知了,但就像一个人来到自己以前从没到过的住处,即使已经站在住处中间,他仍会依据自己以前没来过的状态说“我来到了以前没来过的地方”;又像一个人戴上以前从没戴过的花环,穿上以前从没穿过的衣服,吃下以前从没吃过的食物,他仍会依据自己以前没吃过的状态说“我吃了以前没吃过的食物”。同样,这里因为这个人以前未曾了知这些法,所以称为“未知”;在“未见”等词中也是同样的原则。“未见”指的是在此之前未以智慧眼见过,“未得”指的是未以证得的方式获得,“未了知”指的是未以智令其明了,“未作证”指的是未亲证。“作证”是为了亲证之义。不仅与此词,与其他词也应如此结合:“为了知未知,为了见未见,为了得未得,为了明了未明了”。巴利
296.Tesaṃ dhammānanti ye tasmiṃ samaye paṭivedhaṃ gacchanti catusaccadhammā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Anaññātānanti kiñcāpi paṭhamamaggena te dhammā ñātā nāma honti, yathā pana pakatiyā anāgatapubbaṃ vihāraṃ āgantvā vihāramajjhe ṭhitopi puggalo pakatiyā anāgatabhāvaṃ upādāya ‘anāgatapubbaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgatomhī’ti vadati, yathā ca pakatiyā apiḷandhapubbaṃ mālaṃ piḷandhitvā, anivatthapubbaṃ vatthaṃ nivāsetvā, abhuttapubbaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā, pakatiyā abhuttabhāvaṃ upādāya abhuttapubbaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuttomhīti vadati, evamidhāpi yasmā pakatiyā iminā puggalena ime dhammā na ñātapubbā tasmā anaññātānanti vuttaṃ. Adiṭṭhādīsupi eseva nayo. Tattha adiṭṭhānanti ito pubbe paññācakkhunā adiṭṭhānaṃ. Appattānanti adhigamanavasena appattānaṃ. Aviditānanti ñāṇena apākaṭakatānaṃ. Asacchikatānanti apaccakkhakatānaṃ. Sacchikiriyāyāti paccakkhakaraṇatthaṃ. Yathā ca iminā padena, evaṃ sesehipi saddhiṃ anaññātānaṃ ñāṇāya, adiṭṭhānaṃ dassanāya, appattānaṃ pattiyā, aviditānaṃ vedāyāti yojanā kātabbā.
299 在“四种语恶行”等句中,“语”应理解为语表。被三种过失中的任何一种所染污的行为,就是恶行。由语产生的恶行是语恶行,或者由语所完成的恶行是语恶行。从这些语恶行中远离而乐住,叫“远离”;离开它们而乐住,叫“离”;从种种方面回转、离开它们而乐住,叫“别离”。或者这是就前缀而扩展的词。所有这些,都是远离状态的同义说法。“离”就是令怨恨消失、破坏,这也是远离的同义词。然而,以某种思来说妄语等的时候,这属于出世间道的离;它生起后,不让人去做那种行为,切断行为之道,叫“不造作”。同样,不让人去做那种行为,切断造作之道,叫“不作业”。以某种思来说四种语恶行的时候,叫“违犯”;这个离生起后,不让人那样违犯,叫“不违犯”。巴利
299.Catūhi vacīduccaritehītiādīsu vacīti vacīviññatti veditabbā. Tiṇṇaṃ dosānaṃ yena kenaci duṭṭhāni caritānīti duccaritāni. Vacīto pavattāni duccaritāni vacīduccaritāni, vaciyā vā nipphāditāni duccaritāni vacīduccaritāni. Tehi vacīduccaritehi. Ārakā ramatīti ārati. Vinā tehi ramatīti virati. Tato tato paṭinivattāva hutvā tehi vinā ramatīti paṭivirati. Upasaggavasena vā padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ. Sabbamidaṃ oramaṇabhāvassevādhivacanaṃ. Veraṃ maṇati, vināsetīti veramaṇī. Idampi oramaṇasseva vevacanaṃ. Yāya pana cetanāya musāvādādīni bhāsamāno karoti nāma, ayaṃ lokuttaramaggavirati. Uppajjitvā taṃ kiriyaṃ kātuṃ na deti, kiriyāpathaṃ pacchindatīti akiriyā. Tathā taṃ karaṇaṃ kātuṃ na deti, karaṇapathaṃ pacchindatīti akaraṇaṃ. Yāya ca cetanāya catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ bhāsamāno ajjhāpajjati nāma, ayaṃ uppajjitvā tathā ajjhāpajjituṃ na detīti anajjhāpatti.
“不越限”在这里:在“于彼时”等语句中,“限”指的是时间。在“住在优楼频螺”中,“限”指的是堆积。在“已住之法不越限”中,“限”指的是界限。这里也是界限的意思。因为具有不可逾越之义,四种善口行就被称为“限”。也就是说,以某种思心所正在说四种恶口行时,就叫作越限;这个思心所生起后,不让它越过那个限,所以说为“不越限”。或者,“限”有摇动、破坏的意思,即限制。限制什么呢?限制四种恶口行。因此,由限制之义而称为“限”。而对人来说,不逾越其利乐而运作,就是“不越”。这样,这里应当从这两个词的角度来理解其含义。巴利
Velāanatikkamoti ettha ‘‘tāya velāyā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.154; mahāva. 1-3; udā. 1 ādayo) tāva kālo velāti āgato. ‘‘Uruvelāyaṃ viharatī’’ti (mahāva. 1; saṃ. ni. 1.137) ettha rāsi. ‘‘Ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattatī’’ti (cūḷava. 384; a. ni. 8.19; udā. 45) ettha sīmā. Idhāpi sīmāva. Anatikkamanīyaṭṭhena hi cattāri vacīsucaritāni velāti adhippetāni. Iti yāya cetanāya cattāri vacīduccaritāni bhāsamāno velaṃ atikkamati nāma, ayaṃ uppajjitvā taṃ velaṃ atikkamituṃ na detīti velāanatikkamoti vuttā. Velāyatīti vā velā, calayati viddhaṃsetīti attho. Kiṃ velāyati? Catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ. Iti velāyanato ‘velā’. Purisassa pana hitasukhaṃ anatikkamitvā vattatīti ‘anatikkamo’. Evamettha padadvayavasenāpi attho veditabbo.
“破坏桥”就是破坏桥;意思是破坏四种恶口行的途径、破坏它们的缘。这里所说的“缘”,指的就是“桥”。这个词的含义是:贪等是四种恶口行的缘,在轮回中把人系缚、捆绑起来,所以叫“桥”。破坏桥就是“破桥”。这是能根除恶口行之缘的远离的别名。这个名为正语的远离,在预备阶段可以在不同心中生起。因为,是以一种心远离妄语,以另一种心远离离间语等。但在出世间道的刹那,只在一心中生起。因为,断除四种恶口行思惟的途径、圆满道支时,只有一种远离生起。巴利
Setuṃ hanatīti setughāto; catunnaṃ vacīduccaritānaṃ padaghāto paccayaghātoti attho. Paccayo hi idha setūti adhippeto. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – rāgādiko catunnaṃ vacīduccaritānaṃ paccayo vaṭṭasmiṃ puggalaṃ sinoti bandhatīti setu. Setussa ghāto setughāto. Vacīduccaritapaccayasamugghāṭikāya viratiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ayaṃ pana sammāvācāsaṅkhātā virati pubbabhāge nānācittesu labbhati. Aññeneva hi cittena musāvādā viramati, aññena pesuññādīhi. Lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe pana ekacittasmiṃyeva labbhati. Catubbidhāya hi vacīduccaritacetanāya padapacchedaṃ kurumānā maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva virati uppajjati.
300 “以身恶行”是指从身体发出的、或由身体实际做出来的杀生等恶行。其余部分按照前面的方式理解即可。这被称为正业的远离,在预备阶段可以在不同的心中生起。实际上,是以一种心远离杀生,以另一种心远离不与取和邪淫。但在出世间道的刹那,只在一个心中生起。因为当它断除三种身恶行的思惟、圆满道支时,只有一种远离生起。巴利
300.Kāyaduccaritehīti kāyato pavattehi kāyena vā nipphāditehi pāṇātipātādīhi duccaritehi. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayampi sammākammantasaṅkhātā virati pubbabhāge nānācittesu labbhati. Aññeneva hi cittena pāṇātipātā viramati, aññena adinnādānamicchācārehi. Lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe pana ekacittasmiṃyeva labbhati. Tividhāya hi kāyaduccaritacetanāya padapacchedaṃ kurumānā maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva virati uppajjati.
301 在正命的解说里,讲到“不作”等说法时,是这样的:一个人以某种思心所过邪命的生活,这就叫“作”;这个思心所生起之后,不让那种“作”发生,所以叫“不作”。应当按这个思路来理解其中的关联。而且这个“命”并不是单独存在的,一旦说到语业和身业,它就已经被包含在内了,因为它是这两者所属的一分。不过,因为它是恒常奉行的,所以这里把它单独提出来显示。这样一来,正命就没有自己独立的作用,八道支也就不圆满了,因此应当让正命具有自己独立的作用,让八道支圆满。这里的思路是这样的:所谓“命”,它被破坏时,只在身门和语门被破坏,意门并没有所谓命被破坏这回事;它圆满时,也同样只在这两门圆满,意门并没有所谓命圆满这回事。不过,在身门中,违犯既有以命为因的,也有不以命为因的;语门也是这样。巴利
301. Sammāājīvaniddese akiriyātiādīsu yāya cetanāya micchājīvaṃ ājīvamāno kiriyaṃ karoti nāma, ayaṃ uppajjitvā taṃ kiriyaṃ kātuṃ na detīti akiriyāti. Iminā nayena yojanā veditabbā. Ājīvo ca nāmesa pāṭiyekko natthi, vācākammantesu gahitesu gahitova hoti, tappakkhikattā. Dhuvapaṭisevanavasena panāyaṃ tato nīharitvā dassitoti. Evaṃ sante sammāājīvo sakiccako na hoti , aṭṭha maggaṅgāni na paripūrenti, tasmā sammāājīvo sakiccako kātabbo, aṭṭha maggaṅgāni paripūretabbānīti. Tatrāyaṃ nayo – ājīvo nāma bhijjamāno kāyavacīdvāresuyeva bhijjati. Manodvāre ājīvabhedo nāma natthi. Pūrayamānopi tasmiṃyeva dvāradvaye pūrati. Manodvāre ājīvapūraṇaṃ nāma natthi. Kāyadvāre pana vītikkamo ājīvahetukopi atthi naājīvahetukopi. Tathā vacīdvāre.
在这里,国王、大臣之类的人沉迷玩乐,为了显示自己勇猛而去猎杀野兽,或者拦路抢劫,或者侵犯别人的妻子,这就叫不善的身业。远离这些,就叫正业。如果有人说四种跟谋生无关的恶语,这就叫不善的语业。远离这些,就叫正语。巴利
Tattha yaṃ rājarājamahāmattā khiḍḍāpasutā sūrabhāvaṃ dassentā migavadhaṃ vā panthaduhanaṃ vā paradāravītikkamaṃ vā karonti, idaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāma. Tato viratipi ‘sammākammanto’ nāma. Yaṃ pana naājīvahetukaṃ catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ bhāsanti, idaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ nāma. Tato viratipi ‘sammāvācā’ nāma.
如果是为了活命,像捕鸟人、渔夫这些人杀生、偷拿别人没给的东西、行邪淫,这就叫邪命。远离这些,就叫正命。还有,如果收了贿赂而说假话,或者搬弄是非、骂人、说废话,这也是邪命。远离这些,就叫正命。巴利
Yaṃ pana ājīvahetu nesādamacchabandhādayo pāṇaṃ hananti, adinnaṃ ādiyanti, micchācāraṃ caranti, ayaṃ micchājīvo nāma. Tato virati ‘sammāājīvo’ nāma. Yampi lañjaṃ gahetvā musā bhaṇanti, pesuññapharusasamphappalāpe pavattenti, ayampi micchājīvo nāma. Tato virati sammāājīvo nāma.
大西瓦长老则说:身门和语门的违犯,不管是不是由活命的原因引起,都只算是不善的身业和语业。远离这些,也只称为正业和正语。当有人问“活命在哪里”时,他说:依三种诡诈的手段生起四种资具并受用它们。然而,这是走到极端的邪命。远离这些,就叫做正命。巴利
Mahāsīvatthero panāha – ‘kāyavacīdvāresupi vītikkamo ājīvahetuko vā hotu no vā ājīvahetuko, akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammantveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tato viratipi sammākammanto sammāvācātveva vuccatī’ti. ‘Ājīvo kuhi’nti vutte pana ‘tīṇi kuhanavatthūni nissāya cattāro paccaye uppādetvā tesaṃ paribhogo’ti āha. Ayaṃ pana koṭippatto micchājīvo. Tato virati sammāājīvo nāma.
这个正命在前期阶段,是在不同的心里获得的:以某一个心远离身门的违犯,以另一个心远离语门的违犯。但在出世间道的那一刹那,它只在一个心里获得。因为当以七种业道的方式在身门和语门生起的、被称为邪命的恶戒思,截断其途径而圆满道支时,只有一个远离生起。这就是解说分中的差别。巴利
Ayampi sammāājīvo pubbabhāge nānācittesu labbhati, aññeneva hi cittena kāyadvāravītikkamā viramati, aññena vacīdvāravītikkamā. Lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe pana ekacittasmiṃyeva labbhati. Kāyavacīdvāresu hi sattakammapathavasena uppannāya micchājīvasaṅkhātāya dussīlyacetanāya padapacchedaṃ kurumānā maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva virati uppajjatīti. Ayaṃ niddesavāre viseso.
而这里所说的“未知当知根”在诸根中已经增长,以及正语等道支,依据它们,在摄类部分中宣说为“九根、八支道”。空的部分则只是通常的说法。这就是就纯粹修行道而说的差别。巴利
Yaṃ panetaṃ indriyesu anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ, maggaṅgesu ca sammāvācādīni, tesaṃ vasena saṅgahavāre ‘‘navindriyāni, aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti vuttaṃ. Suññatavāro pākatikoyevāti. Ayaṃ tāva suddhikapaṭipadāya viseso.
343 从此之后,有清净空、空之行道、清净无愿、无愿行道,这就是教法的分类。其中,“空”是出世间道的名称。它确实通过三种原因得到这个名称:从来源、从功德、从所缘。如何呢?在这里,比丘坚定地以无我进入,以无我观察诸行。然而,仅仅以无我而见并不成为道的出起,还必须以无常和苦来观察,因此他将“无常、苦、无我”这三种随观提起,遍观而行。而他的至出起观,将三地诸行都看作空。这观就叫做空观。它站在来源的位置上,给自己的道“空”这个名称。这样,道从“来源”得到空这个名字。又因为它远离贪等烦恼,所以从“功德”得到空这个名字。涅槃也因远离贪等而被称为空。道以彼为所缘而生起,所以从“所缘”得到空这个名字。巴利
343. Ito paraṃ suddhikasuññatā suññatapaṭipadā suddhikaappaṇihitā appaṇihitapaṭipadāti ayaṃ desanābhedo hoti. Tattha suññatanti lokuttaramaggassa nāmaṃ. So hi āgamanato saguṇato ārammaṇatoti tīhi kāraṇehi nāmaṃ labhati. Kathaṃ? Idha bhikkhu anattato abhinivisitvā anattato saṅkhāre passati. Yasmā pana anattato diṭṭhamatteneva maggavuṭṭhānaṃ nāma na hoti, aniccatopi dukkhatopi daṭṭhumeva vaṭṭati, tasmā ‘aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā’ti tividhaṃ anupassanaṃ āropetvā sammasanto carati. Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā panassa tebhūmakepi saṅkhāre suññatova passati. Ayaṃ vipassanā suññatā nāma hoti. Sā āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa ‘suññata’nti nāmaṃ deti. Evaṃ maggo ‘āgamanato’ suññatanāmaṃ labhati. Yasmā pana so rāgādīhi suñño tasmā ‘saguṇeneva’ suññatanāmaṃ labhati. Nibbānampi rāgādīhi suññattā suññatanti vuccati. Taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannattā maggo ‘ārammaṇato’ suññatanāmaṃ labhati.
在这里,按照经教的说法,名称可以从功德或所缘得来,因为这是方便说。而阿毗达摩的论说则是直接说、非方便说。所以在这里,名称不从功德或所缘得来,只从来源得来。来源才是关键。来源有两种:观的来源和道的来源。其中,在道生起的地方,观的来源是关键;在果生起的地方,道的来源是关键。这里因为是道生起的地方,所以只有观的来源成了关键。巴利
Tattha suttantikapariyāyena saguṇatopi ārammaṇatopi nāmaṃ labhati. Pariyāyadesanā hesā. Abhidhammakathā pana nippariyāyadesanā. Tasmā idha saguṇato vā ārammaṇato vā nāmaṃ na labhati, āgamanatova labhati. Āgamanameva hi dhuraṃ. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – vipassanāgamanaṃ maggāgamananti. Tattha maggassa āgataṭṭhāne vipassanāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ, phalassa āgataṭṭhāne maggāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ. Idha maggassa āgatattā vipassanāgamanameva dhuraṃ jātaṃ.
350 350.“无愿”:在这里,“无愿”也是道的名称。这个名称同样是道通过三种原因获得的。怎么获得呢?这里,比丘从一开始就紧抓住苦,只从苦的角度观察诸行。然而,仅仅从苦的角度看见,还不叫作出起之道;还必须从无常和无我的角度看见。因此,他把观察安立为“无常、苦、无我”这三种随观,进行观照。他的趋向出起的观,把对三地诸行的愿求彻底干枯、耗尽、舍弃掉。这种观就叫作“无愿观”。它站在来源的位置上,给自己的道安上“无愿”这个名称。这样,道通过“来源”获得“无愿”的名称。又因为在那里没有贪、嗔、痴的愿求,所以也通过“功德”获得“无愿”的名称。涅槃也因为那些愿求不存在,而被称为“无愿”。道以涅槃为所缘而生起,因此获得“无愿”的名称。巴利
350.Appaṇihitanti, etthāpi appaṇihitanti maggasseva nāmaṃ. Idampi nāmaṃ maggo tīheva kāraṇehi labhati. Kathaṃ? Idha bhikkhu āditova dukkhato abhinivisitvā dukkhatova saṅkhāre passati. Yasmā pana dukkhato diṭṭhamatteneva maggavuṭṭhānaṃ nāma na hoti, aniccatopi anattatopi daṭṭhumeva vaṭṭati, tasmā aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā’ti tividhaṃ anupassanaṃ āropetvā sammasanto carati. Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā panassa tebhūmakasaṅkhāresu paṇidhiṃ sosetvā pariyādiyitvā vissajjeti. Ayaṃ vipassanā appaṇihitā nāma hoti. Sā āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa ‘appaṇihita’nti nāmaṃ deti. Evaṃ maggo ‘āgamanato’ appaṇihitanāmaṃ labhati. Yasmā pana tattha rāgadosamohapaṇidhayo natthi, tasmā ‘saguṇeneva’ appaṇihitanāmaṃ labhati. Nibbānampi tesaṃ paṇidhīnaṃ abhāvā appaṇihitanti vuccati. Taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannattā maggo appaṇihitanāmaṃ labhati.
在这里,按照经教的说法,名字可以从功德或所缘得来,因为这是方便说。但阿毗达摩的论说不是方便说。所以在这里,名字不从功德或所缘得来,只从来源得来。来源才是根本。来源有两种:观来源和道来源。其中,在道生起的地方,以观来源为根本;在果生起的地方,以道来源为根本。这里因为是道生起的地方,所以只有观来源成为根本。巴利
Tattha suttantikapariyāyena saguṇatopi ārammaṇatopi nāmaṃ labhati. Pariyāyadesanā hesā . Abhidhammakathā pana nippariyāyadesanā. Tasmā idha saguṇato vā ārammaṇato vā nāmaṃ na labhati, āgamanatova labhati. Āgamanameva hi dhuraṃ. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – vipassanāgamanaṃ maggāgamananti. Tattha maggassa āgataṭṭhāne vipassanāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ, phalassa āgataṭṭhāne maggāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ. Idha maggassa āgatattā vipassanāgamanameva dhuraṃ jātaṃ.
难道空、无相、无愿不就是道的三种名称吗?正如经中所说:“比丘们,有三种解脱:空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱。”在这三种当中,这里取了两种道,为什么没有取无相呢?因为没有来源。无相观不能自己站在来源的位置上,给自身的道安立名称。而正自觉者对他的儿子罗睺罗长老……巴利
Nanu ca suññato animitto appaṇihitoti tīṇi maggassa nāmāni? Yathāha – ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, vimokkhā – suññato vimokkho, animitto vimokkho, appaṇihito vimokkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.209). Tesu idha dve magge gahetvā animitto kasmā na gahitoti? Āgamanābhāvato. Animittavipassanā hi sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ dātuṃ na sakkoti. Sammāsambuddho pana attano puttassa rāhulattherassa.
你当修习无相,舍弃慢随眠;
从此,通过彻底通达慢,你就会寂静地生活。巴利
‘‘Animittañca bhāvehi, mānānusayamujjaha; Tato mānābhisamayā, upasanto carissasī’’ti. (su. ni. 344);
他讲了无相观。观确实能破除常相、恒相、乐相、我相,所以被称为“无相”。不过,这种观虽然破除了那些相,它自己却仍然在有相的法里面运作,因此它其实还是有相的。所以,它自己站在趋入处,却不能给自己的道命名。巴利
Animittavipassanaṃ kathesi. Vipassanā hi niccanimittaṃ dhuvanimittaṃ sukhanimittaṃ attanimittañca ugghāṭeti. Tasmā animittāti kathitā. Sā ca kiñcāpi taṃ nimittaṃ ugghāṭeti, sayaṃ pana nimittadhammesu caratīti sanimittāva hoti. Tasmā sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ dātuṃ na sakkoti.
另一种说法:阿毗达摩叫作胜义教说。而无相道从胜义上讲,确实只是缺少了因。怎么说呢?因为依无常随观而说了无相解脱。凭着这种解脱,信根变得增上。但它在圣道里连一个支分都算不上,因为它不是道支,所以从胜义上讲,没法给它安上自己那条道的名字。不过,在另外两种当中,依无我随观说了空解脱,依苦随观说了无愿解脱。在这两者中,以空解脱,慧根增上;以无愿解脱,定根增上。这些因为是圣道的支分,所以从胜义上讲,能够给自己那条道安上名字。即使在《道所缘论》里,在“道增上法分别”的部分,当欲和心成为增上时,因为那些法不是道支,就没有说它们是“道增上”。应当这样来理解。这是一位阿阇梨的个人判断,超出了注释书。巴利
Aparo nayo – abhidhammo nāma paramatthadesanā. Animittamaggassa ca paramatthato hetuvekallameva hoti. Kathaṃ? Aniccānupassanāya hi vasena animittavimokkho kathito. Tena ca vimokkhena saddhindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti. Taṃ ariyamagge ekaṅgampi na hoti, amaggaṅgattā attano maggassa paramatthato nāmaṃ dātuṃ na sakkoti. Itaresu pana dvīsu anattānupassanāya tāva vasena suññatavimokkho, dukkhānupassanāya vasena appaṇihitavimokkho kathito. Tesu suññatavimokkhena paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti, appaṇihitavimokkhena samādhindriyaṃ. Tāni ariyamaggassa aṅgattā attano maggassa paramatthato nāmaṃ dātuṃ sakkonti. Maggārammaṇattikepi hi maggādhipatidhammavibhajane chandacittānaṃ adhipatikāle tesaṃ dhammānaṃ amaggaṅgattāva maggādhipatibhāvo na vutto. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbanti. Ayamettha aṭṭhakathāmuttako ekassa ācariyassa mativinicchayo.
这样,从一切方面来看,无相观虽然站在自己得名的位置上,却不能给自己的道命名,所以“无相道”这个名称不被采纳。不过有些人说:“无相道虽然不能从‘来处’得名,但按照经教的说法,可以从功德和所缘两方面得名。”他们这样说了以后就被驳斥了——如果无相道能从功德和所缘两方面得名,那么空道和无愿道在这里也应该同样能从功德和所缘两方面得名。但它们并不能。为什么呢?因为道得名有两种依据:一是从自性,二是从对立面;也就是从本质和从对治来说。其中,空道和无愿道既从自性得名,也从对立面得名。因为空道和无愿道远离贪等而空,远离贪欲等而无愿,这样就“从自性”得名;又因为空是对我执的对治,无愿是对愿求的对治,这样就“从对立面”得名。而无相道只是因为贪等相和常等相不存在,才从自性得名,并不是从对立面得名。因为它并不是以诸行相为所缘的无常随观的对治,无常随观对它来说只是随顺的状态。总之,按照阿毗达摩的教理,根本不存在“无相道”这个名称。巴利
Evaṃ sabbathāpi animittavipassanā sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ dātuṃ na sakkotīti animittamaggo na gahito. Keci pana ‘animittamaggo āgamanato nāmaṃ alabhantopi suttantapariyāyena saguṇato ca ārammaṇato ca nāmaṃ labhatī’ti āhaṃsu. Te idaṃ vatvā paṭikkhittā – animittamagge saguṇato ca ārammaṇato ca nāmaṃ labhante suññataappaṇihitamaggāpi saguṇatoyeva ārammaṇatoyeva ca idha nāmaṃ labheyyuṃ. Na pana labhanti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Ayañhi maggo nāma dvīhi kāraṇehi nāmaṃ labhati – sarasato ca paccanīkato ca; sabhāvato ca paṭipakkhato cāti attho. Tattha suññataappaṇihitamaggā sarasatopi paccanīkatopi nāmaṃ labhanti. Suññataappaṇihitamaggā hi rāgādīhi suññā, rāgapaṇidhiādīhi ca appaṇihitāti evaṃ ‘sarasato’ nāmaṃ labhanti. Suññato ca attābhinivesassa paṭipakkho, appaṇihito paṇidhissāti evaṃ ‘paccanīkato’ nāmaṃ labhanti. Animittamaggo pana rāgādinimittānaṃ niccanimittādīnañca abhāvena sarasatova nāmaṃ labhati, no paccanīkato. Na hi so saṅkhāranimittārammaṇāya aniccānupassanāya paṭipakkho. Aniccānupassanā panassa anulomabhāve ṭhitāti. Sabbathāpi abhidhammapariyāyena animittamaggo nāma natthīti.
按照经教的方式,这段话可以这样引出来说明:在道生起的那一刹那,三相就像在一次转向中同时呈现,但三相同时呈现是不可能的。这样说,是为了表明业处已经清晰显现。因为从一开始,不管执取哪一个相,导向出起的观都是依它所观照的那个相而出起,站在能得名的位置上,给自己的道命名。怎么命名呢?在无常等相中,不管先执取哪一个,都应当也能看到其余两个相。只观一个相,并不能叫道之出起。所以,执取无常的比丘不只是从无常出起,也从苦、从无我出起。执取苦、无我的人也是这样。因此,从一开始,不管执取哪一个相,导向出起的观都是依它所观照的那个相而出起,站在能得名的位置上,给自己的道命名。其中,从无常出起的道叫无相,从苦出起的道叫无愿,从无我出起的道叫空。这就是按经教的方式引出来说明。巴利
Suttantikapariyāyena panesa evaṃ āharitvā dīpito – yasmiñhi vāre maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tīṇi lakkhaṇāni ekāvajjanena viya āpāthamāgacchanti, tiṇṇañca ekato āpāthagamanaṃ nāma natthi. Kammaṭṭhānassa pana vibhūtabhāvadīpanatthaṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ. Ādito hi yattha katthaci abhiniveso hotu, vuṭṭhānagāminī pana vipassanā yaṃ yaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhāti tassa tasseva vasena āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ deti. Kathaṃ? Aniccādīsu hi yattha katthaci abhinivisitvā itarampi lakkhaṇadvayaṃ daṭṭhuṃ vaṭṭati eva. Ekalakkhaṇadassanamatteneva hi maggavuṭṭhānaṃ nāma na hoti, tasmā aniccato abhiniviṭṭho bhikkhu na kevalaṃ aniccatova vuṭṭhāti, dukkhatopi anattatopi vuṭṭhātiyeva. Dukkhato anattato abhiniviṭṭhepi eseva nayo. Iti ādito yattha katthaci abhiniveso hotu, vuṭṭhānagāminī pana vipassanā yaṃ yaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhāti tassa tasseva vasena āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ deti. Tattha aniccato vuṭṭhahantassa maggo animitto nāma hoti, dukkhato vuṭṭhahantassa appaṇihito, anattato vuṭṭhahantassa suññatoti. Evaṃ suttantapariyāyena āharitvā dīpito.
那么,导向出起的观,它的所缘是什么呢?是以相为所缘。所谓“相”,是属于概念层面的,不能说它是真实存在的法。如果有人能清楚地观察到无常、苦、无我这三个相,那么他的五蕴就像挂在脖子上的死尸一样。以诸行为所缘的智,就是从诸行出起的。就好比有一位比丘想买钵,看到卖钵的人带着钵过来,心里非常高兴,想着“我要买下它”,等到仔细检查时,发现上面有三个孔,他对那些孔洞并非不执着,而是对钵本身失去了兴趣;同样地,清楚地观察到三相之后,就对诸行失去了兴趣。应当知道,正是以诸行为所缘的智,从诸行出起。用布的比喻也是同样的道理。巴利
Vuṭṭhānagāminī pana vipassanā kimārammaṇāti? Lakkhaṇārammaṇāti. Lakkhaṇaṃ nāma paññattigatikaṃ na vattabbadhammabhūtaṃ. Yo pana aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti tīṇi lakkhaṇāni sallakkheti, tassa pañcakkhandhā kaṇṭhe baddhakuṇapaṃ viya honti. Saṅkhārārammaṇameva ñāṇaṃ saṅkhārato vuṭṭhāti. Yathā hi eko bhikkhu pattaṃ kiṇitukāmo pattavāṇijena pattaṃ ābhataṃ disvā haṭṭhapahaṭṭho gaṇhissāmīti cintetvā vīmaṃsamāno tīṇi chiddāni passeyya, so na chiddesu nirālayo hoti, patte pana nirālayo hoti; evameva tīṇi lakkhaṇāni sallakkhetvā saṅkhāresu nirālayo hoti. Saṅkhārārammaṇeneva ñāṇena saṅkhārato vuṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ. Dussopamāyapi eseva nayo.
世尊在说明出世间禅那时,依清净行道,举出了四法门和五法门这两种方式;同样地,也依清净空与空行道、清净无愿与无愿行道来举出。为什么要这样举出呢?是为了顺应众生的意乐,也是为了让说法更加善巧庄严。这两点也应该按照前面所说的方式来了知。在“这样修习出世间禅那”这里,依清净行道以四法门和五法门有两种方式,其余各类也是如此;因此在全部五类当中,一共举出了十种方式。巴利
Iti bhagavā lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhājento suddhikapaṭipadāya catukkanayaṃ pañcakanayanti dvepi naye āhari. Tathā suddhikasuññatāya suññatapaṭipadāya suddhikaappaṇihitāya appaṇihitapaṭipadāyāti. Kasmā evaṃ āharīti? Puggalajjhāsayena ceva desanāvilāsena ca. Tadubhayampi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāvetīti ettha suddhikapaṭipadāya catukkapañcakavasena dve nayā, tathā sesesūti sabbesupi pañcasu koṭṭhāsesu dasa nayā bhājitā.
出世间善的杂论巴利
Lokuttarakusalaṃ pakiṇṇakakathā
关于这一点,有以下的杂项说明:巴利
Tatridaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ –
内在的与外在的,在五种色与非色之中;
七支与八支的转变,以及相、行道和增上。巴利
Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, rūpārūpesu pañcasu; Sattaṭṭhaṅgapariṇāmaṃ, nimittaṃ paṭipadāpatīti.
出世间道确实是这样:它先执取内,再从内出起;先执取内,再从外出起;先执取外,再从外出起;先执取外,再从内出起。先执取色,再从色出起;先执取色,再从无色出起。先执取无色,再从无色出起;先执取无色,再从色出起,然后一次性从五蕴出起。巴利
Lokuttaramaggo hi ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā ajjhattaṃ vuṭṭhāti , ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā bahiddhā vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā abhinivisitvā bahiddhā vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā abhinivisitvā ajjhattaṃ vuṭṭhāti. Rūpe abhinivisitvā rūpā vuṭṭhāti, rūpe abhinivisitvā arūpā vuṭṭhāti. Arūpe abhinivisitvā arūpā vuṭṭhāti, arūpe abhinivisitvā rūpā vuṭṭhāti, ekappahāreneva pañcahi khandhehi vuṭṭhāti.
所谓“七支八支的变化”:这个道既可以是八支的,也可以是七支的。觉支可以是七种,也可以是六种。而禅那可以是五支的,也可以是四支的,可以是三支的,也可以是二支的。应当知道,这就是七支、八支等各支的变化之义。巴利
‘Sattaṭṭhaṅgapariṇāma’nti so panesa maggo aṭṭhaṅgikopi hoti sattaṅgikopi. Bojjhaṅgāpi satta vā honti cha vā. Jhānaṃ pana pañcaṅgikaṃ vā hoti caturaṅgikaṃ vā; tivaṅgikaṃ vā duvaṅgikaṃ vā. Evaṃ sattaaṭṭhādīnaṃ aṅgānaṃ pariṇāmo veditabboti attho.
所谓“相与行道及增上”:其中“相”是指从它出起(脱离)的那个所缘;“行道及增上”则应理解为行道和增上的动与不动。巴利
‘Nimittaṃ paṭipadāpatī’ti nimittanti yato vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti; ‘paṭipadāpatī’ti paṭipadāya ca adhipatino ca calanācalanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在这其中,关于“执取内之后从内出起”等说法,先说有一类人,从一开始就执取内在的五蕴,执取之后,把它们看作无常等。然而,仅仅观照内在并不足以让道出起,还必须观照外在,所以他也把别人的诸蕴以及非执取的诸行看作无常、苦、无我。他有时思惟内在,有时思惟外在。当他这样思惟时,如果在思惟内在的时候,观智与道相应,这就叫“执取内之后从内出起”。如果他在思惟外在的时候,观智与道相应,这就叫“执取内之后从外出起”。对于“执取外之后从外出起”和“执取外之后从内出起”,也是同样的道理。巴利
Tattha ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā ajjhattaṃ vuṭṭhātītiādīsu tāva idhekacco āditova ajjhattaṃ pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisati, abhinivisitvā te aniccādito passati, yasmā pana na suddhaajjhattadassanamatteneva maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, bahiddhāpi daṭṭhabbameva, tasmā parassa khandhepi anupādinnasaṅkhārepi aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti passati. So kālena ajjhattaṃ sammasati kālena bahiddhāti. Tassevaṃ sammasato ajjhattaṃ sammasanakāle vipassanā maggena saddhiṃ ghaṭiyati. Evaṃ ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā ajjhattaṃ vuṭṭhāti nāma. Sace panassa bahiddhā sammasanakāle vipassanā maggena saddhiṃ ghaṭiyati, evaṃ ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā bahiddhā vuṭṭhāti nāma. Eseva nayo bahiddhā abhinivisitvā bahiddhā ca ajjhattañca vuṭṭhānepi.
还有一类人,从一开始就紧抓色法不放,紧抓之后,先界定四大种色以及所造色,再从无常等角度去观察。可是,仅仅观看纯粹的色法并不能让人出起,非色法也必须被观察到。因此,他以那色法为所缘而生起的受、想、行、识,界定为“这是非色法”,再从无常等角度去观察。他有时思惟色法,有时思惟非色法。当他这样思惟时,如果在思惟色法的时刻,观智与道结合在一起,这就叫“紧抓色法之后,从色法出起”。如果在他思惟非色法的时刻,观智与道结合在一起,这就叫“紧抓色法之后,从非色法出起”。紧抓非色法之后,从非色法出起以及从色法出起,也是同样的道理。巴利
Aparo āditova rūpe abhinivisati abhinivisitvā bhūtarūpañca upādārūpañca paricchinditvā aniccādito passati, yasmā pana na suddharūpadassanamatteneva vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti arūpampi daṭṭhabbameva, tasmā taṃ rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaṃ vedanaṃ saññaṃ saṅkhāre viññāṇañca idaṃ arūpanti paricchinditvā aniccādito passati. So kālena rūpaṃ sammasati kālena arūpaṃ. Tassevaṃ sammasato rūpasammasanakāle vipassanā maggena saddhiṃ ghaṭiyati. Evaṃ rūpe abhinivisitvā rūpā vuṭṭhāti nāma. Sace panassa arūpasammasanakāle vipassanā maggena saddhiṃ ghaṭiyati, evaṃ rūpe abhinivisitvā arūpā vuṭṭhāti nāma. Esa nayo arūpe abhinivisitvā arūpā ca rūpā ca vuṭṭhānepi.
如此坚定地认定“凡是集起之法,那一切都具有灭尽的性质”之后,同样地,在出起的时候,他一下子就从五蕴中出起。这就是锐利观者、大智慧比丘的观。巴利
‘‘Yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti (mahāva. 16; dī. ni. 1.298) evaṃ abhinivisitvā evameva vuṭṭhānakāle pana ekappahārena pañcahi khandhehi vuṭṭhāti nāmāti. Ayaṃ tikkhavipassakassa mahāpaññassa bhikkhuno vipassanā.
就像对一个饥饿的人,把一团粪便放在中间,再端来一盘盛满各种美味食物的盘子。他用手拨开菜肴,看到那团粪便,就问:“这是什么?”当被告知“是粪便”时,他说:“呸!呸!拿走!”于是对食物和盘子都没有了兴趣。应当这样看待这个比喻。巴利
Yathā hi chātajjhattassa purisassa majjhe gūthapiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā nānaggarasabhojanapuṇṇaṃ pātiṃ upaneyyuṃ, so byañjanaṃ hatthena viyūhanto taṃ gūthapiṇḍaṃ disvā ‘kimida’nti pucchitvā gūthapiṇḍoti vutte ‘dhi dhi, apanethā’ti bhattepi pātiyampi nirālayo hoti. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
就像一个人看到那盘食物时满心欢喜,这位比丘在还是愚痴凡夫的时期,把五蕴执取为“我、我所”,也是同样的情形。就像看到那团粪便的时候,这是清楚观见三相的时候。就像对食物和盘子都不再贪着的时候,应当知道,这就是锐利观行者、大智慧的比丘依“凡是集起之法,那一切都是灭尽之法”而一时顿出五蕴的时候。巴利
Bhojanapātidassanasmiñhi tassa attamanakālo viya imassa bhikkhuno bālaputhujjanakāle pañcakkhandhe ‘ahaṃ mamā’ti gahitakālo. Gūthapiṇḍassa diṭṭhakālo viya tiṇṇaṃ lakkhaṇānaṃ sallakkhitakālo. Bhattepi pātiyampi nirālayakālo viya tikkhavipassakassa mahāpaññassa bhikkhuno ‘‘yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti pañcahi khandhehi ekappahārena vuṭṭhitakālo veditabbo.
说到“七支、八支的转变”,这里应当按前面所说的那样,理解支的转变是怎么发生的。实际上,正是行舍智决定了圣道的觉支、道支和禅支的差别。不过,有些长老说:“是作为基础的禅那决定了觉支、道支和禅支的差别。”有些人说:“是作为观所缘的诸蕴决定了这些差别。”有些人说:“是个人的意乐决定了这些差别。”在他们这些说法中,也应当知道,实际是这称为行舍的前分观——导向出起的观——在决定这些差别。巴利
‘Sattaṭṭhaṅgapariṇāma’nti ettha ayaṃ vuttappabhedo aṅgapariṇāmo yathā hoti tathā veditabbo. Saṅkhārupekkhāñāṇameva hi ariyamaggassa bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgajhānaṅgavisesaṃ niyameti. Keci pana therā ‘bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgajhānaṅgavisesaṃ pādakajjhānaṃ niyametī’ti vadanti. Keci ‘vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamentī’ti vadanti. Keci ‘puggalajjhāsayo niyametī’ti vadanti. Tesampi vādesu ayaṃ saṅkhārupekkhāsaṅkhātā pubbabhāgā vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāva niyametīti veditabbā.
这里按顺序说明如下:依照观的决定规律,纯观行者所生起的道,也是初禅的道;证得等至的人,如果不以禅那作为基础而生起道,也是初禅的道;如果以初禅作为基础,思择各种行而生起道,也是初禅的道。在所有这些道中,都有七觉支、八道支、五禅支。因为他们的前分观,或是与喜相应,或是与舍相应,而在出起的时候达到行舍的状态,就只与喜相应。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbīkathā – vipassanāniyamena hi sukkhavipassakassa uppannamaggopi samāpattilābhino jhānaṃ pādakaṃ akatvā uppannamaggopi paṭhamajjhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā pakiṇṇakasaṅkhāre sammasitvā uppāditamaggopi paṭhamajjhānikova hoti. Sabbesu satta bojjhaṅgāni aṭṭha maggaṅgāni pañca jhānaṅgāni honti. Tesañhi pubbabhāgavipassanā somanassasahagatāpi upekkhāsahagatāpi hutvā vuṭṭhānakāle saṅkhārupekkhābhāvaṃ pattā somanassasahagatāva hoti.
在五法论的体系里,以第二禅、第三禅、第四禅作为基础禅那,再由此生起诸道时,这些道中的禅支就依次是四支、三支、二支。但在所有这些道里,都有七道支;在第四禅的道里,则有六觉支。这个差别,是由基础禅那的规律和观的规律共同造成的。因为那些道的前分观,也是有时与喜俱行,有时与舍俱行;而导向出起的观,则只与喜俱行。巴利
Pañcakanaye dutiyatatiyacatutthajjhānāni pādakāni katvā uppāditamaggesu yathākkameneva jhānaṃ caturaṅgikaṃ tivaṅgikaṃ duvaṅgikañca hoti. Sabbesu pana satta maggaṅgāni honti, catutthe cha bojjhaṅgāni. Ayaṃ viseso pādakajjhānaniyamena ceva vipassanāniyamena ca hoti. Tesampi hi pubbabhāgavipassanā somanassasahagatāpi upekkhāsahagatāpi hoti. Vuṭṭhānagāminī somanassasahagatāva.
以第五禅那作为基础而生起的道,则是依舍与心一境性而有二禅支,觉支与道支分别为六和七。这个差别也是依两种规律而有的。因为在这种情况下,前分观或者与喜俱,或者与舍俱;而导向出起的观则唯与舍俱。以无色界禅那为基础而生起的道,道理也同此。如此,从基础禅那出起后,思惟了某些诸行而证得道时,在邻近出起之处,那出起的等至便使道具有与自身相似的性质,就像蜥蜴随环境而具有大地的颜色一样。巴利
Pañcamajjhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā nibbattitamagge pana upekkhācittekaggatāvasena dve jhānaṅgāni bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgāni cha satta ceva. Ayampi viseso ubhayaniyamavasena hoti. Imasmiñhi naye pubbabhāgavipassanā somanassasahagatā vā upekkhāsahagatā vā hoti, vuṭṭhānagāminī upekkhāsahagatāva. Arūpajjhānāni pādakāni katvā uppāditamaggepi eseva nayo. Evaṃ pādakajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ye keci saṅkhāre sammasitvā nibbattitamaggassa āsannapadese vuṭṭhitā samāpatti attanā sadisabhāvaṃ karoti, bhūmivaṇṇo viya godhāvaṇṇassa.
在第二种长老的说法里,从任何一种等至出定之后,思惟那些等至法而令道生起时,这道就与那种等至相似,意思是与所思惟的等至相似。不过,如果思惟的是欲界法,那生起的道就是初禅的道。在这里,观的规律也应按照前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
Dutiyattheravāde pana yato yato samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ye ye samāpattidhamme sammasitvā maggo nibbattito hoti taṃtaṃsamāpattisadisova hoti, sammasitasamāpattisadisoti attho. Sace pana kāmāvacaradhamme sammasati paṭhamajjhānikova hoti. Tatrāpi vipassanāniyamo vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
在第三种长老的说法里,是依照“啊,愿我证得七支道!愿我证得八支道!”这样的个人意愿,以某种禅那作为基础,再对某些禅那法进行观照,由此生起的道,就与那种禅那相似。但如果没有作为基础的禅那,或者没有所观照的禅那,只靠意愿本身,那是成不了的。这个道理要用《难陀迦教诫经》来说明,因为经里是这样说的:巴利
Tatiyattheravāde ‘aho vatāhaṃ sattaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ pāpuṇeyyaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ pāpuṇeyya’nti attano ajjhāsayānurūpena yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā ye vā ye vā jhānadhamme sammasitvā maggo nibbattito taṃtaṃjhānasadisova hoti. Pādakajjhānaṃ pana sammasitajjhānaṃ vā vinā, ajjhāsayamatteneva taṃ na ijjhati. Svāyamattho nandakovādasuttena dīpetabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ –
比丘们,就像在十五日布萨那天,众人不会对月亮有疑惑或犹豫,心想“月亮是缺了还是圆了”,而是知道月亮就是圆的。同样,比丘们,那些比丘尼对难陀迦的说法感到欢喜,心愿圆满。比丘们,在那五百位比丘尼当中,最后一位比丘尼是入流者,不退堕法,决定趣向正觉。巴利
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe pannarase na hoti bahuno janassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā ‘ūno nu kho cando puṇṇo nu kho cando’ti, atha kho puṇṇo candotveva hoti, evameva kho, bhikkhave, tā bhikkhuniyo nandakassa dhammadesanāya attamanā ceva paripuṇṇasaṅkappā ca. Tāsaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ bhikkhunisatānaṃ yā pacchimikā bhikkhunī sā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.415).
在那当中,对于哪位比丘尼有入流果的亲依止,她就以入流果而愿望圆满……对于哪位有阿罗汉果的亲依止,她就以阿罗汉果而愿望圆满。同样地,按照自己的意乐,或者以某某禅那作为基础,或者观照那些禅那法之后所生起的道,就与那种禅那相似。然而,如果没有作为基础的禅那或所观照的禅那,仅仅凭意乐,那是不能成就的。在这里,观照的法则也应当按前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
Tāsu hi yassā bhikkhuniyā sotāpattiphalassa upanissayo, sā sotāpattiphaleneva paripuṇṇasaṅkappā ahosi…pe… yassā arahattassa upanissayo sā arahatteneva. Evameva attano ajjhāsayānurūpena yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā ye vā ye vā jhānadhamme sammasitvā maggo nibbattito taṃtaṃjhānasadisova so hoti. Pādakajjhānaṃ pana sammasitajjhānaṃ vā vinā, ajjhāsayamatteneva taṃ na ijjhatīti. Etthāpi ca vipassanāniyamo vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
在这里,弟子们对持“只有作为基础的禅那才能确定”这一主张的三藏小那伽长老说:“尊者,哪里有基础禅那,就让那个在那里确定;可是在没有基础禅那的无色有中,是什么在确定呢?”长老回答:“贤友,在那里也是基础禅那在确定。因为,一位证得八等至的比丘,以初禅为基础,生起入流道果之后,在不退失禅那的情况下命终,投生到无色有;他从初禅性的入流果等至出定,再建立观照,生起上面的三个道果——他的这些道果就是初禅性的。以第二禅等为基础的情况也是这样。在无色界,三禅和四禅会生起,但那是出世间禅,不是世间禅。贤友,就是这样,在那里也是基础禅那在确定。”弟子们说:“尊者,这个问题解释得很好。”巴利
Tattha ‘pādakajjhānameva niyametī’ti evaṃvādiṃ tipiṭakacūḷanāgattheraṃ antevāsikā āhaṃsu – ‘bhante, yattha tāva pādakajjhānaṃ atthi tattha taṃ niyametu; yasmiṃ pana pādakajjhānaṃ natthi, tasmiṃ arūpabhave kiṃ niyametī’ti? ‘Āvuso, tatthapi pādakajjhānameva niyameti. Yo hi bhikkhu aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī paṭhamajjhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā sotāpattimaggaphalāni nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno kālaṃ katvā arūpabhave nibbatto, paṭhamajjhānikāya sotāpattiphalasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhāya vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā upari tīṇi maggaphalāni nibbatteti, tassa tāni paṭhamajjhānikāneva honti. Dutiyajjhānikādīsupi eseva nayo. Arūpe tikacatukkajjhānaṃ uppajjati, tañca kho lokuttaraṃ na lokiyaṃ. Evaṃ tatthāpi pādakajjhānameva niyameti āvuso’ti. ‘Sukathito, bhante, pañho’ti.
弟子们对住在孔雀池的大达多长老——他主张“作为观照所缘的诸蕴决定(道);无论观照哪一种五蕴而出起,所生起的道就与那一种相似”——这样说:“尊者,您的说法里看得出有毛病:比丘观照色之后出起,就应该有与色相似的无记道;以方法把握非想非非想处之后出起的人,就应该有与那相似、达到非想非非想状态的道。”“贤友,不是这样的。出世间道没有不达到安止的,所以观照色之后出起的人,生起的是八支、与喜俱行的道;观照非想非非想处之后出起的人,也不是在一切方面都与所缘相似,而是生起七支、与舍俱行的道。”巴利
‘Vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamenti; yaṃ yaṃ hi pañcakkhandhaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhāti taṃtaṃsadisova maggo hotī’ti vādiṃ moravāpivāsimahādattattherampi antevāsikā āhaṃsu ‘bhante, tumhākaṃ vāde doso paññāyati – rūpaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhitabhikkhuno hi rūpasadisena abyākatena maggena bhavitabbaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nayato pariggahetvā vuṭṭhitassa taṃsadiseneva nevasaññānāsaññābhāvappattena maggena bhavitabba’nti. ‘Na, āvuso, evaṃ hoti. Lokuttaramaggo hi appanaṃ appatto nāma natthi, tasmā rūpaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhitassa aṭṭhaṅgiko somanassasahagatamaggo hoti, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhitassapi na sabbākārena tādiso hoti, sattaṅgiko pana upekkhāsahagatamaggo hotī’ti.
那些主张“个人意乐能决定”的人,把小无畏长老的说法拿来,告诉了三藏小那伽长老。这位长老说:“对于有基础禅那的人来说,个人意乐可以决定;对于没有基础禅那的人来说,什么意乐能决定呢?这就像穷人想求增长的时候一样。”巴利
‘Puggalajjhāsayo niyametī’tivādino cūḷābhayattherassāpi vādaṃ āharitvā tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherassa kathayiṃsu. So āha – ‘yassa tāva pādakajjhānaṃ atthi tassa puggalajjhāsayo niyametu, yassa taṃ natthi tassa katarajjhāsayo niyamessati niddhanassa vuḍḍhigavesanakālo viya hotī’ti.
他们把这话转告给三藏小无畏长老。他说:“贤友,这是针对有基础禅那的人说的。”不过,就像对有基础禅那的人那样,对有观照禅那的人也应同样理解。因为从第五禅出定后观照初禅等的人,所生起的道,按第一位长老的说法,属于第五禅;按第二种说法,则成了初禅等,这两种说法互相矛盾。但按第三种说法,这里“想要哪一种,就是那一种禅”,这些说法就不矛盾,而且这种意乐也有意义。这样一来,三位长老都是智者、通达者、具足智慧的人,因此他们把各自的主张整理成定论安立下来。不过在这里,只取义理,显示在这三种说法中,唯有观照来决定。巴利
Taṃ kathaṃ āharitvā tipiṭakacūḷābhayattherassa puna kathayiṃsu. So ‘pādakajjhānavato idaṃ kathitaṃ āvuso’ti āha. Yathā pana pādakajjhānavato, sammasitajjhānavatopi tatheva veditabbaṃ. Pañcamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya hi paṭhamādīni sammasato uppannamaggo paṭhamattheravādena pañcamajjhāniko. Dutiyavādena paṭhamādijjhāniko āpajjatīti dvepi vādā virujjhanti. Tatiyavādena panettha ‘yaṃ icchati tajjhāniko hotī’ti te ca vādā na virujjhanti, ajjhāsayo ca sātthako hotīti. Evaṃ tayopi therā paṇḍitā byattā buddhisampannāva . Tena tesaṃ vādaṃ tantiṃ katvā ṭhapayiṃsu. Idha pana atthameva uddharitvā tayopete vāde vipassanāva niyametīti dassitaṃ.
现在,在“相是行道之始”这一句里,当具有支分转变的道生起时,种姓心从哪里出起?道心又从哪里出起?种姓心只从相出起,不能截断转起,因为它是单面出起的。道心既从相出起,也能截断转起,因为它是双面出起的。它们生起的次第是这样的:在道心出起的那一刹那,随顺心既不是唯一心,也不是第五心。因为唯一心得不到修习;第五心因为靠近有分而会颤动,那时速行就称为已退堕。所以既不是唯一,也不是第五。然而,利慧者有两心随顺,第三心是种姓心,第四心是道心,之后生起三刹那果心,然后落入有分。中慧者有三心随顺,第四心是种姓心,第五心是道心,之后生起两刹那果心,然后落入有分。钝慧者有四心随顺,第五心是种姓心,第六心是道心,第七心是果心,然后落入有分。在这里,不应依利慧和钝慧而说,应依中慧而说。巴利
Idāni ‘nimittaṃ paṭipadāpatī’ti ettha evaṃ aṅgapariṇāmavato maggassa uppādakāle gotrabhu kuto vuṭṭhāti? Maggo kutoti? Gotrabhu tāva nimittato vuṭṭhāti, pavattaṃ chettuṃ na sakkoti, ekatovuṭṭhāno hesa. Maggo nimittato vuṭṭhāti, pavattampi chindati ubhatovuṭṭhāno hesa. Tesaṃ ayaṃ uppattinayo – yasmiñhi vāre maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ anulomaṃ neva ekaṃ hoti, na pañcamaṃ. Ekañhi āsevanaṃ na labhati, pañcamaṃ bhavaṅgassa āsannattā pavedhati. Tadā hi javanaṃ patitaṃ nāma hoti. Tasmā neva ekaṃ hoti na pañcamaṃ. Mahāpaññassa pana dve anulomāni honti, tatiyaṃ gotrabhu, catutthaṃ maggacittaṃ, tīṇi phalāni, tato bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ. Majjhimapaññassa tīṇi anulomāni honti, catutthaṃ gotrabhu, pañcamaṃ maggacittaṃ, dve phalāni, tato bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ. Mandapaññassa cattāri anulomāni, honti pañcamaṃ gotrabhu, chaṭṭhaṃ maggacittaṃ, sattamaṃ phalaṃ, tato bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ. Tatra mahāpaññamandapaññānaṃ vasena akathetvā majjhimapaññassa vasena kathetabbaṃ.
在道心生起的那一刹那,与舍俱行的作因意识界作为意门转向生起,以观照范围内的诸蕴为所缘,然后转向有分。紧接着,以那个转向所执取的诸蕴为所缘,生起第一个速行——随顺智。它在那些蕴上以无常、或苦、或无我的方式运转,驱除粗重的真实覆障之暗,使三相越来越明显,然后灭去。紧接着,生起第二个随顺智。在这两者中,第一个没有前习行,第二个则有第一个作为前习行。它因为获得了前习行的力量,变得锐利、勇健、明净,在同一个所缘上以同样的方式运转,驱除中等程度的真实覆障之暗,使三相越来越明显,然后灭去。紧接着,生起第三个随顺智。它有第二个作为前习行。它也因为获得了前习行的力量,变得锐利、勇健、明净,在同一个所缘上以同样的方式运转,驱除剩余微细的真实覆障之暗,使之无余,使三相越来越明显,然后灭去。这样,由三个随顺智驱除了真实覆障之暗后,紧接着生起种姓智,以涅槃为所缘。巴利
Yasmiñhi vāre maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ kiriyāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātu upekkhāsahagatā manodvārāvajjanaṃ hutvā vipassanāgocare khandhe ārammaṇaṃ katvā bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti. Tadanantaraṃ teneva āvajjanena gahitakkhandhe gahetvā uppajjati paṭhamaṃ javanaṃ anulomañāṇaṃ. Taṃ tesu khandhesu aniccāti vā dukkhāti vā anattāti vā pavattitvā oḷārikaṃ oḷārikaṃ saccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ vinodetvā tīṇi lakkhaṇāni bhiyyo bhiyyo pākaṭāni katvā nirujjhati. Tadanantaraṃ uppajjati dutiyānulomaṃ. Tesu purimaṃ anāsevanaṃ. Dutiyassa purimaṃ āsevanaṃ hoti. Tampi laddhāsevanattā tikkhaṃ sūraṃ pasannaṃ hutvā tasmiṃyevārammaṇe tenevākārena pavattitvā majjhimappamāṇaṃ saccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ vinodetvā tīṇi lakkhaṇāni bhiyyo bhiyyo pākaṭāni katvā nirujjhati. Tadanantaraṃ uppajjati tatiyānulomaṃ. Tassa dutiyaṃ āsevanaṃ hoti. Tampi laddhāsevanattā tikkhaṃ sūraṃ pasannaṃ hutvā tasmiṃyevārammaṇe tenevākārena pavattitvā tadavasesaṃ aṇusahagataṃ saccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ vinodetvā niravasesaṃ katvā tīṇi lakkhaṇāni bhiyyo bhiyyo pākaṭāni katvā nirujjhati. Evaṃ tīhi anulomehi saccapaṭicchādakatame vinodite tadanantaraṃ uppajjati gotrabhuññāṇaṃ nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ kurumānaṃ.
这里的譬喻是这样的:据说有一个人眼睛很好,他想知道星宿会合的时间,就在夜里出门,抬头想看月亮。可是月亮被云遮住了,他看不见。这时刮起一阵风,吹散了厚厚的云;又一阵风吹散了中等的云;再一阵风吹散了薄云。于是那个人在无云的天空中看见了月亮,也就知道了星宿会合的时间。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ upamā – eko kira cakkhumā puriso nakkhattayogaṃ jānissāmīti rattibhāge nikkhamitvā candaṃ passituṃ uddhaṃ ullokesi. Tassa valāhakehi paṭicchannattā cando na paññāyittha. Atheko vāto uṭṭhahitvā thūlathūle valāhake viddhaṃsesi. Aparo majjhime. Aparo sukhume. Tato so puriso vigatavalāhake nabhe candaṃ disvā nakkhattayogaṃ aññāsi.
在这里,三片云好比覆盖真实的粗、中、细三种烦恼黑暗;三阵风好比三个随顺心;明眼人好比种姓智;月亮好比涅槃。就像每一阵风依次吹散三片云,每一个随顺心也依次驱除覆盖真实的黑暗。就像在无云的天空中,那人能看见清净的月亮;当覆盖真实的黑暗消失时,种姓智就能取极为清净的涅槃作为所缘。巴利
Tattha tayo valāhakā viya saccapaṭicchādakathūlamajjhimasukhumakilesandhakārā. Tayo vātā viya tīṇi anulomacittāni. Cakkhumā puriso viya gotrabhuññāṇaṃ. Cando viya nibbānaṃ. Ekekassa vātassa yathākkamena valāhakattayaviddhaṃsanaṃ viya ekekassa anulomacittassa saccapaṭicchādakatamavinodanaṃ. Vigatavalāhake nabhe tassa purisassa visuddhacandadassanaṃ viya vigate saccapaṭicchādake tame gotrabhuññāṇassa suvisuddhanibbānārammaṇakaraṇaṃ.
就像三阵风只能吹散遮蔽月亮的云,却无法看见月亮;同样,随顺智只能清除遮蔽真理的黑暗,却无法以涅槃为所缘。就像那个人只能看见月亮,却无法吹散云层;同样,种姓智只能以涅槃为所缘,却无法清除烦恼的黑暗。如此,随顺智以行(造作)为所缘,种姓智以涅槃为所缘。巴利
Yatheva hi tayo vātā candapaṭicchādake valāhakeyeva viddhaṃsetuṃ sakkonti, na candaṃ daṭṭhuṃ, evaṃ anulomāni saccapaṭicchādakatameyeva vinodetuṃ sakkonti, na nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ kātuṃ . Yathā so puriso candameva daṭṭhuṃ sakkoti na valāhake viddhaṃsetuṃ, evaṃ gotrabhuññāṇaṃ nibbānameva ārammaṇaṃ kātuṃ sakkoti na kilesatamaṃ vinodetuṃ. Evaṃ anulomaṃ saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ hoti, gotrabhu nibbānārammaṇaṃ.
如果种姓智取随顺智所取的所缘,那么随顺智就会再次跟随那个所缘,道的出起就不会发生。然而,种姓智不取随顺智的所缘,而让随顺智成为不再随后生起的,它自己虽然没有转向,却站在转向的位置上,就这样生起之后,像是给道一个信号一样而灭去。道也不放弃它所给的信号,以无间相续的方式跟随那个智,正是在刺穿、劈开以前从未被刺穿、从未被劈开的贪蕴、嗔蕴、痴蕴时生起。巴利
Yadi hi gotrabhu anulomena gahitārammaṇaṃ gaṇheyya puna anulomaṃ taṃ anubandheyyāti maggavuṭṭhānameva na bhaveyya. Gotrabhuññāṇaṃ pana anulomassa ārammaṇaṃ aggahetvā taṃ apacchatopavattikaṃ katvā sayaṃ anāvajjanampi samānaṃ āvajjanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā evaṃ nibbattāhīti maggassa saññaṃ datvā viya nirujjhati. Maggopi tena dinnasaññaṃ amuñcitvāva avīcisantativasena taṃ ñāṇaṃ anubandhamāno anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ lobhakkhandhaṃ dosakkhandhaṃ mohakkhandhaṃ nibbijjhamānova padālayamānova nibbattati.
这里有一个譬喻。据说,有一个人是弓箭手,他让人在百弓之外立起一百块木板,用布蒙住自己的脸,搭好箭,站在转轮旁。另一个人转动转轮,当那一百块木板正对着弓箭手时,就用小棍给他一个信号。弓箭手不放下小棍的信号,直接放箭,射穿了那一百块木板。在这里,小棍的信号好比种姓智;弓箭手好比道智;弓箭手不放下小棍的信号就射穿一百块木板,好比道智不放下种姓智给出的信号,以涅槃为所缘,刺穿并劈开以前从未被刺穿、从未被劈开的贪蕴等。这也叫做断除已得地之轮转桥梁的作为。因为道只有一项作用,就是舍断随眠。这样,它在舍断随眠时,就叫做从相出起,叫做切断轮转。相,是指色、受、想、行、识的相;轮转,也是指色、受、想、行、识的轮转。它有两种:执取的和非执取的。其中,道的出起之影显现在非执取中,所以说从非执取出起。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ upamā – eko kira issāso dhanusatamatthake phalakasataṃ ṭhapāpetvā vatthena mukhaṃ veṭhetvā saraṃ sannayhitvā cakkayante aṭṭhāsi. Añño puriso cakkayantaṃ āvañchitvā yadā issāsassa phalakasataṃ abhimukhaṃ hoti tadā tattha daṇḍakena saññaṃ deti, issāso daṇḍakasaññaṃ amuñcitvāva saraṃ khipitvā phalakasataṃ nibbijjhati. Tattha daṇḍakasaññā viya gotrabhuññāṇaṃ. Issāso viya maggañāṇaṃ. Issāsassa daṇḍakasaññaṃ amuñcitvāva phalakasatanibbijjhanaṃ viya maggañāṇassa gotrabhuññāṇena dinnasaññaṃ amuñcitvāva nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā anibbiddhapubbaapadālitapubbānaṃ lobhakkhandhādīnaṃ nibbijjhanapadālanaṃ. Bhūmiladdhavaṭṭasetusamugghātakaraṇantipi etadeva. Maggassa hi ekameva kiccaṃ anusayappajahanaṃ. Iti so anusaye pajahanto nimittā vuṭṭhāti nāma, pavattaṃ chindati nāma. ‘Nimitta’nti rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇanimittaṃ. ‘Pavatta’mpi rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇapavattameva. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – upādinnakaṃ anupādinnakanti. Tesu maggassa anupādinnakato vuṭṭhānacchāyā dissatīti vatvā anupādinnakato vuṭṭhātīti vadiṃsu.
证得入流道会断除五种心:四种与邪见相应的心,以及一种与疑俱行的心。这些心生起色法,那就是非执取的色蕴。这些心是识蕴。与它们相应的受、想、行是三种非色蕴。在这里,如果入流者的入流道没有修习过,这五种心就会在六种所缘上达到缠缚。但入流道阻止它们达到缠缚,像拆掉桥梁一样,使它们成为不可能再生起的状态,这就叫作从非执取中出起。巴利
Sotāpattimaggena hi cattāri diṭṭhigatasampayuttāni vicikicchāsahagatanti pañca cittāni pahīyanti. Tāni rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpenti. Taṃ anupādinnakarūpakkhandho. Tāni cittāni viññāṇakkhandho. Taṃsampayuttā vedanā saññā saṅkhārā tayo arūpakkhandhā. Tattha sace sotāpannassa sotāpattimaggo abhāvito abhavissa tāni pañca cittāni chasu ārammaṇesu pariyuṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇeyyuṃ. Sotāpattimaggo pana tesaṃ pariyuṭṭhānenappattiṃ vārayamāno setusamugghātaṃ abhabbuppattikabhāvaṃ kurumāno anupādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
以一来道,断除六种心:四种与邪见不相应的心,以及两种与忧俱行的心,也就是依粗重的欲贪和嗔恚而断。以不还道,依微细的欲贪和嗔恚,断除同样的这六种心。以阿罗汉道,断除五种不善心:四种与邪见不相应的心,以及与掉举俱行的一种。在这里,如果那些圣者的这些道没有修习过,那些心就会在六种所缘上达到缠缚。然而,那些道阻止它们达到缠缚,像拆掉桥梁一样,使它们成为不可能生起的状态,这就叫作从非执取中出起。巴利
Sakadāgāmimaggena cattāri diṭṭhigatavippayuttāni dve domanassasahagatānīti oḷārikakāmarāgabyāpādavasena cha cittāni pahīyanti. Anāgāmimaggena aṇusahagatakāmarāgabyāpādavasena tāni eva cha cittāni pahīyanti. Arahattamaggena cattāri diṭṭhigatavippayuttāni uddhaccasahagatañcāti pañca akusalacittāni pahīyanti. Tattha sace tesaṃ ariyānaṃ te maggā abhāvitā assu, tāni cittāni chasu ārammaṇesu pariyuṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇeyyuṃ. Te pana tesaṃ maggā pariyuṭṭhānappattiṃ vārayamānā setusamugghātaṃ abhabbuppattikabhāvaṃ kurumānā anupādinnakato vuṭṭhahanti nāma.
说了“从执取中出起的影像可见”之后,他们又说“从执取中出起”。如果入流者的入流道没有修习过,那么除了七有之外,在无始轮回的流转中,执取的转起就会继续运作。为什么?因为其转起的因还存在。然而,入流道一生起,就断除三结、见随眠、疑随眠这五种烦恼。如今,除了七有之外,入流者的执取转起怎么还会在无始轮回的流转中继续呢?这样,入流道使执取的转起不再生起,就称为“从执取中出起”。巴利
Upādinnakato vuṭṭhānacchāyā dissatīti vatvā upādinnakato vuṭṭhātītipi vadiṃsu. Sace hi sotāpannassa sotāpattimaggo abhāvito abhavissa, ṭhapetvā satta bhave anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe upādinnakappavattaṃ pavatteyya. Kasmā? Tassa pavattiyā hetūnaṃ atthitāya. Tīṇi saṃyojanāni diṭṭhānusayo vicikicchānusayoti ime pana pañca kilese sotāpattimaggo uppajjamānova samugghāteti. Idāni kuto sotāpannassa satta bhave ṭhapetvā anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe upādinnakappavattaṃ pavattissati? Evaṃ sotāpattimaggo upādinnakappavattaṃ appavattaṃ kurumāno upādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
如果一来果者的一来道从未被修习过,那么除了两个有之外,执取所生的转起还会在五个有中继续流转。为什么?因为使那转起得以持续的诸因仍然存在。然而,一来道在生起的那一刻,就彻底断除了粗重的欲贪结与嗔恚结,以及粗重的欲贪随眠与嗔恚随眠这四种烦恼。既然如此,一来果者的执取转起,除了两个有之外,怎么还会在五个有中继续流转呢?这样一来,一来道使执取所生的转起不再生起,就称为从执取中出起。巴利
Sace sakadāgāmissa sakadāgāmimaggo abhāvito abhavissa, ṭhapetvā dve bhave pañcasu bhavesu upādinnakapavattaṃ pavatteyya. Kasmā? Tassa pavattiyā hetūnaṃ atthitāya. Oḷārikāni kāmarāgapaṭighasaṃyojanāni oḷāriko kāmarāgānusayo paṭighānusayoti ime pana cattāro kilese so maggo uppajjamānova samugghāteti. Idāni kuto sakadāgāmissa dve bhave ṭhapetvā pañcasu bhavesu upādinnakappavattaṃ pavattissati? Evaṃ sakadāgāmimaggo upādinnakappavattaṃ appavattaṃ kurumāno upādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
如果阿那含道没有修习过,那么除了剩下一有之外,执取的转起还会在第二有中继续流转。为什么?因为让它继续流转的因还在。不过,这四种烦恼——微细的欲贪结、嗔恚结,微细的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠——阿那含道一生起就断除它们。现在,除了剩下一有之外,阿那含的执取转起怎么还会在第二有中流转呢?这样,阿那含道让执取的转起不再生起,就叫作从执取中出起。巴利
Sace anāgāmissa anāgāmimaggo abhāvito abhavissa, ṭhapetvā ekaṃ bhavaṃ dutiyabhave upādinnakappavattaṃ pavatteyya. Kasmā? Tassa pavattiyā hetūnaṃ atthitāya. Aṇusahagatāni kāmarāgapaṭighasaṃyojanāni aṇusahagato kāmarāgānusayo paṭighānusayoti ime pana cattāro kilese so maggo uppajjamānova samugghāteti. Idāni kuto anāgāmissa ekaṃ bhavaṃ ṭhapetvā dutiyabhave upādinnakappavattaṃ pavattissati? Evaṃ anāgāmimaggo upādinnakappavattaṃ appavattaṃ kurumāno upādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
如果阿罗汉的阿罗汉道没有被修习,那么执取的流转就会在色界和无色界中继续运转。为什么呢?因为使这种流转得以发生的诸因仍然存在。然而,阿罗汉道在生起的那一刻,就断除了色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明、慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠这八种烦恼。既然如此,漏尽者怎么还会再有执取的流转在来世生起呢?这样,阿罗汉道使执取的流转不再生起,就称为从执取中出起。巴利
Sace arahato arahattamaggo abhāvito abhavissa, rūpārūpabhavesu upādinnakappavattaṃ pavatteyya. Kasmā? Tassa pavattiyā hetūnaṃ atthitāya . Rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjā mānānusayo bhavarāgānusayo avijjānusayoti ime pana aṭṭha kilese so maggo uppajjamānova samugghāteti. Idāni kuto khīṇāsavassa punabbhave upādinnakappavattaṃ pavattissati? Evaṃ arahattamaggo upādinnakappavattaṃ appavattaṃ kurumāno upādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
这里他们说:入流道从恶趣有出起,一来道从善趣欲有的一部分出起,不来道从欲有出起,阿罗汉道从色有与无色有出起,也从一切有出起。巴利
Sotāpattimaggo cettha apāyabhavato vuṭṭhāti, sakadāgāmimaggo sugatikāmabhavekadesato, anāgāmimaggo kāmabhavato, arahattamaggo rūpārūpabhavato sabbabhavehipi vuṭṭhāti evāti vadanti.
为了说明这个道理,这里有一段圣典原文:以入流道智,因行识的灭尽,除开七有,在无始轮回流转中可能生起的那些名色,它们就在这里灭尽、止息、走向尽头、完全平息。巴利
Imassa panatthassa vibhāvanatthaṃ ayaṃ pāḷi – ‘‘sotāpattimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena satta bhave ṭhapetvā anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe ye uppajjeyyuṃ, nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti.
以斯陀含道智,由于行识的灭尽,除了两种有之外,在五种有当中可能生起的那些名和色,它们就在这里灭尽、寂止、趣向灭没、止息。巴利
‘Sakadāgāmimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena dve bhave ṭhapetvā pañcasu bhavesu ye uppajjeyyuṃ, nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti.
依靠阿那含道智,由于行识的灭尽,除了某一有之外,在欲界的两种有中可能生起的那些名色,这些就在这里灭尽、寂止、归于灭没、止息。巴利
‘Anāgāmimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena ekaṃ bhavaṃ ṭhapetvā kāmadhātuyā dvīsu bhavesu ye uppajjeyyuṃ, nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti.
以阿罗汉道智,由行识的灭尽,在色界或无色界中可能生起的名与色,这些就在此处灭尽、寂止、归于灭没、止息。对于以无余涅槃界般涅槃的阿罗汉,由最后识的灭尽,慧与念以及名与色,这些就在此处灭尽、寂止、归于灭没、止息。(《小部·阿耆多学童问义释》6)以上是对相的抉择。巴利
‘Arahattamaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena rūpadhātuyā vā arūpadhātuyā vā ye uppajjeyyuṃ , nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti. Arahato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyantassa carimaviññāṇassa nirodhena paññā ca sati ca nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhantī’’ti (cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 6). Ayaṃ tāva nimitte vinicchayo.
“行道”在这里——行道会动摇,还是不会动摇?会动摇。因为如来和舍利弗长老两人的四道都是乐行道、速通达。大目犍连长老的第一道是乐行道、速通达,上面三道是苦行道、速通达。为什么?因为被睡眠压倒。据说正自觉者像照顾七天的婴儿一样照顾这位长老。有一天,长老坐着打瞌睡。于是导师对他说:“你在打瞌睡吧,目犍连?你在打瞌睡吧,目犍连?”(《增支部》7.61)连这样证得大神通的弟子,行道都会动摇,其他人的行道怎么会不动摇?因为有些比丘四道全是苦行道、迟通达,有些是苦行道、速通达,有些是乐行道、迟通达,有些是乐行道、速通达。有些人的第一道是苦行道、迟通达,第二道是苦行道、速通达,第三道是乐行道、迟通达,第四道是乐行道、速通达。巴利
‘Paṭipadāpatī’ti – ettha pana paṭipadā calati na calatīti? Calati. Tathāgatassa hi sāriputtattherassa ca cattāropi maggā sukhapaṭipadā khippābhiññā ahesuṃ. Mahāmoggallānattherassa paṭhamamaggo sukhapaṭipado khippābhiñño, upari tayo maggā dukkhapaṭipadā khippābhiññā. Kasmā? Niddābhibhūtattā. Sammāsambuddho kira sattāhaṃ daharakumārakaṃ viya theraṃ parihari. Theropi ekadivasaṃ niddāyamāno nisīdi. Atha naṃ satthā āha – ‘‘pacalāyasi no tvaṃ, moggallāna, pacalāyasi no tvaṃ moggallānā’’ti (a. ni. 7.61). Evarūpassapi mahābhiññappattassa sāvakassa paṭipadā calati, sesānaṃ kiṃ na calissati? Ekaccassa hi bhikkhuno cattāropi maggā dukkhapaṭipadā dandhābhiññā honti, ekaccassa dukkhapaṭipadā khippābhiññā, ekaccassa sukhapaṭipadā dandhābhiññā, ekaccassa sukhapaṭipadā khippābhiññā. Ekaccassa paṭhamamaggo dukkhapaṭipado dandhābhiñño hoti, dutiyamaggo dukkhapaṭipado khippābhiñño, tatiyamaggo sukhapaṭipado dandhābhiñño, catutthamaggo sukhapaṭipado khippābhiññoti.
就像行道一样,增上也是会变动的。因为有些比丘,四道都以欲为增上,有些以精进为增上,有些以心为增上,有些以观为增上。而有些比丘,第一道以欲为增上,第二道以精进为增上,第三道以心为增上,第四道以观为增上。巴利
Yathā ca paṭipadā evaṃ adhipatipi calati eva. Ekaccassa hi bhikkhuno cattāropi maggā chandādhipateyyā honti, ekaccassa vīriyādhipateyyā, ekaccassa cittādhipateyyā, ekaccassa vīmaṃsādhipateyyā. Ekaccassa pana paṭhamamaggo chandādhipateyyo hoti, dutiyo vīriyādhipateyyo, tatiyo cittādhipateyyo, catuttho vīmaṃsādhipateyyoti.
第一道、二十种大法门巴利
Paṭhamamaggavīsatimahānayo
357 357. 现在,因为修习出世间善法的人,不只是以专注思虑的含义在修习禅那,还以出离的含义在修习道,以现前的含义在修习念处,以精勤的含义在修习正勤,以成就的含义在修习神足,以增上的含义在修习根,以不动摇的含义在修习力,以觉悟的含义在修习觉支,以真实的含义在修习谛,以不散乱的含义在修习止,以空的含义在修习法,以聚集的含义在修习蕴,以处的含义在修习处,以空、无自性、无众生的含义在修习界,以缘的含义在修习食,以接触的含义在修习触,以感受的含义在修习受,以认知的含义在修习想,以思量的含义在修习思,以识知的含义在修习心。因此,为了显示这十九个项目,又说了“哪些法是善的”等等。就这样,通过“修习这个,修习这个”,依据个人的志趣和说法的善巧,宣说了二十种方式。因为在座听法的天众中,有些人当以专注思虑的含义把出世间法说为“禅那”时就能领悟,就随顺他们的适宜而说为禅那……(中略)……有些人当以识知的含义说为“心”时就能领悟,就随顺他们的适宜而说为心。这就是这里所说的“个人志趣”。巴利
357. Idāni yasmā lokuttarakusalaṃ bhāvento na kevalaṃ upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena jhānaṃyeva bhāveti, niyyānaṭṭhena pana maggampi bhāveti, upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satipaṭṭhānampi, padahanaṭṭhena sammappadhānampi, ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhipādampi, adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyampi, akampiyaṭṭhena balampi, bujjhanaṭṭhena bojjhaṅgampi, tathaṭṭhena saccampi, avikkhepaṭṭhena samathampi, suññataṭṭhena dhammampi, rāsaṭṭhena khandhampi, āyatanaṭṭhena āyatanampi, suññasabhāvanissattaṭṭhena dhātumpi, paccayaṭṭhena āhārampi, phusanaṭṭhena phassampi, vedayitaṭṭhena vedanampi, sañjānanaṭṭhena saññampi, cetayitaṭṭhena cetanampi, vijānanaṭṭhena cittampi bhāveti, tasmā etesaṃ ekūnavīsatiyā padānaṃ dassanatthaṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi vuttaṃ. Evaṃ ‘idampi bhāveti, idampi bhāvetī’ti puggalajjhāsayena ceva desanāvilāsena ca vīsati nayā desitā honti . Dhammaṃ sotuṃ nisinnadevaparisāya hi ye upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena lokuttaraṃ ‘jhāna’nti kathite bujjhanti, tesaṃ sappāyavasena jhānanti kathitaṃ…pe… ye vijānanaṭṭhena ‘citta’nti vutte bujjhanti, tesaṃ sappāyavasena cittanti kathitaṃ. Ayamettha ‘puggalajjhāsayo’.
正自觉者则是根据自己的正觉、十力、四无畏、四无碍解和六不共智的作用,随自己的意愿确定并开示教法。他若愿意,就以审虑之义把出世间法开示为禅那;若愿意,就以出离之义……(中略)……以识知之义把出世间法开示为心。这叫作“说法妙相”。在这里,正如在说“出世间为禅那”的地方分析了十种理趣,在道等地方也应当同样理解。这样,在二十处各各十种,就分析成了二百种理趣。巴利
Sammāsambuddho pana attano buddhasubodhitāya dasabalacatuvesārajjacatupaṭisambhidatāya chaasādhāraṇañāṇayogena ca desanaṃ yadicchakaṃ niyametvā dasseti. Icchanto upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena lokuttaraṃ jhānanti dasseti, icchanto niyyānaṭṭhena…pe… vijānanaṭṭhena lokuttaraṃ cittanti. Ayaṃ ‘desanāvilāso’ nāma. Tattha yatheva lokuttaraṃ jhānanti vuttaṭṭhāne dasa nayā vibhattā, evaṃ maggādīsupi teyeva veditabbā. Iti vīsatiyā ṭhānesu dasa dasa katvā dve nayasatāni vibhattāni honti.
358 现在,为了说明增上的差别,又开始了“哪些法是善的”等这一段。其中,以欲为舵手、为首要、为先导而生起的出世间禅那,就叫作“以欲为增上”。其余各处也是同样的道理。这样,法王把前面纯净段中的二百种理趣,在“以欲为增上”等每一类中也各分成二百种,用一千种理趣开示了第一道。巴利
358. Idāni adhipatibhedaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha chandaṃ dhuraṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā nibbattitaṃ lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ chandādhipateyyaṃ nāma. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Iti purimasmiṃ suddhike dvenayasatāni chandādhipateyyādīsupi dve dveti nayasahassena bhājetvā paṭhamamaggaṃ dassesi dhammarājā.
361 361. 现在,为了开示第二道等,又开始了“哪些法是善的”等讨论。其中,“为了使欲贪和嗔恚变得薄弱”,就是为了让这些烦恼变得薄弱。在这里,薄弱应当通过两种原因来理解:偶然生起,以及现行力微弱。因为斯陀含的烦恼不像随轮回流转的凡夫大众那样频繁生起,只是偶尔才生起;即使生起,也是以稀疏的方式生起,就像在稀疏播种的田地里长出的嫩芽一样。即使生起,也不像随轮回流转的凡夫大众那样以压制、遍满、覆盖、制造黑暗的方式生起,而是因为已被二道断除,所以生起时微弱又微弱。它们以极其微薄的方式生起,犹如薄云片,犹如蝇翅。巴利
361. Idāni dutiyamaggādīnaṃ dassanatthaṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha kāmarāgabyāpādānaṃ tanubhāvāyāti etesaṃ kilesānaṃ tanubhāvatthāya. Tattha dvīhi kāraṇehi tanubhāvo veditabbo – adhiccuppattiyā ca pariyuṭṭhānamandatāya ca. Sakadāgāmissa hi, vaṭṭānusārimahājanasseva, kilesā abhiṇhaṃ nuppajjanti, kadāci kadāci uppajjanti; uppajjantāpi viraḷākārā hutvā uppajjanti, viraḷavāpitakhette aṅkurā viya. Uppajjamānāpi, ca vaṭṭānusārimahājanasseva, maddantā pharantā chādentā andhakāraṃ karontā nuppajjanti. Dvīhi pana maggehi pahīnattā mandā mandā uppajjanti. Tanukākārā hutvā uppajjanti, abbhapaṭalaṃ viya makkhikāpattaṃ viya ca.
对此,有些长老说:斯陀含的烦恼虽然很久之后才生起,但一生起就是粗重的,因为还是能见到他有儿女。这种说法并不成立。因为儿女仅仅通过触摸肢体也能有。再者,由于烦恼已被前两道断除,所以并不存在烦恼的粗重性。应当知道,他的烦恼之所以微薄,正是由于两个原因:偶然才生起,以及现行微弱。巴利
Tattha keci therā vadanti – ‘sakadāgāmissa kilesā kiñcāpi cirena uppajjanti, bahalāva pana hutvā uppajjanti, tathā hissa puttā ca dhītaro ca dissantī’ti. Etaṃ pana appamāṇaṃ. Puttadhītaro hi aṅgapaccaṅgaparāmasanamattenapi honti. Dvīhi pana maggehi pahīnattā natthi kilesānaṃ bahalatāti. Dvīhi eva kāraṇehissa kilesānaṃ tanubhāvo veditabbo – adhiccuppattiyā ca pariyuṭṭhānamandatāya cāti.
所谓“第二”,是就数目和第二次生起来说它是第二。所谓“为证得地”,就是为了获得沙门果。在第三和第四项上也是同样的道理。不过我们只说明它们的差别之处。巴利
Dutiyāyāti gaṇanavasenāpi dutiyuppattivasenāpi dutiyāya. Bhūmiyā pattiyāti sāmaññaphalassa paṭilābhatthāya. Tatiyacatutthesupi eseva nayo. Visesamattaṃyeva pana vakkhāma.
“已知根”就是能了知的根。这里说的是:不超出初道所了知的范围,只对由那条道所了知的那些四谛法能够了知的根。在解释分里,也应该按这个方法理解它的含义。在分类分里,加上这个一起共有九根。其余部分按前面的方法理解。巴利
Aññindriyanti ājānanakaṃ indriyaṃ. Paṭhamamaggena ñātamariyādaṃ anatikkamitvā tesaṃyeva tena maggena ñātānaṃ catusaccadhammānaṃ jānanakaṃ indriyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Niddesavārepissa imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Koṭṭhāsavārepi imināva saddhiṃ navindriyāni honti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
第三道和第四道巴利
Tatiyacatutthamaggā
362 在第三道中,“为了无余断除”的意思是:为了彻底舍弃那些已经被斯陀含道削弱的结缚。巴利
362. Tatiye anavasesappahānāyāti tesaṃyeva sakadāgāmimaggena tanubhūtānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ nissesapajahanatthāya.
在第四道中,“为了彻底断除色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明”,意思是为了完全舍弃这五种上分结。其中,色贪就是对色界存在的欲贪;无色贪就是对无色界存在的欲贪;慢就是只由阿罗汉道所断除的慢;掉举和无明也是这样。在这两道中,第九根就是已知根。巴利
Catutthe rūparāgaarūparāgamānauddhaccaavijjāya anavasesappahānāyāti etesaṃ pañcannaṃ uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanānaṃ nissesapajahanatthāya. Tattha rūparāgoti rūpabhave chandarāgo. Arūparāgoti arūpabhave chandarāgo. Mānoti arahattamaggavajjhako māno eva. Tathā uddhaccāvijjā. Imesupi dvīsu maggesu navamaṃ aññindriyameva hoti.
四种道的千种理趣巴利
Catumagganayasahassaṃ
在一切道中,按句子的先后次序,有六十句;加上四种决定要素,就成了六十四句。如果不混合计算,则是三十三句。类别门和空门,都按照常规。再者,就像在初道中一样,在第二道等中也都各有千种理趣;法王把四道分别用四千种理趣来划分显示。巴利
Sabbamaggesu padapaṭipāṭiyā samasaṭṭhipadāni, catūhi apaṇṇakaṅgehi saddhiṃ catusaṭṭhi honti. Asambhinnato pana tettiṃsa. Koṭṭhāsavārasuññatavārā pākatikā eva. Yathā ca pana paṭhamamagge evaṃ dutiyādīsupi nayasahassamevāti cattāro magge catūhi nayasahassehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
不过在《谛分别》里,依这些(根)安立的出世间理趣有六万种;在《念处分别》里有二万种出世间理趣,在《正勤分别》里有二万种,在《神足分别》里有三万二千种,在《觉支分别》里有三万二千种,在《道支分别》里有二万八千种出世间理趣——都是依这些(根)而安立的。巴利
Saccavibhaṅge pana saṭṭhi nayasahassāni lokuttarāni imesaṃ eva vasena nikkhittāni. Satipaṭṭhānavibhaṅge vīsati nayasahassāni lokuttarāni, sammappadhānavibhaṅge vīsati, iddhipādavibhaṅge dvattiṃsa, bojjhaṅgavibhaṅge dvattiṃsa, maggaṅgavibhaṅge aṭṭhavīsati nayasahassāni lokuttarāni imesaṃ eva vasena nikkhittāni.
在这里,关于四道,只有四千种理趣。其中,在初禅的初道中,分析了八支;第二道等也是如此。在那里,初道中“正见断除邪见,所以是正见”;正思惟等也应从断除邪思惟等的意义来理解。既然如此,有人问:“因为初道已经断除了六十二种邪见,所以更高的三道没有应断的邪见,那么‘正见’这个名称怎么成立呢?”回答:“就像无论毒存在还是不存在,药始终被称为药;同样,无论邪见存在还是不存在,这始终名为正见。”巴利
Idha pana catūsu maggesu cattāriyeva nayasahassāni. Tesu paṭhamajjhānike paṭhamamagge aṭṭhaṅgāni bhājitāni; tathā dutiyādīsu. Tattha paṭhamamagge sammādiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahatīti sammādiṭṭhi. Sammāsaṅkappādayopi micchāsaṅkappādīnaṃ pajahanaṭṭheneva veditabbā. Evaṃ sante ‘paṭhamamaggeneva dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahīnattā uparimaggattayena pahātabbā diṭṭhi nāma natthi. Tattha sammādiṭṭhīti nāmaṃ kathaṃ hotī’ti? ‘Yathā visaṃ atthi vā, hotu mā vā, agado agado tveva vuccati, evaṃ micchādiṭṭhi atthi vā, hotu mā vā, ayaṃ sammādiṭṭhi eva nāma’.
如果这样的话,那就只是名称而已。但在上三道中,正见就没有作用了,道支也不能圆满。所以,正见必须起作用,道支必须圆满。在这里,正见的作用应当按它所得的方式来显示。因为有一种慢,是上三道所断的,它站在见的立场上;正见断除那种慢,所以叫正见。在入流道中,正见断除邪见。可是入流者还有被一来道所断的慢,它站在见的立场上;正见断除那种慢,所以叫正见。他还有与七种不善心俱生的思惟。与这些心俱生的,有语门的行为、身门的行为、受用资具、俱生的精进、没有念的状态、俱生的一境性。这些叫作邪思惟等,在一来道中成为正思惟等。应当知道,由于断除它们,所以成为正思惟等。这样,在一来道中,八支完成了各自的作用而现起。一来者还有被不来道所断的慢,它站在见的立场上。他还有与七种心俱生的思惟等。由于断除它们,应当知道在不来道中,八支完成了各自的作用。不来者还有被阿罗汉道所断的慢,它站在见的立场上。他还有五种不善心,与这些心俱生的有思惟等。由于断除它们,应当知道在阿罗汉道中,八支完成了各自的作用。巴利
‘Yadi evaṃ nāmamattamevetaṃ hoti, uparimaggattaye pana sammādiṭṭhiyā kiccābhāvo āpajjati, maggaṅgāni na paripūrenti, tasmā sammādiṭṭhi sakiccakā kātabbā maggaṅgāni pūretabbānī’ti. Sakiccakā cettha sammādiṭṭhi yathālābhaniyamena dīpetabbā. Uparimaggattayavajjho hi eko māno atthi, so diṭṭhiṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Sā taṃ mānaṃ pajahatīti sammādiṭṭhi. Sotāpattimaggasmiñhi sammādiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahati. Sotāpannassa pana sakadāgāmimaggavajjho māno atthi, so diṭṭhiṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati sā taṃ mānaṃ pajahatīti sammādiṭṭhi. Tasseva sattaakusalacittasahajāto saṅkappo atthi. Teheva cittehi vācaṅgacopanaṃ atthi, kāyaṅgacopanaṃ atthi , paccayaparibhogo atthi, sahajātavāyāmo atthi, asatibhāvo atthi, sahajātacittekaggatā atthi. Ete micchāsaṅkappādayo nāma sakadāgāmimagge sammāsaṅkappādayo. Tesaṃ pahānena sammāsaṅkappādayoti veditabbā. Evaṃ sakadāgāmimagge aṭṭhaṅgāni sakiccakāni katvā āgatāni. Sakadāgāmissa anāgāmimaggavajjho māno atthi. So diṭṭhiṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Tasseva sattahi cittehi sahajātā saṅkappādayo. Tesaṃ pahānena anāgāmimagge aṭṭhannaṃ aṅgānaṃ sakiccakatā veditabbā. Anāgāmissa arahattamaggavajjho māno atthi. So diṭṭhiṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Yāni panassa pañca akusalacittāni, tehi sahajātā saṅkappādayo. Tesaṃ pahānena arahattamagge aṭṭhannaṃ aṅgānaṃ sakiccakatā veditabbā.
在这四种道中,初道见到了四圣谛。上三道见到的是已经见过的,还是见到没见过的?诸师一致的说法是:见到的是已经见过的。但诡辩者却说:见到的是没见过的。应该问他:在初道中,你修习的是哪个根?他如果知道,就会说是未知当知根。再问:在上三道中又是哪个根?被问到时,他也会说是已知根。就应该对他说:如果确实有见到未见之谛的情况,那在上三道中,你也应该修习未知当知根。这样你的说法才能一致。又问:是不同的(烦恼)断除不同的(烦恼),还是已断除的烦恼再被断除?他答:不同者断除不同的(烦恼)。如果说不同者断除不同的(烦恼),那就是在断除未断的烦恼,见的也是未见的谛。对持这种说法的人应该问:谛有多少?他如果知道,就会说是四种。就应该对他说:按你的主张,就会变成十六种谛。你连诸佛都没见过的也见到了,你成了多谛者。不要这样执取。见谛并不是有什么前所未有的新见,但烦恼确实是在尚未断除时就被断除了。巴利
Imesu catūsu maggesu paṭhamamaggena cattāri saccāni diṭṭhāni. ‘Uparimaggattayaṃ diṭṭhakameva passati, adiṭṭhakaṃ passatī’ti diṭṭhakameva passatīti ayaṃ ācariyānaṃ samānatthakathā. Vitaṇḍavādī panāha ‘adiṭṭhaṃ passatī’ti. So vattabbo – ‘paṭhamamagge katamaṃ indriyaṃ bhājesī’ti? Jānamāno ‘anaññātaññassāmītindriya’nti vakkhati. ‘Uparimaggesu katara’nti? Vuttepi ‘aññindriya’nti vakkhati. So vattabbo – ‘adiṭṭhasaccadassane sati uparimaggesupi anaññātaññassāmītindriyameva bhājehi. Evaṃ te pañho samessatī’ti. ‘Kilese pana aññe añño pajahati; pahīne eva pajahatī’ti? ‘Aññe añño pajahatī’ti. ‘Yadi aññe añño, appahīne kilese pajahati. Saccānipi adiṭṭhāneva passatī’ti evaṃvādī puggalo pucchitabbo – ‘saccāni nāma katī’ti? Jānanto ‘cattārī’ti vakkhati. So vattabbo – ‘tava vāde soḷasa saccāni āpajjanti. Tvaṃ buddhehipi adiṭṭhaṃ passasi. Bahusaccako nāma tvaṃ. Evaṃ mā gaṇha. Saccadassanaṃ nāma apubbaṃ natthi, kilese pana appahīne pajahatī’ti.
在这里,关于“见谛并非前所未有”,引用了宝箱喻:据说,有一个人把四个宝箱放在宝库里。他在夜里需要取用箱中的东西,就打开门,点亮灯。灯光驱散了黑暗,宝箱变得清清楚楚,他办完事后,关上门就走了。黑暗又重新笼罩了一切。第二次、第三次,他也同样这么做。到了第四次,门开着,黑暗中却看不见宝箱,他正在琢磨这件事时,太阳升起来了。阳光驱散了黑暗,他在宝箱那里办完事,就离开了。巴利
Tattha saccadassanassa apubbābhāve peḷopamaṃ nāma gahitaṃ – ekassa kira cattāro ratanapeḷā sāragabbhe ṭhapitā. So rattibhāge peḷāsu uppannakicco dvāraṃ vivaritvā, dīpaṃ jāletvā, dīpena vihate andhakāre, peḷāsu pākaṭabhāvaṃ gatāsu, tāsu kiccaṃ katvā dvāraṃ pidahitvā gato. Puna andhakāraṃ avatthari. Dutiyavārepi tatiyavārepi tatheva akāsi. Catutthavāre dvāre vivaṭe andhakāre peḷā na paññāyantīti vīmaṃsantasseva sūriyo uggañchi, sūriyobhāsena vihate andhakāre peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
在这里,四个宝箱好比四圣谛。当需要办事的时候,开门的时候就像引生入流道的观禅被引发出来的时候。黑暗就像遮蔽圣谛的无明。灯光就像入流道的光明。黑暗被驱散后,那个人能清楚看见宝箱,就像道智让圣谛清楚显现。不过,道智所清楚了知的,对于具备道的人来说,也是清楚了知的。在宝箱那里办完事离开的时候,就像入流道断除了自己应当断除的烦恼之后灭去。黑暗再次笼罩,就像遮蔽上三道所应断圣谛的无明。巴利
Tattha cattāro peḷā viya cattāri saccāni. Tāsu kicce uppanne dvāravivaraṇakālo viya sotāpattimaggassa vipassanābhinīharaṇakālo. Andhakāraṃ viya saccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ. Dīpo bhāso viya sotāpattimaggobhāso. Vihate andhakāre tassa purisassa peḷānaṃ pākaṭabhāvo viya maggañāṇassa saccānaṃ pākaṭabhāvo. Maggañāṇassa pākaṭāni pana maggasamaṅgissa puggalassa pākaṭāneva honti. Peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā gatakālo viya sotāpattimaggassa attanā pahātabbakilese pajahitvā niruddhakālo. Puna andhakārāvattharaṇaṃ viya uparimaggattayavajjhasaccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ.
在第二次(圣道)中,开门的时候就像是一心导向一来道(斯陀含道)的观修被引发出来的阶段。灯光就像一来道的光明。在宝箱那里办完事离开的时候,就像一来道断掉了自己该断的烦恼之后灭去的阶段。黑暗再次笼罩,就像是遮蔽上面两道所应断圣谛的无明。巴利
Dutiyavāre dvāravivaraṇakālo viya sakadāgāmimaggassa vipassanābhinīharaṇakālo. Dīpobhāso viya sakadāgāmimaggobhāso. Peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā gatakālo viya sakadāgāmimaggassa attanā pahātabbakilese pajahitvā niruddhakālo. Puna andhakārāvattharaṇaṃ viya uparimaggadvayavajjhasaccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ.
第三次:开门的时候,就像引生阿那含道的观。灯光,就像阿那含道的光明。在箱子里办完事离开的时候,就像阿那含道断除了自己应当断的烦恼而灭尽。黑暗再次笼罩,就像遮蔽上位阿罗汉道所应断之圣谛的黑暗。巴利
Tatiyavāre dvāravivaraṇakālo viya anāgāmimaggassa vipassanābhinīharaṇakālo. Dīpobhāso viya anāgāmimaggobhāso. Peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā gatakālo viya anāgāmimaggassa attanā pahātabbakilese pajahitvā niruddhakālo. Puna andhakārāvattharaṇaṃ viya upariarahattamaggavajjhasaccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ.
在第四种情况里,打开门的时候,就像引导引入导向阿罗汉道的观的时候。太阳升起,就像阿罗汉道的生起。驱散黑暗,就像阿罗汉道去除遮蔽四圣谛的无明。黑暗被驱散后,他的那些箱子清楚显现,就像阿罗汉道的智让四圣谛清楚显现。不过,智所清楚显现的,对那个人来说就是清楚显现的。在箱子那里做完工作之后离开,就像阿罗汉道舍弃一切烦恼。从太阳升起开始,光明一直持续,就像从阿罗汉道生起的那一刻起,遮蔽四圣谛的无明就不再存在。这就是关于见谛并非前所未有的譬喻。巴利
Catutthavāre dvāravivaraṇakālo viya arahattamaggassa vipassanābhinīharaṇakālo. Sūriyuggamanaṃ viya arahattamagguppādo. Andhakāravidhamanaṃ viya arahattamaggassa saccapaṭicchādakatamavinodanaṃ . Vihate andhakāre tassa peḷānaṃ pākaṭabhāvo viya arahattamaggañāṇassa catunnaṃ saccānaṃ pākaṭabhāvo. Ñāṇassa pākaṭāni pana puggalassa pākaṭāneva honti. Peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā gatakālo viya arahattamaggassa sabbakilesakhepanaṃ. Sūriyuggamanato paṭṭhāya ālokasseva pavattikālo viya arahattamaggassa uppannakālato paṭṭhāya puna saccapaṭicchādakatamābhāvo . Idaṃ tāva saccadassanassa apubbābhāve opammaṃ.
他确实只看见已经看见的。在“然而,不同的烦恼由不同的道舍断”这句话里,引用了所谓的“碱水喻”。有一个人把一件脏衣服交给洗衣匠。洗衣匠给了三种碱:碱水、灰碱水、牛粪碱水,等确认衣服已被碱水浸透后,就在水里漂洗,冲掉粗大的污垢。接着他想“这还不算干净”,就第二次同样给那些碱,在水里漂洗,冲掉比较细的污垢。接着他想“这还不算干净”,就第三次给那些碱,在水里漂洗,冲掉更细的污垢。接着他想“这还不算干净”,就第四次给那些碱,在水里漂洗,连渗进纤维内部的污垢也彻底冲掉,然后把衣服还给主人。主人把它放进香匣,想穿的时候随时穿上。巴利
Diṭṭhakameva hi passati. ‘Kilese pana aññe añño pajahatī’ti ettha khāropamaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Eko puriso kiliṭṭhaṃ vatthaṃ rajakassa adāsi. Rajako ūsakhāraṃ chārikakhāraṃ gomayakhāranti tayo khāre datvā khārehi khāditabhāvaṃ ñatvā udake vikkhāletvā oḷārikoḷārikaṃ malaṃ pavāhesi. Tato na tāva parisuddhanti dutiyampi tatheva khāre datvā, udake vikkhāletvā, tato nātisaṇhataraṃ malaṃ pavāhesi. Tato na tāva parisuddhanti tatiyampi te khāre datvā udake vikkhāletvā tato saṇhataraṃ malaṃ pavāhesi. Tato na tāva parisuddhanti catutthampi te khāre datvā, udake vikkhāletvā aṃsuabbhantaragatampi nissesaṃ malaṃ pavāhetvā sāmikassa adāsi. So gandhakaraṇḍake pakkhipitvā icchiticchitakāle paridahati.
在这里,脏衣服比喻被烦恼缠住的心。用三种碱水处理的阶段,比喻在三种观照中让业用持续运作。在水中漂洗后冲掉粗大的污垢,比喻以入流道断除五种烦恼。第二次再给那些碱水,比喻心想“这心还没清净”,于是继续在同样的三种观照中让业用运作。之后冲掉比较细的污垢,比喻以一来道断除两种粗重的结缚。之后心想“衣服还没清净”,再给三种碱水,比喻心想“这心还没清净”,于是继续在同样的三种观照中让业用运作。之后冲掉更细的污垢,比喻以不来道断除两种极细微的结缚。心想“衣服还没清净”,再给三种碱水,比喻心想“这心还没清净”,于是继续在同样的三种观照中让业用运作。之后通过漂洗,连渗进纤维内部的污垢也冲掉,衣服变得像银板一样清净,放进香盒里,想穿的时候随时穿上,比喻以阿拉汉道断尽八种烦恼之后,清净的无漏心在想入果等至的任何时候都能以果等至安住度过。这就是“不同的道断除不同的烦恼”这句话在这里的譬喻。这也是被说过的——巴利
Tattha kiliṭṭhavatthaṃ viya kilesānugataṃ cittaṃ. Tividhakhāradānakālo viya tīsu anupassanāsu kammassa pavattanakālo. Udake vikkhāletvā oḷārikoḷārikamalappavāhanaṃ viya sotāpattimaggena pañcakilesakhepanaṃ. Dutiyampi tesaṃ khārānaṃ anuppadānaṃ viya ‘na tāva parisuddhaṃ idaṃ citta’nti tāsuyeva tīsu anupassanāsu kammappavattanaṃ. Tato nātisaṇhataramalappavāhanaṃ viya sakadāgāmimaggena oḷārikasaṃyojanadvayakhepanaṃ. Tato ‘na tāva parisuddhaṃ vattha’nti puna khārattayadānaṃ viya ‘na tāva parisuddhaṃ idaṃ citta’nti tāsuyeva tīsu anupassanāsu kammappavattanaṃ. Tato saṇhataramalappavāhanaṃ viya anāgāmimaggena aṇusahagatasaṃyojanadvayakhepanaṃ. ‘Na tāva parisuddhaṃ vattha’nti puna khārattayadānaṃ viya ‘na tāva parisuddhaṃ idaṃ citta’nti tāsuyeva tīsu anupassanāsu kammappavattanaṃ. Tato vikkhālanena aṃsuabbhantaragate male pavāhetvā parisuddhassa rajatapaṭṭasadisassa gandhakaraṇḍake nikkhittassa vatthassa icchiticchitakkhaṇe paridahanaṃ viya arahattamaggena aṭṭhannaṃ kilesānaṃ khepitattā parisuddhassa khīṇāsavacittassa icchiticchitakkhaṇe phalasamāpattivihārena vītināmanaṃ. Idaṃ ‘aññe añño kilese pajahatī’ti ettha opammaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
贤友,就好比一件沾满污垢、布满尘秽的衣服,主人把它交给洗衣匠。洗衣匠用碱、或用草木灰水、或用牛粪反复揉搓,然后在清水里漂洗。虽然那件衣服已经变得干净洁白,但它上面仍然残留着没有彻底清除的细微碱味、草木灰味或牛粪味。洗衣匠把它交还给主人。主人把它放进熏过香的盒子里。它上面那些残留的、没有彻底清除的细微碱味、草木灰味或牛粪味,也就彻底消失了。
同样地,贤友,即使圣弟子已经断除了五下分结,但在五取蕴上,仍然残留着没有彻底清除的细微“我存在”之慢、“我存在”之欲、“我存在”之随眠。后来,他安住在五取蕴上观察生灭:“色是这样,色的集起是这样,色的灭去是这样;受是这样……想是这样……行是这样……识是这样,识的集起是这样,识的灭去是这样。”当他安住在五取蕴上观察生灭时,他在五取蕴上那些残留的、没有彻底清除的细微“我存在”之慢、“我存在”之欲、“我存在”之随眠,也就彻底消失了。巴利
‘‘Seyyathāpi , āvuso, vatthaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ malaggahitaṃ, tamenaṃ sāmikā rajakassa anupadajjeyyuṃ. Tamenaṃ rajako ūse vā khāre vā gomaye vā sammadditvā acche udake vikkhāleti. Kiñcāpi taṃ hoti vatthaṃ parisuddhaṃ pariyodātaṃ, atha khvassa hotiyeva ‘aṇusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato’. Tamenaṃ rajako sāmikānaṃ deti. Tamenaṃ sāmikā gandhaparibhāvite karaṇḍake nikkhipanti. Yopissa hoti aṇusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato, sopi samugghātaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, āvuso, kiñcāpi ariyasāvakassa pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti, atha khvassa hotiyeva pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu aṇusahagato ‘asmī’ti māno, ‘asmī’ti chando, ‘asmī’ti anusayo asamūhato, so aparena samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati – ‘iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā iti saññā iti saṅkhārā iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti. Tassimesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yopissa hoti pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu aṇusahagato ‘asmī’ti māno, ‘asmī’ti chando, ‘asmī’ti anusayo asamūhato, sopi samugghātaṃ gacchatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.89).
在这里,通过入流道,五种不善心连同依心所而生的恶法一起被断除。通过一来道,两种与忧俱的心连同依心所而生的恶法变得薄弱。通过不还道,那两种心连同相应法一起被断除。通过阿罗汉道,五种不善心连同依心所而生的恶法一起被断除。从这十二种不善心被断除的那一刻起,对漏尽者而言,依心所而随后生起的烦恼就再也不存在了。巴利
Tattha sotāpattimaggena pañca akusalacittāni pahīyanti saddhiṃ cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakapāpadhammehi. Sakadāgāmimaggena dve domanassasahagatacittāni tanukāni bhavanti saddhiṃ cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakapāpadhammehi. Anāgāmimaggena tāniyeva pahīyanti saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Arahattamaggena pañca akusalacittāni pahīyanti saddhiṃ cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakapāpadhammehi. Imesaṃ dvādasannaṃ akusalacittānaṃ pahīnakālato paṭṭhāya khīṇāsavassa cittaṅgavasena puna pacchatopavattanakakileso nāma na hoti.
关于这一点,有一个譬喻:据说,有一位大王在边境设好防卫后,住在大都城里享受王权。那时他的边境发生了叛乱。当时,十二个盗贼首领带着好几千人在劫掠国土。驻守边境的大臣们派人向国王报告:“边境叛乱了。”国王传令说:“你们放手去抓,我会为你们做该做的事。”他们在第一次交战中,就杀掉了五个盗贼首领和好几千人。剩下的七个人带着各自的部下逃进了山里。大臣们把这件事报告给了国王。巴利
Tatridaṃ opammaṃ – eko kira mahārājā paccante ārakkhaṃ datvā mahānagare issariyaṃ anubhavanto vasati. Athassa paccanto kuppi. Tasmiṃ samaye dvādasa corajeṭṭhakā anekehi purisasahassehi saddhiṃ raṭṭhaṃ vilumpanti. Paccantavāsino mahāmattā ‘paccanto kupito’ti rañño pahiṇiṃsu. Rājā ‘vissaṭṭhā gaṇhatha, ahaṃ tumhākaṃ kattabbaṃ karissāmī’ti sāsanaṃ pahiṇi . Te paṭhamasampahāreneva anekehi purisasahassehi saddhiṃ pañca corajeṭṭhake ghātayiṃsu. Sesā satta janā attano attano parivāre gahetvā pabbataṃ pavisiṃsu. Amaccā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño pesayiṃsu.
国王说:“该怎么做我自己会知道,你们也去捉拿他们吧。”于是派人送去了财物。他们在第二次交战中打死了两个盗贼头目,也把他们的随从打弱了。那些人全都逃跑,躲进了山里。大臣们又把这件事报告给了国王。巴利
Rājā ‘tumhākaṃ kattabbayuttaṃ ahaṃ jānissāmi, tepi gaṇhathā’ti dhanaṃ pahiṇi. Te dutiyasampahārena dve corajeṭṭhake pahariṃsu, parivārepi tesaṃ dubbale akaṃsu. Te sabbepi palāyitvā pabbataṃ pavisiṃsu. Tampi pavattiṃ amaccā rañño pesayiṃsu.
国王又送去财物,说:“放开手去抓他们。”在第三次交锋中,他们和同伙一起杀了两名盗贼首领,然后把这件事报告给了国王。巴利
Puna rājā ‘vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti dhanaṃ pahiṇi. Te tatiyasampahārena saddhiṃ sahāyapurisehi dve corajeṭṭhake ghātayitvā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño pesayiṃsu.
国王又送去财物,说:“放手去捉拿其余的人。”在第四次交战中,他们击杀了连同随从的五名盗贼首领。自从十二名盗贼首领被杀之后,就再也没有什么盗贼了。地方安宁,人们仿佛抱着自己的孩子跳舞一样过日子。国王被得胜的勇士们簇拥着,登上殊胜的宫殿,享受大福报。巴利
Puna rājā ‘avasese vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti dhanaṃ pahiṇi. Te catutthasampahārena saparivāre pañca corajeṭṭhake ghātayiṃsu. Dvādasannaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ ghātitakālato paṭṭhāya koci coro nāma natthi. Khemā janapadā ure putte naccentā maññe viharanti. Rājā vijitasaṅgāmehi yodhehi parivuto varapāsādagato mahāsampattiṃ anubhavi.
在这其中,强大的国王好比法王。边境的大臣好比修行的善男子。十二个盗贼头目好比十二种不善心。他们的几千个同伙好比依心所而生起的种种恶法。国王听说边境叛乱就派人去的时候,好比所缘中烦恼生起时,修行者向导师报告“尊者,我心中生起了烦恼”的时候。“放开手去捉拿”并赐予财物,好比法王教导业处“比丘,要调伏烦恼”。连同随从一起诛杀五个盗贼头目的时候,好比以入流道断除与道相应的五种不善心。巴利
Tattha mahanto rājā viya dhammarājā. Paccantavāsino amaccā viya yogāvacarā kulaputtā. Dvādasa corajeṭṭhakā viya dvādasa akusalacittāni. Tesaṃ sahāyā anekasahassapurisā viya cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakapāpadhammā. Rañño paccanto kupitoti pahitakālo viya ārammaṇe kilesesu uppannesu ‘bhante, kileso me uppanno’ti satthu ārocanakālo. ‘Vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti dhanadānaṃ viya ‘kilese niggaṇha bhikkhū’ti dhammarañño kammaṭṭhānācikkhanaṃ. Saparivārānaṃ pañcannaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ ghātitakālo viya sotāpattimaggena sampayuttānaṃ pañcannaṃ akusalacittānaṃ pahānaṃ.
又比如再次派使者向国王禀报,这是宣说正等正觉者所获得的功德。所谓“把剩下的也抓住”,又比如再次布施财物,这是世尊开示斯陀含道的观。以第二次交战削弱了连同随从的两名盗贼首领,就像以斯陀含道使与它相应的两种忧俱心变得薄弱。巴利
Puna rañño pavattipesanaṃ viya sammāsambuddhassa paṭiladdhaguṇārocanaṃ. ‘Sesake ca gaṇhantū’ti puna dhanadānaṃ viya bhagavato sakadāgāmimaggassa vipassanācikkhanaṃ. Dutiyasampahārena saparivārānaṃ dvinnaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ dubbalīkaraṇaṃ viya sakadāgāmimaggena sasampayuttānaṃ dvinnaṃ domanassacittānaṃ tanubhāvakaraṇaṃ.
又像再次向国王禀报事情一样,这是称扬导师所证得的功德。说“放他们去捉拿”,并再次施予财物,就像世尊开示阿那含道的观智。第三次交战时,连同随从的两名盗贼首领被杀死,就像以阿那含道断除与它相应的两种忧俱心。巴利
Puna rañño pavattipesanaṃ viya satthu paṭiladdhaguṇārocanaṃ. ‘Vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti puna dhanadānaṃ viya bhagavato anāgāmimaggassa vipassanācikkhanaṃ. Tatiyasampahārena saparivārānaṃ dvinnaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ ghātanaṃ viya anāgāmimaggena sasampayuttānaṃ dvinnaṃ domanassacittānaṃ pahānaṃ.
又比如,再次向国王禀报事情一样,这是称扬如来所获得的功德。说“放他们去捉拿”,然后再一次施舍财物,就像世尊开示阿罗汉道的观智。以第四次打击,从五名盗贼首领连同他们的随从被杀的那一刻起,就像国土获得安宁;同样,以阿罗汉道断除了与它相应的五种不善心之后,从十二种不善心被断除的那一刻起,依于心而生的不善法就不再存在。国王打了胜仗,被大臣们围绕,在殊胜的宫殿里享受大福报,就像断尽烦恼的法王被漏尽者围绕,在空、无相、无愿这些定中,随自己的意愿享受果定之乐。应当这样理解。巴利
Puna rañño pavattipesanaṃ viya tathāgatassa paṭiladdhaguṇārocanaṃ. ‘Vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti puna dhanadānaṃ viya bhagavato arahattamaggassa vipassanācikkhanaṃ. Catutthasampahārena saparivārānaṃ pañcannaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ ghātitakālato paṭṭhāya janapadassa khemakālo viya arahattamaggena sasampayuttesu pañcasu akusalacittesu pahīnesu dvādasannaṃ akusalacittānaṃ pahīnakālato paṭṭhāya puna cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakassa akusaladhammassa abhāvo. Rañño vijitasaṅgāmassa amaccagaṇaparivutassa varapāsāde mahāsampattianubhavanaṃ viya khīṇāsavaparivutassa dhammarañño suññataanimittaappaṇihitabhedesu samāpattisukhesu icchiticchitaphalasamāpattisukhānubhavanaṃ veditabbanti.
法义宣说者的讨论巴利
Dhammuddesavārakathā
365 365. 现在,为了分别开示不善法句,开始了“哪些法是不善”等语。其中,法的确定等各章的分类,以及前面出现过的那些词的意义抉择,都应依照前面所说的方式来了知。不过,我们只在各处解说其独特之处。其中,在“时的确定”方面,首先,因为不善不像善那样有“地”的差别,所以即使它完全属于欲界,也没有说它是“欲界”。在“与见相应”这句中,见本身就是“见取”,就像“粪取、尿取”等说法一样。或者,因为见没有可去之处,只是见本身的状态,所以叫“见取”。与它相应,就是“与见取相应”。巴利
365. Idāni akusaladhammapadaṃ bhājetvā dassetuṃ katame dhammā akusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha dhammavavatthānādivārappabhedo ca heṭṭhā āgatānaṃ padānaṃ atthavinicchayo ca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Tattha tattha pana visesamattameva vaṇṇayissāma. Tattha samayavavatthāne tāva yasmā, kusalassa viya, akusalassa bhūmibhedo natthi, tasmā ekantaṃ kāmāvacarampi samānaṃ etaṃ ‘kāmāvacara’nti na vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhigatasampayuttanti ettha diṭṭhi eva diṭṭhigataṃ ‘gūthagataṃ muttagata’ntiādīni (a. ni. 9.11) viya. Gantabbābhāvato vā diṭṭhiyā gatamattamevetantipi diṭṭhigataṃ. Tena sampayuttaṃ diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ.
在这里,应当知道:这种被称为“见取”的邪见,是由听闻非法、亲近恶友、不愿意见圣者等等原因,以及不如理作意等原因而产生的。具体来说:那些与邪见言论相关的非法,是以极度推崇为先导、越过中道、缺乏审察的方式来听闻的;那些见解败坏的恶友,是因为与这样的人交往,也就是所谓的“恶友关系”;因为不愿意见佛陀等圣者和善士;因为对四念处等种种圣法不通达;因为对巴帝摩卡防护、根律仪、念律仪、智律仪、断律仪等种种圣法和善士法,处于名为“律仪毁失”的不律仪状态;因为被这些因素所熏染的不如理作意;以及因为热衷于怪异、祥瑞之类的事情,所以这种邪见就会生起。应当这样了知。而心的无行状态,则按照前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
Tattha asaddhammasavanaṃ, akalyāṇamittatā, ariyānaṃ adassanakāmatādīni ayoniso manasikāroti evamādīhi kāraṇehi imassa diṭṭhigatasaṅkhātassa micchādassanassa uppatti veditabbā. Ye hi ete diṭṭhivādapaṭisaṃyuttā asaddhammā tesaṃ bahumānapubbaṅgamena atikkantamajjhattena upaparikkhārahitena savanena, ye ca diṭṭhivipannā akalyāṇamittā taṃsampavaṅkatāsaṅkhātāya akalyāṇamittatāya, buddhādīnaṃ ariyānañceva sappurisānañca adassanakāmatāya catusatipaṭṭhānādibhede ariyadhamme akovidattena pātimokkhasaṃvaraindriyasaṃvarasatisaṃvarañāṇasaṃvarapahānasaṃvarappabhede ariyadhamme ceva sappurisadhamme ca saṃvarabhedasaṅkhātena avinayena teheva kāraṇehi paribhāvitena ayoniso manasikārena kotūhalamaṅgalādipasutatāya ca etaṃ uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Asaṅkhārabhāvo panassa cittassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
在“法分别说”这一部分里,“触”指的是与不善心同时生起的触。受等内容也是同样的道理。这样一来,它们和前几类法的区别,就只在于纯粹是不善而已。巴利
Dhammuddesavāre phassoti akusalacittasahajāto phasso. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Iti akusalamattameva etesaṃ purimehi viseso.
心一境性是指:即使在杀生等行为里,心也因为不散乱而具有一境性。因为人们把心专注起来、不散乱,就能把刀剑稳稳当当地刺进有情的身体;极度专注的人会偷取他人的财物;以专一的心行邪淫。这样一来,即使在不善法生起的时候,心也有一境性。巴利
Cittassekaggatā hotīti pāṇātipātādīsupi avikkhittabhāvena cittassa ekaggatā hoti. Manussā hi cittaṃ samādahitvā avikkhittā hutvā avirajjhamānāni satthāni pāṇasarīresu nipātenti, susamāhitā paresaṃ santakaṃ haranti, ekarasena cittena micchācāraṃ āpajjanti. Evaṃ akusalappavattiyampi cittassa ekaggatā hoti.
邪见,就是不符合真实的见;或者因为偏离了真实而执取,所以是虚妄的见,这就是邪见。又因为它带来不利,被智者所厌恶,这种见也是邪见。邪思惟等也是这样理解。再者,他们以这种见去看,或者自己错误地看,或者这仅仅是一种错误的看,所以是邪见。它以不如理地执著为特征,以执取为作用,以错误的执著为表现,以不想见到圣者等为直接原因;应当把它看作最大的过失。在邪思惟等当中,只是“邪”这个字不同而已。其余的部分应当依照善法章节中所说的那样来理解。巴利
Micchādiṭṭhīti ayāthāvadiṭṭhi, virajjhitvā gahaṇato vā vitathā diṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhi. Anatthāvahattā paṇḍitehi jigucchitā diṭṭhītipi micchādiṭṭhi. Micchāsaṅkappādīsupi eseva nayo. Apica micchā passanti tāya, sayaṃ vā micchā passati, micchādassanamattameva vā esāti micchādiṭṭhi. Sā ayoniso abhinivesalakkhaṇā, parāmāsarasā, micchābhinivesapaccupaṭṭhānā, ariyānaṃ adassanakāmatādipadaṭṭhānā; paramaṃ vajjanti daṭṭhabbā. Micchāsaṅkappādīsu ‘micchā’ti padamattameva viseso. Sesaṃ kusalādhikāre vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
“无惭力、无愧力”:这里“力”的含义,在论释部分会清楚说明。至于其他几个词:不感到惭耻,就是无惭;无惭的状态,就是无惭。不感到愧惧,就是无愧。其中,无惭的特点是对身恶行等不厌恶,或者说不觉得羞耻;无愧的特点是对这些同样不感到畏惧,或者说不害怕。无惭本身就是力,所以叫无惭力;无愧本身就是力,所以叫无愧力。这是这里简要的含义。详细的解释,则应当依照前面所说的对立面来理解。巴利
Ahirikabalaṃanottappabalanti ettha balattho niddesavāre āvi bhavissati. Itaresu pana – na hiriyatīti ahiriko. Ahirikassa bhāvo ahirikaṃ. Na ottappaṃ anottappaṃ. Tesu ahirikaṃ kāyaduccaritādīhi ajigucchanalakkhaṇaṃ, alajjālakkhaṇaṃ vā. Anottappaṃ teheva asārajjanalakkhaṇaṃ anuttāsanalakkhaṇaṃ vā. Ahirikameva balaṃ ahirikabalaṃ. Anottappameva balaṃ anottappabalaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepattho. Vitthāro pana heṭṭhā vuttapaṭipakkhavasena veditabbo.
贪之所以叫“贪”,是因为它使人贪著,或者它自己就贪著,或者它本身就是贪著这件事。痴之所以叫“痴”,是因为它使人迷惑,或者它自己就迷惑,或者它本身就是迷惑这件事。在这两者当中,贪以抓取所缘为特征,就像猴胶一样;以粘著为作用,就像扔进热锅里的肉片一样;以不肯放下为表现,就像油彩的染色一样;以在会被结缚的事物中看到乐趣为立足处。应当知道,这个贪借着渴爱之河不断增长,就像水流湍急的河流奔向大海一样,只会把人带向恶趣。巴利
Lubbhanti tena, sayaṃ vā lubbhati, lubbhanamattameva vā tanti lobho. Muyhanti tena, sayaṃ vā muyhati, muyhanamattameva vā tanti moho. Tesu lobho ārammaṇaggahaṇalakkhaṇo makkaṭālepo viya, abhisaṅgaraso tattakapāle khittamaṃsapesi viya, apariccāgapaccupaṭṭhāno telañjanarāgo viya, saṃyojaniyadhammesu assādadassanapadaṭṭhāno. So taṇhānadībhāvena vaḍḍhamāno, sīghasotā nadī viya mahāsamuddaṃ, apāyameva gahetvā gacchatīti daṭṭhabbo.
痴以心的盲目为特征,或者以无知为特征;以不通达为作用,或者以遮蔽所缘的自性为作用;以不正行为显现,或者以黑暗为显现;以不如理作意为直接原因。应当知道,痴是一切不善法的根。巴利
Moho cittassa andhabhāvalakkhaṇo aññāṇalakkhaṇo vā, asampaṭivedharaso ārammaṇasabhāvacchādanaraso vā, asammāpaṭipattipaccupaṭṭhāno andhakārapaccupaṭṭhāno vā, ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhāno. Sabbākusalānaṃ mūlanti daṭṭhabbo.
贪欲:因为通过它去贪求,或者自己贪求,或者这本身就是一种贪求的状态,所以叫贪欲。它的特相是渴望把他人的成就变成自己的;作用是以上述那种方式去寻求;现起是面向他人的成就;近因是对他人的成就感到乐著。因为它确实是以朝向他人成就的方式现起的。当对他人的成就有了乐著,它就会生起,应当理解为就像心向着他人的成就伸出手去一样。巴利
Abhijjhāyanti tāya, sayaṃ vā abhijjhāyati, abhijjhāyanamattameva vā esāti abhijjhā. Sā parasampattīnaṃ sakakaraṇaicchālakkhaṇā, tenākārena esanabhāvarasā, parasampatti-abhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, parasampattīsu abhiratipadaṭṭhānā. Parasampattiabhimukhā eva hi sā upaṭṭhahati. Tāsu ca abhiratiyā sati pavattati, parasampattīsu cetaso hatthappasāroviyāti daṭṭhabbā.
在“有止”等说法里,由于能平息在其他事务中的散乱,所以叫止。当不善生起时,它能策励心,所以叫策励。不散乱,所以叫不散乱。巴利
Samatho hotītiādīsu aññesu kiccesu vikkhepasamanato samatho. Akusalappavattiyaṃ cittaṃ paggaṇhātīti paggāho. Na vikkhipatīti avikkhepo.
在这个心里,信、念、慧以及六对法都没有被列入。为什么?因为在没有信的心里面,并没有所谓的净信。所以首先,信没有被列入。那么,那些持邪见的人难道不相信各自的老师吗?他们是相信的。但那种相信并不能叫作信,那只是接受对方说的话而已。从实际意义上说,那要么是没有经过审察,要么就是邪见。而在没有念的心里,念是不存在的,所以念没有被列入。那些持邪见的人难道不记得自己做过的事吗?他们是记得的。但那并不能叫作念。那只是以那种方式生起的不善心而已。所以念没有被列入。那么,为什么经典里又说“邪念”呢?那是为了说明邪道和邪性得以圆满,因为不善蕴缺少念,又和念正好相反,所以在那里用间接的方式来说。从直接的意义上说,并没有邪念这回事。所以念没有被列入。而在愚痴的心里,慧是不存在的,所以慧没有被列入。那些持邪见的人难道没有欺骗人的慧吗?是有的。但那不是慧,那叫作幻术。从实际意义上说,那就是渴爱。而这个心是不安的、沉重的、负担重的、粗硬的、僵硬的、不适合做事的、病态的、歪曲的、扭曲的。因此,轻安等六对法都没有被列入。巴利
Imasmiṃ citte saddhā, sati, paññā, cha yugaḷakānīti ime dhammā na gahitā. Kasmā? Assaddhiyacitte pasādo nāma natthi. Tasmā tāva saddhā na gahitā. Kiṃ pana diṭṭhigatikā attano attano satthārānaṃ na saddahantīti? Saddahanti. Sā pana saddhā nāma na hoti, vacanasampaṭicchanamattamevetaṃ. Atthato anupaparikkhā vā hoti, diṭṭhi vā. Asatiyacitte pana sati natthīti na gahitā. Kiṃ diṭṭhigatikā attanā katakammaṃ na sarantīti? Saranti. Sā pana sati nāma na hoti. Kevalaṃ tenākārena akusalacittappavatti. Tasmā sati na gahitā. Atha kasmā ‘‘micchāsatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.333; saṃ. ni. 5.1) suttante vuttā? Sā pana akusalakkhandhānaṃ sativirahitattā satipaṭipakkhattā ca micchāmaggamicchattānaṃ pūraṇatthaṃ tattha pariyāyena desanā katā. Nippariyāyena panesā natthi. Tasmā na gahitā. Andhabālacitte pana paññā natthīti na gahitā. Kiṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ vañcanāpaññā natthīti? Atthi. Na panesā paññā, māyā nāmesā hoti. Sā atthato taṇhāva. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ sadarathaṃ garukaṃ bhāriyaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ thaddhaṃ akammaññaṃ gilānaṃ vaṅkaṃ kuṭilaṃ. Tasmā passaddhādīni cha yugaḷakāni na gahitāni.
到这里,已经按句子的顺序,从心所的角度展示了载于巴利圣典中的三十二个词。现在为了展示“或存法”,说出了“或复有彼于其时”等话。其中,在一切不善心里,欲、胜解、作意、慢、嫉、悭、惛沉、睡眠、掉举、恶作,这十种就是“或存法”,被称为“经中所来,于经句中所见”。而在这种心里,欲、胜解、作意、掉举这四种,就是被称为决定支的“或存法”。巴利
Ettāvatā padapaṭipāṭiyā cittaṅgavasena pāḷiāruḷhāni dvattiṃsa padāni dassetvā idāni yevāpanakadhamme dassetuṃ ye vā pana tasmiṃ samayetiādimāha. Tattha sabbesupi akusalacittesu chando adhimokkho manasikāro māno issā macchariyaṃ thinaṃ middhaṃ uddhaccaṃ kukkuccanti ime daseva yevāpanakā honti dhammā, suttāgatā, suttapadesu dissareti vuttā. Imasmiṃ pana citte chando adhimokkho manasikāro uddhaccanti ime apaṇṇakaṅgasaṅkhātā cattārova yevāpanakā honti.
在这里,欲等心所应当依照前面所说的方式来了知。它们唯一的区别是:那些是善的,而这些是不善的。至于另外那个,心的掉举状态就是“掉举”。它以心不寂静为特相,就像被风吹动的水;以不稳固为作用,就像被风吹动的旗子;以散乱为现起,就像被石头击起的灰尘;以对心不寂静的不如理作意为近因。应当理解为心的散乱。巴利
Tattha chandādayo heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kevalañhi te kusalā, ime akusalā. Itaraṃ pana uddhatassa bhāvo ‘uddhaccaṃ’. Taṃ cetaso avūpasamalakkhaṇaṃ vātābhighātacalajalaṃ viya, anavaṭṭhānarasaṃ vātābhighātacaladhajapaṭākā viya, bhantattapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ pāsāṇābhighātasamuddhatabhasmā viya, cetaso avūpasame ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Cittavikkhepoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
这样,触等三十二法,加上按“或存法”方式说的四法,在这个法摄要门中,全部合起来就是三十六项法句。除去四必定支,巴利圣典中出现的只有三十二法。而在这里,按“未摄之摄”来说,则有触等五法、寻、伺、喜、心一境性、精进根、命根、邪见、无惭、无愧、贪、痴——这十六种法。巴利
Iti phassādīni dvattiṃsa, yevāpanakavasena vuttāni cattārīti sabbānipi imasmiṃ dhammuddesavāre chattiṃsa dhammapadāni bhavanti. Cattāri apaṇṇakaṅgāni hāpetvā pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni dvattiṃsameva. Aggahitaggahaṇena panettha phassapañcakaṃ, vitakko vicāro pīti cittassekaggatā vīriyindriyaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ micchādiṭṭhi ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ lobho mohoti soḷasa dhammā honti.
在这十六法当中,有七法是不分别的,九法是分别的。哪七法呢?触、想、思、伺、喜、命根、痴——这七法是不分别的。受、心、寻、心一境性、精进根、邪见、无惭、无愧、贪——这九法是分别的。巴利
Tesu soḷasasu satta dhammā avibhattikā nava savibhattikā honti. Katame satta? Phasso saññā cetanā vicāro pīti jīvitindriyaṃ mohoti ime satta avibhattikā. Vedanā cittaṃ vitakko cittassekaggatā vīriyindriyaṃ micchādiṭṭhi ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ lobhoti ime nava savibhattikā.
在这其中,有六法在两个地方被分别说明,一法在三个地方,一法在四个地方,一法在六个地方。怎么讲呢?心、寻、邪见、无惭、无愧、贪——这六法在两个地方被分别说明。其中,心在触等五法中被说为“心”,在诸根中被说为“意根”;寻在诸禅支中被说为“寻”,在诸道支中被说为“邪思惟”;邪见在诸道支和诸业道中都是“邪见”;无惭在诸力中被说为“无惭力”,在毁世二法中被说为“无惭”;无愧也是这样;贪在根本中被说为“贪”,在诸业道中被说为“贪欲”。这六法就是在两个地方被分别说明的。巴利
Tesu cha dhammā dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā, eko tīsu, eko catūsu, eko chasu. Kathaṃ? Cittaṃ vitakko micchādiṭṭhi ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ lobhoti ime cha dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā. Tesu hi cittaṃ tāva phassapañcakaṃ patvā cittaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, indriyāni patvā manindriyanti. Vitakko jhānaṅgāni patvā vitakko hotīti vutto, maggaṅgāni patvā micchāsaṅkappoti. Micchādiṭṭhi maggaṅgesupi kammapathesupi micchādiṭṭhiyeva. Ahirikaṃ balāni patvā ahirikabalaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, lokanāsakadukaṃ patvā ahirikanti. Anottappepi eseva nayo. Lobho mūlaṃ patvā lobho hotīti vutto. Kammapathaṃ patvā abhijjhāti. Ime cha dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā.
受呢,到了触等五法那里,就说它是“受”;到了诸禅支那里,就说它是“乐”;到了诸根那里,就说它是“喜根”。这样一来,同一个法就在三个地方被分别说明了。巴利
Vedanā pana phassapañcakaṃ patvā vedanā hotīti vuttā, jhānaṅgāni patvā sukhanti, indriyāni patvā somanassindriyanti. Evaṃ ekova dhammo tīsu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
精进则到达诸根时,说为精进根;到达诸道支时,说为邪精进;到达诸力时,说为精进力;到达后二法时,说为策励。如此,这同一法在四处被分别。巴利
Vīriyaṃ pana indriyāni patvā vīriyindriyaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, maggaṅgāni patvā micchāvāyāmo hotīti, balāni patvā vīriyabalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā paggāho hotīti. Evaṃ ayaṃ eko dhammo catūsu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
定呢,到了禅支这里,被称为心一境性;到了诸根这里,被称为定根;到了诸道支这里,被称为邪定;到了诸力这里,被称为定力;到了后二法这里,在第二对中单独被称为止,在第三对中被称为不散乱。这样,这同一个法就在六个地方被分别说明。巴利
Samādhi pana jhānaṅgāni patvā cittassekaggatā hotīti vutto, indriyāni patvā samādhindriyanti, maggaṅgāni patvā micchāsamādhīti, balāni patvā samādhibalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā dutiyaduke ekakavaseneva samathoti , tatiye avikkhepoti. Evamayaṃ eko dhammo chasu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
所有这些法,按触等五法、禅支、根、道支、力、根本、业道、毁世法、后二法来分,共有九类。其中应当说明的内容,在解释第一个善心时已经说过了。巴利
Sabbepi panete dhammā phassapañcakavasena jhānaṅgavasena indriyavasena maggaṅgavasena balavasena mūlavasena kammapathavasena lokanāsakavasena piṭṭhidukavasenāti nava rāsayo honti. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ paṭhamakusalacittaniddese vuttamevāti.
375 在释义篇里解释心一境性时,先说“安住、稳固”。这两个词都只是“住立”的说法。但在善法释义里说的“深入所缘、进入之后而安住,所以是稳固”,这个意思在这里用不上。因为在不善法里,心一境性是微弱的,这一点前面已经说明了。巴利
375. Niddesavāre cittassekaggatāniddese tāva saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhitīti. Idaṃ dvayaṃ ṭhitivevacanameva. Yaṃ pana kusalaniddese ‘ārammaṇaṃ ogāhetvā anupavisitvā tiṭṭhatīti avaṭṭhitī’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ idha na labbhati. Akusalasmiñhi dubbalā cittassekaggatāti heṭṭhā dīpitameva.
384 384. 以掉举和疑的方式生起的散乱,从它的对立面来说就是“不散乱”——这样的含义在这里并不适用。然而,不让俱生法散乱,就是“不散乱”。不让心散逸,就是“不散逸”。以不善心一境性的方式,心不散乱的状态,就是“不散乱心性”。在俱生法中不动摇,就是“定力”。因为不如实地安定,所以是“邪定”——这里的含义应当这样理解。巴利
384. Uddhaccavicikicchāvasena pavattassa visāhārassa paṭipakkhato avisāhāroti evarūpopi attho idha na labbhati. Sahajātadhamme pana na visāharatīti avisāhāro. Na vikkhipatīti avikkhepo. Akusalacittekaggatāvasena avisāhaṭassa mānasassa bhāvo avisāhaṭamānasatā. Sahajātadhammesu na kampatīti samādhibalaṃ. Ayāthāvasamādhānato micchāsamādhīti evamidha attho daṭṭhabbo.
385 在讲精进根的时候,前面所说的“这是出离,是为了遣除诸欲”那一套说法,在这里并不适用。应当只依据精进力在俱生法中不动摇这一层含义来理解它。巴利
385. Vīriyindriyaniddese yo heṭṭhā ‘nikkamo ceso kāmānaṃ panudanāyā’tiādi nayo vutto, so idha na labbhati. Sahajātadhammesu akampanaṭṭheneva vīriyabalaṃ veditabbaṃ.
386 在解释邪见时,以不如实地看事物的含义,称为邪见。这个见解进入种种见解之中,因为包含在六十二见之内,所以叫“见趣”。它下面的含义前面已经说过了。见本身因为难以超越,所以叫“见丛”,就像草丛、林丛、山丛一样。见本身因为有危险、有恐怖,所以叫“见荒漠”,就像有盗贼的荒漠、有猛兽的荒漠、沙漠、没有水的荒漠、闹饥荒的荒漠一样。因为能刺穿正见、能违逆正见,所以叫“见歪曲”。因为邪见生起时,既刺穿正见,又违逆正见。由于有时候执取常见,有时候执取断见,见就以扭曲的方式颤动,所以叫“见颤动”。因为陷入邪见的人没办法在一个地方站住,有时候追随常见,有时候追随断见。见本身因为能系缚,所以就是结缚,因此叫“见结”。巴利
386. Micchādiṭṭhiniddese ayāthāvadassanaṭṭhena micchādiṭṭhi. Diṭṭhīsu gataṃ idaṃ dassanaṃ, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhiantogatattāti diṭṭhigataṃ. Heṭṭhāpissa attho vuttoyeva. Diṭṭhiyeva duratikkamanaṭṭhena diṭṭhigahanaṃ, tiṇagahanavanagahanapabbatagahanāni viya. Diṭṭhiyeva sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayaṭṭhena diṭṭhikantāro, corakantāravāḷakantāramarukantāranirudakakantāradubbhikkhakantārā viya. Sammādiṭṭhiyā vinivijjhanaṭṭhena vilomanaṭṭhena ca diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ. Micchādassanañhi uppajjamānaṃ sammādassanaṃ vinivijjhati ceva vilometi ca. Kadāci sassatassa kadāci ucchedassa gahaṇato diṭṭhiyā virūpaṃ phanditanti diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ. Diṭṭhigatiko hi ekasmiṃ patiṭṭhātuṃ na sakkoti, kadāci sassataṃ anupatati kadāci ucchedaṃ. Diṭṭhiyeva bandhanaṭṭhena saṃyojananti diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ.
就像鳄鱼等抓住人一样,紧紧抓住所缘,所以叫“执取”。因为能站稳脚跟,所以叫“立足处”。它确实是以强有力的方式现起,站稳之后再抓住。以“常”等方式固执坚持,所以叫“执著”。越过法的本性,以“常”等方式从外面去抓取,所以叫“触握”。因为带来不利,所以是卑劣的道路;或者是通往卑劣恶趣的道路,所以叫“邪道”。因为是不正确的路,所以叫“邪路”。就像迷失方向的人,虽然认定“这是通往某个村子的路”,却到不了那个村子;同样,堕入邪见的人虽然认定“这是通往善趣的路”,那个见解也不能让他到达善趣。所以,因为是不正确的路,就是邪路。因为本性邪恶,所以叫“邪性”。众生就在这里流转,愚者在这里渡越,所以叫“渡场”。这个渡场又是不利之处,所以叫“渡处”。或者,对外道来说,因为是他们产生的地方,也是他们居住的地方,所以也叫“处”,因此叫“渡处”。是颠倒的执取,或者因为颠倒而执取,所以叫“颠倒执”,意思是颠倒地执取。巴利
Susumārādayo viya purisaṃ, ārammaṇaṃ daḷhaṃ gaṇhātīti gāho. Patiṭṭhahanato patiṭṭhāho. Ayañhi balavappavattibhāvena patiṭṭhahitvā gaṇhāti. Niccādivasena abhinivisatīti abhiniveso. Dhammasabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā niccādivasena parato āmasatīti parāmāso. Anatthāvahattā kucchito maggo, kucchitānaṃ vā apāyānaṃ maggoti kummaggo. Ayāthāvapathato micchāpatho. Yathā hi disāmūḷhena ayaṃ asukagāmassa nāma pathoti gahitopi taṃ gāmaṃ na sampāpeti, evaṃ diṭṭhigatikena sugatipathoti gahitāpi diṭṭhi sugatiṃ na pāpetīti ayāthāvapathato, micchāpatho. Micchāsabhāvato micchattaṃ. Tattheva paribbhamanato taranti ettha bālāti titthaṃ. Titthañca taṃ anatthānañca āyatananti titthāyatanaṃ. Titthiyānaṃ vā sañjātidesaṭṭhena nivāsaṭhānaṭṭhena ca āyatanantipi titthāyatanaṃ. Vipariyesabhūto gāho, vipariyesato vā gāhoti vipariyesaggāho; vipallattha gāhoti attho.
387-388 在解释无惭和无愧时,要透过惭和愧的解释的反面来理解它们的含义。至于无惭力和无愧力,则应仅从它们在俱生诸法中不动摇这一层意义来理解。巴利
387-388. Ahirikānottappaniddesesu hirottappaniddesavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. Sahajātadhammesu pana akampanaṭṭheneva ahirikabalaṃ anottappabalañca veditabbaṃ.
389 在贪与痴的释义中,染著就是贪。染著的状态就是染著行相。与贪相应的识,或者染著的人,就是被贪染的人;被贪染者的状态,就是被贪染性。强烈执著就是强贪。强烈执著的行相就是强烈执著相。强烈执著者的状态就是强烈执著性。以不断盘算求取之义,就是贪欲。这里再次说到“贪”这个词,理由前面已经讲过。它是不善,又是根,或者是不善法的根,所以叫不善根。巴利
389. Lobhamohaniddesesu lubbhatīti lobho. Lubbhanāti lubbhanākāro. Lobhasampayuttacittaṃ, puggalo vā lubbhito; lubbhitassa bhāvo lubbhitattaṃ. Sārajjatīti sārāgo. Sārajjanākāro sārajjanā. Sārajjitassa bhāvo sārajjitattaṃ. Abhijjhāyanaṭṭhena abhijjhā. Puna ‘lobha’-vacane kāraṇaṃ vuttameva. Akusalañca taṃ mūlañca akusalānaṃ vā mūlanti akusalamūlaṃ.
390 无智与智见相反,所以是无见。面对法却不能与法相合、与法契合,所以是无现观。如理地觉悟法,所以是随觉;与它相反,所以是无随觉。与无常等结合起来仍不觉悟,所以是不正觉。觉悟不实的、不平等的,也是不正觉。不能证悟四谛法,所以是无证悟。对色等诸法,即使一法也不能以无常等共相来总摄,所以是不总摄。不能彻底洞察那法,所以是不彻察。不能平等地观察,所以是不平等观。不观察诸法的自性,所以是不省察。巴利
390. Ñāṇadassanapaṭipakkhato aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ. Abhimukho hutvā dhammena na sameti, na samāgacchatīti anabhisamayo. Anurūpato dhamme bujjhatīti anubodho. Tappaṭipakkhatāya ananubodho. Aniccādīhi saddhiṃ yojetvā na bujjhatīti asambodho. Asantaṃ asamañca bujjhatītipi asambodho. Catusaccadhammaṃ nappaṭivijjhatīti appaṭivedho. Rūpādīsu ekadhammampi aniccādisāmaññato na saṅgaṇhātīti asaṃgāhanā. Tameva dhammaṃ na pariyogāhatīti apariyogāhanā. Na samaṃ pekkhatīti asamapekkhaṇā. Dhammānaṃ sabhāvaṃ pati na apekkhatīti apaccavekkhaṇā.
对于善业和不善业,因为颠倒而行,或者因为无法把握它们的自性,所以没有哪怕一个业是当下现前的;而且自己也不可能亲自对任何业作出证明,因此叫“无现前业”。如果这个不现前,心的相续本应是清净的、洁净的、明净的,但它却被败坏了,所以叫“败坏清净”。愚者的状态,就是愚性。迷惑,就是痴。更强的痴,就是迷痴。全面地迷惑,就是极迷。因为它是明的对立面,所以不是明,就是无明。瀑流和轭的含义前面已经说过了。以牢固地潜藏为义,随眠,所以叫随眠。心被缠住、被压服,就是缠。因为不执取利益,不能朝向利益前进,反而只是跛行,所以叫跛者;意思是跛行。或者,以难以打开为义,所以叫跛者。就像叫做大闩的跛者难以打开一样,这个法也像跛者一样难以打开,所以叫跛者。其余的含义浅显易懂。摄的章节和空的章节,也应该按照前面所说的方式,从含义上来了知。巴利
Kusalākusalakammesu viparītavuttiyā sabhāvaggahaṇābhāvena vā ekampi kammaṃ etassa paccakkhaṃ natthi, sayaṃ vā kassaci kammassa paccakkhakaraṇaṃ nāma na hotīti appaccakkhakammaṃ. Yaṃ etasmiṃ anuppajjamāne cittasantānaṃ mejjhaṃ bhaveyya, suci, vodānaṃ, taṃ duṭṭhaṃ mejjhaṃ imināti dummejjhaṃ. Bālānaṃ bhāvoti bālyaṃ. Muyhatīti moho. Balavataro moho pamoho. Samantato muyhatīti sammoho. Vijjāya paṭipakkhabhāvato na vijjāti avijjā. Oghayogattho vuttoyeva. Thāmagataṭṭhena anusetīti anusayo. Cittaṃ pariyuṭṭhāti, abhibhavatīti pariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Hitaggahaṇābhāvena hitābhimukhaṃ gantuṃ na sakkoti, aññadatthu laṅgatiyevāti laṅgī; khañjatīti attho. Durugghāṭanaṭṭhena vā laṅgī. Yathā hi mahāpalighasaṅkhātā laṅgī durugghāṭā hoti, evamayampi laṅgī viyāti laṅgī. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Saṅgahavārasuññatavārāpi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva atthato veditabbāti.
399 第二心里,“有行”这个词是区别性的表述。它的含义也和前面说的一样。不过,这种心虽然在六种所缘中对悦俱者生起贪爱,并以“有情、有情”等方式执取,但由于属于有行,所以是借着加行、借着方便才生起的——比如有位良家子喜欢上一个外道家庭的少女。那家人说“你们是见解不同的人”,不肯把少女嫁给他。这时其他亲戚劝那家人说“你们做什么,他也会跟着做”,于是促成婚事。他就跟着他们去亲近外道。一开始他还犹豫不决。时间久了,他觉得这些人的行为合自己的心意,便认同他们的主张,接受他们的邪见——应当知道,这种心就是在这样的时候生起的。巴利
399. Dutiyacitte sasaṅkhārenāti padaṃ visesaṃ. Tampi heṭṭhā vuttatthameva. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ kiñcāpi chasu ārammaṇesu somanassitassa lobhaṃ uppādetvā ‘satto satto’tiādinā nayena parāmasantassa uppajjati, tathāpi sasaṅkhārikattā sappayogena saupāyena uppajjanato – yadā kulaputto micchādiṭṭhikassa kulassa kumārikaṃ pattheti. Te ca ‘aññadiṭṭhikā tumhe’ti kumārikaṃ na denti. Athaññe ñātakā ‘yaṃ tumhe karotha tamevāyaṃ karissatī’ti dāpenti. So tehi saddhiṃ titthiye upasaṅkamati. Āditova vematiko hoti. Gacchante gacchante kāle etesaṃ kiriyā manāpāti laddhiṃ roceti, diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti – evarūpe kāle idaṃ labbhatīti veditabbaṃ.
不过,在这里所说的各种杂心所当中,昏沉和睡眠比较突出。其中,使心昏昧无力的状态就是“昏沉”;使心沉重、蜷缩的状态就是“睡眠”;它的意思是:没有振奋的动力,心力萎弱,形成障碍。昏沉加上睡眠,合起来就是昏沉睡眠。其中,昏沉以缺乏振奋为特征,作用是驱除精进,表现为心的消沉下坠。睡眠以心不灵活、不堪任为特征,作用是覆盖、蒙蔽,表现为心退缩迟钝,或者表现为打瞌睡、入睡。这两者都以对不乐、疲倦、伸懒腰等状态的不如理作意为生起的依据。巴利
Yevāpanakesu panettha thinamiddhaṃ adhikaṃ. Tattha thinanatā ‘thinaṃ’. Middhanatā ‘middhaṃ’; anussāhasaṃhananatā asattivighāto cāti attho. Thinañca middhañca thinamiddhaṃ. Tattha thinaṃ anussāhalakkhaṇaṃ, vīriyavinodanarasaṃ, saṃsīdanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Middhaṃ akammaññatālakkhaṇaṃ, onahanarasaṃ, līnabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ pacalāyikāniddāpaccupaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Ubhayampi aratitandīvijambhitādīsu ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānanti.
400 第三,在六种所缘中,对悦俱者令贪生起之后,以“有情、有情”等方式不加执取的人,在观看那罗延天、毗罗阇那、角力、战斗、舞伎、集会等时,或者热衷于听闻悦耳声音等时,它就会生起。在这里,与慢一起存在五种确然支。其中,慢就是思惟。它以高举为特征,以抬举为作用,以想要标榜为现起,以与见不相应的贪为近因,应当看作像疯狂一样。巴利
400. Tatiyaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu somanassitassa lobhaṃ uppādetvā ‘satto satto’tiādinā nayena aparāmasantassa nārāyaṇavirājanamallayuddhanaṭasamajjādīni passato manāpiyasaddasavanādipasutassa vā uppajjati. Idha mānena saddhiṃ pañca apaṇṇakaṅgāni honti. Tattha maññatīti ‘māno’. So unnatilakkhaṇo, sampaggaharaso, ketukamyatāpaccupaṭṭhāno, diṭṭhivippayuttalobhapadaṭṭhāno, ummādo viya daṭṭhabboti.
402 第四种心所,是在前面说过的那些情形里生起的:当有人往头上吐唾沫、往脚上撒尘土时,为了躲开这些,就带着努力,时不时地东张西望;当王宫的舞伎出场、正在被驱赶时,就从各个缝隙里张望——在诸如此类的情形中生起。不过在这里,和昏沉、睡眠一起的,只有七种随附心所。在这两种场合,邪见都被排除。应当知道,除了邪见以外,其余诸法的计数按其余的心所来算。巴利
402. Catutthaṃ vuttappakāresu eva ṭhānesu yadā sīse kheḷaṃ khipanti, pādapaṃsuṃ okiranti, tadā tassa pariharaṇatthaṃ saussāhena antarantarā olokentānaṃ rājanāṭakesu nikkhantesu ussāraṇāya vattamānāya tena tena chiddena olokentānañcāti evamādīsu ṭhānesu uppajjati. Idha pana thinamiddhehi saddhiṃ satta yevāpanakā honti. Ubhayatthāpi micchādiṭṭhi parihāyati. Taṃ ṭhapetvā sesānaṃ vasena dhammagaṇanā veditabbāti.
403 第五种心:在六种所缘中,对处于中舍状态的受生起贪,并以“有情、有情”等方式执取时生起。不过在这里,本来是喜俱的地方,只有舍受,喜这一支已经退失。其余一切都和第一种心相同。巴利
403. Pañcamaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu vedanāvasena majjhattassa lobhaṃ uppādetvā ‘satto satto’tiādinā nayena parāmasantassa uppajjati. Somanassaṭṭhāne panettha upekkhāvedanā hoti, pītipadaṃ parihāyati. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ paṭhamacittasadisameva.
409-412 第六、第七、第八种心也要把受转换过来,并去掉喜这一支,然后按照第二、第三、第四种心所说的方式来了知。在这八种与贪相应的心里,俱生增上和所缘增上这两种增上都可以得到。巴利
409-412. Chaṭṭhasattamaṭṭhamānipi vedanaṃ parivattetvā pītipadañca hāpetvā dutiyatatiyacatutthesu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Imesu aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatacittesu sahajātādhipati ārammaṇādhipatīti dvepi adhipatayo labbhanti.
413 第九:在六种所缘中,对心怀忧恼者生起嗔怒时生起。在分别彼时段的章节里,先说:心被败坏,或者因为受低劣,所以心是可鄙的,这叫“忧心”;忧心的状态就是“忧”。与它同行,所以叫“忧俱”。以不喜爱的方式对所缘抗拒,所以叫“嗔”。与它相应,所以叫“嗔相应”。巴利
413. Navamaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu domanassitassa paṭighaṃ uppādayato uppajjati. Tassa samayavavatthānavāre tāva duṭṭhu mano, hīnavedanattā vā kucchitaṃ manoti dummano; dummanassa bhāvo domanassaṃ. Tena sahagatanti domanassasahagataṃ. Asampiyāyanabhāvena ārammaṇasmiṃ paṭihaññatīti paṭighaṃ. Tena sampayuttanti paṭighasampayuttaṃ.
在《法摄要》里,三处地方都只提到了忧受。其中“受”这个词前面已经讲过了。同样地,“苦”和“忧”这两个词,从相、作用等方面来说:忧以领纳不可意所缘为相,或者以如实感受不可意的行相为作用;以心的逼迫为现起;只以心所依处为足处。巴利
Dhammuddese tīsupi ṭhānesu domanassavedanāva āgatā. Tattha vedanāpadaṃ vuttameva. Tathā dukkhadomanassapadāni lakkhaṇādito pana aniṭṭhārammaṇānubhavanalakkhaṇaṃ domanassaṃ, yathātathā vā aniṭṭhākārasambhogarasaṃ, cetasikābādhapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ekanteneva hadayavatthupadaṭṭhānaṃ.
在根本业道这部分,前面讲诸心的时候说到“有贪,有贪欲”,这里也同样说到“有嗔,有嗔害”。其中,因为以它而嗔怒,或者自己嗔怒,或者只是嗔怒的状态本身,所以叫嗔。它的特相是粗暴,就像被激怒的毒蛇;作用是扩散,就像毒液蔓延;或者作用是烧毁自己的依处,就像森林大火;现起是嗔怒,就像敌人得到了可乘之机;近因是嗔恨的对象,应当看作像掺了毒的腐尿一样。巴利
Mūlakammapathesu yathā purimacittesu lobho hoti, abhijjhā hotīti āgataṃ, evaṃ doso hoti, byāpādo hotīti vuttaṃ. Tattha dussanti tena, sayaṃ vā dussati, dussanamattameva vā tanti doso so caṇḍikkalakkhaṇo pahaṭāsiviso viya, visappanaraso visanipāto viya, attano nissayadahanaraso vā dāvaggi viya, dussanapaccupaṭṭhāno laddhokāso viya sapatto, āghātavatthupadaṭṭhāno visasaṃsaṭṭhapūtimuttaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo.
嗔恚就是:因为它的缘故,心被伤害,走向腐坏,或者破坏律仪、行仪、容貌、成就、利益、安乐等。从含义上说,它其实就是嗔。在这里,按词句的顺序共有二十九句;按“未执取之执取”来算,则有十四句。依这些,应当知道有带格尾缀和不带格尾缀等类别的区分。巴利
Byāpajjati tena cittaṃ, pūtibhāvaṃ upagacchati, byāpādayati vā vinayācārarūpasampattihitasukhādīnīti byāpādo. Atthato panesa dosoyeva. Idha padapaṭipāṭiyā ekūnatiṃsa padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena cuddasa. Tesaṃ vasena savibhattikāvibhattikarāsibhedo veditabbo.
在“或无论何种”这一类里,欲、胜解、作意、掉举是确定的。而嫉妒、悭吝、恶作则各自与另一法结合,成为五法一组而生起。同样地,这三种法就叫作“不定的或无论何种法”。其中,嫉妒就是对他人的成就心生妒恼。它的特相是嫉妒他人的成就,作用是见他人得好处就不高兴,现起是背离那些好处,近因是他人的成就。应当看作结缚。悭吝就是吝啬的状态。它的特相是隐藏自己已得或将要得到的成就,作用是不能忍受这些成就与他人共享,现起是收缩,或者表现为吝啬小气,近因是自己的成就。应当看作心的丑陋状态。恶作就是做了恶劣的事、做了不善的事,那种状态就是恶作。它的特相是事后追悔,作用是为已做和未做的事情感到悲伤,现起是懊悔,近因是已做和未做之事。应当看作像奴役一样。以上是论母释部分的不同之处。巴利
Yevāpanakesu chandādhimokkhamanasikārauddhaccāni niyatāni. Issāmacchariyakukkuccesu pana aññatarena saddhiṃ pañca pañca hutvāpi uppajjanti. Evamepi tayo dhammā aniyatayevāpanakā nāma. Tesu issatīti ‘issā’. Sā parasampattīnaṃ usūyanalakkhaṇā, tattheva anabhiratirasā, tato vimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, parasampattipadaṭṭhānā. Saṃyojananti daṭṭhabbā. Maccherabhāvo ‘macchariyaṃ’. Taṃ laddhānaṃ vā labhitabbānaṃ vā attano sampattīnaṃ nigūhanalakkhaṇaṃ, tāsaṃyeva parehi sādhāraṇabhāvaakkhamanarasaṃ, saṅkocanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ kaṭukañcukatāpaccupaṭṭhānaṃ vā, attasampattipadaṭṭhānaṃ. Cetaso virūpabhāvoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kucchitaṃ kataṃ kukataṃ. Tassa bhāvo ‘kukkuccaṃ’. Taṃ pacchānutāpalakkhaṇaṃ, katākatānusocanarasaṃ, vippaṭisārapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, katākatapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Dāsabyaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva uddesavāre viseso.
415 在广释部分的受的说明里,“不乐”应当依照它是“乐”的对立面来理解。巴利
415. Niddesavāre vedanāniddese asātaṃ sātapaṭipakkhavasena veditabbaṃ.
418 在嗔的说明里,“嗔”就是“他嗔怒”。“嗔怒”指嗔怒的方式。“嗔怒状态”指嗔怒的状态。以舍弃自然状态之义,“恼害”就是恼害。“恼害”指恼害的方式。“他违逆”就是违逆。“他反复违逆”就是反复违逆。或者说,这是从违逆的方式和反复违逆的方式来说的。“暴恶者”称为暴恶,就是顽固的人;他的状态就是暴恶。由此所说的言语不润泽,是粗恶、不圆满的,所以叫“不润泽”。因为愤怒的时候,确实没有圆满的言语;即使某人有,那也是微不足道的。另一些人则说,因为不产生眼泪,所以叫“不润泽”。那不合理,因为喜悦也会让人流泪。与前文所说的悦意相对立,所以是不悦意。然而,因为这不悦意只属于心,不属于众生,所以说是“心的”。其余的在这里以及摄未摄章中,都应按照前文所说的方式理解。巴利
418. Dosaniddese dussatīti doso. Dussanāti dussanākāro. Dussitattanti dussitabhāvo. Pakatibhāvavijahanaṭṭhena byāpajjanaṃ byāpatti. Byāpajjanāti byāpajjanākāro. Virujjhatīti virodho. Punappunaṃ virujjhatīti paṭivirodho. Viruddhākārapaṭiviruddhākāravasena vā idaṃ vuttaṃ. Caṇḍiko vuccati caṇḍo, thaddhapuggalo; tassa bhāvo caṇḍikkaṃ. Na etena suropitaṃ vacanaṃ hoti, duruttaṃ aparipuṇṇameva hotīti asuropo. Kuddhakāle hi paripuṇṇavacanaṃ nāma natthi. Sacepi kassaci hoti taṃ appamāṇaṃ. Apare pana assujananaṭṭhena assuropanato assuropoti vadanti. Taṃ akāraṇaṃ, somanassassāpi assujananato. Heṭṭhā vuttaattamanatāpaṭipakkhato na attamanatāti anattamanatā. Sā pana yasmā cittasseva, na sattassa, tasmā cittassāti vuttaṃ. Sesamettha saṅgahasuññatavāresu ca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
421 第十种:因为带有刻意造作,所以会因受到别人怂恿而生起,或因被别人提醒他人的过错而生起,或自己回忆起他人的过错后发怒而生起。巴利
421. Dasamaṃ sasaṅkhārattā parehi ussāhitassa vā, paresaṃ vā aparādhaṃ sāritassa, sayameva vā paresaṃ aparādhaṃ anussaritvā kujjhamānassa uppajjati.
在这里,按照词序有二十九个词,但不算重复的话,就只有十四个词。不过在“或无论何种”这一类里,昏沉和睡眠也算在里面。所以在这里,除了嫉妒、悭吝、恶作之外,还有四个确定支以及昏沉睡眠,这六种在嫉妒等生起的时候,与它们当中的某一种一起,总共七种“或无论何种”法在同一刹那生起。其余的一切,在一切情况下都和第九种心类似。然而在这两种忧俱心里,只有俱生增上缘可得,没有所缘增上缘。因为发怒的人不会尊重任何东西。巴利
Idhāpi padapaṭipāṭiyā ekūnatiṃsa, aggahitaggahaṇena ca cuddaseva padāni honti. Yevāpanakesu pana thinamiddhampi labbhati. Tasmā ettha vinā issāmacchariyakukkuccehi cattāri apaṇṇakaṅgāni thinamiddhanti ime cha issādīnaṃ uppattikāle tesu aññatarena saddhiṃ satta yevāpanakā ekakkhaṇe uppajjanti. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ sabbavāresu navamasadisameva. Imesu pana dvīsu domanassacittesu sahajātādhipatiyeva labbhati, na ārammaṇādhipati. Na hi kuddho kiñci garuṃ karotīti.
422 第十一种心,在六种所缘中,依感受而处于中立状态、疑惑生起的时候出现。在确定它的时间阶段时,“与疑相应”这个词是前面没有的。它的意思是:与疑相应,所以就是与疑相应。在《法集》的列举中,只有“有疑”这个词是差别所在。其中,“疑”的意思是“没有治疗”;或者,以这种方式寻求自性时感到疲惫、苦恼,所以叫疑。它以怀疑为特相,以动摇为作用,以不决定为现起,或者以执取多端为现起,以不如理作意为近因。应当知道它是修行的障碍。巴利
422. Ekādasamaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu vedanāvasena majjhattassa kaṅkhāpavattikāle uppajjati. Tassa samayavavatthāne vicikicchāsampayuttanti padaṃ apubbaṃ. Tassattho – vicikicchāya sampayuttanti vicikicchāsampayuttaṃ. Dhammuddese ‘vicikicchā hotī’ti padameva viseso. Tattha vigatā cikicchāti vicikicchā. Sabhāvaṃ vā vicinanto etāya kicchati kilamatīti vicikicchā. Sā saṃsayalakkhaṇā, kampanarasā, anicchayapaccupaṭṭhānā anekaṃsagāhapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānā. Paṭipattiantarāyakarāti daṭṭhabbā.
这里按词序有二十三个词,不重复计算则有十四个。依据这些,应当辨别有分别组合与无分别组合的类别判定。作意和掉举,只有这两个是“或无论何种”类的法。巴利
Idha padapaṭipāṭiyā tevīsati padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena cuddasa. Tesaṃ vasena savibhattikāvibhattikarāsivinicchayo veditabbo. Manasikāro uddhaccanti dveyeva yevāpanakā.
424 在广释部分对心一境性的解说里,因为这种心很微弱,在这里只达到生起并停留一下的程度,所以不说“安住”等词,只说心的“住”这一个词。也正是因为这个原因,在略说分里也不说“定根”等。巴利
424. Niddesavārassa cittassekaggatāniddese yasmā idaṃ dubbalaṃ cittaṃ pavattiṭṭhitimattakamevettha hoti, tasmā ‘saṇṭhitī’tiādīni avatvā cittassa ‘ṭhitī’ti ekameva padaṃ vuttaṃ. Teneva ca kāraṇena uddesavārepi ‘samādhindriya’ntiādi na vuttaṃ.
425 在“疑”的解说中,依动摇不安而称为疑(kaṅkhā)。“疑之趋向”(kaṅkhāyanā)就是疑的延伸,因为先前的疑会把后来的疑引出来。也可以说,这是依行相而说的。与疑相应的心,因为被疑所驱使,所以叫“疑所行”(kaṅkhāyitaṃ);它的状态就是“疑所行性”(kaṅkhāyitattaṃ)。“犹豫”(vimatī)意思是倾向不定。“疑”(vicikicchā)的含义前面已经说过。依动摇之义而在两边摇摆,所以叫“二重动摇”(dveḷhakaṃ)。因为障碍修行,就像处在岔路口一样,所以叫“歧路”(dvedhāpatho)。在“这是常还是无常”这类想法生起时,无法停留在某一种行相上,于是四处铺开而卧,所以叫“疑”(saṃsayo)。因为无法抓住一边,所以叫“非一执取”(anekaṃsaggāho)。因为无法决断,就从所缘上退缩,所以叫“退缩趋向”(āsappanā)。因为无法深入,就在周边到处爬行,所以叫“周遍爬行”(parisappanā)。因为无法彻底潜入,所以叫“不遍入”(apariyogāhanā)。因为无法依决定而在所缘上转起,所以叫“僵硬”(thambhitattaṃ);意思是心的僵硬状态。因为疑一旦生起,就会使心变得僵硬。又因为它生起时,抓住所缘就像在心上刮擦一样,所以说它是“心之刮痕”(manovilekho)。其余部分在各处都很容易理解。巴利
425. Vicikicchāniddese kaṅkhanavasena kaṅkhā. Kaṅkhāya āyanāti kaṅkhāyanā. Purimakaṅkhā hi uttarakaṅkhaṃ āneti nāma. Ākāravasena vā etaṃ vuttaṃ. Kaṅkhāsamaṅgicittaṃ kaṅkhāya āyitattā kaṅkhāyitaṃ nāma. Tassa bhāvo kaṅkhāyitattaṃ. Vimatīti namati. Vicikicchā vuttatthā eva. Kampanaṭṭhena dvidhā eḷayatīti dveḷhakaṃ. Paṭipattinivāraṇena dvidhāpatho viyāti dvedhāpatho. ‘Niccaṃ nu kho idaṃ, aniccaṃ nu kho’tiādipavattiyā ekasmiṃ ākāre saṇṭhātuṃ asamatthatāya samantato setīti saṃsayo. Ekaṃsaṃ gahetuṃ asamatthatāya na ekaṃsaggāhoti anekaṃsaggāho. Nicchetuṃ asakkontī ārammaṇato osakkatīti āsappanā. Ogāhituṃ asakkontī parisamantato sappatīti parisappanā. Pariyogāhituṃ asamatthatāya apariyogāhanā. Nicchayavasena ārammaṇe pavattituṃ asamatthatāya thambhitattaṃ; cittassa thaddhabhāvoti attho. Vicikicchā hi uppajjitvā cittaṃ thaddhaṃ karoti. Yasmā panesā uppajjamānā ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā manaṃ vilikhantī viya, tasmā manovilekhoti vuttā. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva.
427 在第十二种心的“时定”部分,说“与掉举相应”,就是与掉举相应的心。因为这种心在六种所缘中,从受的角度看是中舍,却变成了掉举。在这里的法数列举中,在“疑”的位置上说到“有掉举”。按逐字顺序排列,有二十八个字;按不重复计算,有十四个字。应当依据这些字来了解有分别组合和无分别组合的分类方式。胜解和作意,只有这两个是杂项。巴利
427. Dvādasamassa samayavavatthāne uddhaccena sampayuttanti uddhaccasampayuttaṃ. Idañhi cittaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu vedanāvasena majjhattaṃ hutvā uddhataṃ hoti. Idha dhammuddese ‘vicikicchā’-ṭhāne ‘uddhaccaṃ hotī’ti āgataṃ. Padapaṭipāṭiyā aṭṭhavīsati padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena cuddasa. Tesaṃ vasena savibhattikāvibhattikarāsividhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Adhimokkho manasikāroti dveyeva yevāpanakā.
429 在释义部分的掉举释义中,“心的”是指不是众生的、不是人的。“掉举”是掉举的状态。“不寂静”就是不寂静。“心散乱”就是心的散乱。“心的迷乱性”就是心的迷乱状态,就像迷乱的车、迷乱的牛等一样。以此说明只是在同一个所缘上的动荡。因为掉举是在同一个所缘上动荡,而疑是在各种不同所缘上动荡。其余在一切部分中,都应按照前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
429. Niddesavārassa uddhaccaniddese cittassāti na sattassa, na posassa. Uddhaccanti uddhatākāro. Na vūpasamoti avūpasamo. Ceto vikkhipatīti cetasovikkhepo. Bhantattaṃ cittassāti cittassa bhantabhāvo, bhantayānabhantagoṇādīni viya. Iminā ekārammaṇasmiṃyeva vipphandanaṃ kathitaṃ. Uddhaccañhi ekārammaṇe vipphandati, vicikicchā nānārammaṇe. Sesaṃ sabbavāresu heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
现在要对这两种心作一个杂项判定。如果有人问:“在所缘上运转的心到底有几种?”回答应当是:“就只有这两种。”其中,疑相应心是确定地运转;而掉举相应心因为已经获得胜解、获得立足处,所以是时转时停地运转。就像把圆珠和方珠放在斜坡上放手,圆珠一定直接滚下去,方珠则滚一下停一下、滚一下停一下,应当知道这里的情况也是这样。在所有这些心里,没有列出低劣等的分类,因为一切心都确定是低劣的。俱生增上虽然可能存在,也没有列出来,因为前面已经说明了这个道理。而且由于这里没有智,所以没有所谓的审察增上。在后面两种心里,其余的增上也没有。为什么呢?因为它们不是以任何法为主导而生起的,而且在《发趣论》中已被否定。巴利
Idāni imasmiṃ cittadvaye pakiṇṇakavinicchayo hoti. ‘Ārammaṇe pavaṭṭanakacittāni nāma katī’ti? Hi vutte ‘imāneva dve’ti vattabbaṃ. Tattha vicikicchāsahagataṃ ekantena pavaṭṭati, uddhaccasahagataṃ pana laddhādhimokkhattā laddhapatiṭṭhaṃ pavaṭṭati. Yathā hi vaṭṭacaturassesu dvīsu maṇīsu pabbhāraṭṭhāne pavaṭṭetvā vissaṭṭhesu vaṭṭamaṇi ekanteneva pavaṭṭati, caturasso patiṭṭhāya patiṭṭhāya pavaṭṭati, evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sabbesupi hīnādibhedo na uddhaṭo, sabbesaṃ ekantahīnattā. Sahajātādhipati labbhamānopi na uddhaṭo, heṭṭhā dassitanayattā. Ñāṇābhāvato panettha vīmaṃsādhipati nāma natthi. Pacchimadvaye sesopi natthi eva. Kasmā? Kañci dhammaṃ dhuraṃ katvā anuppajjanato, paṭṭhāne ca paṭisiddhato.
用这十二种不善心造业时,除了与掉举相应的那个心,其余十一种都能牵引结生。有人问:与疑相应的心虽然没得到胜解、力量微弱,尚且能牵引结生;与掉举相应的心已经得到胜解、力量强大,为什么不能牵引呢?因为它不是见所断的。如果它能牵引结生,就应该被归入“见所断”的分别条目里。所以,把它排除之后,其余十一种能牵引结生。在这十一种当中,无论以哪一种心造业,都由那个思在四恶趣中结生。在不善异熟里,它以无因意识界舍俱心执取结生。与掉举相应的心本来也应该只在这里给予结生。然而实际上并没有这回事,所以它不被归入“见所断”的分别条目中。巴利
Imehi pana dvādasahipi akusalacittehi kamme āyūhite, ṭhapetvā uddhaccasahagataṃ, sesāni ekādaseva paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhanti. Vicikicchāsahagate aladdhādhimokkhe dubbalepi paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhamāne uddhaccasahagataṃ laddhādhimokkhaṃ balavaṃ kasmā nākaḍḍhatīti? Dassanena pahātabbābhāvato. Yadi hi ākaḍḍheyya ‘dassanenapahātabba’-padavibhaṅge āgaccheyya, tasmā, ṭhapetvā taṃ, sesāni ekādasa ākaḍḍhanti. Tesu hi yena kenaci kamme āyūhite tāya cetanāya catūsu apāyesu paṭisandhi hoti. Akusalavipākesu ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuupekkhāsahagatāya paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhāti. Itarassāpi ettheva paṭisandhidānaṃ bhaveyya. Yasmā panetaṃ natthi, tasmā ‘dassanenapahātabba’-padavibhaṅge nāgatanti.
无因善异熟巴利
Ahetukakusalavipāko
431 现在为了分别并显示无记句,开始说“哪些法是无所记别的”等等。其中,无记有四种:果报、唯作、色、涅槃。在这些当中,先说果报无记。在果报无记中,又说善果报。在善果报中,又说小果报。在小果报中,又说无因。在无因中,又说五识。在五识中,按门的顺序,先说眼识。为了说明这个眼识是只依靠不共的业缘而生起,排除门、所缘等共同的缘,所以说了“由欲界善业的已作”等等。其中,“已作”就是已经造作的原因;“已积集”就是已经积集、已经增长的原因。“眼识”,就是依眼为因而生的识,或者从眼生起的识,或者依止于眼的识,所以叫眼识。接下来耳识等等,也是同样的道理。巴利
431. Idāni abyākatapadaṃ bhājetvā dassetuṃ katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha catubbidhaṃ abyākataṃ – vipākaṃ kiriyaṃ rūpaṃ nibbānanti. Tesu vipākābyākataṃ. Vipākābyākatepi kusalavipākaṃ. Tasmimpi parittavipākaṃ. Tasmimpi ahetukaṃ. Tasmimpi pañcaviññāṇaṃ. Tasmimpi dvārapaṭipāṭiyā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ . Tassāpi, ṭhapetvā dvārārammaṇādisādhāraṇapaccayaṃ, asādhāraṇakammapaccayavaseneva uppattiṃ dīpetuṃ kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattātiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha katattāti katakāraṇā. Upacitattāti ācitattā, vaḍḍhitakāraṇā. Cakkhuviññāṇanti kāraṇabhūtassa cakkhussa viññāṇaṃ, cakkhuto vā pavattaṃ, cakkhusmiṃ vā nissitaṃ viññāṇanti cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Parato sotaviññāṇādīsupi eseva nayo.
其中,眼识的特点是依止眼而了知色,作用是只以色为所缘,表现为朝向色,直接因是以色为所缘的唯作意界的离去。接下来依次说到耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识,它们的特点是依止耳等而了知声等,作用是只以声等为所缘,表现为朝向声等,直接因是以声等为所缘的唯作意界的离去。巴利
Tattha cakkhusannissitarūpavijānanalakkhaṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, rūpamattārammaṇarasaṃ, rūpābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ , rūpārammaṇāya kiriyamanodhātuyā apagamapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Parato āgatāni sotādisannissitasaddādivijānanalakkhaṇāni sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni saddādimattārammaṇarasāni, saddādiabhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānāni, saddādiārammaṇānaṃ kiriyamanodhātūnaṃ apagamapadaṭṭhānāni.
这里按逐字次第有十个词。按不重复计算则有七个。其中五个不分开解释,两个分开解释。在这当中,心按触五支和根,在两处作分别解释;受按触五支、禅支和根,只在三处作分别解释。类别也只是这三种。至于“杂项”,只有一个,就是作意。巴利
Idha padapaṭipāṭiyā dasa padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena satta. Tesu pañca avibhattikāni, dve savibhattikāni. Tesu cittaṃ phassapañcakavasena ceva indriyavasena ca dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ gacchati, vedanā phassapañcakajhānaṅgaindriyavasena tīsuyeva. Rāsayopi imeva tayo honti. Yevāpanako eko manasikāro eva.
436 在释义篇里,“眼识是白的”这句话,是就所依处而说的。因为善法由于自身清净,所以称为“白”;不善法则由于有分的流续而称为“白”;异熟法则由于所依处的洁白而称为“白”。巴利
436. Niddesavāre cakkhuviññāṇaṃ paṇḍaranti vatthuto vuttaṃ. Kusalañhi attano parisuddhatāya paṇḍaraṃ nāma, akusalaṃ bhavaṅganissandena, vipākaṃ vatthupaṇḍarattā.
439 在解释心一境性时,只说了“心的住立”这一个词。因为这里的心也很微弱,在这里只能得到生起时的住立,达不到“安住、确立”的状态。在摄轮中,没有举出禅支和道支。为什么?因为以寻为最后一支的才叫禅那,以因为最后一支的才叫道。在自然没有寻的心里,得不到禅支;在没有因的心里,得不到道支。所以这里两者都没有举出。这里行蕴也只按四支来分别。空轮则和通常一样。对耳识等的解释,也应当按这个方式来理解。巴利
439. Cittassekaggatāniddese cittassa ṭhitīti ekameva padaṃ vuttaṃ. Idampi hi dubbalaṃ cittaṃ pavattiṭṭhitimattamevettha labbhati, ‘saṇṭhitiavaṭṭhiti’-bhāvaṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti. Saṅgahavāre jhānaṅgamaggaṅgāni na uddhaṭāni. Kasmā? Vitakkapacchimakañhi jhānaṃ nāma, hetupacchimako maggo nāma. Pakatiyā avitakkacitte jhānaṅgaṃ na labbhati, ahetukacitte ca maggaṅgāni. Tasmā idha ubhayampi na uddhaṭaṃ. Saṅkhārakkhandhopettha caturaṅgikoyeva bhājito. Suññatavāro pākatikoyeva. Sotaviññāṇādiniddesāpi imināva nayena veditabbā.
在眼识等里面,只是说成“舍”;而在身识里面,则说成“乐”。这就是这里的差别。而且要知道,这也是因为撞击的方式不同。因为在眼门等四门里,只是所造色撞击所造色;所造色互相撞击时,这种冲击和摩擦并不强烈。就像在四个铁砧上各放一团棉花,再用另一团棉花去打,只是碰到而已。这时受停留在中舍的状态。但在身门里,则是以外部的大种为所缘,撞击内部的身净色,于是对所依止的大种产生撞击。就像在铁砧上铺一团棉花,用铁锤去打,铁锤穿过棉花团而打到铁砧,摩擦就很强烈;同样,这时冲击和摩擦也很强烈。对于可意的所缘,就生起与乐俱行的身识;对于不可意的所缘,就生起与苦俱行的身识。巴利
Kevalañhi cakkhuviññāṇādīsu ‘upekkhā’ bhājitā, kāyaviññāṇe ‘sukha’nti, ayamettha viseso. Sopi ca ghaṭṭanavasena hotīti veditabbo. Cakkhudvārādīsu hi catūsu upādārūpameva upādārūpaṃ ghaṭṭeti, upādārūpeyeva upādārūpaṃ ghaṭṭente paṭighaṭṭanānighaṃso balavā na hoti. Catunnaṃ adhikaraṇīnaṃ upari cattāro kappāsapicupiṇḍe ṭhapetvā picupiṇḍeheva pahatakālo viya phuṭṭhamattameva hoti. Vedanā majjhattaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Kāyadvāre pana bahiddhā mahābhūtārammaṇaṃ ajjhattikakāyapasādaṃ ghaṭṭetvā pasādapaccayesu mahābhūtesu paṭihaññati. Yathā adhikaraṇīmatthake kappāsapicupiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā kūṭena paharantassa kappāsapicupiṇḍaṃ chinditvā kūṭaṃ adhikaraṇiṃ gaṇhatīti, nighaṃso balavā hoti, evameva paṭighaṭṭanānighaṃso balavā hoti. Iṭṭhe ārammaṇe sukhasahagataṃ kāyaviññāṇaṃ uppajjati, aniṭṭhe dukkhasahagataṃ.
这五种心的依处、门和所缘都是固定的,在这里并不存在依处等的转换。因为善异熟眼识以眼净色为依处,对可意的和可意中舍的、由四种因所生的色所缘,执行看的作用,依止在眼门而成熟。耳识等则以耳净色等为依处,对可意的、可意中舍的声音等,执行听、嗅、尝、触的作用,依止在耳门等而成熟。不过,这里的声音只由两种因所生。巴利
Imesaṃ pana pañcannaṃ cittānaṃ vatthudvārārammaṇāni nibaddhāneva honti, vatthādisaṅkamanaṃ nāmettha natthi. Kusalavipākacakkhuviññāṇañhi cakkhupasādaṃ vatthuṃ katvā iṭṭhe ca iṭṭhamajjhatte ca catusamuṭṭhānikarūpārammaṇe dassanakiccaṃ sādhayamānaṃ cakkhudvāre ṭhatvā vipaccati. Sotaviññāṇādīni sotapasādādīni vatthuṃ katvā iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattesu saddādīsu savanaghāyanasāyanaphusanakiccāni sādhayamānāni sotadvārādīsu ṭhatvā vipaccanti. Saddo panettha dvisamuṭṭhānikoyeva hoti.
455 在意界的解说中,从自性空、没有众生这一点来说,意本身就是界,所以叫意界。它紧跟在眼识等之后生起,以了知色等为特征,以领受色等为作用,以这样的状态为显现,以眼识等的灭去为近因。在这里的法解说中,有十二个词。按“未取取而取”的方式计算,有九个。其中七个没有分别说明,两个有分别说明。胜解和作意这两个是附带项。寻的解说是在引导之后安立的。然而,因为这种心既不是善也不是不善,所以不说它是正思惟或邪思惟。即使在摄论的部分里可以找到禅支,它也已经落入五识的流中去了。道支则根本找不到,所以没有列出来。空性那一节是常规的。这种心的依处固定,只是心所依处;门和所缘则不固定。其中,虽然门和所缘会变换,但位置只有一个,因为这只是领受的作用。它在五门中,对五种所缘,完成领受之后就成熟。在善异熟的眼识等灭去之后,紧接着就在它们所在的位置,领受那些色所缘等。巴利
455. Manodhātuniddese sabhāvasuññatanissattaṭṭhena manoyeva dhātu manodhātu. Sā cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantaraṃ rūpādivijānanalakkhaṇā, rūpādīnaṃ sampaṭicchanarasā, tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, cakkhuviññāṇādiapagamapadaṭṭhānā . Idha dhammuddese dvādasa padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena nava. Tesu satta avibhattikāni dve savibhattikāni. Adhimokkho manasikāroti dve yevāpanakā. Vitakkaniddeso abhiniropanaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapito. Yasmā panetaṃ cittaṃ neva kusalaṃ nākusalaṃ, tasmā sammāsaṅkappoti vā micchāsaṅkappoti vā na vuttaṃ. Saṅgahavāre labbhamānampi jhānaṅgaṃ pañcaviññāṇasote patitvā gatanti. Maggaṅgaṃ pana na labbhatiyevāti na uddhaṭaṃ. Suññatavāro pākatikoyeva. Imassa cittassa vatthu nibaddhaṃ hadayavatthumeva hoti. Dvārārammaṇāni anibaddhāni. Tattha kiñcāpi dvārārammaṇāni saṅkamanti, ṭhānaṃ pana ekaṃ. Sampaṭicchanakiccameva hetaṃ hoti. Idañhi pañcadvāre pañcasu ārammaṇesu sampaṭicchanaṃ hutvā vipaccati. Kusalavipākesu cakkhuviññāṇādīsu niruddhesu taṃsamanantarā tāneva ṭhānappattāni rūpārammaṇādīni sampaṭicchati.
469 在意识界的解说中,第一意识界多了一个“喜”这个词,而受则是“喜悦”受,因为它只在可意的所缘上生起。第二意识界则针对可意和中等(既非可意也非不可意)的所缘,因此在那里是“舍”受。这些词句和意界的解说相同。由于两者都落入五识之流,所以禅支没有被列出;道支则因为根本不可能获得,所以也没有列出。其余一切应当依照前面所说的方式来了知。不过,从特征等方面来说,应当知道这两种意识界都是无因异熟,以了知六种所缘为特征,以推度等为作用,以如此状态为现起,以心所依处为足处。巴利
469. Manoviññāṇadhātuniddesesu paṭhamamanoviññāṇadhātuyaṃ ‘pīti’padaṃ adhikaṃ. Vedanāpi ‘somanassa’-vedanā hoti. Ayañhi iṭṭhārammaṇasmiṃyeva pavattati. Dutiyamanoviññāṇadhātu iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe. Tasmā tattha ‘upekkhā’ vedanā hotīti. Padāni manodhātuniddesasadisāneva. Ubhayatthāpi pañcaviññāṇasote patitvā gatattāyeva jhānaṅgāni na uddhaṭāni. Maggaṅgāni alābhatoyeva. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Lakkhaṇādito panesā duvidhāpi manoviññāṇadhātu ahetukavipākā, chaḷārammaṇavijānanalakkhaṇā, santīraṇādirasā, tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, hadayavatthupadaṭṭhānāti veditabbā.
其中,第一种在两种情况下成熟。它在五门中,紧跟在善异熟的眼识等之后,当异熟意界领受了那个所缘而灭去后,就在同一个所缘上执行推度的作用,安住在五门而成熟。而在六门中,对于强有力的所缘,它成为彼所缘而成熟。怎样呢?就像在湍急的水流中,船横着行驶,水被分开后,短暂地跟着船走一段,然后仍旧顺着水流而去;同样地,在六门中,当强有力的所缘出现并引诱时,速行便奔驰。在速行之后,是有分的时段。然而这个心不给有分机会,执取速行所执取的所缘后,持续一个或两个心识刹那,然后就沉入有分。就像牛群渡河,也应当这样详细地展开譬喻。如此,这个心因为执取了速行所执取的所缘,所以称为彼所缘而成熟。巴利
Tattha paṭhamā dvīsu ṭhānesu vipaccati. Sā hi pañcadvāre kusalavipākacakkhuviññāṇādianantaraṃ, vipākamanodhātuyā taṃ ārammaṇaṃ sampaṭicchitvā niruddhāya, tasmiṃ yevārammaṇe santīraṇakiccaṃ sādhayamānā pañcasu dvāresu ṭhatvā vipaccati. Chasu dvāresu pana balavārammaṇe tadārammaṇā hutvā vipaccati. Kathaṃ? Yathā hi caṇḍasote, tiriyaṃ nāvāya gacchantiyā, udakaṃ chijjitvā thokaṃ ṭhānaṃ nāvaṃ anubandhitvā yathāsotameva gacchati, evameva chasu dvāresu balavārammaṇe palobhayamāne āpāthagate javanaṃ javati. Tasmiṃ javite bhavaṅgassa vāro. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ bhavaṅgassa vāraṃ adatvā javanena gahitārammaṇaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ dve cittavāre pavattitvā bhavaṅgameva otarati. Gavakkhandhe nadiṃ tarantepi evameva upamā vitthāretabbā. Evamesā yaṃ javanena gahitārammaṇaṃ tasseva gahitattā tadārammaṇaṃ nāma hutvā vipaccati.
第二种则在五种情况下成熟。怎样呢?在人间,对于生来眼盲、生来耳聋、生来哑巴、生来疯癫、两性人、非男非女者,在结生的那一刻,它成为结生而成熟。结生过去之后,在整整一生中,它成为有分而成熟。在可意或中舍的五所缘路心中,它成为推度而成熟;在六门中对强有力的所缘,它成为彼所缘而成熟;在临死时,它成为死心而成熟。它就在这五种情况下成熟。巴利
Dutiyā pana pañcasu ṭhānesu vipaccati. Kathaṃ? Manussaloke tāva jaccandhajaccabadhirajaccaeḷajaccummattakaubhatobyañjanakanapuṃsakānaṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇakāle paṭisandhi hutvā vipaccati. Paṭisandhiyā vītivattāya yāvatāyukaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ hutvā vipaccati. Iṭṭhamajjhatte pañcārammaṇavīthiyā santīraṇaṃ hutvā, balavārammaṇe chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā, maraṇakāle cuti hutvāti imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu vipaccatīti.
八大异熟心的解说巴利
Aṭṭhamahāvipākacittavaṇṇanā
498 现在,为了说明八种大异熟心,又开始了“哪些法是无记的”等论述。其中,在巴利圣典里只展示了方法,所有分项都被简略概括。它们的含义应按照前面所说的方法来理解。不过,为了说明其中的差别,才说了“无贪是无记根”等。没有说到的部分,应该这样理解:在欲界善心里所说的业门、业道、福行事的区分,在这里并不存在。为什么呢?因为异熟心不产生表色,非能生异熟之法,也不会那样转起。至于在“或随一法”里提到的悲和喜,因为它们以有情为所缘,所以在异熟心里不存在,因为欲界异熟心纯粹以小法为所缘。不只是悲和喜,离在这里也不存在,因为《分别论》里说过:“五学处只是善的。”巴利
498. Idāni aṭṭhamahāvipākacittāni dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha pāḷiyaṃ nayamattaṃ dassetvā sabbavārā saṃkhittā. Tesaṃ attho heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yo panettha viseso taṃ dassetuṃ alobho abyākatamūlantiādi vuttaṃ. Yampi na vuttaṃ taṃ evaṃ veditabbaṃ – yo hi kāmāvacarakusalesu kammadvārakammapathapuññakiriyavatthubhedo vutto so idha natthi. Kasmā? Aviññattijanakato avipākadhammato tathā appavattito ca. Yāpi tā yevāpanakesu karuṇāmuditā vuttā, tā sattārammaṇattā vipākesu na santi. Ekantaparittārammaṇāni hi kāmāvacaravipākāni. Na kevalañca karuṇāmuditā, viratiyopettha na santi. ‘Pañca sikkhāpadāni kusalānevā’ti (vibha. 715) hi vuttaṃ.
在这里,无行与有行的区分,应当从善以及缘的差别两方面来理解。因为无行善的异熟也是无行的,有行善的异熟则是有行的。由强有力的缘所生起的是无行,由其他缘所生起的是有行。即使在劣、中、胜的区分上,这些心也不被称为劣、中、胜,因为它们不是由劣、中、胜的欲等所促成的。不过,劣善的异熟是劣,中善的异熟是中,胜善的异熟是胜。在这里,增上缘并不存在。为什么呢?因为不应以欲等作为主导来令其生起。其余一切,都与在八种善心中所说的相同。巴利
Asaṅkhārasasaṅkhāravidhānañcettha kusalato ceva paccayabhedato ca veditabbaṃ. Asaṅkhārikassa hi kusalassa asaṅkhārikameva vipākaṃ, sasaṅkhārikassa sasaṅkhārikaṃ. Balavapaccayehi ca uppannaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ, itarehi itaraṃ. Hīnādibhedepi imāni hīnamajjhimapaṇītehi chandādīhi anipphāditattā hīnamajjhimapaṇītāni nāma na honti. Hīnassa pana kusalassa vipākaṃ hīnaṃ, majjhimassa majjhimaṃ, paṇītassa paṇītaṃ. Adhipatino pettha na santi. Kasmā? Chandādīni dhuraṃ katvā anuppādetabbato. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhasu kusalesu vuttasadisameva.
现在要了解这八种大异熟心成熟之处。这些心在四种情况下成熟:结生时、有分时、死亡时、彼所缘时。怎样呢?首先,在人类和欲界天中,对于有福德的、具有二因或三因者,在执取结生的那一刻,它们作为结生而成熟。结生过去之后,在生命流转期间,六十年、八十年乃至不可计数的寿命中,它们作为有分而成熟;在六门中遇到强有力的所缘时,它们作为彼所缘而成熟;临终时,它们作为死心而成熟。如此,它们在四种情况下成熟。巴利
Idāni imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ mahāvipākacittānaṃ vipaccanaṭṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Etāni hi catūsu ṭhānesu vipaccanti – paṭisandhiyaṃ, bhavaṅge, cutiyaṃ, tadārammaṇeti. Kathaṃ? Manussesu tāva kāmāvacaradevesu ca puññavantānaṃ duhetukatihetukānaṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇakāle paṭisandhi hutvā vipaccanti. Paṭisandhiyā vītivattāya pavatte saṭṭhipi asītipi vassāni asaṅkhyeyyampi āyukālaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ hutvā, balavārammaṇe chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā, maraṇakāle cuti hutvāti. Evaṃ catūsu ṭhānesu vipaccanti.
在这里,所有的一切知菩萨在入胎结生时,都是以第一种心——喜俱、三因、无行的大异熟心——来结生的。而那种心是修慈心之前那个阶段的心所生的异熟。以这种心结生后,寿命长得无法计算。不过,它还是会随着时间而改变。大西瓦长老却说:“舍俱的心比喜俱的心更强而有力。他们是靠这种心结生的。因为以这种心结生的人,志向都很宏大,即使面对天界的所缘也不会漂浮不定,就像三藏小那伽长老等人一样。”然而注释书里驳斥说:“这是那位长老个人的想法”,“并非如此”,并且说:“一切知菩萨的利益精进极为强猛,因此他们是以修慈心之前那个阶段所产生的欲界善异熟——喜俱、三因、无行的心——来结生的。”巴利
Tattha sabbepi sabbaññubodhisattā pacchimapaṭisandhiggahaṇe paṭhamena somanassasahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikamahāvipākacittena paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhanti. Taṃ pana mettāpubbabhāgacittassa vipākaṃ hoti. Tena dinnāya paṭisandhiyā asaṅkhyeyyaṃ āyu. Kālavasena pana pariṇamati. Mahāsīvatthero panāha – ‘somanassasahagatato upekkhāsahagataṃ balavataraṃ. Tena paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhanti. Tena gahitapaṭisandhikā hi mahajjhāsayā honti. Dibbesupi ārammaṇesu uppilāvino na honti, tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherādayo viyā’ti . Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana – ‘ayaṃ therassa manoratho,’‘natthi eta’nti paṭikkhipitvā ‘sabbaññubodhisattānaṃ hitūpacāro balavā hoti , tasmā mettāpubbabhāgakāmāvacarakusalavipākasomanassasahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikacittena paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhantī’ti vuttaṃ.
现在,在抉择异熟的讨论中,应当先立论母:三藏小那伽长老先说:由一个善思,能生起十六种异熟心。这里也包括十二道心和八无因心。摩罗瓦比住者大达多长老则说:由一个善思,能生起十二种异熟心。这里也包括十道心和八无因心。三藏大法护长老说:由一个善思,能生起十种异熟心,这里也包括八无因心。巴利
Idāni vipākuddhārakathāya mātikā ṭhapetabbā – tipiṭakacūḷanāgatthero tāva āha – ekāya kusalacetanāya soḷasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti. Ettheva dvādasakamaggopi ahetukaṭṭhakampīti. Moravāpivāsī mahādattatthero panāha – ekāya kusalacetanāya dvādasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti. Ettheva dasakamaggopi ahetukaṭṭhakampīti. Tipiṭakamahādhammarakkhitatthero āha – ekāya kusalacetanāya dasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti, ettheva ahetukaṭṭhakanti.
在这里,他们提出了一个名叫“舍伽城之问”的问题。据说在舍伽城,近事男们坐在讲堂里,提出这样的疑问:“由同一个思所造作的业,结生是一个,还是多个?”他们没法自己判断,就去到阿毗达摩长老那里请教。长老们用比喻让他们接受:“就像从一颗芒果种子只长出一棵芽,结生也只有一个。”后来有一天,他们又问:“由不同的思所造作的业,结生是多个,还是一个?”他们还是没法自己判断,就去问长老们。长老们让他们接受:“就像种下许多芒果种子就长出许多芽,结生也就是多个。”巴利
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne sāketapañhaṃ nāma gaṇhiṃsu. Sākete kira upāsakā sālāyaṃ nisīditvā ‘kiṃ nu kho ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite ekā paṭisandhi hoti udāhu nānā’ti? Pañhaṃ nāma samuṭṭhāpetvā nicchetuṃ asakkontā ābhidhammikatthere upasaṅkamitvā pucchiṃsu. Therā ‘yathā ekasmā ambabījā ekova aṅkuro nikkhamati, evaṃ ekāva paṭisandhi hotī’ti saññāpesuṃ. Athekadivasaṃ ‘kiṃ nu kho nānācetanāhi kamme āyūhite paṭisandhiyo nānā honti udāhu ekā’ti? Pañhaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā nicchetuṃ asakkontā there pucchiṃsu. Therā ‘yathā bahūsu ambabījesu ropitesu bahū aṅkurā nikkhamanti, evaṃ bahukāva paṭisandhiyo hontī’ti saññāpesuṃ.
在这里,还采用了另一种说法,叫“增盛说”。因为在这些众生身上,贪也可以增盛,嗔也可以增盛,痴也可以增盛;无贪、无嗔、无痴同样可以增盛。那么,是什么决定了它们增盛与否呢?是过去因决定的。就在造业的当下,差别就已经出现了。这是怎么回事呢?如果一个人在造业的当下贪很强、无贪很弱,无嗔和无痴很强、嗔和痴很弱,那么他那个微弱的无贪就压不住贪,而强大的无嗔和无痴却能压住嗔和痴。因此,他凭着那个业所带来的结生力量投生之后,就成了一个贪婪的人,但性情温和、不爱发怒,而且有智慧,智慧锐利如金刚。巴利
Aparampi imasmiṃ ṭhāne ussadakittanaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Imesañhi sattānaṃ lobhopi ussanno hoti, dosopi mohopi; alobhopi adosopi amohopi. Taṃ nesaṃ ussannabhāvaṃ ko niyāmetīti? Pubbahetu niyāmeti. Kammāyūhanakkhaṇeyeva nānattaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Yassa hi kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobho balavā hoti alobho mando, adosāmohā balavanto dosamohā mandā, tassa mando alobho lobhaṃ pariyādātuṃ na sakkoti, adosāmohā pana balavanto dosamohe pariyādātuṃ sakkonti. Tasmā so tena kammena dinnapaṭisandhivasena nibbatto luddho hoti, sukhasīlo akkodhano, paññavā pana hoti vajirūpamañāṇo’’ti.
如果在积业的那一刻,他的贪和嗔很强,无贪和无嗔很弱,而无痴很强、痴很弱,那么按照前面同样的道理,他就是一个既贪又嗔的人,但同时是有慧的人,拥有像金刚一样锐利的智慧,就像达多怖长老那样。巴利
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobhadosā balavanto honti alobhādosā mandā, amoho balavā moho mando, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva hoti duṭṭho ca, paññavā pana hoti vajirūpamañāṇo dattābhayatthero viya.
如果一个人在造业的那个刹那,贪、嗔、痴很强,而其他那些(无贪、无嗔、无痴)很弱,那么按照前面同样的道理,他就是一个既贪又迟钝的人,但同时性情快乐,不轻易发怒。巴利
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobhādosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva hoti dandho ca, sukhasīlako pana hoti akkodhano.
同样地,如果在积业造作的刹那,贪、嗔、痴三者都很强,而无贪等则很弱,那么他就跟前面说的一样,既是贪心的人,也是嗔恨的人,还是愚痴的人。巴利
‘Tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe tayopi lobhadosamohā balavanto honti alobhādayo mandā, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva hoti duṭṭho ca mūḷho ca.
如果一个人在造业积聚的那一刹那,无贪、无嗔、无痴力量强,而贪、嗔、痴较弱,那么他就和前面说的一样,烦恼很轻,即使看到天界的景象也不动摇,但他心怀嗔怒,而且智慧迟钝。巴利
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhadosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva appakileso hoti, dibbārammaṇampi disvā niccalo, duṭṭho pana hoti dandhapañño cāti.
如果一个人在造业积聚的那个刹那,无贪、无嗔、无痴很强,而其余那些(贪、嗔、痴)很弱,那么他就和前面说的一样,既不贪著,又乐于善行,但反应迟钝。巴利
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhādosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva aluddho ceva hoti, sukhasīlako ca, dandho pana hoti.
同样,如果在造业的那一刻,无贪、无嗔、无痴力量强,另外那些(贪、无嗔、痴)微弱,那么这个人就像前面说的那样,确实不贪而且有慧,但他却有嗔、容易发怒。巴利
‘Tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhadosāmohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva aluddho ceva hoti paññavā ca, duṭṭho ca pana hoti kodhano.
如果在造业的那一刻,无贪、无嗔、无痴这三种也都很强,而贪、嗔、痴很弱,那么这个人就像大僧护长老一样,不贪、不嗔,而且有慧。巴利
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe tayopi alobhādayo balavanto honti lobhādayo mandā, so mahāsaṅgharakkhitatthero viya aluddho aduṭṭho paññavā ca hotī’ti.
另外,在这里也提到了“因的说明”。三因的业能产生三因、二因和无因的果报。二因的业不能产生三因的果报,但能产生其余两种。由三因的业结生,可以是三因结生,也可以是二因结生,但不会是无因结生。由二因的业结生,可以是二因结生,也可以是无因结生,但不会是三因结生。无行的善业能产生无行和有行的果报;有行的善业能产生有行和无行的果报。受应当根据所缘来转起;彼所缘应当由速行来确定。巴利
Aparampi imasmiṃ ṭhāne hetukittanaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Tihetukakammañhi tihetukampi duhetukampi ahetukampi vipākaṃ deti. Duhetukakammaṃ tihetukavipākaṃ na deti, itaraṃ deti. Tihetukakammena paṭisandhi tihetukāpi hoti, duhetukāpi; ahetukā na hoti. Duhetukena duhetukāpi hoti ahetukāpi; tihetukā na hoti. Asaṅkhārikaṃ kusalaṃ asaṅkhārikampi sasaṅkhārikampi vipākaṃ deti. Sasaṅkhārikaṃ sasaṅkhārikampi asaṅkhārikampi vipākaṃ deti. Ārammaṇena vedanā parivattetabbā. Javanena tadārammaṇaṃ niyāmetabbaṃ.
现在要说明:在各位长老的论说中,应当了解十六种道等。以与初欲界善心相似的初大果报心结生的人,从母胎出来后,已经达到能够安立防护与不防护的状态。当可意所缘出现在眼门时,如果唯作意界没有转向有分,那么被越过的所缘就没有限量。为什么会这样呢?因为所缘太弱。这是第一种无效转起。巴利
Idāni tassa tassa therassa vāde soḷasamaggādayo veditabbā. Paṭhamakāmāvacarakusalasadisena hi paṭhamamahāvipākacittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa gabbhāvāsato nikkhamitvā saṃvarāsaṃvare paṭṭhapetuṃ samatthabhāvaṃ upagatassa cakkhudvārasmiṃ ‘iṭṭhārammaṇe’ āpāthamāgate kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge anāvaṭṭiteyeva atikkamanaārammaṇānaṃ pamāṇaṃ natthi. Kasmā evaṃ hoti? Ārammaṇadubbalatāya. Ayaṃ tāva eko moghavāro.
如果转向有分,那么当唯作意界转向有分时,不经过确定,就在中途停在眼识、或领受、或推度之后便回转,这是不可能的。但依确定而停住后,会有一个或两个心生起。然后获得重复习行,停在速行阶段,再沉入有分,这也是因为所缘微弱。这种过程出现在说“就像我所见、就像我所闻”等话的时候。这是第二种无效过程。巴利
Sace pana bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti, kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge āvaṭṭite, voṭṭhabbanaṃ apāpetvāva antarā, cakkhuviññāṇe vā sampaṭicchane vā santīraṇe vā ṭhatvā nivattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Voṭṭhabbanavasena pana ṭhatvā ekaṃ vā dve vā cittāni pavattanti. Tato āsevanaṃ labhitvā javanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā puna bhavaṅgaṃ otarati idampi ārammaṇadubbalatāya eva hoti. Ayaṃ pana vāro ‘diṭṭhaṃ viya me, sutaṃ viya me’tiādīni vadanakāle labbhati. Ayampi dutiyo moghavāro.
另一种情况是:当唯作意界让有分转向之后,路心们生起,速行开始运作。速行结束时,才是彼所缘的环节。如果彼所缘还没有生起,就沉入有分。这里有个譬喻:就像在河里筑起堤坝,把水引向大渠,水流过去,灌满两岸的田地,多出来的水从螃蟹洞之类的地方流走,然后又重新落入河里。应当这样理解:这里,河水还在流的时候,就像有分和路心还在运作的时候;筑堤的时候,就像唯作意界让有分转向的时候;大渠里水流过的时候,就像路心生起运作的时候;灌满两岸的田地,就像速行;从螃蟹洞之类的地方流走、水又重新落入河里,就像速行运作之后,彼所缘还没生起,就又沉入有分。这样一来,连沉入有分的心也无法计数。这也是因为所缘太弱的缘故。这是第三种无效的环节。巴利
Aparassa kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge āvaṭṭite vīthicittāni uppajjanti, javanaṃ javati. Javanapariyosāne pana tadārammaṇassa vāro. Tasmiṃ anuppanneyeva bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Tatrāyaṃ upamā – yathā hi nadiyā āvaraṇaṃ bandhitvā mahāmātikābhimukhe udake kate udakaṃ gantvā ubhosu tīresu kedāre pūretvā atirekaṃ kakkaṭakamaggādīhi palāyitvā puna nadiṃyeva otarati, evametaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha hi nadiyaṃ udakappavattanakālo viya bhavaṅgavīthippavattanakālo . Āvaraṇabandhanakālo viya kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭanakālo. Mahāmātikāya udakappavattanakālo viya vīthicittappavatti. Ubhosu tīresu kedārapūraṇaṃ viya javanaṃ. Kakkaṭakamaggādīhi palāyitvā puna udakassa nadīotaraṇaṃ viya javanaṃ javitvā tadārammaṇe anuppanneyeva puna bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ. Evaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otaraṇacittānampi gaṇanapatho natthi. Idañcāpi ārammaṇadubbalatāya eva hoti. Ayaṃ tatiyo moghavāro.
如果强大的所缘出现在面前,当唯作意界令有分转向之后,眼识等就会生起。而在速行阶段,第一个欲界善心作为速行生起,运行六或七次之后,就给出彼所缘的机会。当彼所缘安住时,与它相似的大果报心就安住下来。这个心得到两个名称:因为与结生心相似,所以叫“根本有分”;因为执取了速行所执取的所缘,所以叫“彼所缘”。在这个阶段,眼识、领受、推度、彼所缘这四种果报心可以计入。巴利
Sace pana balavārammaṇaṃ āpāthagataṃ hoti kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge āvaṭṭite cakkhuviññāṇādīni uppajjanti. Javanaṭṭhāne pana paṭhamakāmāvacarakusalacittaṃ javanaṃ hutvā chasattavāre javitvā tadārammaṇassa vāraṃ deti. Tadārammaṇaṃ patiṭṭhahamānaṃ taṃsadisameva mahāvipākacittaṃ patiṭṭhāti. Idaṃ dve nāmāni labhati – paṭisandhicittasadisattā ‘mūlabhavaṅga’nti ca, yaṃ javanena gahitaṃ ārammaṇaṃ tassa gahitattā ‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ santīraṇaṃ tadārammaṇanti cattāri vipākacittāni gaṇanūpagāni honti.
当第二个善心成为速行时,与它相似的第二果报心就作为彼所缘而安住下来。这个心得到两个名称:因为与结生心不相似,所以叫“客有分”;又按照前面的方式,叫“彼所缘”。加上这个,前面的四个就变成五个。巴利
Yadā pana dutiyakusalacittaṃ javanaṃ hoti, tadā taṃsadisaṃ dutiyavipākacittameva tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāti. Idañca dve nāmāni labhati . Paṭisandhicittena asadisattā ‘āgantukabhavaṅga’nti ca purimanayeneva ‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca. Iminā saddhiṃ purimāni cattāri pañca honti.
当第三善心成为速行时,与它相似的第三果报心就作为彼所缘而安住下来。这个心也按照前面所说的方式,得到“客有分”和“彼所缘”这两个名称。加上这个心,前面的五种就变成六种。巴利
Yadā pana tatiyakusalacittaṃ javanaṃ hoti, tadā taṃsadisaṃ tatiyavipākacittaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāti. Idampi vuttanayeneva ‘āgantukabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca dve nāmāni labhati. Iminā saddhiṃ purimāni pañca cha honti.
当第四种善心成为速行心的时候,与它相似的第四种果报心就作为彼所缘而安住下来。这个心也同样按照前面所说的方式,得到“客有分”和“彼所缘”这两个名称。加上这个心,前面的六个就变成七个。巴利
Yadā pana catutthakusalacittaṃ javanaṃ hoti, tadā taṃsadisaṃ catutthavipākacittaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāti. Idampi vuttanayeneva ‘āgantukabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca dve nāmāni labhati. Iminā saddhiṃ purimāni cha satta honti.
当所缘是“可意或中性”的所缘出现在那个门时,这里也同样按照前面说过的办法,可以得到三种无效路心。但因为感受会随着所缘而转变,所以这时是舍俱推度心。在四种舍俱大善速行心结束时,只有四种舍俱大果报心以彼所缘的方式安住下来。它们也同样按照前面说过的办法,得到“来客有分”和“彼所缘”这两个名称,也被称为“后有分”。这样,这五种加上前面的七种,一共就是十二种。像这样,眼门有十二种,耳门等也各有十二种,合起来就是六十种。也就是说,由一种思业造作时,会生起六十种果报心。不过,如果按未执取之执取来说,眼门有十二种,耳、鼻、舌、身的识共有四种,合计就是十六种。巴利
Yadā pana tasmiṃ dvāre ‘iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇaṃ’ āpāthamāgacchati, tatrāpi vuttanayeneva tayo moghavārā labbhanti. Yasmā pana ārammaṇena vedanā parivattati tasmā tattha upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ. Catunnañca upekkhāsahagatamahākusalajavanānaṃ pariyosāne cattāri upekkhāsahagatamahāvipākacittāneva tadārammaṇabhāvena patiṭṭhahanti. Tānipi vuttanayeneva ‘āgantukabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca dve nāmāni labhanti. ‘Piṭṭhibhavaṅgānī’tipi vuccanti eva. Iti imāni pañca purimehi sattahi saddhiṃ dvādasa honti. Evaṃ cakkhudvāre dvādasa, sotadvārādīsu dvādasa dvādasāti, samasaṭṭhi honti. Evaṃ ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite samasaṭṭhi vipākacittāni uppajjanti. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre dvādasa, sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni cattārīti soḷasa honti.
在这里,老师们举出了所谓的“芒果比喻”:据说有一个人,在结满果实的芒果树下,用衣服连头盖住躺着睡觉。这时,一颗熟芒果从果蒂上脱落,就像在擦过他的耳廓一样,“嗒”的一声掉在地上。他听到那个声音就醒了,睁开眼睛看了看。然后伸出手,拿起那颗果子,捏了捏,凑近闻了闻,就吃了。巴利
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne ambopamaṃ nāma gaṇhiṃsu – eko kira puriso phalitambarukkhamūle sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nipanno niddāyati. Athekaṃ ambapakkaṃ vaṇṭato muccitvā tassa kaṇṇasakkhaliṃ puñchamānaṃ viya ‘tha’nti bhūmiyaṃ pati. So tassa saddena pabujjhitvā ummīletvā olokesi. Tato hatthaṃ pasāretvā phalaṃ gahetvā madditvā upasiṅghitvā paribhuñji.
在这里,那个男子在芒果树下睡觉的时候,就像有分心持续的时候。芒果从蒂上脱落、擦过他的耳廓掉下来的时候,就像所缘撞击净色的时候。他被那声音惊醒的时候,就像唯作意界让有分心转向的时候。他睁开眼睛看的时候,就像眼识完成看的作用的时候。他伸手去拿的时候,就像果报意界领纳所缘的时候。他拿过来捏了捏的时候,就像果报意识界推度所缘的时候。他凑近闻的时候,就像唯作意识界确定所缘的时候。他吃的时候,就像速行心体验所缘的味道的时候。这个譬喻要说明什么?所缘撞击净色本身就是它的作用。当净色被撞击时,唯作意界只是让有分心转向,眼识只是看,果报意界只是领纳所缘,果报意识界只是推度所缘,唯作意识界只是确定所缘,这些各自只是作用而已。而真正完全体验所缘味道的,只有速行心——这就是这个譬喻要说明的。巴利
Tattha, tassa purisassa ambarukkhamūle niddāyanakālo viya bhavaṅgasamaṅgikālo. Ambapakkassa vaṇṭato muccitvā kaṇṇasakkhaliṃ puñchamānassa patanakālo viya ārammaṇassa pasādaghaṭṭanakālo. Tena saddena pabuddhakālo viya kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭitakālo. Ummīletvā olokitakālo viya cakkhuviññāṇassa dassanakiccasādhanakālo. Hatthaṃ pasāretvā gahitakālo viya vipākamanodhātuyā ārammaṇassa sampaṭicchitakālo. Gahetvā madditakālo viya vipākamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa santīraṇakālo. Upasiṅghitakālo viya kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa vavatthāpitakālo . Paribhuttakālo viya javanassa ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavitakālo. Ayaṃ upamā kiṃ dīpeti? Ārammaṇassa pasādaghaṭṭanameva kiccaṃ. Tena pasāde ghaṭṭite kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgāvaṭṭanameva, cakkhuviññāṇassa dassanamattakameva, vipākamanodhātuyā ārammaṇasampaṭicchanamattakameva, vipākamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇasantīraṇamattakameva, kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇavavatthāpanamattakameva kiccaṃ. Ekantena pana ārammaṇarasaṃ javanameva anubhavatīti dīpeti.
在这里,并没有任何一个造作者或指使造作者这样说:“你成为有分,你成为转向,你成为看,你成为领受,你成为推度,你成为确定,你成为速行。”巴利
Ettha ca ‘tvaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ nāma hohi, tvaṃ āvajjanaṃ nāma, tvaṃ dassanaṃ nāma, tvaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ nāma, tvaṃ santīraṇaṃ nāma, tvaṃ voṭṭhabbanaṃ nāma, tvaṃ javanaṃ nāma, hohī’ti koci kattā vā kāretā vā natthi.
不过在这里,他们提出了五种法则:种子法则、时节法则、业法则、法法则、心法则。其中,野豆藤向上生长,南向藤蔓从右边绕树,向日葵朝向太阳,蔓草朝树木生长,椰子顶部有孔——像这样,各种种子各自产生与自己同类的果实,这叫种子法则。到了各自的时节,那些树木一下子同时开花、结果、长出新叶,这叫时节法则。三因的业产生三因、二因、无因的果报;二因的业产生二因、无因的果报,不产生三因的果报。像这样,各种业各自产生与自己同类的果报,这叫业法则。巴利
Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne pañcavidhaṃ niyāmaṃ nāma gaṇhiṃsu – bījaniyāmaṃ utuniyāmaṃ kammaniyāmaṃ dhammaniyāmaṃ cittaniyāmanti. Tattha kulatthagacchassa uttaraggabhāvo, dakkhiṇavalliyā dakkhiṇato rukkhapariharaṇaṃ, sūriyāvaṭṭapupphānaṃ sūriyābhimukhabhāvo, māluvalatāya rukkhābhimukhagamanameva, nāḷikerassa matthake chiddasabbhāvoti tesaṃ tesaṃ bījānaṃ taṃtaṃsadisaphaladānaṃ bījaniyāmo nāma. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye tesaṃ tesaṃ rukkhānaṃ ekappahāreneva pupphaphalapallavaggahaṇaṃ utuniyāmo nāma. Tihetukakammaṃ tihetukaduhetukāhetukavipākaṃ deti. Duhetukakammaṃ duhetukāhetukavipākaṃ deti, tihetukaṃ na detīti, evaṃ tassa tassa kammassa taṃtaṃsadisavipākadānameva kammaniyāmo nāma.
还有一种业法则,同样是按照业与果报相对应的方式运作。为了说明这一点,他们讲了这样一个故事:正自觉者住世的时候,舍卫城有一个城门口村。那时,一个燃烧的草把飞了起来,套在一只飞过空中的乌鸦脖子上。乌鸦惨叫着掉到地上死了。大海里也有一艘船停住不动。人们看不到下面有什么东西挡住了船,就抽签查找原因。签落到了船主的一位女信徒手里。于是大家说:“不能为了一个人让所有人都遭殃,把她扔到水里去吧。”船主说:“我不忍心看着她浮在水面上。”就让人把一罐沙子绑在她脖子上,把她扔了下去。就在那一刻,船像射出的箭一样冲了出去。有一位比丘住在山洞里。一块巨大的山岩掉下来,堵住了洞口。到了第七天,那块岩石自己移开了。正自觉者坐在祇园精舍说法时,这三件事被一起禀报上来。导师说:“这不是别人做的,正是他们自己所作的业。”为了开示这一点,他讲述了过去的事:巴利
Aparopi kammasarikkhakavipākavaseneva kammaniyāmo hoti. Tassa dīpanatthamidaṃ vatthuṃ kathenti – sammāsambuddhakāle sāvatthiyā dvāragāmo jhāyi . Tato pajjalitaṃ tiṇakaraḷaṃ uṭṭhahitvā ākāsena gacchato kākassa gīvāya paṭimuñci. So viravanto bhūmiyaṃ patitvā kālamakāsi. Mahāsamuddepi ekā nāvā niccalā aṭṭhāsi. Heṭṭhā kenaci niruddhabhāvaṃ apassantā kāḷakaṇṇisalākaṃ vicāresuṃ. Sā nāvikasseva upāsikāya hatthe pati. Tato ekissā kāraṇā mā sabbe nassantu, udake naṃ khipāmāti āhaṃsu. Nāviko ‘na sakkhissāmi etaṃ udake uppilavamānaṃ passitu’nti vālikāghaṭaṃ gīvāyaṃ bandhāpetvā khipāpesi. Taṅkhaṇaññeva nāvā khittasaro viya pakkhandi. Eko bhikkhu leṇe vasati. Mahantaṃ pabbatakūṭaṃ patitvā dvāraṃ pidahi. Taṃ sattame divase sayameva apagataṃ. Sammāsambuddhassa jetavane nisīditvā dhammaṃ kathentassa imāni tīṇi vatthūni ekappahāreneva ārocesuṃ. Satthā ‘na etaṃ aññehi kataṃ, tehi katakammameva ta’nti atītaṃ āharitvā dassento āha –
乌鸦前世生为人时,没办法驯服一头凶恶的牛,就在牛脖子上绑了一捆草辫,然后点火。牛就这样死了。如今这个业,让它在空中飞行时也逃不掉。那个女子前世也是女人。有一只狗跟她混熟了,她走到森林去,狗也跟着去,跟着来。人们嘲笑说:“我们的猎狗人现在出门了。”她为此感到厌烦,又没办法阻止那只狗,就把一个沙罐绑在狗脖子上,扔进水里。那个业让她在大海中间也逃不掉。那位比丘前世是牧牛人,一只巨蜥钻进洞里后,他用一把折断的树枝堵住了洞口。到了第七天,他自己回来把洞口打开。巨蜥颤抖着爬出来。他出于怜悯没有杀它。那个业让他进入山间坐下后也逃不掉。把这三件事合在一起,说了下面这首偈颂:巴利
Kāko purimattabhāve manusso hutvā ekaṃ duṭṭhagoṇaṃ dametuṃ asakkonto gīvāya palālaveṇiṃ bandhitvā aggiṃ adāsi. Goṇo teneva mato. Idāni taṃ kammaṃ etassa ākāsena gacchatopi na muccituṃ adāsi. Sāpi itthī purimattabhāve ekā itthīyeva. Eko kukkuro tāya paricito hutvā araññaṃ gacchantiyā saddhiṃ gacchati, saddhimevāgacchati. Manussā ‘nikkhanto idāni amhākaṃ sunakhaluddako’ti uppaṇḍenti. Sā tena aṭṭīyamānā kukkuraṃ nivāretuṃ asakkontī vālikāghaṭaṃ gīvāya bandhitvā udake khipi. Taṃ kammaṃ tassā samuddamajjhe muccituṃ nādāsi. Sopi bhikkhu purimattabhāve gopālako hutvā bilaṃ paviṭṭhāya godhāya sākhābhaṅgamuṭṭhiyā dvāraṃ thakesi. Tato sattame divase sayaṃ āgantvā vivari. Godhā kampamānā nikkhami. Karuṇāya taṃ na māresi. Taṃ kammaṃ tassa pabbatantaraṃ pavisitvā nisinnassa muccituṃ nādāsīti. Imāni tīṇi vatthūni samodhānetvā imaṃ gāthamāha –
不在虚空中,也不在大海中央,
不钻进山岩的缝隙里;
世上没有那样一个地方,
站在哪里才能摆脱恶业呢?巴利
‘‘Na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, Na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa; Na vijjate so jagatippadeso, Yatthaṭṭhito mucceyya pāpakammā’’ti. (dha. pa. 127);
这本身也就是业的定则。其他类似的事例也应该讲一讲。巴利
Ayampi kammaniyāmoyeva nāma. Aññānipi evarūpāni vatthūni kathetabbāni.
不过,对菩萨来说,在入胎时、从母胎出来时、证得正觉时、如来转法轮时、舍弃寿行时,以及般涅槃时,一万个世界震动,这叫做法决定。巴利
Bodhisattānaṃ pana paṭisandhiggahaṇe, mātukucchito nikkhamane, abhisambodhiyaṃ tathāgatassa dhammacakkappavattane, āyusaṅkhārassa ossajjane, parinibbāne ca dasasahassacakkavāḷakampanaṃ dhammaniyāmo nāma.
当所缘撞击净色时,并没有任何造作者或指使者说“你应当成为转向”……(中略)……“你应当成为速行”,而是从所缘撞击净色的那一刻起,纯粹依各自自身的法性,唯作意界心转向有分,眼识完成看的作用,异熟意界完成领受的作用,异熟意识界完成推度的作用,唯作意识界完成确定的作用,速行体验所缘的滋味——这就是心定律,也正是这里所指的意思。巴利
Ārammaṇena pana pasāde ghaṭṭite ‘tvaṃ āvajjanaṃ nāma hohi…pe… tvaṃ javanaṃ nāma hohī’ti koci kattā vā kāretā vā natthi, attano attano pana dhammatāya eva ārammaṇena pasādassa ghaṭṭitakālato paṭṭhāya kiriyamanodhātucittaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dassanakiccaṃ sādheti, vipākamanodhātu sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ sādheti, vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu santīraṇakiccaṃ sādheti, kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātu voṭṭhabbanakiccaṃ sādheti, javanaṃ ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavatīti ayaṃ cittaniyāmo nāma. Ayaṃ idha adhippeto.
由有行的三因善业,以及由舍俱的无行、有行善业所造作之业,当它由与那些心同类的异熟心结生时,道理也是这样。不过,对于两种舍俱心,应先说明它们以可意、中舍为所缘而生起,然后再说明它们以可意为所缘而生起。巴利
Sasaṅkhārikatihetukakusalenāpi upekkhāsahagatehi asaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikakusalacittehipi kamme āyūhite taṃsadisavipākacittehi ādinnāya paṭisandhiyā eseva nayo. Upekkhāsahagatadvaye pana paṭhamaṃ ‘iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇavasena’ pavattiṃ dassetvā pacchā ‘iṭṭhārammaṇavasena’ dassetabbā.
这样,在每一个门中各有十二种,合计成为三十六种。以未执取之执取的方式,十六种异熟心生起。巴利
Evampi ekekasmiṃ dvāre dvādasa dvādasa hutvā samasaṭṭhi honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena soḷasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti.
在这里,他们举了一个叫“五榨蔗机”的比喻。据说在榨甘蔗的时候,有十一个榨机工从某个村子出来,看见一片甘蔗园,知道甘蔗已经成熟,就走到园主那里,告诉他:“我们是榨机工。”园主说:“我正找你们呢。”于是带他们去了甘蔗棚。他们在那里装好榨机,说:“我们十一个人,还应该再找一个人,用工资雇一个吧。”园主说:“我就来当你们的搭档吧。”他让人把甘蔗棚装满甘蔗,就成了他们的搭档。他们各自做各自的事:煮糖的人煮甘蔗汁,制糖的人把糖压成块,园主称量并分配份额。各人拿了属于自己的那份,把甘蔗棚交还给主人。用同样的办法,在另外四个棚里也干完活后,他们就离开了。巴利
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne pañcaucchunāḷiyantopamaṃ nāma gaṇhiṃsu. Ucchupīḷanasamaye kira ekasmā gāmā ekādasa yantavāhā nikkhamitvā ekaṃ ucchuvāṭaṃ disvā tassa paripakkabhāvaṃ ñatvā ucchusāmikaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘yantavāhā maya’nti ārocesuṃ. So ‘ahaṃ tumheyeva pariyesāmī’ti ucchusālaṃ te gahetvā agamāsi. Te tattha nāḷiyantaṃ sajjetvā ‘mayaṃ ekādasa janā, aparampi ekaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, vetanena gaṇhathā’ti āhaṃsu. Ucchusāmiko ‘ahameva sahāyo bhavissāmī’ti ucchūnaṃ sālaṃ pūrāpetvā tesaṃ sahāyo ahosi. Te attano attano kiccāni katvā, phāṇitapācakena ucchurase pakke, guḷabandhakena baddhe, ucchusāmikena tulayitvā bhāgesu dinnesu, attano attano bhāgaṃ ādāya ucchusālaṃ sāmikassa paṭicchāpetvā, eteneva upāyena aparāsupi catūsu sālāsu kammaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
在这里,应当把五个榨蔗机房看作五种净色,把五个甘蔗园看作五种所缘,把十一个转动的榨机工看作十一种异熟心,把五个甘蔗棚的主人看作五种识。就像在第一个棚里,主人和十二个人一起干活后分取份额的时候,也就是十一种异熟心和眼识一起在眼门对色所缘各自完成自己作用的时候。就像棚主接手棚屋的时候,也就是眼识不转向门的时候。应当知道,就像在第二、第三、第四、第五个棚里,十二个人一起干活后分取份额的时候,也就是十一种异熟心和身识一起在身门对触所缘各自完成自己作用的时候。就像棚主接手棚屋的时候,也就是身识不转向门的时候。到这里,已经说了由三因业结生成为三因的部分。然而,由那种业所得的二因结生,则一直隐没不显地过去了。巴利
Tattha pañca yantasālā viya pañca pasādā daṭṭhabbā. Pañca ucchuvāṭā viya pañca ārammaṇāni. Ekādasa vicaraṇakayantavāhā viya ekādasa vipākacittāni. Pañca ucchusālāsāmino viya pañcaviññāṇāni. Paṭhamakasālāyaṃ sāmikena saddhiṃ dvādasannaṃ janānaṃ ekatova hutvā katakammānaṃ bhāgaggahaṇakālo viya ekādasannaṃ vipākacittānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇena saddhiṃ ekato hutvā cakkhudvāre rūpārammaṇe sakasakakiccakaraṇakālo. Sālāsāmikassa sālāya sampaṭicchanakālo viya cakkhuviññāṇassa dvārasaṅkantiakaraṇaṃ. Dutiya tatiya catuttha pañcamasālāya dvādasannaṃ ekato hutvā katakammānaṃ bhāgaggahaṇakālo viya ekādasannaṃ vipākacittānaṃ kāyaviññāṇena saddhiṃ ekato hutvā kāyadvāre phoṭṭhabbārammaṇe sakasakakiccakaraṇakālo. Sālāsāmikassa sālāya sampaṭicchanakālo viya kāyaviññāṇassa dvārasaṅkantiakaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā tihetukakammena paṭisandhi tihetukā hotīti vāro kathito. Yā pana tena duhetukapaṭisandhi hoti, sā paṭicchannāva hutvā gatā.
现在要讲“由二因业而有二因结生”这一部分。以二因的喜俱无行心造了业之后,由同类的二因异熟心取结生者,依照前面所说的方式,在眼门有“可意所缘”进入视野时,有三个空过的时段。二因喜俱无行速行结束时,生起与它同类的彼所缘,称为“根本有分”。有行速行结束时,生起与它同类的彼所缘,称为“客来有分”。在“可意中舍所缘”中,两种舍俱速行结束时,也各各生起两种同样的彼所缘。在这里,每一门各有八个,合计四十心。若以未取受的方式来说,眼门有八个,耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识共四个,合计十二个。这样,由一种思造业时,生起十二种异熟心。芒果比喻中五定律的解说本来就是常见的。对于由二因其余三种心同类的异熟取结生者,也是同样的道理。不过在榨机工的比喻中,这里有七个榨机工。应知在那里安置好榨机后,加上棚主作为第八,再按前面所说的方式去配合。到这里,已经讲完“由二因业而有二因结生”这一部分。巴利
Idāni duhetukakammena duhetukā paṭisandhi hotīti vāro kathetabbo. Duhetukena hi somanassasahagataasaṅkhārikacittena kamme āyūhite taṃsadiseneva duhetukavipākacittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa vuttanayeneva cakkhudvāre ‘iṭṭhārammaṇe’ āpāthamāgate tayo moghavārā. Duhetukasomanassasahagataasaṅkhārikajavanāvasāne taṃsadisameva mūlabhavaṅgasaṅkhātaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ. Sasaṅkhārikajavanāvasāne taṃsadisameva āgantukabhavaṅgasaṅkhātaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ. ‘Iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ dvinnaṃ upekkhāsahagatajavanānaṃ avasāne tādisāneva dve tadārammaṇāni uppajjanti. Idha ekekasmiṃ dvāre aṭṭha aṭṭha katvā samacattālīsa cittāni. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre aṭṭha, sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni cattārīti dvādasa honti. Evaṃ ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite dvādasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti. Ambopamapañcaniyāmakathā pākatikā eva. Duhetukasesacittattayasadisavipākena gahitapaṭisandhikepi eseva nayo. Yantavāhopamāya panettha satta yantavāhā. Tehi tattha yante nāma sajjite sālāsāmikaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ katvā vuttanayānusārena yojanā veditabbā. Ettāvatā duhetukakammena duhetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro kathito.
现在讲无因结生的情况。对于以四种二因善心当中的某一种造了业、而由善异熟舍俱无因意识界心取结生的人,不能说他的结生和业相似,因为业是二因的,结生却是无因的。当他长大以后,在眼门有可意或中舍的所缘现前时,应当知道,按照前面同样的道理,有三个空过的时分。而在四种二因善心当中某一种速行结束时,无因心以彼所缘的方式安立,它得到两个名称,叫做根本有分和彼所缘。这样一来,这里的眼识、领受、舍俱推度以及彼所缘也都是舍俱的,从中取一种来算,可以计入的只有三种。巴利
Idāni ahetukapaṭisandhikathā hoti – catunnañhi duhetukakusalacittānaṃ aññatarena kamme āyūhite kusalavipākaupekkhāsahagatāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātucittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa paṭisandhi kammasadisāti na vattabbā. Kammañhi duhetukaṃ paṭisandhi ahetukā. Tassa vuḍḍhippattassa cakkhudvāre ‘iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ āpāthamāgate purimanayeneva tayo moghavārā veditabbā. Catunnaṃ pana duhetukakusalacittānaṃ aññatarajavanassa pariyosāne ahetukacittaṃ tadārammaṇabhāvena patiṭṭhāti. Taṃ ‘mūlabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti dve nāmāni labhati. Evamettha cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ tadārammaṇampi upekkhāsahagatamevāti tesu ekaṃ gahetvā gaṇanūpagāni tīṇeva honti.
不过,在“可爱所缘”中,推度心和彼所缘心都只是与喜俱的。从这些当中取一种来计算,前面的就有三种或四种。这样,在五个门中各有四种,当同一思造业时,会生起二十种果报心,应当这样理解。若按“不取已取”来说,则在眼门有四种,耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识共四种,合计八种。这叫作“无因八法”。这是就人间而言的。巴利
‘Iṭṭhārammaṇe’ pana santīraṇampi tadārammaṇampi somanassasahagatameva. Tesu ekaṃ gahetvā purimāni tīṇi cattāri honti. Evaṃ pañcasu dvāresu cattāri cattāri katvā ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite vīsati vipākacittāni uppajjantīti veditabbāni. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre cattāri sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni cattārīti aṭṭha honti. Idaṃ ‘ahetukaṭṭhakaṃ’ nāma. Idaṃ manussalokena gahitaṃ.
不过,在四种恶趣里流转的时候,也能得到这无因八法。比如大目犍连长老在地狱里化出一朵莲花,坐在莲蕊上给地狱众生讲法。那时候,那些看见长老的众生,生起了善果报的眼识;听见声音的,生起耳识;长老在檀香林里白天禅坐之后离开,他们闻到衣上的香气时,生起鼻识;为了灭掉地狱之火,让天降雨、布施饮水的时候,生起舌识;让微风轻轻吹起的时候,生起身识。像这样,眼识等五种识、一种领受心、两种推度心,就是无因八法。龙、金翅鸟、天宫里的鬼等,虽然是以不善心结生的,但在生命流转中善业也会成熟。转轮圣王的吉祥象、马等也是这样。以上是就可爱所缘、可爱中立所缘中依善速行所作的论述。巴利
Catūsu pana apāyesu pavatte labbhati. Yadā hi mahāmoggallānatthero niraye padumaṃ māpetvā padumakaṇṇikāya nisinno nerayikānaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathesi, tadā tesaṃ theraṃ passantānaṃ kusalavipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppajjati. Saddaṃ suṇantānaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ, candanavane divāvihāraṃ nisīditvā gatassa cīvaragandhaghāyanakāle ghānaviññāṇaṃ, nirayaggiṃ nibbāpetuṃ devaṃ vassāpetvā pānīyadānakāle jivhāviññāṇaṃ, mandamandavātasamuṭṭhāpanakāle kāyaviññāṇanti evaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīni pañca , ekaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ, dve santīraṇānīti ahetukaṭṭhakaṃ labbhati . Nāgasupaṇṇavemānikapetānampi akusalena paṭisandhi hoti. Pavatte kusalaṃ vipaccati. Tathā cakkavattino maṅgalahatthiassādīnaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva ‘iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇesu’ kusalajavanavasena kathāmaggo.
在“可爱所缘”中,四种与喜俱的不善速行生起之后,善果报的、与喜俱的无因心就成为彼所缘。在“可爱中立所缘”中,四种与舍俱、和贪相应的不善速行生起之后,善果报的、与舍俱的无因心就成为彼所缘。应当知道,所谓“彼所缘应由速行来决定”,这是针对善心说的。那么,与忧俱的速行之后,正在生起的彼所缘是什么心呢?生起的是不善果报的无因意识界心。巴利
‘Iṭṭhārammaṇe’ pana catūsu somanassasahagatākusalacittesu javitesu kusalavipākaṃ somanassasahagatāhetukacittaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. ‘Iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ catūsu upekkhāsahagatalobhasampayuttesu javitesu kusalavipākaṃ upekkhāsahagatāhetukacittaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. Yaṃ pana ‘javanena tadārammaṇaṃ niyametabba’nti vuttaṃ taṃ kusalaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Domanassasahagatajavanānantaraṃ tadārammaṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ kiṃ uppajjatīti? Akusalavipākāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātucittaṃ uppajjati.
那么,是什么在决定这个速行是善还是不善呢?是转向和确定。因为,如果转向时如理作意、确定时也如理决意,速行却变成不善,这是不可能的。如果转向时不如理作意、确定时也不如理决意,速行却变成善,这同样是不可能的。应当知道:两者都如理作意和决意时,速行就是善;两者都不如理时,就是不善。巴利
Idaṃ pana javanaṃ kusalatthāya vā akusalatthāya vā ko niyāmetīti? Āvajjanañceva voṭṭhabbanañca. Āvajjanena hi yoniso āvaṭṭite voṭṭhabbanena yoniso vavatthāpite javanaṃ akusalaṃ bhavissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ. Āvajjanena ayoniso āvaṭṭite voṭṭhabbanena ayoniso vavatthāpite javanaṃ kusalaṃ bhavissatītipi aṭṭhānametaṃ. Ubhayena pana yoniso āvaṭṭite vavatthāpite ca javanaṃ kusalaṃ hoti, ayoniso akusalanti veditabbaṃ.
在“可爱所缘”中,对于有疑惑的和掉举的人,那时彼所缘是什么?不论对可爱所缘有疑惑还是没有疑惑,不论掉举还是不掉举,彼所缘都只是善果报无因的喜俱心。在“可爱中立所缘”中,则是善果报无因的舍俱心。这里,简要阐明其含义的,就是名为大法护长老之说。因为在喜俱速行之后,应当寻求五种彼所缘;在舍俱速行之后,应当寻求六种彼所缘。巴利
‘Iṭṭhārammaṇe’ pana kaṅkhato uddhatassa ca tadārammaṇaṃ kiṃ hotīti? Iṭṭhārammaṇasmiṃ kaṅkhatu vā mā vā, uddhato vā hotu mā vā, kusalavipākāhetukasomanassacittameva tadārammaṇaṃ hoti, ‘iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ ‘kusalavipākāhetukaupekkhāsahagata’nti, ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepato atthadīpano mahādhammarakkhitattheravādo nāma. Somanassasahagatasmiñhi javane javite pañca tadārammaṇāni gavesitabbānīti. Upekkhāsahagatasmiṃ javane javite cha gavesitabbānīti.
那时,当一位与喜俱结生的人,在生命相续中证得禅那之后,因为放逸而退失了禅那,他省察“我的殊胜法已经失去了”,由于追悔而生起忧受,那时生起的是什么心呢?因为《发趣论》中已经否定“喜之后紧接着生起忧,忧之后紧接着生起喜”。那么,缘取广大法而速行之后,彼所缘在那里也被否定吗?生起的是善果报或是不善果报的舍俱无因意识界心。它的转向又是怎样的呢?就像有分和转向那样,它并没有转向的作用。这些心是依自己的倾向、习惯和惯行而生起的,那它又是怎样生起的呢?就像非想非非想处是灭尽的等无间缘,从灭尽定出定者的果等至心、圣道心、道之后的果心,也是如此,即使没有转向,也依倾向、习惯和惯行而生起。因为心虽然没有转向也能生起,但如果没有所缘就不能生起。那么,它的所缘是什么呢?是色等有限法中的某一种。应当知道:在这些法中,那时进入根门的那个所缘,心就是缘取它而生起的。巴利
Atha yadā somanassasahagatapaṭisandhikassa pavatte jhānaṃ nibbattetvā pamādena parihīnajjhānassa ‘paṇītadhammo me naṭṭho’ti paccavekkhato vippaṭisāravasena domanassaṃ uppajjati, tadā kiṃ uppajjati? ‘Somanassānantarañhi domanassaṃ domanassānantarañca somanassaṃ’ paṭṭhāne paṭisiddhaṃ. Mahaggatadhammaṃ ārabbha javane javite tadārammaṇampi tattheva paṭisiddhanti? Kusalavipākā vā akusalavipākā vā upekkhāsahagatāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātu uppajjati , kimassā āvajjananti? ‘Bhavaṅgāvajjanānaṃ viya natthassā āvajjanakicca’nti. ‘Etāni tāva attano ninnattā ca ciṇṇattā ca samudācārattā ca uppajjantu, ayaṃ kathaṃ uppajjatī’ti? ‘Yathā nirodhassa anantarapaccayaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, nirodhā vuṭṭhahantassa phalasamāpatticittaṃ, ariyamaggacittaṃ, maggānantarāni phalacittāni, evaṃ asantepi āvajjane, ninnaciṇṇasamudācārabhāvena uppajjati. Vinā hi āvajjanena cittaṃ uppajjati, ārammaṇena pana vinā nuppajjatī’ti. ‘Atha kimassārammaṇa’nti? ‘Rūpādīsu parittadhammesu aññataraṃ. Etesu hi yadeva tasmiṃ samaye āpāthamāgataṃ hoti, taṃ ārabbha etaṃ cittaṃ uppajjatī’ti veditabbaṃ.
现在,为了使这一切心都清楚明了,说了这个杂论:巴利
Idāni sabbesampi etesaṃ cittānaṃ pākaṭabhāvatthaṃ ayaṃ pakiṇṇakanayo vutto –
经、守门人、村民、芒果,以及拘利耶人;
生来就瞎的人、爬行的人、执取感官对象的人,以及亲依止之义。巴利
Suttaṃ dovāriko ca, gāmillo ambo koliyakena ca; Jaccandho pīṭhasappī ca, visayaggāho ca upanissayamatthasoti.
这里说到“经”:就像一只路边的蜘蛛,朝五个方向拉出丝线,结成一个网,然后躺在网中央。当第一个方向拉出的丝线被小虫、飞蛾或苍蝇碰触时,它就从躺卧的地方动身,爬出来,沿着丝线过去,吸食那虫子的汁液,然后再回来,仍旧躺在那里。第二个方向等处的丝线被碰触时,它也同样这么做。巴利
Tattha ‘sutta’nti, eko panthamakkaṭako pañcasu disāsu suttaṃ pasāretvā jālaṃ katvā majjhe nipajjati. Paṭhamadisāya pasāritasutte pāṇakena vā paṭaṅgena vā makkhikāya vā pahaṭe nipannaṭṭhānato calitvā nikkhamitvā suttānusārena gantvā tassa yūsaṃ pivitvā punaāgantvā tattheva nipajjati. Dutiyadisādīsu pahaṭakālepi evameva karoti.
在这里,五净色就像向五个方向伸出的蛛丝。心就像躺在中间的蜘蛛。所缘撞击净色的时候,就像小虫等碰触蛛丝的时候。取着撞击净色的所缘之后,唯作意界让有分转动的时候,就像躺在中间的蜘蛛动起来。心路过程诸心的生起,就像沿着蛛丝爬行。速行在所缘上快速运行,就像刺进头部吸食汁液。心依止于心所依处而转起,就像再次回来躺在中间。巴利
Tattha pañcasu disāsu pasāritasuttaṃ viya pañcapasādā. Majjhe nipannamakkaṭako viya cittaṃ. Pāṇakādīhi suttaghaṭṭanakālo viya ārammaṇena pasādassa ghaṭṭitakālo. Majjhe nipannamakkaṭakassa calanaṃ viya pasādaghaṭṭanakaṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭitakālo. Suttānusārena gamanakālo viya vīthicittappavatti. Sīse vijjhitvā yūsapivanaṃ viya javanassa ārammaṇe javitakālo. Punaāgantvā majjhe nipajjanaṃ viya cittassa hadayavatthumeva nissāya pavattanaṃ.
这个比喻要说明什么?它说明:当所缘撞击净色时,以心色为依处的心比以净色为依处的心更先生起。它也说明:每一个所缘都会在两种门中呈现。巴利
Idaṃ opammaṃ kiṃ dīpeti? Ārammaṇena pasāde ghaṭṭite pasādavatthukacittato hadayarūpavatthukacittaṃ paṭhamataraṃ uppajjatīti dīpeti. Ekekaṃ ārammaṇaṃ dvīsu dvīsu dvāresu āpāthamāgacchatītipi.
所谓守门人:有个国王躺在床上睡着了。他的侍从坐在旁边给他按摩脚。一个聋子守门人站在门口。三个门卫依次站着。这时,一个住在边境的人拿着礼物走过来敲门。聋子守门人听不到声音。按摩脚的侍从给他做了个示意。守门人凭这个示意打开门看了看。第一个门卫接过礼物,交给第二个;第二个交给第三个;第三个交给国王。国王享用了。巴利
‘Dovāriko’ti , eko rājā sayanagato niddāyati. Tassa paricārako pāde parimajjanto nisīdi. Badhiradovāriko dvāre ṭhito. Tayo paṭihārā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhitā. Atheko paccantavāsī manusso paṇṇākāraṃ ādāya āgantvā dvāraṃ ākoṭesi. Badhiradovāriko saddaṃ na suṇāti. Pādaparimajjako saññaṃ adāsi. Tāya saññāya dvāraṃ vivaritvā passi. Paṭhamapaṭihāro paṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā dutiyassa adāsi, dutiyo tatiyassa, tatiyo rañño. Rājā paribhuñji.
在这里,那位国王应当看作速行,按摩脚的人应当看作转向,聋守门人应当看作眼识,三位护卫应当看作领受等三种路心。边地居民带着礼物前来敲门,应当看作所缘撞击净色。按摩脚的人给出示意的时候,应当看作唯作意界让有分转动的时候。按照他给的示意,聋守门人开门的时候,应当看作眼识对所缘完成看的作用的时候。第一位护卫接过礼物的时候,应当看作异熟意界领受所缘的时候。第一位护卫把礼物交给第二位的时候,应当看作异熟意识界推度所缘的时候。第二位护卫把礼物交给第三位的时候,应当看作唯作意识界确定所缘的时候。第三位护卫把礼物呈给国王的时候,应当看作确定把所缘交给速行的时候。国王享用的时候,应当看作速行体验所缘滋味的时候。巴利
Tattha so rājā viya javanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pādaparimajjako viya āvajjanaṃ. Badhiradovāriko viya cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tayo paṭihārā viya sampaṭicchanādīni tīṇi vīthicittāni. Paccantavāsino paṇṇākāraṃ ādāya āgantvā dvārākoṭanaṃ viya ārammaṇassa pasādaghaṭṭanaṃ. Pādaparimajjakena saññāya dinnakālo viya kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭitakālo. Tena dinnasaññāya badhiradovārikassa dvāravivaraṇakālo viya cakkhuviññāṇassa ārammaṇe dassanakiccasādhanakālo. Paṭhamapaṭihārena paṇṇākārassa gahitakālo viya vipākamanodhātuyā ārammaṇassa sampaṭicchitakālo. Paṭhamena dutiyassa dinnakālo viya vipākamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa santīraṇakālo. Dutiyena tatiyassa dinnakālo viya kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa vavatthāpitakālo. Tatiyena rañño dinnakālo viya voṭṭhabbanena javanassa niyyāditakālo. Rañño paribhogakālo viya javanassa ārammaṇarasānubhavanakālo.
这个譬喻说明什么?所缘撞击净色,只是(生起)作用而已;唯作意界使有分转动,只是(生起)作用而已;眼识等的看、领受、推度、确定,也只是(生起)各自的作用而已。而唯独速行真正体验所缘的滋味,这才是这个譬喻所要说明的。巴利
Idaṃ opammaṃ kiṃ dīpeti? Ārammaṇassa pasādaghaṭṭamattanameva kiccaṃ, kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgāvaṭṭanamattameva, cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ dassanasampaṭicchanasantīraṇavavatthāpanamattāneva kiccāni. Ekantena pana javanameva ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhotīti dīpeti.
有个叫“村童”的场景:很多村里的孩子在巷子里玩沙土。其中一个人的手碰到了一枚铜钱。他说:“我手里碰到了东西,这到底是什么?”一个人说:“这是白色的。”另一个人连沙带土一把紧紧抓住。又一个人说:“这是宽宽的、四方的。”再一个人说:“这是一枚铜钱。”于是他把铜钱拿回去交给了母亲,母亲拿去用了。巴利
‘Gāmillo’ti , sambahulā gāmadārakā antaravīthiyaṃ paṃsukīḷaṃ kīḷanti. Tatthekassa hatthe kahāpaṇo paṭihaññi. So ‘mayhaṃ hatthe paṭihataṃ, kiṃ nu kho eta’nti āha. Atheko ‘paṇḍaraṃ eta’nti āha. Aparo saha paṃsunā gāḷhaṃ gaṇhi. Añño ‘puthulaṃ caturassaṃ eta’nti āha. Aparo ‘kahāpaṇo eso’ti āha. Atha naṃ āharitvā mātu adāsi. Sā kamme upanesi.
在这里,应该这样理解:有分心的生起,就像许多小孩在巷子里玩耍时坐着的时刻。所缘撞击净色,就像铜钱碰到手的那一刻。唯作意界取那个所缘并让有分转动,就像有人说“这是什么?”的那一刻。眼识完成看的作用,就像有人说“这是白色的”的那一刻。异熟意界领受所缘,就像连沙带土紧紧握住的那一刻。异熟意识界推度所缘,就像有人说“这是宽的、四方的”的那一刻。唯作意识界确定所缘,就像有人说“这是铜钱”的那一刻。速行体验所缘的滋味,应该理解为就像母亲拿去使用的那一刻。巴利
Tattha sambahulānaṃ dārakānaṃ antaravīthiyaṃ kīḷantānaṃ nisinnakālo viya bhavaṅgacittappavatti daṭṭhabbā. Kahāpaṇassa hatthe paṭihatakālo viya ārammaṇena pasādassa ghaṭṭitakālo. ‘Kiṃ nu kho eta’nti vuttakālo viya taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭitakālo. ‘Paṇḍaraṃ eta’nti vuttakālo viya cakkhuviññāṇena dassanakiccassa sādhitakālo. Saha paṃsunā gāḷhaṃ gahitakālo viya vipākamanodhātuyā ārammaṇassa sampaṭicchitakālo. ‘Puthulaṃ caturassaṃ eta’nti vuttakālo viya vipākamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa santīraṇakālo. ‘Eso kahāpaṇo’ti vuttakālo viya kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa vavatthāpitakālo. Mātarā kamme upanītakālo viya javanassa ārammaṇarasānubhavanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
这个比喻说明什么?它说明:唯作意界还没看见,就已经让有分转动起来;异熟意界还没看见,就已经在领受;异熟意识界还没看见,就已经在推度;唯作意识界还没看见,就已经在确定;速行还没看见,就已经在体验所缘的滋味。不过,只有眼识才真正完成“看”这个作用。巴利
Idaṃ opammaṃ kiṃ dīpeti? Kiriyamanodhātu adisvāva bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti, vipākamanodhātu adisvāva sampaṭicchati, vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu adisvāva santīreti, kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātu adisvāva vavatthāpeti, javanaṃ adisvāva ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhoti. Ekantena pana cakkhuviññāṇameva dassanakiccaṃ sādhetīti dīpeti.
“Ambo koliyakena cā”这一句,是就前面所说的芒果喻和甘蔗屋主人喻而说的。巴利
‘Ambo koliyakena cā’ti, idaṃ heṭṭhā vuttaṃ ambopamañca ucchusālāsāmikopamañca sandhāya vuttaṃ.
“生来瞎眼的人和跛脚的人”,据说这两个人都坐在城门的厅堂里。这时,跛脚的人说:“喂,瞎眼的,你为什么在这里辛苦地走来走去?有个地方食物丰足,饭食和饮水都很多,为什么不去那里过安乐的日子呢?”瞎眼的人说:“你倒是告诉了我,可你自己为什么不去那里过安乐的日子呢?”跛脚的人说:“我没有脚,去不了。”瞎眼的人说:“我也没有眼睛,看不见。”跛脚的人就说:“既然这样,那就用你的脚,用我的眼睛。”两人都说“好”,同意了之后,瞎眼的人就把跛脚的人背到肩上。跛脚的人坐在他的肩上,用左手搂住他的头,用右手指点道路说:“这里有树根挡着,这里有石头,往左避开,往右走;往右避开,往左走。”就这样,瞎眼的人有脚,跛脚的人有眼睛,两人配合,到了想去的地方,过上了安乐的日子。巴利
‘Jaccandho pīṭhasappī cā’ti, ubhopi kira te nagaradvāre sālāyaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tattha pīṭhasappī āha – ‘bho andhaka, kasmā tvaṃ idha sussamāno vicarasi, asuko padeso subhikkho bahvannapāno, kiṃ tattha gantvā sukhena jīvituṃ na vaṭṭatī’ti? ‘Mayhaṃ tāva tayā ācikkhitaṃ, tuyhaṃ pana tattha gantvā sukhena jīvituṃ kiṃ na vaṭṭatī’ti? ‘Mayhaṃ gantuṃ pādā natthī’ti. ‘Mayhampi passituṃ cakkhūni natthī’ti. ‘Yadi evaṃ, tava pādā hontu, mama cakkhūnī’ti ubhopi ‘sādhū’ti sampaṭicchitvā jaccandho pīṭhasappiṃ khandhaṃ āropesi. So tassa khandhe nisīditvā vāmahatthenassa sīsaṃ parikkhipitvā dakkhiṇahatthena ‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne mūlaṃ āvaritvā ṭhitaṃ, imasmiṃ pāsāṇo, vāmaṃ muñca dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇha, dakkhiṇaṃ muñca vāmaṃ gaṇhā’ti maggaṃ niyametvā ācikkhati. Evaṃ jaccandhassa pādā pīṭhasappissa cakkhūnīti ubhopi sampayogena icchitaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā sukhena jīviṃsu.
在这里,生来就瞎的人好比色身,跛脚的人好比非色身。就像没有跛脚的人,生盲者就无法迈步向前走,同样,色法如果没有非色法,就无法完成执取、执持和移动。就像没有生盲者,跛脚的人也无法迈步向前走,同样,在五蕴有中,非色法如果没有色法,就不能生起活动。两者结合,才能到达想去的地方,安稳地生活,同样,色法与非色法相互结合,才有可能在一切作用中运转。这个问答是就五蕴有来说的。巴利
Tattha jaccandho viya rūpakāyo, pīṭhasappī viya arūpakāyo. Pīṭhasappinā vinā jaccandhassa disaṃ gantuṃ gamanābhisaṅkhārassa anibbattitakālo viya rūpassa arūpena vinā ādānagahaṇacopanaṃ pāpetuṃ asamatthatā. Jaccandhena vinā pīṭhasappissa disaṃ gantuṃ gamanābhisaṅkhārassa appavattanaṃ viya pañcavokāre rūpaṃ, vinā arūpassa appavatti. Dvinnampi sampayogena icchitaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā sukhena jīvitakālo viya rūpārūpadhammānaṃ aññamaññayogena sabbakiccesu pavattisambhāvoti. Ayaṃ pañho pañcavokārabhavavasena kathito.
所谓“境取”,就是眼取色境,耳等根取声等境。巴利
‘Visayaggāho’ cāti, cakkhu rūpavisayaṃ gaṇhāti. Sotādīni saddādivisaye.
“依缘与义”是指:从依缘方面和从含义方面来说。其中,因为眼根没有损坏、色境来到面前、依靠光明、以作意为因,眼识连同相应诸法由四种缘而生起。在这里,死人的眼根是损坏的。活人的眼根虽然还没有灭去,但如果被胆汁、痰或血阻碍,无法成为眼识的缘,这就叫作“损坏”。能够成为眼识之缘的,就叫作“未损坏”。耳等诸根也是同样的道理。不过,即使眼根未损坏,如果外面的色所缘没有来到面前,眼识也不生起。即使它来到了面前,如果没有光明可依靠,也不生起。即使有光明,如果作意界没有让有分转向,也不生起。只有转向了,眼识才生起。这样生起时,它是连同相应诸法一起生起的。于是,眼识获得这四种缘之后才生起。巴利
‘Upanissayamatthaso’ti, ‘upanissayato’ ca ‘atthato’ ca. Tattha asambhinnattā cakkhussa, āpāthagatattā rūpānaṃ, ālokasannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha matassāpi cakkhu sambhinnaṃ hoti. Jīvato niruddhampi, pittena vā semhena vā ruhirena vā palibuddhampi, cakkhuviññāṇassa paccayo bhavituṃ asakkontaṃ ‘sambhinnaṃ’ nāma hoti. Sakkontaṃ asambhinnaṃ nāma. Sotādīsupi eseva nayo. Cakkhusmiṃ pana asambhinnepi bahiddhā rūpārammaṇe āpāthaṃ anāgacchante cakkhuviññāṇaṃ nuppajjati. Tasmiṃ pana āpāthaṃ āgacchantepi ālokasannissaye asati nuppajjati. Tasmiṃ santepi kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge anāvaṭṭite nuppajjati. Āvaṭṭiteyeva uppajjati. Evaṃ uppajjamānaṃ sampayuttadhammehi saddhiṃyeva uppajjati. Iti ime cattāro paccaye labhitvā uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ (ma. ni. 1.306 thokaṃ visadisaṃ).
耳识和与它相应的诸法,依靠四个条件才能生起:耳根没有损坏、声音出现在面前、依托虚空、以作意为因。其中“依托虚空”的意思是,耳识必须得到虚空作为依托才能生起,离开虚空就不会生起。因为耳孔被堵住时,耳识就不会生起。其余部分按照前面的方式理解。这里是这样,后面几段也是这样。不同的地方我们再另外说明。巴利
Asambhinnattā sotassa, āpāthagatattā saddānaṃ, ākāsasannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘ākāsasannissita’nti ākāsasannissayaṃ laddhāva uppajjati, na vinā tena. Na hi pihitakaṇṇacchiddassa sotaviññāṇaṃ pavattati. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Yathā cettha evaṃ ito paresupi. Visesamattaṃ pana vakkhāma.
鼻识与相应诸法,因鼻根未坏、香境现前、依于风、以作意为因,由四种缘而生起。其中“依于风”的意思是:只有当风进入鼻腔时,鼻识才生起;如果没有风,就不会生起。巴利
Asambhinnattā ghānassa, āpāthagatattā gandhānaṃ, vāyosannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati ghānaviññāṇaṃ , saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘vāyosannissita’nti ghānabilaṃ vāyumhi pavisanteyeva uppajjati, tasmiṃ asati nuppajjatīti attho.
舌识和与它相应的诸法,因为舌根没有损坏、味境出现在面前、依靠水界、以作意为因,所以由四种缘而生起。其中“依靠水界”的意思是:要得到舌里面的水,才能生起,不能离开水而生起。舌头干燥的人,即使把干硬的食物放在舌头上,舌识也根本不会生起。巴利
Asambhinnattā jivhāya, āpāthagatattā rasānaṃ, āposannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati jivhāviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘āposannissita’nti jivhātemanaṃ āpaṃ laddhāva uppajjati, na vinā tena. Sukkhajivhānañhi sukkhakhādanīye jivhāya ṭhapitepi jivhāviññāṇaṃ nuppajjateva.
身识和与它相应的诸法,依靠四个条件生起:身根没有损坏、触境出现在面前、以地界为依托、以作意为因。这里说的“以地界为依托”,意思是必须获得以身净色为条件的地界作为依托才能生起,不能离开它而生起。因为在身门中,外在的大种作为所缘撞击内在的身净色之后,就会在作为净色之条件的大种上产生冲击。巴利
Asambhinnattā kāyassa, āpāthagatattā phoṭṭhabbānaṃ, pathavisannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati kāyaviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘pathavisannissita’nti kāyapasādapaccayaṃ pathavisannissayaṃ laddhāva uppajjati, na tena vinā. Kāyadvārasmiñhi bahiddhāmahābhūtārammaṇaṃ ajjhattikaṃ kāyapasādaṃ ghaṭṭetvā pasādapaccayesu mahābhūtesu paṭihaññati.
意识因为意未损坏、诸法现前、依于所依、以作意为因,所以与相应诸法一起,由四种缘而生起。这里说的“意”,是指有分心。它即使已经灭去,或者虽然还在运转,却因为力量微弱,无法成为转向心的缘,这就叫“损坏”。而能够成为转向心的缘的,就叫“未损坏”。“诸法现前”是指所缘的法已经呈现在意门。“依于所依”是说必须依止心所依处才能生起,不能离开它而生起。这个问题也是就五蕴有的众生来说的。“以作意为因”的意思是:只有当唯作意识界使有分心转向时,意识才生起。以上就是在“依缘与义”中关于依缘的解释。巴利
Asambhinnattā manassa, āpāthagatattā dhammānaṃ, vatthusannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘mano’ti bhavaṅgacittaṃ. Taṃ niruddhampi, āvajjanacittassa paccayo bhavituṃ asamatthaṃ mandathāmagatameva pavattamānampi, sambhinnaṃ nāma hoti. Āvajjanassa pana paccayo bhavituṃ samatthaṃ asambhinnaṃ nāma. ‘Āpāthagatattā dhammāna’nti dhammārammaṇe āpāthagate. ‘Vatthusannissita’nti hadayavatthusannissayaṃ laddhāva uppajjati, na tena vinā. Ayampi pañho pañcavokārabhavaṃ sandhāya kathito. ‘Manasikārahetuka’nti kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā bhavaṅge āvaṭṭiteyeva uppajjatīti attho. Ayaṃ tāva ‘upanissayamatthaso’ti ettha upanissayavaṇṇanā.
从含义上来说,眼是以看见为含义,耳是以听闻为含义,鼻是以嗅闻为含义,舌是以品尝为含义,身是以触知为含义,意是以了知为含义。其中,看见就是眼的含义,因为看见须由眼来成就,所以说“以看见为含义”。其余几处也按同样的道理类推。到这里,依照三藏小那伽长老的论说,十六行相道就讲完了,连同十二行相道和无因八事一起。巴利
‘Atthato’ pana cakkhu dassanatthaṃ, sotaṃ savanatthaṃ, ghānaṃ ghāyanatthaṃ, jivhā sāyanatthā, kāyo phusanattho , mano vijānanattho. Tattha dassanaṃ attho assa. Tañhi tena nipphādetabbanti dassanatthaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Ettāvatā tipiṭakacūḷanāgattheravāde soḷasakamaggo niṭṭhito, saddhiṃ dvādasakamaggena ceva ahetukaṭṭhakena cāti.
现在,在住在孔雀池的大达多长老的论说中,有十二行相道的讲说。其中,关于萨给塔的问题、优萨达的称赞和因缘称赞,都是平常的。然而这位长老在有行和无行中看到了过失,就说:“无行只给无行的果报,不给有行的;有行也只给有行的果报,不给无行的。”他并不是依速行来讲心的定律,而是依所缘来讲受的定律。因此,在他的果报分类中,就出现了名为十二行相道的说法。十行相道和无因八事也包含在这里面。巴利
Idāni moravāpīvāsīmahādattattheravāde dvādasakamaggakathā hoti. Tattha sāketapañhaussadakittanahetukittanāni pākatikāneva. Ayaṃ pana thero asaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikesu dosaṃ disvā ‘asaṅkhārikaṃ asaṅkhārikameva vipākaṃ deti, no sasaṅkhārikaṃ; sasaṅkhārikampi sasaṅkhārikameva no asaṅkhārika’nti āha. Javanena cesa cittaniyāmaṃ na katheti. Ārammaṇena pana vedanāniyāmaṃ katheti. Tenassa vipākuddhāre dvādasakamaggo nāma jāto. Dasakamaggopi, ahetukaṭṭhakampi ettheva paviṭṭhaṃ.
这里的方法是:当人以喜俱、三因、无行的善心造了业,那么结生识就是由同类的果报心所执取;等到他长大之后,在眼门有可意所缘现前时,依照前面所说的方式,同样有三个空转。对他而言,从善心来说有四种喜俱心,从不善心来说有四种,从唯作心来说有五种——在这十三种心中,由其中任何一种完成速行之后,在彼所缘安立时,安立的也可能是喜俱、无行、三因心,也可能是二因心。这样,在他的眼门里,眼识等三种心,加上彼所缘两种心,共有五种心纳入计数。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ nayo – somanassasahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikacittena hi kamme āyūhite tādiseneva vipākacittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa vuḍḍhippattassa cakkhudvāre ‘iṭṭhārammaṇe’ āpāthagate heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tayo moghavārā honti. Tassa kusalato cattāri somanassasahagatāni, akusalato cattāri, kiriyato pañcāti imesaṃ terasannaṃ cittānaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne tadārammaṇaṃ patiṭṭhahamānaṃ somanassasahagataasaṅkhārikatihetukacittampi duhetukacittampi patiṭṭhāti. Evamassa cakkhudvāre cakkhuviññāṇādīni tīṇi, tadārammaṇāni dveti, pañca gaṇanūpagacittāni honti.
不过,如果所缘转换了感受,那么在十二种舍俱心当中——也就是善心的四种、不善心的四种、唯作心的四种——由其中任何一种完成速行之后,舍俱三因无行果报心和舍俱二因无行果报心也会作为彼所缘而生起。这样,在眼门中,舍俱推度心加上这两种彼所缘,就有三种可以计入的心。它们和前五种合在一起,共八种。耳门等也是各有八种,所以当同一思造业时,一共有四十八种心生起。如果以取未取者的方式来说,眼门有八种,耳识等有四种,总共十二种。其中,根本有分、客有分以及芒果譬喻法则的解说,应当依照前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Ārammaṇena pana vedanaṃ parivattetvā kusalato catunnaṃ, akusalato catunnaṃ, kiriyato catunnanti, dvādasannaṃ upekkhāsahagatacittānaṃ aññatarena javitāvasāne upekkhāsahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikavipākampi duhetukaasaṅkhārikavipākampi tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā uppajjati. Evamassa cakkhudvāre upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ, imāni dve tadārammaṇānīti, tīṇi gaṇanūpagacittāni honti. Tāni purimehi pañcahi saddhiṃ aṭṭha. Sotadvārādīsupi aṭṭha aṭṭhāti ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite samacattālīsa cittāni uppajjanti. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre aṭṭha, sotaviññāṇādīni cattārīti, dvādasa honti. Tattha ‘mūlabhavaṅgatā’‘āgantukabhavaṅgatā’‘ambopamaniyāmakathā’ ca vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
以喜俱、三因、有行的善心造业时,以及以舍俱、三因、无行和有行的善心造业时,道理也一样。在这里,机械譬喻同样是常规的。到此为止,已经说明了“由三因业得三因结生”这一部分;而“由三因业得二因结生”这一部分,则隐而未说。巴利
Somanassasahagatatihetukasasaṅkhārikakusalacittena kamme āyūhitepi upekkhāsahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikehi kamme āyūhitepi eseva nayo. Tattha yantopamāpi ettha pākatikā eva. Ettāvatā tihetukakammena tihetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro kathito. Tihetukakammena duhetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro pana paṭicchanno hutvā gato.
现在要说明由二因业产生二因结生的情况。当人以喜俱二因无行心造了业,而结生是由同类的果报心取受的,这人长大后,在眼门有可意所缘现前时,依照前面所说的方式,同样有三次空转。不过二因者没有速行的作用。所以,在善心的四种喜俱心、不善心的四种喜俱心——这八种当中任何一种速行结束时,只有二因喜俱无行心成为彼所缘。这样,他的眼识等三种,加上这个彼所缘,共有四种可计入的心。如果是可意或中性的所缘,则在善心的四种舍俱心、不善心的四种舍俱心——这八种当中任何一种速行结束时,只有二因舍俱无行心成为彼所缘。这样,他的舍俱推度心,加上这个彼所缘,共有两种可计入的心。这两种和前面四种合起来就是六种。在耳门等处也是这样,各有六种,所以当同一思造业时,有三十六种心生起。如果按不取执取的方式来说,则眼门有六种,耳识等有四种,共十种。芒果譬喻的判定方式仍是通用的。据说,机械譬喻在这里用不上。巴利
Idāni duhetukakammena duhetukapaṭisandhikathā hoti. Somanassasahagataduhetukaasaṅkhārikacittena hi kamme āyūhite tādiseneva vipākacittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa vuḍḍhippattassa cakkhudvāre iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tayo moghavārā honti. Duhetukassa pana javanakiriyā natthi. Tasmā kusalato cattāri somanassasahagatāni, akusalato cattārīti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne duhetukameva somanassasahagataasaṅkhārikaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. Evamassa cakkhuviññāṇādīni tīṇi, idañca tadārammaṇanti, cattāri gaṇanūpagacittāni honti. ‘Iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ pana kusalato upekkhāsahagatānaṃ catunnaṃ, akusalato catunnanti, aṭṭhannaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne duhetukameva upekkhāsahagataṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. Evamassa upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ, idañca tadārammaṇanti, dve gaṇanūpagacittāni honti. Tāni purimehi catūhi saddhiṃ cha. Sotadvārādīsupi cha chāti ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite samatiṃsa cittāni uppajjanti. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre cha, sotaviññāṇādīni cattārīti dasa honti. Ambopamaniyāmakathā pākatikā eva. Yantopamā idha na labbhatīti vuttaṃ.
以喜俱、二因、有行的善心造业时,以及以舍俱、二因、无行和有行的(善心)造业时,也是同样的道理。到这里,就讲完了“由二因业而有二因结生”这一节。巴利
Somanassasahagataduhetukasasaṅkhārikakusalacittena kamme āyūhitepi upekkhāsahagataduhetukaasaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikehi kamme āyūhitepi eseva nayo. Ettāvatā duhetukakammena duhetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro kathito.
关于“无因结生”这一节,应当这样理解:当人以四种与智不相应的善心造业,而结生是由舍俱的善果报无因意识界取受时,不能说结生与业相似。从这里开始,按照前面所说的方式来说明,对于可意所缘和可意中性所缘,心的运作方式也应如此了知。因为在这位长老的主张中,速行是整体地作为速行而运行的。其余的,比如“这速行是由善还是由不善所决定”等一切论述,都应按照前面所说的方式来了知。至此,在摩罗瓦比住者大达多长老的主张中,十二分道连同十分道以及无因八法,已经结束。巴利
Ahetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro pana evaṃ veditabbo – kusalato catūhi ñāṇavippayuttehi kamme āyūhite, kusalavipākāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyā upekkhāsahagatāya paṭisandhiyā gahitāya, kammasadisā paṭisandhīti na vattabbā. Ito paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva kathetvā iṭṭhepi iṭṭhamajjhattepi cittappavatti veditabbā. Imassa hi therassa vāde piṇḍajavanaṃ javati. Sesā idaṃ pana javanaṃ kusalatthāya vā akusalatthāya vā ko niyāmetītiādikathā sabbā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbāti. Ettāvatā moravāpīvāsīmahādattattheravāde dvādasakamaggo niṭṭhito saddhiṃ dasakamaggena ceva ahetukaṭṭhakena ca.
现在讲到大法护长老的主张时,就有十分道的论述。其中,关于萨给塔问难优萨达的记载,和通常一样。但在说明因的部分,有这样一个差别:三因的业能带来三因的果报、二因的果报,也能带来无因的果报。二因的业不能带来三因的果报,只能带来其余两种。以三因的业结生时,结生心一定是三因的,不会是二因或无因的。以二因的业结生时,结生心是二因或无因的,不会是三因的。无行的业只带来无行的果报,不带来有行的果报。有行的业也只带来有行的果报,不带来无行的果报。受应当随着所缘而转换。速行只是以速行总合的方式运行。应当从最初开始解说诸心。巴利
Idāni mahādhammarakkhitattheravāde dasakamaggakathā hoti. Tattha sāketapañhaussadakittanāni pākatikāneva. Hetukittane pana ayaṃ viseso. Tihetukakammaṃ tihetukavipākampi duhetukavipākampi ahetukavipākampi deti. Duhetukakammaṃ tihetukameva na deti, itaraṃ deti. Tihetukakammena paṭisandhi tihetukāva hoti; duhetukāhetukā na hoti. Duhetukakammena duhetukāhetukā hoti, tihetukā na hoti. Asaṅkhārikakammaṃ vipākaṃ asaṅkhārikameva deti, no sasaṅkhārikaṃ. Sasaṅkhārikampi sasaṅkhārikameva deti, no asaṅkhārikaṃ. Ārammaṇena vedanā parivattetabbā. Javanaṃ piṇḍajavanameva javati. Ādito paṭṭhāya cittāni kathetabbāni.
这里要讨论的是:有人用第一个善心造业,就以第一个果报心结生。这属于与业同类的结生。等他长大以后,在眼门有“可爱所缘”呈现时,按照前面说过的过程,会有三个空过的刹那。接着,在他以前面说的十三种喜俱速行中的某一种速行之后,第一个果报心就成为彼所缘。它得到“根本有分”和“彼所缘”两个名称。这样,他的眼识等三个心,加上这个彼所缘,共有四个可以计算的心。在“可爱中舍所缘”呈现时,在他以前面说的十二种舍俱速行中的某一种速行之后,舍俱三因无行心作为彼所缘生起。它得到“外来有分”和“彼所缘”两个名称。这样,他的舍俱推度心和这个彼所缘,共有两个可以计算的心。它们和前面四个合起来就是六个。像这样,以一个思造业时,在五门中会生起三十个心。不过,如果按“未执取时不取”来说,眼门有六个,耳识等有四个,合起来就是十个。芒果譬喻的确定说和通常一样。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ kathā – eko paṭhamakusalacittena kammaṃ āyūhati, paṭhamavipākacitteneva paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhāti. Ayaṃ kammasadisā paṭisandhi. Tassa vuḍḍhippattassa cakkhudvāre ‘iṭṭhārammaṇe’ āpāthagate vuttanayeneva tayo moghavārā honti. Athassa heṭṭhā vuttānaṃ terasannaṃ somanassasahagatajavanānaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne paṭhamavipākacittameva tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. Taṃ ‘mūlabhavaṅgaṃ’ ‘tadārammaṇa’nti dve nāmāni labhati. Evamassa cakkhuviññāṇādīni tīṇi, idañca tadārammaṇanti, cattāri gaṇanūpagacittāni honti. ‘Iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ heṭṭhā vuttānaṃyeva dvādasannaṃ upekkhāsahagatajavanānaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne upekkhāsahagataṃ tihetukaṃ asaṅkhārikacittaṃ tadārammaṇatāya pavattati. Taṃ ‘āgantukabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti dve nāmāni labhati. Evamassa upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ idañca tadārammaṇanti dve gaṇanūpagacittāni. Tāni purimehi catūhi saddhiṃ cha honti. Evaṃ ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite pañcasu dvāresu samatiṃsa cittāni uppajjanti. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre cha, sotaviññāṇādīni cattārīti dasa honti. Ambopamaniyāmakathā pākatikāyeva.
以第二、第三、第四善心造业时,生起的果报心也只有这么多。以四种舍俱心造业时,也是同样的道理。不过在这里,应当先显示可爱和中等所缘,然后再用可爱所缘来转换受。芒果譬喻的说法是自然的,其他譬喻则找不到。从“然而,以善的四种智不相应心中的某一种造业”开始,应当把一切详细展开,并讲述无因八种。到这里,大法护长老论说中的十支道,连同无因八种,就算圆满了。巴利
Dutiyatatiyacatutthakusalacittehi kamme āyūhitepi ettakāneva vipākacittāni honti. Catūhi upekkhāsahagatacittehi āyūhitepi eseva nayo. Idha pana paṭhamaṃ iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇaṃ dassetabbaṃ. Pacchā iṭṭhārammaṇena vedanā parivattetabbā. Ambopamaniyāmakathā pākatikā eva. Yantopamā na labbhati. ‘Kusalato pana catunnaṃ ñāṇavippayuttānaṃ aññatarena kamme āyūhite’ti ito paṭṭhāya sabbaṃ vitthāretvā ahetukaṭṭhakaṃ kathetabbaṃ. Ettāvatā mahādhammarakkhitattheravāde dasakamaggo niṭṭhito hoti, saddhiṃ ahetukaṭṭhakenāti.
那么,这三位长老的说法,应该采纳哪一位的呢?不能完全只取某一位的。而应该从所有人的说法中,采纳合理适用的部分。因为在第一说里,有行与无行的区分,是就缘的差别来说的。因此在这里,要采纳的是:无行善业之弱缘所生的有行果报,以及有行善业之强缘所生的无行果报。同时,虽然唯作速行也可能存在,但把它搁置一旁,以善速行确定彼所缘,并以所缘来确定感受,然后依照有学圣者和凡夫的情况,讲说了十六支道。不过,在这一说中,当不善速行结束时,只显示了无因的果报作为彼所缘,这在其他两说里并没有显示。所以,其他两说中所说的有因的果报,在这里也完全可以成立。这里的道理是这样的:当善速行之间偶尔生起不善速行时,在善速行结束时,彼所缘就与惯常所作的速行同类;在不善速行结束时,有因的彼所缘是合理的。当连续不断地只有不善速行时,彼所缘就是无因的。这样,在第一说中就应该采纳合理适用的部分。巴利
Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ therānaṃ katarassa vādo gahetabboti? Na kassaci ekaṃsena. Sabbesaṃ pana vādesu yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Paṭhamavādasmiñhi sasaṅkhārāsaṅkhāravidhānaṃ paccayabhedato adhippetaṃ. Tenettha , asaṅkhārikakusalassa dubbalapaccayehi uppannaṃ sasaṅkhārikavipākaṃ, sasaṅkhārikakusalassa balavapaccayehi uppannaṃ asaṅkhārikavipākañca gahetvā, labbhamānānipi kiriyajavanāni pahāya, kusalajavanena tadārammaṇaṃ ārammaṇena ca vedanaṃ niyāmetvā, sekkhaputhujjanavasena soḷasakamaggo kathito. Yaṃ panettha akusalajavanāvasāne ahetukavipākameva tadārammaṇaṃ dassitaṃ, taṃ itaresu na dassitameva. Tasmā taṃ tattha tesu vuttaṃ sahetukavipākañca, etthāpi sabbamidaṃ labbhateva. Tatrāyaṃ nayo – yadā hi kusalajavanānaṃ antarantarā akusalaṃ javati, tadā kusalāvasāne āciṇṇasadisameva, akusalāvasāne sahetukaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ yuttaṃ. Yadā nirantaraṃ akusalameva tadā ahetukaṃ. Evaṃ tāva paṭhamavāde yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ.
在第二说中,则是就善而言,安立有行与无行的区分。因此在这里,取无行善唯有无行的果报,有行善也唯有有行的果报,不以速行来决定彼所缘,而是仅依总括一切速行的方式,说了一切有学、无学与凡夫都能生起的十二支道。不过,在这里,三因速行结束时,三因的彼所缘是合理的;二因速行结束时,二因的彼所缘是合理的;无因速行结束时,无因的彼所缘是合理的,只是没有加以区分而说。如此,在第二说中应取合理之处。巴利
Dutiyavāde pana kusalato sasaṅkhārāsaṅkhāravidhānaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tenettha asaṅkhārikakusalassa asaṅkhārikameva vipākaṃ, sasaṅkhārikakusalassa ca sasaṅkhārikameva gahetvā, javanena tadārammaṇaniyāmaṃ akatvā, sabbesampi sekkhāsekkhaputhujjanānaṃ uppattiraho piṇḍajavanavaseneva dvādasakamaggo kathito. Tihetukajavanāvasāne panettha tihetukaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ yuttaṃ. Duhetukajavanāvasāne duhetukaṃ, ahetukajavanāvasāne ahetukaṃ bhājetvā pana na vuttaṃ. Evaṃ dutiyavāde yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ.
在第三说里,同样是从善的角度来安立有行与无行的区分。不过,按照“三因业能带来三因果报、二因果报和无因果报”这个说法,对于无行三因结生的情况,也应当有无行二因的彼所缘。但这里没有显示这种情况,只显示了与业因同类的彼所缘。这和前面关于因的解说并不一致。它只是为了阐明十支道才这样说。其实另一种情况也是存在的。所以在第三说里,也应当采纳合理的那部分。而且这整套关于彼所缘的讨论,都是针对能引生结生的业之果报来说的。然而,按照“有因有分作为无因有分的无间缘”这个说法,由不同的业,即使是无因结生者,也能生起有因果报的彼所缘。它生起的方式将在《大论》中说明。巴利
Tatiyavādepi kusalatova asaṅkhārasasaṅkhāravidhānaṃ adhippetaṃ. ‘Tihetukakammaṃ tihetukavipākampi duhetukavipākampi ahetukavipākampi detī’ti pana vacanato asaṅkhārikatihetukapaṭisandhikassa asaṅkhārikaduhetukenapi tadārammaṇena bhavitabbaṃ. Taṃ adassetvā hetusadisameva tadārammaṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Taṃ purimāya hetukittanaladdhiyā na yujjati. Kevalaṃ dasakamaggavibhāvanatthameva vuttaṃ. Itarampi pana labbhateva. Evaṃ tatiyavādepi yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Ayañca sabbāpi paṭisandhijanakasseva kammassa vipākaṃ sandhāya tadārammaṇakathā. ‘Sahetukaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ ahetukassa bhavaṅgassa anantarapaccayena paccayo’ti (paṭṭhā. 3.1.102) vacanato pana nānākammena ahetukapaṭisandhikassāpi sahetukavipākaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ uppajjati. Tassa uppattividhānaṃ mahāpakaraṇe āvi bhavissatīti.
色界与无色界果报论巴利
Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaravipākakathā
499 现在,为了说明色界等地的果报,又接着开始说“哪些法是无记”等等。其中,因为欲界的果报有时和自己的善法相似,有时不相似,所以没有把它归入随顺善法的类别来分类。但色界和无色界的果报,就像大象、马、山等的影子跟大象等本身相似一样,只和自己的善法相似,所以归入随顺善法的类别来分类。另外,欲界的业有时才给出果报,而色界和无色界的业则没有间隔,在下一世就给出果报,因此也归入随顺善法的类别来分类。其余部分可以按照前面讲善法时所说的方法来理解。不过这里有一个差别:道支等的分类,以及下等、上等、中等的状态,应该根据这些禅那的证得来理解。再者,这些法并非以欲等当中的某一种为增上缘而生,所以它们都是没有主宰者的。巴利
499. Idāni rūpāvacarādivipākaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha yasmā kāmāvacaravipākaṃ attano kusalena sadisampi hoti, asadisampi, tasmā na taṃ kusalānugatikaṃ katvā bhājitaṃ. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaravipākaṃ pana yathā hatthiassapabbatādīnaṃ chāyā hatthiādisadisāva honti, tathā attano kusalasadisameva hotīti kusalānugatikaṃ katvā bhājitaṃ. Kāmāvacarakammañca yadā kadāci vipākaṃ deti, rūpāvacarārūpāvacaraṃ pana anantarāyena, dutiyasmiṃyeva attabhāve, vipākaṃ detītipi kusalānugatikameva katvā bhājitaṃ. Sesaṃ kusale vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – paṭipadādibhedo ca hīnapaṇītamajjhimabhāvo ca etesu jhānāgamanato veditabbo. Chandādīnaṃ pana aññataraṃ dhuraṃ katvā anuppādanīyattā niradhipatikāneva etānīti.
出世间果报论巴利
Lokuttaravipākakathā
505 505. 出世间的果报也因为它和善法相似,就按照随顺善法来分类。不过,因为三地的善法以死亡和结生的方式积聚、增长轮回,所以那里说“已作、已积累”。但出世间法能削减即使由它(三地善法)所积聚者,自身也不以死亡和结生的方式积聚,因此这里不说“已作、已积累”,而说“已作、已修习”。巴利
505. Lokuttaravipākampi kusalasadisattā kusalānugatikameva katvā bhājitaṃ. Yasmā pana tebhūmakakusalaṃ cutipaṭisandhivasena vaṭṭaṃ ācināti vaḍḍheti, tasmā tattha katattā upacitattāti vuttaṃ. Lokuttaraṃ pana tena ācitampi apacināti, sayampi cutipaṭisandhivasena na ācināti, tenettha ‘katattā upacitattā’ti avatvā katattā bhāvitattāti vuttaṃ.
在“空”等说法里,先说“道”:它从来源、从功德、从所缘这三个方面得到名称。这一点在前面讲善法的部分已经详细说过了。其中,按经教的方式,它从功德和所缘也能得到名称,因为那是方便说法。但阿毗达摩论说则是非方便说法。所以在这里,它不从功德或所缘得到名称,只从来源得到名称。来源才是关键。来源有两种:观来源和道来源。巴利
Suññatantiādīsu ‘maggo’ tāva ‘āgamanato saguṇato ārammaṇatoti tīhi kāraṇehi nāmaṃ labhatī’ti, idaṃ heṭṭhā kusalādhikāre vitthāritaṃ. Tattha suttantikapariyāyena saguṇatopi ārammaṇatopi nāmaṃ labhati. Pariyāyadesanā hesā. Abhidhammakathā pana nippariyāyadesanā. Tasmā idha saguṇato vā ārammaṇato vā nāmaṃ na labhati, āgamanatova labhati. Āgamanameva hi dhuraṃ. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – vipassanāgamanaṃ maggāgamananti.
在这里,关于道生起之处,观的行进是核心;关于果生起之处,道的行进是核心——这一点前面也已经说过了。在这两者当中,这里说的是果生起之处,所以应当知道,此处以道的行进为核心。而这条道因为行进,得到了“空”这个名称;又因为它的功德和所缘,也被称为“无相”和“无愿”。所以,它自己站在应当行进到的地方,给自己的果赋予三个名称。怎么赋予呢?这条单纯因为行进而得名的“空道”,自己站在应当行进到的地方,给自己的果赋予名称时,就给了“空”这个名称。“空无相道”自己站在应当行进到的地方,给自己的果赋予名称时,就给了“无相”这个名称。“空无愿道”自己站在应当行进到的地方,给自己的果赋予名称时,就给了“无愿”这个名称。不过,这三个名称只是紧接着道心之后的果心里才能这样得到,不是在后来转入果等至的时候得到的。后来的时候,它能够用无常等三种观来观察。那时,随着一次次从观出起,就生起被称为无相、无愿、空的三种果。它们的所缘就是那些行法。无常随观等智,就叫随顺智。巴利
Tattha maggassa āgataṭṭhāne vipassanāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ, phalassa āgataṭṭhāne maggāgamanaṃ dhuranti, idampi heṭṭhā vuttameva. Tesu idaṃ phalassa āgataṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā idha maggāgamanaṃ dhuranti veditabbaṃ. So panesa maggo āgamanato ‘suññata’nti nāmaṃ labhitvā saguṇato ca ārammaṇato ca ‘animitto’‘appaṇihito’tipi vuccati. Tasmā sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa tīṇi nāmāni deti. Kathaṃ? Ayañhi suddhāgamanavaseneva laddhanāmo ‘suññatamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘suññata’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. ‘Suññataanimittamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘animitta’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. ‘Suññataappaṇihitamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘appaṇihita’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. Imāni pana tīṇi nāmāni maggānantare phalacittasmiṃyeva iminā nayena labbhanti, no aparabhāge vaḷañjanakaphalasamāpattiyā. Aparabhāge pana aniccatādīhi tīhi vipassanāhi vipassituṃ sakkoti. Athassa vuṭṭhitavuṭṭhitavipassanāvasena animittaappaṇihitasuññatasaṅkhātāni tīṇi phalāni uppajjanti. Tesaṃ tāneva saṅkhārārammaṇāni. Aniccānupassanādīni ñāṇāni anulomañāṇāni nāma honti.
凡是空道中所说的这种道理,在无愿道中也同样适用。这个仅仅依据“来处”而获得名称的“无愿道”,自己站在它来的地方,给自身的果赋予名称,于是安立了“无愿”这个名字。无愿无相道自己站在它来的地方,给自身的果赋予名称,于是安立了“无相”这个名字。无愿空道自己站在它来的地方,给自身的果赋予名称,于是安立了“空”这个名字。这三个名称,也是按照这个道理,在道心之后紧接着的果心中才能获得,而不是在后来的转起果等至中才获得。如此,在这个果报分别中,应当知道由善心而有三种果报心。巴利
Yo cāyaṃ suññatamagge vutto. Appaṇihitamaggepi eseva nayo. Ayampi hi suddhāgamanavasena laddhanāmo ‘appaṇihitamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘appaṇihita’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. ‘Appaṇihitaanimittamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘animitta’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. ‘Appaṇihitasuññatamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘suññata’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. Imānipi tīṇi nāmāni maggānantare phalacittasmiṃyeva iminā nayena labbhanti, na aparabhāge vaḷañjanakaphalasamāpattiyāti. Evaṃ imasmiṃ vipākaniddese kusalacittehi tiguṇāni vipākacittāni veditabbāni.
不过,三地善法没法让自己的果报得到增上,出世间善法却不是这样。为什么呢?因为三地善法,积累的时机和成熟的时机不一样,所以它们没法让自己的果报得到增上。而出世间善法,凭着那份信、那份精进、那份念、那份定、那份慧还没有止息,没有差错、没有偏差,就在道心之后紧接着获得果报,因此能让自己的果报得到增上。巴利
Yathā pana tebhūmakakusalāni attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetuṃ na sakkonti, na evaṃ lokuttarakusalāni. Kasmā? Tebhūmakakusalānañhi añño āyūhanakālo añño vipaccanakālo. Tena tāni attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetuṃ na sakkonti. Lokuttarāni pana tāya saddhāya, tasmiṃ vīriye, tāya satiyā, tasmiṃ samādhimhi, tāya paññāya avūpasantāya , apaṇṇakaṃ aviraddhaṃ maggānantarameva vipākaṃ paṭilabhanti, tena attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetuṃ sakkonti.
就像一小堆火所在的地方,火刚熄灭,热气就完全消散,什么都不剩;可是要把一大片燃烧的火堆扑灭,即使涂上牛粪,热气仍然没有平息。同样地,三地善法里,造业的刹那是另一个,异熟的刹那是另一个,就像小火所在之处热气消散的时候一样。所以它不能让自身的果报获得增上。但出世间法呢,凭着那份信……乃至……那份慧还没有平息,就在道之后紧接着生起果,因此应当知道它能让自身的果报获得增上。所以古德说:除了出世间法以外,果报中没有增上。巴利
Yathā hi parittakassa aggino gataṭṭhāne aggismiṃ nibbutamatteyeva uṇhākāro nibbāyitvā kiñci na hoti, mahantaṃ pana ādittaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ nibbāpetvā gomayaparibhaṇḍe katepi uṇhākāro avūpasantova hoti, evameva tebhūmakakusale añño kammakkhaṇo añño vipākakkhaṇo parittaaggiṭṭhāne uṇhabhāvanibbutakālo viya hoti. Tasmā taṃ attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Lokuttare pana tāya saddhāya…pe… tāya paññāya avūpasantāya, maggānantarameva phalaṃ uppajjati, tasmā taṃ attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetīti veditabbaṃ. Tenāhu porāṇā – ‘vipāke adhipati natthi ṭhapetvā lokuttara’nti.
555 在第四果的解释中,“具知根”是指:对于已了知者——也就是在四谛中已经完成智的作用的人——这个根就是他的根;或者说,对于已了知者——在四谛中已完成作用、已了知四谛、已通达并安住的人——在诸法之中,以主宰之义而成立的根。在释词部分,“已了知者”指已了达而安住的人。“诸法”指相应诸法之中。“知”即是了知,所谓慧、知等,和前面所说的一样。“道支”“道所摄”,意思是属于果道的支分,以及摄于果道之中,这就是这里的含义。巴利
555. Catutthaphalaniddese aññātāvindriyanti aññātāvino catūsu saccesu niṭṭhitañāṇakiccassa indriyaṃ, aññātāvīnaṃ vā catūsu saccesu niṭṭhitakiccānaṃ cattāri saccāni ñatvā paṭivijjhitvā ṭhitānaṃ dhammānaṃ abbhantare indaṭṭhasādhanena indriyaṃ. Niddesavārepissa aññātāvīnanti ājānitvā ṭhitānaṃ. Dhammānanti sampayuttadhammānaṃ abbhantare. Aññāti ājānanā, paññā pajānanātiādīni vuttatthāneva. Maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpannanti phalamaggassa aṅgaṃ, phalamagge ca pariyāpannanti attho.
这里还有一段补充说明:有一根只到达一个阶段,有一根到达六个阶段,有一根只到达一个阶段。也就是:“未知当知根”只到达一个阶段——入流道。“已知根”到达六个阶段——下面三个果、上面三个道。“具知根”只到达一个阶段——阿拉汉果。在一切道与果中,按意义来说各有八根,所以说为六十四种出世间根;但按圣典的算法,则各各成为九根,于是成为七十二根。在道中说为“道支”,在果中也是道支。在道中说为“觉支”,在果中也是觉支。在道的刹那,说为“不乐、离欲”;在果的刹那,也是不乐、离欲。其中,道就是以道的本身而为道;果则是依于道而称为道;也可以说果支属于果所摄。在道中,是正在觉悟者的支分,所以是正觉支;在果中,是已经觉悟者的支分,所以也是正觉支。在道中,纯粹是以面对所缘而远离、离欲,所以说不乐、离欲;在果中,则是以已经远离、已经离欲而说不乐、离欲。巴利
Apicettha idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ – ekaṃ indriyaṃ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, ekaṃ cha ṭhānāni gacchati, ekaṃ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati. Ekañhi ‘anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ’ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati sotāpattimaggaṃ. Ekaṃ ‘aññindriyaṃ’ heṭṭhā tīṇi phalāni, upari tayo maggeti cha ṭhānāni gacchati. Ekaṃ ‘aññātāvindriyaṃ’ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati arahattaphalaṃ. Sabbesupi maggaphalesu atthato aṭṭha aṭṭha indriyānīti catusaṭṭhi lokuttarindriyāni kathitāni. Pāḷito pana nava nava katvā dvāsattati honti. Magge maggaṅganti vuttaṃ. Phalepi maggaṅgaṃ. Magge bojjhaṅgoti vutto phalepi bojjhaṅgo. Maggakkhaṇe ārati viratīti vuttā phalakkhaṇepi ārati viratīti. Tattha maggo maggabhāveneva maggo, phalaṃ pana maggaṃ upādāya maggo nāma; phalaṅgaṃ phalapariyāpannanti vattumpi vaṭṭati. Magge bujjhanakassa aṅgoti sambojjhaṅgo, phale buddhassa aṅgoti sambojjhaṅgo. Magge āramaṇaviramaṇavaseneva ārati virati. Phale pana ārativirativasenāti.
不善果报论巴利
Akusalavipākakathā
556 从这以下是不善果报的七种心:五识——眼识、耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识,一个意界,一个意识界。这七种心,无论从经文还是从义理来说,都和前面所说的同类善果报心相似。巴利
556. Ito parāni akusalavipākāni – pañca cakkhusotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni, ekā manodhātu, ekā manoviññāṇadhātūti imāni satta cittāni – pāḷito ca atthato ca heṭṭhā vuttehi tādiseheva kusalavipākacittehi sadisāni.
那些善业为缘的,和这些不善业为缘的,是不同的。那些在可爱、可爱中舍的所缘上生起,这些则在不可爱、不可爱中舍的所缘上生起。在那里,有与乐俱的身识;在这里,则是与苦俱的身识。在那里,与舍俱的意识界在人当中,从生盲等者的结生开始,在五种情况里成熟。而在这里,当以十一种不善心造了业之后,取业、业相、趣相中的任何一种为所缘,在四恶趣中结生,然后成熟;从第二心刹那起,直到寿命结束,作为有分心生起;以不可爱、不可爱中舍的所缘,在五识路中作为推度心生起;在强所缘时,在六门中作为彼所缘心生起;临死时作为死心生起——就是这样,只在这五种情况里成熟。巴利
Kevalañhi tāni kusalakammapaccayāni imāni akusalakammapaccayāni. Tāni ca iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattesu ārammaṇesu vattanti, imāni aniṭṭhaaniṭṭhamajjhattesu. Tattha ca sukhasahagataṃ kāyaviññāṇaṃ, idha dukkhasahagataṃ . Tattha ca upekkhāsahagatā manoviññāṇadhātu manussesu jaccandhādīnaṃ paṭisandhiṃ ādiṃ katvā pañcasu ṭhānesu vipaccati. Idha pana ekādasavidhenāpi akusalacittena kamme āyūhite kammakammanimittagatinimittesu aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā catūsu apāyesu paṭisandhi hutvā vipaccati; dutiyavārato paṭṭhāya yāvatāyukaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ hutvā, aniṭṭhaaniṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇāya pañcaviññāṇavīthiyā santīraṇaṃ hutvā, balavārammaṇe chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā, maraṇakāle cuti hutvāti, evaṃ pañcasu eva ṭhānesu vipaccatīti.
唯作无记的解释巴利
Kiriyābyākatavaṇṇanā
566 现在,为了分别说明唯作无记,又开始了“那么,哪些法是无所记别的”等论述。其中,“唯作”就是单纯地造作。因为在一切唯作心中,还没有达到速行阶段的,就像风中的花;已经达到速行阶段的,就像断了根的树上的花,不会结果,只是随着各自的作用而发生,所以只是单纯的造作。因此称为“唯作”。在“既不是善也不是不善”等表述中,因为不存在称为善根的善因,所以是“非善”;因为不存在称为不善根的不善因,所以是“非不善”;因为也不存在称为如理作意和不如理作意的善、不善之缘,所以是“既非善也非不善”。因为不存在称为善、不善的能生之因,所以不是业的异熟。巴利
566. Idāni kiriyābyākataṃ bhājetvā dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha kiriyāti karaṇamattaṃ. Sabbesuyeva hi kiriyacittesu yaṃ javanabhāvaṃ appattaṃ taṃ vātapupphaṃ viya. Yaṃ javanabhāvappattaṃ taṃ chinnamūlakarukkhapupphaṃ viya aphalaṃ hoti, taṃtaṃ kiccasādhanavasena pavattattā pana karaṇamattameva hoti. Tasmā kiriyāti vuttaṃ. Nevakusalānākusalātiādīsu kusalamūlasaṅkhātassa kusalahetuno abhāvā ‘nevakusalā’; akusalamūlasaṅkhātassa akusalahetuno abhāvā ‘nevaakusalā’; yonisomanasikāraayonisomanasikārasaṅkhātānampi kusalākusalapaccayānaṃ abhāvā ‘nevakusalānākusalā’. Kusalākusalasaṅkhātassa janakahetuno abhāvā nevakammavipākā.
在这里,对心一境性的解说中,也只能得到生起和住立的状态而已。在两种五识、三种意界、三种意识界以及疑俱心这十七种心中,因为力量微弱,所以得不到住立、安住等。其余的一切,除了生起之处不同之外,都应按照果报意界解说中所说的方法来理解。因为那种心是在五识之后生起的,而另一种心则是在五门运作过程转起之时,先于一切心生起。怎么讲呢?先说眼门:当可爱、可爱中舍、不可爱、不可爱中舍的色所缘中,任何一个净色被撞击时,它就取那个所缘,以转向而成为前导,使有分转动而生起。在耳门等处,也是同样的道理。巴利
Idhāpi cittassekaggatāniddese pavattiṭṭhitimattameva labbhati. Dve pañcaviññāṇāni, tisso manodhātuyo, tisso manoviññāṇadhātuyo, vicikicchāsahagatanti imesu sattarasasu cittesu dubbalattā saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhitiādīni na labbhanti. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ vipākamanodhātuniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, aññatra uppattiṭṭhānā. Tañhi cittaṃ pañcaviññāṇānantaraṃ uppajjati. Idaṃ pana pañcadvāre vaḷañjanakappavattikāle sabbesaṃ pure uppajjati. Kathaṃ? Cakkhudvāre tāva iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattaaniṭṭhaaniṭṭhamajjhattesu rūpārammaṇesu yena kenaci pasāde ghaṭṭite taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā āvajjanavasena purecārikaṃ hutvā bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭayamānaṃ uppajjati. Sotadvārādīsupi eseva nayoti.
唯作意识界诸心巴利
Kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātucittāni
568 意识界生起……(中略)……与喜俱行:这种心是其他人所不共的,只有漏已尽的人才有。在六门中都能得到。在眼门,漏已尽的人看到适合精勤的处所,就以这种心而生起喜悦。在耳门,走到分配物品的地方,当粗暴的人大声叫嚷着抓取时,他以这种心而生起喜悦:“像这样的贪欲已经被我断除了。”在鼻门,用香或花供养塔庙时,他以这种心而生起喜悦。在舌门,得到美味食物,分配而受用时,他以这种心而生起喜悦:“可念之法确实已为我圆满。”在身门,履行正行义务时,他以这种心而生起喜悦:“我在身门的义务已经圆满了。”这样,首先在五门中得到。巴利
568.Manoviññāṇadhātuuppannā hoti…pe… somanassasahagatāti, idaṃ cittaṃ aññesaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ. Khīṇāsavasseva pāṭipuggalikaṃ. Chasu dvāresu labbhati. Cakkhudvāre hi padhānasāruppaṃ ṭhānaṃ disvā khīṇāsavo iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Sotadvāre bhaṇḍabhājanīyaṭṭhānaṃ patvā mahāsaddaṃ katvā luddhaluddhesu gaṇhantesu ‘evarūpā nāma me loluppataṇhā pahīnā’ti iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Ghānadvāre gandhehi vā pupphehi vā cetiyaṃ pūjento iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Jivhādvāre rasasampannaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ laddhā bhājetvā paribhuñjanto ‘sāraṇīyadhammo vata me pūrito’ti iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Kāyadvāre abhisamācārikavattaṃ karonto ‘kāyadvāre me vattaṃ pūrita’nti iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Evaṃ tāva pañcadvāre labbhati.
不过,当它在意门生起时,所缘的是过去与未来的事情。如来回忆起光辉青年、摩伽天王、黑苦行者等过去所做的事,于是露出了微笑。这其实是宿命智和一切知智的作用。当这两种智的修习到达终点时,这个心生起,令其微笑。对于未来,“这个人将来会成为琴师、鼓师、独觉”,如来也露出了微笑。这同样是未来分智和一切知智的作用。当这两种智的修习到达终点时,这个心生起,令其微笑。巴利
Manodvāre pana atītānāgatamārabbha uppajjati. Jotipālamāṇava(ma. ni. 2.282 ādayo) magghadevarāja(ma. ni. 2.308 ādayo) kaṇhatāpasādikālasmiñhi (jā. 1.10.11 ādayo) kataṃ kāraṇaṃ āvajjetvā tathāgato sitaṃ pātvākāsi. Taṃ pana pubbenivāsañāṇasabbaññutaññāṇānaṃ kiccaṃ. Tesaṃ pana dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ ciṇṇapariyante idaṃ cittaṃ hāsayamānaṃ uppajjati. Anāgate ‘tantissaro mudiṅgassaro paccekabuddho bhavissatī’ti sitaṃ pātvākāsi. Tampi anāgataṃsañāṇasabbaññutaññāṇānaṃ kiccaṃ. Tesaṃ pana dvinna ñāṇānaṃ ciṇṇapariyante idaṃ cittaṃ hāsayamānaṃ uppajjati.
不过在详说部分,由于它比其他无因心更强,心一境性被安立为定力,精进也被安立为精进力。但在略说部分,因为没有提到“有定力、有精进力”,所以从圆满的“力”的含义来说,这两者不叫力。然而因为它是“非善非不善”,所以仍然说它是力而加以安立。又因为它并不是究竟意义上的力,所以在摄要部分也没有说“有二力”。其余一切,应当依照喜俱无因意识界的详说中所说的方法来理解。巴利
Niddesavāre panassa sesaahetukacittehi balavataratāya cittekaggatā samādhibalaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapitā. Vīriyampi vīriyabalaṃ pāpetvā. Uddesavāre pana ‘samādhibalaṃ hoti vīriyabalaṃ hotī’ti anāgatattā paripuṇṇena balaṭṭhenetaṃ dvayaṃ balaṃ nāma na hoti. Yasmā pana ‘neva kusalaṃ nākusalaṃ’ tasmā balanti vatvāna ṭhapitaṃ. Yasmā ca na nippariyāyena balaṃ, tasmā saṅgahavārepi ‘dve balāni hontī’ti na vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ somanassasahagatāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātuniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
574 与舍俱行的这个心,在三界之中,是一切有心众生所共有的,没有任何有心众生不会生起它。它生起的时候,在五门中是确定心,在意门中是转向心。六种不共智也只取这个心所取的所缘。这个心叫做大象心,没有它不取的所缘。若问“非一切知智的、趣向一切知智的智,是什么”,就应当回答“就是这个”。其余部分应按照前一个心所说的方式来理解。只不过在那里因为有喜,所以分析为九支的行蕴;在这里因为无喜,所以是八支。巴利
574.Upekkhāsahagatāti idaṃ cittaṃ tīsu bhavesu sabbesaṃ sacittakasattānaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ, na kassaci sacittakassa nuppajjati nāma. Uppajjamānaṃ pana pañcadvāre voṭṭhabbanaṃ hoti, manodvāre āvajjanaṃ. Cha asādhāraṇañāṇānipi iminā gahitārammaṇameva gaṇhanti. Mahāgajaṃ nāmetaṃ cittaṃ; imassa anārammaṇaṃ nāma natthi. ‘Asabbaññutaññāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇagatikaṃ nāma katama’nti vutte ‘ida’nti vattabbaṃ. Sesamettha purimacitte vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Kevalañhi tattha sappītikattā navaṅgiko saṅkhārakkhandho vibhatto. Idha nippītikattā aṭṭhaṅgiko.
现在,那八种善的大心,因为是在漏尽者心中生起,所以变成了唯作心,因此应当依照讲善心时所说的方法来理解它们。巴利
Idāni yāni kusalato aṭṭha mahācittāneva khīṇāsavassa uppajjanatāya kiriyāni jātāni, tasmā tāni kusalaniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
在这里,应当把发笑的心汇总起来。那么这些心有多少种呢?回答说:有十三种。凡夫以四种与喜相应的善心,以及四种与喜相应的不善心,共八种心而发笑。有学以四种与喜相应的善心,以及两种与邪见不相应、与喜相应的不善心,共六种心而发笑。诸漏尽者以五种与喜相应的唯作心而发笑。巴利
Idha ṭhatvā hasanakacittāni samodhānetabbāni. Kati panetāni hontīti? Vuccate terasa. Puthujjanā hi kusalato catūhi somanassasahagatehi, akusalato catūhīti, aṭṭhahi cittehi hasanti. Sekkhā kusalato catūhi somanassasahagatehi, akusalato dvīhi diṭṭhigatavippayuttehi somanassasahagatehīti, chahi cittehi hasanti. Khīṇāsavā kiriyato pañcahi somanassasahagatehi hasantīti.
色界与无色界的唯作心巴利
Rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakiriyaṃ
577 在色界与无色界唯作心的详细解说中,“现法乐住”是指在现前之法上、就在这一生中,仅仅安住于安乐。其中,漏尽者在还是凡夫时生起的等至,只要他还没有进入那种等至,就仍然是善的;当他进入等至时,就成了唯作。而他在漏尽之后生起的等至,则纯粹是唯作。其余的一切,因为与此相似,应当依照善心详细解说中所说的方式来理解。巴利
577. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakiriyaniddesesu diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāranti diṭṭhadhamme, imasmiṃyeva attabhāve, sukhavihāramattaṃ. Tattha khīṇāsavassa puthujjanakāle nibbattitā samāpatti yāva na naṃ samāpajjati tāva kusalāva samāpannakāle kiriyā hoti. Khīṇāsavakāle panassa nibbattitā samāpatti kiriyāva hoti. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ taṃsadisattā kusalaniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.